_images/pin_large.png

Apache Airflow Documentation

Airflow is a platform to programmatically author, schedule and monitor workflows.

Use airflow to author workflows as directed acyclic graphs (DAGs) of tasks. The airflow scheduler executes your tasks on an array of workers while following the specified dependencies. Rich command line utilities make performing complex surgeries on DAGs a snap. The rich user interface makes it easy to visualize pipelines running in production, monitor progress, and troubleshoot issues when needed.

When workflows are defined as code, they become more maintainable, versionable, testable, and collaborative.

_images/airflow.gif

Principles

  • Dynamic: Airflow pipelines are configuration as code (Python), allowing for dynamic pipeline generation. This allows for writing code that instantiates pipelines dynamically.
  • Extensible: Easily define your own operators, executors and extend the library so that it fits the level of abstraction that suits your environment.
  • Elegant: Airflow pipelines are lean and explicit. Parameterizing your scripts is built into the core of Airflow using the powerful Jinja templating engine.
  • Scalable: Airflow has a modular architecture and uses a message queue to orchestrate an arbitrary number of workers. Airflow is ready to scale to infinity.

Beyond the Horizon

Airflow is not a data streaming solution. Tasks do not move data from one to the other (though tasks can exchange metadata!). Airflow is not in the Spark Streaming or Storm space, it is more comparable to Oozie or Azkaban.

Workflows are expected to be mostly static or slowly changing. You can think of the structure of the tasks in your workflow as slightly more dynamic than a database structure would be. Airflow workflows are expected to look similar from a run to the next, this allows for clarity around unit of work and continuity.

Content

Project

History

Airflow was started in October 2014 by Maxime Beauchemin at Airbnb. It was open source from the very first commit and officially brought under the Airbnb Github and announced in June 2015.

The project joined the Apache Software Foundation’s incubation program in March 2016.

Committers

  • @mistercrunch (Maxime “Max” Beauchemin)
  • @r39132 (Siddharth “Sid” Anand)
  • @criccomini (Chris Riccomini)
  • @bolkedebruin (Bolke de Bruin)
  • @artwr (Arthur Wiedmer)
  • @jlowin (Jeremiah Lowin)
  • @aoen (Dan Davydov)
  • @msumit (Sumit Maheshwari)
  • @alexvanboxel (Alex Van Boxel)
  • @saguziel (Alex Guziel)
  • @joygao (Joy Gao)
  • @fokko (Fokko Driesprong)
  • @ash (Ash Berlin-Taylor)
  • @kaxilnaik (Kaxil Naik)
  • @feng-tao (Tao Feng)
  • @hiteshs (Hitesh Shah)
  • @jghoman (Jakob Homan)

For the full list of contributors, take a look at Airflow’s Github Contributor page:

Roadmap

Please refer to the Roadmap on the wiki

License

_images/apache.jpg
                              Apache License
                        Version 2.0, January 2004
                     http://www.apache.org/licenses/

TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR USE, REPRODUCTION, AND DISTRIBUTION

1. Definitions.

   "License" shall mean the terms and conditions for use, reproduction,
   and distribution as defined by Sections 1 through 9 of this document.

   "Licensor" shall mean the copyright owner or entity authorized by
   the copyright owner that is granting the License.

   "Legal Entity" shall mean the union of the acting entity and all
   other entities that control, are controlled by, or are under common
   control with that entity. For the purposes of this definition,
   "control" means (i) the power, direct or indirect, to cause the
   direction or management of such entity, whether by contract or
   otherwise, or (ii) ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of the
   outstanding shares, or (iii) beneficial ownership of such entity.

   "You" (or "Your") shall mean an individual or Legal Entity
   exercising permissions granted by this License.

   "Source" form shall mean the preferred form for making modifications,
   including but not limited to software source code, documentation
   source, and configuration files.

   "Object" form shall mean any form resulting from mechanical
   transformation or translation of a Source form, including but
   not limited to compiled object code, generated documentation,
   and conversions to other media types.

   "Work" shall mean the work of authorship, whether in Source or
   Object form, made available under the License, as indicated by a
   copyright notice that is included in or attached to the work
   (an example is provided in the Appendix below).

   "Derivative Works" shall mean any work, whether in Source or Object
   form, that is based on (or derived from) the Work and for which the
   editorial revisions, annotations, elaborations, or other modifications
   represent, as a whole, an original work of authorship. For the purposes
   of this License, Derivative Works shall not include works that remain
   separable from, or merely link (or bind by name) to the interfaces of,
   the Work and Derivative Works thereof.

   "Contribution" shall mean any work of authorship, including
   the original version of the Work and any modifications or additions
   to that Work or Derivative Works thereof, that is intentionally
   submitted to Licensor for inclusion in the Work by the copyright owner
   or by an individual or Legal Entity authorized to submit on behalf of
   the copyright owner. For the purposes of this definition, "submitted"
   means any form of electronic, verbal, or written communication sent
   to the Licensor or its representatives, including but not limited to
   communication on electronic mailing lists, source code control systems,
   and issue tracking systems that are managed by, or on behalf of, the
   Licensor for the purpose of discussing and improving the Work, but
   excluding communication that is conspicuously marked or otherwise
   designated in writing by the copyright owner as "Not a Contribution."

   "Contributor" shall mean Licensor and any individual or Legal Entity
   on behalf of whom a Contribution has been received by Licensor and
   subsequently incorporated within the Work.

2. Grant of Copyright License. Subject to the terms and conditions of
   this License, each Contributor hereby grants to You a perpetual,
   worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable
   copyright license to reproduce, prepare Derivative Works of,
   publicly display, publicly perform, sublicense, and distribute the
   Work and such Derivative Works in Source or Object form.

3. Grant of Patent License. Subject to the terms and conditions of
   this License, each Contributor hereby grants to You a perpetual,
   worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable
   (except as stated in this section) patent license to make, have made,
   use, offer to sell, sell, import, and otherwise transfer the Work,
   where such license applies only to those patent claims licensable
   by such Contributor that are necessarily infringed by their
   Contribution(s) alone or by combination of their Contribution(s)
   with the Work to which such Contribution(s) was submitted. If You
   institute patent litigation against any entity (including a
   cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that the Work
   or a Contribution incorporated within the Work constitutes direct
   or contributory patent infringement, then any patent licenses
   granted to You under this License for that Work shall terminate
   as of the date such litigation is filed.

4. Redistribution. You may reproduce and distribute copies of the
   Work or Derivative Works thereof in any medium, with or without
   modifications, and in Source or Object form, provided that You
   meet the following conditions:

   (a) You must give any other recipients of the Work or
       Derivative Works a copy of this License; and

   (b) You must cause any modified files to carry prominent notices
       stating that You changed the files; and

   (c) You must retain, in the Source form of any Derivative Works
       that You distribute, all copyright, patent, trademark, and
       attribution notices from the Source form of the Work,
       excluding those notices that do not pertain to any part of
       the Derivative Works; and

   (d) If the Work includes a "NOTICE" text file as part of its
       distribution, then any Derivative Works that You distribute must
       include a readable copy of the attribution notices contained
       within such NOTICE file, excluding those notices that do not
       pertain to any part of the Derivative Works, in at least one
       of the following places: within a NOTICE text file distributed
       as part of the Derivative Works; within the Source form or
       documentation, if provided along with the Derivative Works; or,
       within a display generated by the Derivative Works, if and
       wherever such third-party notices normally appear. The contents
       of the NOTICE file are for informational purposes only and
       do not modify the License. You may add Your own attribution
       notices within Derivative Works that You distribute, alongside
       or as an addendum to the NOTICE text from the Work, provided
       that such additional attribution notices cannot be construed
       as modifying the License.

   You may add Your own copyright statement to Your modifications and
   may provide additional or different license terms and conditions
   for use, reproduction, or distribution of Your modifications, or
   for any such Derivative Works as a whole, provided Your use,
   reproduction, and distribution of the Work otherwise complies with
   the conditions stated in this License.

5. Submission of Contributions. Unless You explicitly state otherwise,
   any Contribution intentionally submitted for inclusion in the Work
   by You to the Licensor shall be under the terms and conditions of
   this License, without any additional terms or conditions.
   Notwithstanding the above, nothing herein shall supersede or modify
   the terms of any separate license agreement you may have executed
   with Licensor regarding such Contributions.

6. Trademarks. This License does not grant permission to use the trade
   names, trademarks, service marks, or product names of the Licensor,
   except as required for reasonable and customary use in describing the
   origin of the Work and reproducing the content of the NOTICE file.

7. Disclaimer of Warranty. Unless required by applicable law or
   agreed to in writing, Licensor provides the Work (and each
   Contributor provides its Contributions) on an "AS IS" BASIS,
   WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or
   implied, including, without limitation, any warranties or conditions
   of TITLE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY, or FITNESS FOR A
   PARTICULAR PURPOSE. You are solely responsible for determining the
   appropriateness of using or redistributing the Work and assume any
   risks associated with Your exercise of permissions under this License.

8. Limitation of Liability. In no event and under no legal theory,
   whether in tort (including negligence), contract, or otherwise,
   unless required by applicable law (such as deliberate and grossly
   negligent acts) or agreed to in writing, shall any Contributor be
   liable to You for damages, including any direct, indirect, special,
   incidental, or consequential damages of any character arising as a
   result of this License or out of the use or inability to use the
   Work (including but not limited to damages for loss of goodwill,
   work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any and all
   other commercial damages or losses), even if such Contributor
   has been advised of the possibility of such damages.

9. Accepting Warranty or Additional Liability. While redistributing
   the Work or Derivative Works thereof, You may choose to offer,
   and charge a fee for, acceptance of support, warranty, indemnity,
   or other liability obligations and/or rights consistent with this
   License. However, in accepting such obligations, You may act only
   on Your own behalf and on Your sole responsibility, not on behalf
   of any other Contributor, and only if You agree to indemnify,
   defend, and hold each Contributor harmless for any liability
   incurred by, or claims asserted against, such Contributor by reason
   of your accepting any such warranty or additional liability.

Quick Start

The installation is quick and straightforward.

# airflow needs a home, ~/airflow is the default,
# but you can lay foundation somewhere else if you prefer
# (optional)
export AIRFLOW_HOME=~/airflow

# install from pypi using pip
pip install apache-airflow

# initialize the database
airflow initdb

# start the web server, default port is 8080
airflow webserver -p 8080

# start the scheduler
airflow scheduler

# visit localhost:8080 in the browser and enable the example dag in the home page

Upon running these commands, Airflow will create the $AIRFLOW_HOME folder and lay an “airflow.cfg” file with defaults that get you going fast. You can inspect the file either in $AIRFLOW_HOME/airflow.cfg, or through the UI in the Admin->Configuration menu. The PID file for the webserver will be stored in $AIRFLOW_HOME/airflow-webserver.pid or in /run/airflow/webserver.pid if started by systemd.

Out of the box, Airflow uses a sqlite database, which you should outgrow fairly quickly since no parallelization is possible using this database backend. It works in conjunction with the SequentialExecutor which will only run task instances sequentially. While this is very limiting, it allows you to get up and running quickly and take a tour of the UI and the command line utilities.

Here are a few commands that will trigger a few task instances. You should be able to see the status of the jobs change in the example_bash_operator DAG as you run the commands below.

# run your first task instance
airflow run example_bash_operator runme_0 2015-01-01
# run a backfill over 2 days
airflow backfill example_bash_operator -s 2015-01-01 -e 2015-01-02

What’s Next?

From this point, you can head to the Tutorial section for further examples or the How-to Guides section if you’re ready to get your hands dirty.

Installation

Getting Airflow

The easiest way to install the latest stable version of Airflow is with pip:

pip install apache-airflow

You can also install Airflow with support for extra features like s3 or postgres:

pip install apache-airflow[postgres,s3]

Extra Packages

The apache-airflow PyPI basic package only installs what’s needed to get started. Subpackages can be installed depending on what will be useful in your environment. For instance, if you don’t need connectivity with Postgres, you won’t have to go through the trouble of installing the postgres-devel yum package, or whatever equivalent applies on the distribution you are using.

Behind the scenes, Airflow does conditional imports of operators that require these extra dependencies.

Here’s the list of the subpackages and what they enable:

subpackage install command enables
all pip install apache-airflow[all] All Airflow features known to man
all_dbs pip install apache-airflow[all_dbs] All databases integrations
async pip install apache-airflow[async] Async worker classes for Gunicorn
celery pip install apache-airflow[celery] CeleryExecutor
cloudant pip install apache-airflow[cloudant] Cloudant hook
crypto pip install apache-airflow[crypto] Encrypt connection passwords in metadata db
devel pip install apache-airflow[devel] Minimum dev tools requirements
devel_hadoop pip install apache-airflow[devel_hadoop] Airflow + dependencies on the Hadoop stack
druid pip install apache-airflow[druid] Druid related operators & hooks
gcp_api pip install apache-airflow[gcp_api] Google Cloud Platform hooks and operators (using google-api-python-client)
github_enterprise pip install apache-airflow[github_enterprise] Github Enterprise auth backend
google_auth pip install apache-airflow[google_auth] Google auth backend
hdfs pip install apache-airflow[hdfs] HDFS hooks and operators
hive pip install apache-airflow[hive] All Hive related operators
jdbc pip install apache-airflow[jdbc] JDBC hooks and operators
kerberos pip install apache-airflow[kerberos] Kerberos integration for Kerberized Hadoop
kubernetes pip install apache-airflow[kubernetes] Kubernetes Executor and operator
ldap pip install apache-airflow[ldap] LDAP authentication for users
mssql pip install apache-airflow[mssql] Microsoft SQL Server operators and hook, support as an Airflow backend
mysql pip install apache-airflow[mysql] MySQL operators and hook, support as an Airflow backend. The version of MySQL server has to be 5.6.4+. The exact version upper bound depends on version of mysqlclient package. For example, mysqlclient 1.3.12 can only be used with MySQL server 5.6.4 through 5.7.
password pip install apache-airflow[password] Password authentication for users
postgres pip install apache-airflow[postgres] PostgreSQL operators and hook, support as an Airflow backend
qds pip install apache-airflow[qds] Enable QDS (Qubole Data Service) support
rabbitmq pip install apache-airflow[rabbitmq] RabbitMQ support as a Celery backend
redis pip install apache-airflow[redis] Redis hooks and sensors
s3 pip install apache-airflow[s3] S3KeySensor, S3PrefixSensor
samba pip install apache-airflow[samba] Hive2SambaOperator
slack pip install apache-airflow[slack] SlackAPIPostOperator
ssh pip install apache-airflow[ssh] SSH hooks and Operator
vertica pip install apache-airflow[vertica] Vertica hook support as an Airflow backend

Initiating Airflow Database

Airflow requires a database to be initiated before you can run tasks. If you’re just experimenting and learning Airflow, you can stick with the default SQLite option. If you don’t want to use SQLite, then take a look at Initializing a Database Backend to setup a different database.

After configuration, you’ll need to initialize the database before you can run tasks:

airflow initdb

Tutorial

This tutorial walks you through some of the fundamental Airflow concepts, objects, and their usage while writing your first pipeline.

Example Pipeline definition

Here is an example of a basic pipeline definition. Do not worry if this looks complicated, a line by line explanation follows below.

"""
Code that goes along with the Airflow tutorial located at:
https://github.com/apache/airflow/blob/master/airflow/example_dags/tutorial.py
"""
from airflow import DAG
from airflow.operators.bash_operator import BashOperator
from datetime import datetime, timedelta


default_args = {
    'owner': 'airflow',
    'depends_on_past': False,
    'start_date': datetime(2015, 6, 1),
    'email': ['airflow@example.com'],
    'email_on_failure': False,
    'email_on_retry': False,
    'retries': 1,
    'retry_delay': timedelta(minutes=5),
    # 'queue': 'bash_queue',
    # 'pool': 'backfill',
    # 'priority_weight': 10,
    # 'end_date': datetime(2016, 1, 1),
}

dag = DAG('tutorial', default_args=default_args, schedule_interval=timedelta(days=1))

# t1, t2 and t3 are examples of tasks created by instantiating operators
t1 = BashOperator(
    task_id='print_date',
    bash_command='date',
    dag=dag)

t2 = BashOperator(
    task_id='sleep',
    bash_command='sleep 5',
    retries=3,
    dag=dag)

templated_command = """
    {% for i in range(5) %}
        echo "{{ ds }}"
        echo "{{ macros.ds_add(ds, 7)}}"
        echo "{{ params.my_param }}"
    {% endfor %}
"""

t3 = BashOperator(
    task_id='templated',
    bash_command=templated_command,
    params={'my_param': 'Parameter I passed in'},
    dag=dag)

t2.set_upstream(t1)
t3.set_upstream(t1)

It’s a DAG definition file

One thing to wrap your head around (it may not be very intuitive for everyone at first) is that this Airflow Python script is really just a configuration file specifying the DAG’s structure as code. The actual tasks defined here will run in a different context from the context of this script. Different tasks run on different workers at different points in time, which means that this script cannot be used to cross communicate between tasks. Note that for this purpose we have a more advanced feature called XCom.

People sometimes think of the DAG definition file as a place where they can do some actual data processing - that is not the case at all! The script’s purpose is to define a DAG object. It needs to evaluate quickly (seconds, not minutes) since the scheduler will execute it periodically to reflect the changes if any.

Importing Modules

An Airflow pipeline is just a Python script that happens to define an Airflow DAG object. Let’s start by importing the libraries we will need.

# The DAG object; we'll need this to instantiate a DAG
from airflow import DAG

# Operators; we need this to operate!
from airflow.operators.bash_operator import BashOperator

Default Arguments

We’re about to create a DAG and some tasks, and we have the choice to explicitly pass a set of arguments to each task’s constructor (which would become redundant), or (better!) we can define a dictionary of default parameters that we can use when creating tasks.

from datetime import datetime, timedelta

default_args = {
    'owner': 'airflow',
    'depends_on_past': False,
    'start_date': datetime(2015, 6, 1),
    'email': ['airflow@example.com'],
    'email_on_failure': False,
    'email_on_retry': False,
    'retries': 1,
    'retry_delay': timedelta(minutes=5),
    # 'queue': 'bash_queue',
    # 'pool': 'backfill',
    # 'priority_weight': 10,
    # 'end_date': datetime(2016, 1, 1),
}

For more information about the BaseOperator’s parameters and what they do, refer to the airflow.models.BaseOperator documentation.

Also, note that you could easily define different sets of arguments that would serve different purposes. An example of that would be to have different settings between a production and development environment.

Instantiate a DAG

We’ll need a DAG object to nest our tasks into. Here we pass a string that defines the dag_id, which serves as a unique identifier for your DAG. We also pass the default argument dictionary that we just defined and define a schedule_interval of 1 day for the DAG.

dag = DAG(
    'tutorial', default_args=default_args, schedule_interval=timedelta(days=1))

Tasks

Tasks are generated when instantiating operator objects. An object instantiated from an operator is called a constructor. The first argument task_id acts as a unique identifier for the task.

t1 = BashOperator(
    task_id='print_date',
    bash_command='date',
    dag=dag)

t2 = BashOperator(
    task_id='sleep',
    bash_command='sleep 5',
    retries=3,
    dag=dag)

Notice how we pass a mix of operator specific arguments (bash_command) and an argument common to all operators (retries) inherited from BaseOperator to the operator’s constructor. This is simpler than passing every argument for every constructor call. Also, notice that in the second task we override the retries parameter with 3.

The precedence rules for a task are as follows:

  1. Explicitly passed arguments
  2. Values that exist in the default_args dictionary
  3. The operator’s default value, if one exists

A task must include or inherit the arguments task_id and owner, otherwise Airflow will raise an exception.

Templating with Jinja

Airflow leverages the power of Jinja Templating and provides the pipeline author with a set of built-in parameters and macros. Airflow also provides hooks for the pipeline author to define their own parameters, macros and templates.

This tutorial barely scratches the surface of what you can do with templating in Airflow, but the goal of this section is to let you know this feature exists, get you familiar with double curly brackets, and point to the most common template variable: {{ ds }} (today’s “date stamp”).

templated_command = """
    {% for i in range(5) %}
        echo "{{ ds }}"
        echo "{{ macros.ds_add(ds, 7) }}"
        echo "{{ params.my_param }}"
    {% endfor %}
"""

t3 = BashOperator(
    task_id='templated',
    bash_command=templated_command,
    params={'my_param': 'Parameter I passed in'},
    dag=dag)

Notice that the templated_command contains code logic in {% %} blocks, references parameters like {{ ds }}, calls a function as in {{ macros.ds_add(ds, 7)}}, and references a user-defined parameter in {{ params.my_param }}.

The params hook in BaseOperator allows you to pass a dictionary of parameters and/or objects to your templates. Please take the time to understand how the parameter my_param makes it through to the template.

Files can also be passed to the bash_command argument, like bash_command='templated_command.sh', where the file location is relative to the directory containing the pipeline file (tutorial.py in this case). This may be desirable for many reasons, like separating your script’s logic and pipeline code, allowing for proper code highlighting in files composed in different languages, and general flexibility in structuring pipelines. It is also possible to define your template_searchpath as pointing to any folder locations in the DAG constructor call.

Using that same DAG constructor call, it is possible to define user_defined_macros which allow you to specify your own variables. For example, passing dict(foo='bar') to this argument allows you to use {{ foo }} in your templates. Moreover, specifying user_defined_filters allow you to register you own filters. For example, passing dict(hello=lambda name: 'Hello %s' % name) to this argument allows you to use {{ 'world' | hello }} in your templates. For more information regarding custom filters have a look at the Jinja Documentation

For more information on the variables and macros that can be referenced in templates, make sure to read through the Macros section

Setting up Dependencies

We have tasks t1, t2 and t3 that do not depend on each other. Here’s a few ways you can define dependencies between them:

t1.set_downstream(t2)

# This means that t2 will depend on t1
# running successfully to run.
# It is equivalent to:
t2.set_upstream(t1)

# The bit shift operator can also be
# used to chain operations:
t1 >> t2

# And the upstream dependency with the
# bit shift operator:
t2 << t1

# Chaining multiple dependencies becomes
# concise with the bit shift operator:
t1 >> t2 >> t3

# A list of tasks can also be set as
# dependencies. These operations
# all have the same effect:
t1.set_downstream([t2, t3])
t1 >> [t2, t3]
[t2, t3] << t1

Note that when executing your script, Airflow will raise exceptions when it finds cycles in your DAG or when a dependency is referenced more than once.

Recap

Alright, so we have a pretty basic DAG. At this point your code should look something like this:

"""
Code that goes along with the Airflow tutorial located at:
https://github.com/apache/airflow/blob/master/airflow/example_dags/tutorial.py
"""
from airflow import DAG
from airflow.operators.bash_operator import BashOperator
from datetime import datetime, timedelta


default_args = {
    'owner': 'airflow',
    'depends_on_past': False,
    'start_date': datetime(2015, 6, 1),
    'email': ['airflow@example.com'],
    'email_on_failure': False,
    'email_on_retry': False,
    'retries': 1,
    'retry_delay': timedelta(minutes=5),
    # 'queue': 'bash_queue',
    # 'pool': 'backfill',
    # 'priority_weight': 10,
    # 'end_date': datetime(2016, 1, 1),
}

dag = DAG(
    'tutorial', default_args=default_args, schedule_interval=timedelta(days=1))

# t1, t2 and t3 are examples of tasks created by instantiating operators
t1 = BashOperator(
    task_id='print_date',
    bash_command='date',
    dag=dag)

t2 = BashOperator(
    task_id='sleep',
    bash_command='sleep 5',
    retries=3,
    dag=dag)

templated_command = """
    {% for i in range(5) %}
        echo "{{ ds }}"
        echo "{{ macros.ds_add(ds, 7)}}"
        echo "{{ params.my_param }}"
    {% endfor %}
"""

t3 = BashOperator(
    task_id='templated',
    bash_command=templated_command,
    params={'my_param': 'Parameter I passed in'},
    dag=dag)

t2.set_upstream(t1)
t3.set_upstream(t1)

Testing

Running the Script

Time to run some tests. First let’s make sure that the pipeline parses. Let’s assume we’re saving the code from the previous step in tutorial.py in the DAGs folder referenced in your airflow.cfg. The default location for your DAGs is ~/airflow/dags.

python ~/airflow/dags/tutorial.py

If the script does not raise an exception it means that you haven’t done anything horribly wrong, and that your Airflow environment is somewhat sound.

Command Line Metadata Validation

Let’s run a few commands to validate this script further.

# print the list of active DAGs
airflow list_dags

# prints the list of tasks in the "tutorial" DAG
airflow list_tasks tutorial

# prints the hierarchy of tasks in the "tutorial" DAG
airflow list_tasks tutorial --tree
Testing

Let’s test by running the actual task instances on a specific date. The date specified in this context is an execution_date, which simulates the scheduler running your task or dag at a specific date + time:

# command layout: command subcommand dag_id task_id date

# testing print_date
airflow test tutorial print_date 2015-06-01

# testing sleep
airflow test tutorial sleep 2015-06-01

Now remember what we did with templating earlier? See how this template gets rendered and executed by running this command:

# testing templated
airflow test tutorial templated 2015-06-01

This should result in displaying a verbose log of events and ultimately running your bash command and printing the result.

Note that the airflow test command runs task instances locally, outputs their log to stdout (on screen), doesn’t bother with dependencies, and doesn’t communicate state (running, success, failed, …) to the database. It simply allows testing a single task instance.

Backfill

Everything looks like it’s running fine so let’s run a backfill. backfill will respect your dependencies, emit logs into files and talk to the database to record status. If you do have a webserver up, you’ll be able to track the progress. airflow webserver will start a web server if you are interested in tracking the progress visually as your backfill progresses.

Note that if you use depends_on_past=True, individual task instances will depend on the success of the preceding task instance, except for the start_date specified itself, for which this dependency is disregarded.

The date range in this context is a start_date and optionally an end_date, which are used to populate the run schedule with task instances from this dag.

# optional, start a web server in debug mode in the background
# airflow webserver --debug &

# start your backfill on a date range
airflow backfill tutorial -s 2015-06-01 -e 2015-06-07

What’s Next?

That’s it, you’ve written, tested and backfilled your very first Airflow pipeline. Merging your code into a code repository that has a master scheduler running against it should get it to get triggered and run every day.

Here’s a few things you might want to do next:

  • Take an in-depth tour of the UI - click all the things!

  • Keep reading the docs! Especially the sections on:

    • Command line interface
    • Operators
    • Macros
  • Write your first pipeline!

How-to Guides

Setting up the sandbox in the Quick Start section was easy; building a production-grade environment requires a bit more work!

These how-to guides will step you through common tasks in using and configuring an Airflow environment.

Add a new role in RBAC UI

There are five roles created for Airflow by default: Admin, User, Op, Viewer, and Public. The master branch adds beta support for DAG level access for RBAC UI. Each DAG comes with two permissions: read and write.

The Admin could create a specific role which is only allowed to read / write certain DAGs. To configure a new role, go to Security tab and click List Roles in the new UI.

_images/add-role.png _images/new-role.png

The image shows a role which could only write to example_python_operator is created. And we could assign the given role to a new user using airflow users --role cli command.

Setting Configuration Options

The first time you run Airflow, it will create a file called airflow.cfg in your $AIRFLOW_HOME directory (~/airflow by default). This file contains Airflow’s configuration and you can edit it to change any of the settings. You can also set options with environment variables by using this format: $AIRFLOW__{SECTION}__{KEY} (note the double underscores).

For example, the metadata database connection string can either be set in airflow.cfg like this:

[core]
sql_alchemy_conn = my_conn_string

or by creating a corresponding environment variable:

AIRFLOW__CORE__SQL_ALCHEMY_CONN=my_conn_string

You can also derive the connection string at run time by appending _cmd to the key like this:

[core]
sql_alchemy_conn_cmd = bash_command_to_run

The following config options support this _cmd version:

  • sql_alchemy_conn in [core] section
  • fernet_key in [core] section
  • broker_url in [celery] section
  • result_backend in [celery] section
  • password in [atlas] section
  • smtp_password in [smtp] section
  • bind_password in [ldap] section
  • git_password in [kubernetes] section

The idea behind this is to not store passwords on boxes in plain text files.

The order of precedence for all config options is as follows -

  1. environment variable
  2. configuration in airflow.cfg
  3. command in airflow.cfg
  4. Airflow’s built in defaults

Initializing a Database Backend

If you want to take a real test drive of Airflow, you should consider setting up a real database backend and switching to the LocalExecutor.

As Airflow was built to interact with its metadata using the great SqlAlchemy library, you should be able to use any database backend supported as a SqlAlchemy backend. We recommend using MySQL or Postgres.

Note

We rely on more strict ANSI SQL settings for MySQL in order to have sane defaults. Make sure to have specified explicit_defaults_for_timestamp=1 in your my.cnf under [mysqld]

Note

If you decide to use Postgres, we recommend using the psycopg2 driver and specifying it in your SqlAlchemy connection string. Also note that since SqlAlchemy does not expose a way to target a specific schema in the Postgres connection URI, you may want to set a default schema for your role with a command similar to ALTER ROLE username SET search_path = airflow, foobar;

Once you’ve setup your database to host Airflow, you’ll need to alter the SqlAlchemy connection string located in your configuration file $AIRFLOW_HOME/airflow.cfg. You should then also change the “executor” setting to use “LocalExecutor”, an executor that can parallelize task instances locally.

# initialize the database
airflow initdb

Using Operators

An operator represents a single, ideally idempotent, task. Operators determine what actually executes when your DAG runs.

See the Operators Concepts documentation and the Operators API Reference for more information.

BashOperator

Use the BashOperator to execute commands in a Bash shell.

run_this = BashOperator(
    task_id='run_after_loop',
    bash_command='echo 1',
    dag=dag,
)
Templating

You can use Jinja templates to parameterize the bash_command argument.

also_run_this = BashOperator(
    task_id='also_run_this',
    bash_command='echo "run_id={{ run_id }} | dag_run={{ dag_run }}"',
    dag=dag,
)
Troubleshooting
Jinja template not found

Add a space after the script name when directly calling a Bash script with the bash_command argument. This is because Airflow tries to apply a Jinja template to it, which will fail.

t2 = BashOperator(
    task_id='bash_example',

    # This fails with `Jinja template not found` error
    # bash_command="/home/batcher/test.sh",

    # This works (has a space after)
    bash_command="/home/batcher/test.sh ",
    dag=dag)
PythonOperator

Use the PythonOperator to execute Python callables.

def print_context(ds, **kwargs):
    pprint(kwargs)
    print(ds)
    return 'Whatever you return gets printed in the logs'


run_this = PythonOperator(
    task_id='print_the_context',
    provide_context=True,
    python_callable=print_context,
    dag=dag,
)
Passing in arguments

Use the op_args and op_kwargs arguments to pass additional arguments to the Python callable.

def my_sleeping_function(random_base):
    """This is a function that will run within the DAG execution"""
    time.sleep(random_base)


# Generate 5 sleeping tasks, sleeping from 0.0 to 0.4 seconds respectively
for i in range(5):
    task = PythonOperator(
        task_id='sleep_for_' + str(i),
        python_callable=my_sleeping_function,
        op_kwargs={'random_base': float(i) / 10},
        dag=dag,
    )

    run_this >> task
Templating

When you set the provide_context argument to True, Airflow passes in an additional set of keyword arguments: one for each of the Jinja template variables and a templates_dict argument.

The templates_dict argument is templated, so each value in the dictionary is evaluated as a Jinja template.

Google Cloud Storage Operators
GoogleCloudStorageToBigQueryOperator

Use the GoogleCloudStorageToBigQueryOperator to execute a BigQuery load job.

load_csv = gcs_to_bq.GoogleCloudStorageToBigQueryOperator(
    task_id='gcs_to_bq_example',
    bucket='cloud-samples-data',
    source_objects=['bigquery/us-states/us-states.csv'],
    destination_project_dataset_table='airflow_test.gcs_to_bq_table',
    schema_fields=[
        {'name': 'name', 'type': 'STRING', 'mode': 'NULLABLE'},
        {'name': 'post_abbr', 'type': 'STRING', 'mode': 'NULLABLE'},
    ],
    write_disposition='WRITE_TRUNCATE',
    dag=dag)
Google Compute Engine Operators
GceInstanceStartOperator

Use the GceInstanceStartOperator to start an existing Google Compute Engine instance.

Arguments

The following examples of OS environment variables used to pass arguments to the operator:

GCP_PROJECT_ID = os.environ.get('GCP_PROJECT_ID', 'example-project')
GCE_ZONE = os.environ.get('GCE_ZONE', 'europe-west1-b')
GCE_INSTANCE = os.environ.get('GCE_INSTANCE', 'testinstance')
Using the operator

The code to create the operator:

gce_instance_start = GceInstanceStartOperator(
    project_id=GCP_PROJECT_ID,
    zone=GCE_ZONE,
    resource_id=GCE_INSTANCE,
    task_id='gcp_compute_start_task'
)

You can also create the operator without project id - project id will be retrieved from the GCP connection id used:

gce_instance_start2 = GceInstanceStartOperator(
    zone=GCE_ZONE,
    resource_id=GCE_INSTANCE,
    task_id='gcp_compute_start_task2'
)
Templating
template_fields = ('project_id', 'zone', 'resource_id', 'gcp_conn_id', 'api_version')
GceInstanceStopOperator

Use the operator to stop Google Compute Engine instance.

For parameter definition, take a look at GceInstanceStopOperator

Arguments

The following examples of OS environment variables used to pass arguments to the operator:

GCP_PROJECT_ID = os.environ.get('GCP_PROJECT_ID', 'example-project')
GCE_ZONE = os.environ.get('GCE_ZONE', 'europe-west1-b')
GCE_INSTANCE = os.environ.get('GCE_INSTANCE', 'testinstance')
Using the operator

The code to create the operator:

gce_instance_stop = GceInstanceStopOperator(
    project_id=GCP_PROJECT_ID,
    zone=GCE_ZONE,
    resource_id=GCE_INSTANCE,
    task_id='gcp_compute_stop_task'
)

You can also create the operator without project id - project id will be retrieved from the GCP connection used:

gce_instance_stop2 = GceInstanceStopOperator(
    zone=GCE_ZONE,
    resource_id=GCE_INSTANCE,
    task_id='gcp_compute_stop_task2'
)
Templating
template_fields = ('project_id', 'zone', 'resource_id', 'gcp_conn_id', 'api_version')
GceSetMachineTypeOperator

Use the operator to change machine type of a Google Compute Engine instance.

For parameter definition, take a look at GceSetMachineTypeOperator.

Arguments

The following examples of OS environment variables used to pass arguments to the operator:

GCP_PROJECT_ID = os.environ.get('GCP_PROJECT_ID', 'example-project')
GCE_ZONE = os.environ.get('GCE_ZONE', 'europe-west1-b')
GCE_INSTANCE = os.environ.get('GCE_INSTANCE', 'testinstance')
GCE_SHORT_MACHINE_TYPE_NAME = os.environ.get('GCE_SHORT_MACHINE_TYPE_NAME', 'n1-standard-1')
SET_MACHINE_TYPE_BODY = {
    'machineType': 'zones/{}/machineTypes/{}'.format(GCE_ZONE, GCE_SHORT_MACHINE_TYPE_NAME)
}
Using the operator

The code to create the operator:

gce_set_machine_type = GceSetMachineTypeOperator(
    project_id=GCP_PROJECT_ID,
    zone=GCE_ZONE,
    resource_id=GCE_INSTANCE,
    body=SET_MACHINE_TYPE_BODY,
    task_id='gcp_compute_set_machine_type'
)

You can also create the operator without project id - project id will be retrieved from the GCP connection used:

gce_set_machine_type2 = GceSetMachineTypeOperator(
    zone=GCE_ZONE,
    resource_id=GCE_INSTANCE,
    body=SET_MACHINE_TYPE_BODY,
    task_id='gcp_compute_set_machine_type2'
)
Templating
template_fields = ('project_id', 'zone', 'resource_id', 'gcp_conn_id', 'api_version')
GceInstanceTemplateCopyOperator

Use the operator to copy an existing Google Compute Engine instance template applying a patch to it.

For parameter definition, take a look at GceInstanceTemplateCopyOperator.

Arguments

The following examples of OS environment variables used to pass arguments to the operator:

GCP_PROJECT_ID = os.environ.get('GCP_PROJECT_ID', 'example-project')
GCE_ZONE = os.environ.get('GCE_ZONE', 'europe-west1-b')
GCE_TEMPLATE_NAME = os.environ.get('GCE_TEMPLATE_NAME', 'instance-template-test')
GCE_NEW_TEMPLATE_NAME = os.environ.get('GCE_NEW_TEMPLATE_NAME',
                                       'instance-template-test-new')
GCE_NEW_DESCRIPTION = os.environ.get('GCE_NEW_DESCRIPTION', 'Test new description')
GCE_INSTANCE_TEMPLATE_BODY_UPDATE = {
    "name": GCE_NEW_TEMPLATE_NAME,
    "description": GCE_NEW_DESCRIPTION,
    "properties": {
        "machineType": "n1-standard-2"
    }
}
Using the operator

The code to create the operator:

gce_instance_template_copy = GceInstanceTemplateCopyOperator(
    project_id=GCP_PROJECT_ID,
    resource_id=GCE_TEMPLATE_NAME,
    body_patch=GCE_INSTANCE_TEMPLATE_BODY_UPDATE,
    task_id='gcp_compute_igm_copy_template_task'
)

You can also create the operator without project id - project id will be retrieved from the GCP connection used:

gce_instance_template_copy2 = GceInstanceTemplateCopyOperator(
    resource_id=GCE_TEMPLATE_NAME,
    body_patch=GCE_INSTANCE_TEMPLATE_BODY_UPDATE,
    task_id='gcp_compute_igm_copy_template_task_2'
)
Templating
template_fields = ('project_id', 'resource_id', 'request_id',
                   'gcp_conn_id', 'api_version')
GceInstanceGroupManagerUpdateTemplateOperator

Use the operator to update template in Google Compute Engine Instance Group Manager.

For parameter definition, take a look at GceInstanceGroupManagerUpdateTemplateOperator.

Arguments

The following examples of OS environment variables used to pass arguments to the operator:

GCP_PROJECT_ID = os.environ.get('GCP_PROJECT_ID', 'example-project')
GCE_ZONE = os.environ.get('GCE_ZONE', 'europe-west1-b')
GCE_INSTANCE_GROUP_MANAGER_NAME = os.environ.get('GCE_INSTANCE_GROUP_MANAGER_NAME',
                                                 'instance-group-test')

SOURCE_TEMPLATE_URL = os.environ.get(
    'SOURCE_TEMPLATE_URL',
    "https://www.googleapis.com/compute/beta/projects/" + GCP_PROJECT_ID +
    "/global/instanceTemplates/instance-template-test")

DESTINATION_TEMPLATE_URL = os.environ.get(
    'DESTINATION_TEMPLATE_URL',
    "https://www.googleapis.com/compute/beta/projects/" + GCP_PROJECT_ID +
    "/global/instanceTemplates/" + GCE_NEW_TEMPLATE_NAME)

UPDATE_POLICY = {
    "type": "OPPORTUNISTIC",
    "minimalAction": "RESTART",
    "maxSurge": {
        "fixed": 1
    },
    "minReadySec": 1800
}

Using the operator

The code to create the operator:

gce_instance_group_manager_update_template = \
    GceInstanceGroupManagerUpdateTemplateOperator(
        project_id=GCP_PROJECT_ID,
        resource_id=GCE_INSTANCE_GROUP_MANAGER_NAME,
        zone=GCE_ZONE,
        source_template=SOURCE_TEMPLATE_URL,
        destination_template=DESTINATION_TEMPLATE_URL,
        update_policy=UPDATE_POLICY,
        task_id='gcp_compute_igm_group_manager_update_template'
    )

You can also create the operator without project id - project id will be retrieved from the GCP connection used:

gce_instance_group_manager_update_template2 = \
    GceInstanceGroupManagerUpdateTemplateOperator(
        resource_id=GCE_INSTANCE_GROUP_MANAGER_NAME,
        zone=GCE_ZONE,
        source_template=SOURCE_TEMPLATE_URL,
        destination_template=DESTINATION_TEMPLATE_URL,
        task_id='gcp_compute_igm_group_manager_update_template_2'
    )
Templating
template_fields = ('project_id', 'resource_id', 'zone', 'request_id',
                   'source_template', 'destination_template',
                   'gcp_conn_id', 'api_version')
Troubleshooting

You might find that your GceInstanceGroupManagerUpdateTemplateOperator fails with missing permissions. To execute the operation, the service account requires the permissions that theService Account User role provides (assigned via Google Cloud IAM).

Google Cloud Bigtable Operators

All examples below rely on the following variables, which can be passed via environment variables.

GCP_PROJECT_ID = getenv('GCP_PROJECT_ID', 'example-project')
CBT_INSTANCE_ID = getenv('CBT_INSTANCE_ID', 'some-instance-id')
CBT_INSTANCE_DISPLAY_NAME = getenv('CBT_INSTANCE_DISPLAY_NAME', 'Human-readable name')
CBT_INSTANCE_TYPE = getenv('CBT_INSTANCE_TYPE', '2')
CBT_INSTANCE_LABELS = getenv('CBT_INSTANCE_LABELS', '{}')
CBT_CLUSTER_ID = getenv('CBT_CLUSTER_ID', 'some-cluster-id')
CBT_CLUSTER_ZONE = getenv('CBT_CLUSTER_ZONE', 'europe-west1-b')
CBT_CLUSTER_NODES = getenv('CBT_CLUSTER_NODES', '3')
CBT_CLUSTER_NODES_UPDATED = getenv('CBT_CLUSTER_NODES_UPDATED', '5')
CBT_CLUSTER_STORAGE_TYPE = getenv('CBT_CLUSTER_STORAGE_TYPE', '2')
CBT_TABLE_ID = getenv('CBT_TABLE_ID', 'some-table-id')
CBT_POKE_INTERVAL = getenv('CBT_POKE_INTERVAL', '60')
BigtableInstanceCreateOperator

Use the BigtableInstanceCreateOperator to create a Google Cloud Bigtable instance.

If the Cloud Bigtable instance with the given ID exists, the operator does not compare its configuration and immediately succeeds. No changes are made to the existing instance.

Using the operator

You can create the operator with or without project id. If project id is missing it will be retrieved from the GCP connection used. Both variants are shown:

create_instance_task = BigtableInstanceCreateOperator(
    project_id=GCP_PROJECT_ID,
    instance_id=CBT_INSTANCE_ID,
    main_cluster_id=CBT_CLUSTER_ID,
    main_cluster_zone=CBT_CLUSTER_ZONE,
    instance_display_name=CBT_INSTANCE_DISPLAY_NAME,
    instance_type=int(CBT_INSTANCE_TYPE),
    instance_labels=json.loads(CBT_INSTANCE_LABELS),
    cluster_nodes=int(CBT_CLUSTER_NODES),
    cluster_storage_type=int(CBT_CLUSTER_STORAGE_TYPE),
    task_id='create_instance_task',
)
create_instance_task2 = BigtableInstanceCreateOperator(
    instance_id=CBT_INSTANCE_ID,
    main_cluster_id=CBT_CLUSTER_ID,
    main_cluster_zone=CBT_CLUSTER_ZONE,
    instance_display_name=CBT_INSTANCE_DISPLAY_NAME,
    instance_type=int(CBT_INSTANCE_TYPE),
    instance_labels=json.loads(CBT_INSTANCE_LABELS),
    cluster_nodes=int(CBT_CLUSTER_NODES),
    cluster_storage_type=int(CBT_CLUSTER_STORAGE_TYPE),
    task_id='create_instance_task2',
)
create_instance_task >> create_instance_task2
BigtableInstanceDeleteOperator

Use the BigtableInstanceDeleteOperator to delete a Google Cloud Bigtable instance.

Using the operator

You can create the operator with or without project id. If project id is missing it will be retrieved from the GCP connection used. Both variants are shown:

delete_instance_task = BigtableInstanceDeleteOperator(
    project_id=GCP_PROJECT_ID,
    instance_id=CBT_INSTANCE_ID,
    task_id='delete_instance_task',
)
delete_instance_task2 = BigtableInstanceDeleteOperator(
    instance_id=CBT_INSTANCE_ID,
    task_id='delete_instance_task2',
)
BigtableClusterUpdateOperator

Use the BigtableClusterUpdateOperator to modify number of nodes in a Cloud Bigtable cluster.

Using the operator

You can create the operator with or without project id. If project id is missing it will be retrieved from the GCP connection used. Both variants are shown:

cluster_update_task = BigtableClusterUpdateOperator(
    project_id=GCP_PROJECT_ID,
    instance_id=CBT_INSTANCE_ID,
    cluster_id=CBT_CLUSTER_ID,
    nodes=int(CBT_CLUSTER_NODES_UPDATED),
    task_id='update_cluster_task',
)
cluster_update_task2 = BigtableClusterUpdateOperator(
    instance_id=CBT_INSTANCE_ID,
    cluster_id=CBT_CLUSTER_ID,
    nodes=int(CBT_CLUSTER_NODES_UPDATED),
    task_id='update_cluster_task2',
)
cluster_update_task >> cluster_update_task2
BigtableTableCreateOperator

Creates a table in a Cloud Bigtable instance.

If the table with given ID exists in the Cloud Bigtable instance, the operator compares the Column Families. If the Column Families are identical operator succeeds. Otherwise, the operator fails with the appropriate error message.

Using the operator

You can create the operator with or without project id. If project id is missing it will be retrieved from the GCP connection used. Both variants are shown:

create_table_task = BigtableTableCreateOperator(
    project_id=GCP_PROJECT_ID,
    instance_id=CBT_INSTANCE_ID,
    table_id=CBT_TABLE_ID,
    task_id='create_table',
)
create_table_task2 = BigtableTableCreateOperator(
    instance_id=CBT_INSTANCE_ID,
    table_id=CBT_TABLE_ID,
    task_id='create_table_task2',
)
create_table_task >> create_table_task2
Advanced

When creating a table, you can specify the optional initial_split_keys and column_familes. Please refer to the Python Client for Google Cloud Bigtable documentation for Table and for Column Families.

BigtableTableDeleteOperator

Use the BigtableTableDeleteOperator to delete a table in Google Cloud Bigtable.

Using the operator

You can create the operator with or without project id. If project id is missing it will be retrieved from the GCP connection used. Both variants are shown:

delete_table_task = BigtableTableDeleteOperator(
    project_id=GCP_PROJECT_ID,
    instance_id=CBT_INSTANCE_ID,
    table_id=CBT_TABLE_ID,
    task_id='delete_table_task',
)
delete_table_task2 = BigtableTableDeleteOperator(
    instance_id=CBT_INSTANCE_ID,
    table_id=CBT_TABLE_ID,
    task_id='delete_table_task2',
)
BigtableTableWaitForReplicationSensor

You can create the operator with or without project id. If project id is missing it will be retrieved from the GCP connection used. Both variants are shown:

Use the BigtableTableWaitForReplicationSensor to wait for the table to replicate fully.

The same arguments apply to this sensor as the BigtableTableCreateOperator.

Note: If the table or the Cloud Bigtable instance does not exist, this sensor waits for the table until timeout hits and does not raise any exception.

Using the operator
wait_for_table_replication_task = BigtableTableWaitForReplicationSensor(
    project_id=GCP_PROJECT_ID,
    instance_id=CBT_INSTANCE_ID,
    table_id=CBT_TABLE_ID,
    poke_interval=int(CBT_POKE_INTERVAL),
    timeout=180,
    task_id='wait_for_table_replication_task',
)
wait_for_table_replication_task2 = BigtableTableWaitForReplicationSensor(
    instance_id=CBT_INSTANCE_ID,
    table_id=CBT_TABLE_ID,
    poke_interval=int(CBT_POKE_INTERVAL),
    timeout=180,
    task_id='wait_for_table_replication_task2',
)
Google Cloud Functions Operators
GcfFunctionDeleteOperator

Use the operator to delete a function from Google Cloud Functions.

For parameter definition, take a look at GcfFunctionDeleteOperator.

Arguments

The following examples of OS environment variables show how you can build function name to use in the operator:

GCP_PROJECT_ID = os.environ.get('GCP_PROJECT_ID', 'example-project')
GCP_LOCATION = os.environ.get('GCP_LOCATION', 'europe-west1')
GCF_SHORT_FUNCTION_NAME = os.environ.get('GCF_SHORT_FUNCTION_NAME', 'hello').\
    replace("-", "_")  # make sure there are no dashes in function name (!)
FUNCTION_NAME = 'projects/{}/locations/{}/functions/{}'.format(GCP_PROJECT_ID,
                                                               GCP_LOCATION,
                                                               GCF_SHORT_FUNCTION_NAME)
Using the operator
delete_task = GcfFunctionDeleteOperator(
    task_id="gcf_delete_task",
    name=FUNCTION_NAME
)
Templating
template_fields = ('name', 'gcp_conn_id', 'api_version')
GcfFunctionDeployOperator

Use the operator to deploy a function to Google Cloud Functions. If a function with this name already exists, it will be updated.

For parameter definition, take a look at GcfFunctionDeployOperator.

Arguments

In the example DAG the following environment variables are used to parameterize the operator’s definition:

GCP_PROJECT_ID = os.environ.get('GCP_PROJECT_ID', 'example-project')
GCP_LOCATION = os.environ.get('GCP_LOCATION', 'europe-west1')
GCF_SHORT_FUNCTION_NAME = os.environ.get('GCF_SHORT_FUNCTION_NAME', 'hello').\
    replace("-", "_")  # make sure there are no dashes in function name (!)
FUNCTION_NAME = 'projects/{}/locations/{}/functions/{}'.format(GCP_PROJECT_ID,
                                                               GCP_LOCATION,
                                                               GCF_SHORT_FUNCTION_NAME)
GCF_SOURCE_ARCHIVE_URL = os.environ.get('GCF_SOURCE_ARCHIVE_URL', '')
GCF_SOURCE_UPLOAD_URL = os.environ.get('GCF_SOURCE_UPLOAD_URL', '')
GCF_SOURCE_REPOSITORY = os.environ.get(
    'GCF_SOURCE_REPOSITORY',
    'https://source.developers.google.com/'
    'projects/{}/repos/hello-world/moveable-aliases/master'.format(GCP_PROJECT_ID))
GCF_ZIP_PATH = os.environ.get('GCF_ZIP_PATH', '')
GCF_ENTRYPOINT = os.environ.get('GCF_ENTRYPOINT', 'helloWorld')
GCF_RUNTIME = 'nodejs6'
GCP_VALIDATE_BODY = os.environ.get('GCP_VALIDATE_BODY', True)

Some of those variables are used to create the request’s body:

body = {
    "name": FUNCTION_NAME,
    "entryPoint": GCF_ENTRYPOINT,
    "runtime": GCF_RUNTIME,
    "httpsTrigger": {}
}

When a DAG is created, the default_args dictionary can be used to pass arguments common with other tasks:

default_args = {
    'start_date': dates.days_ago(1)
}

Note that the neither the body nor the default args are complete in the above examples. Depending on the variables set, there might be different variants on how to pass source code related fields. Currently, you can pass either sourceArchiveUrl, sourceRepository or sourceUploadUrl as described in the Cloud Functions API specification.

Additionally, default_args or direct operator args might contain zip_path parameter to run the extra step of uploading the source code before deploying it. In this case, you also need to provide an empty sourceUploadUrl parameter in the body.

Using the operator

Depending on the combination of parameters, the Function’s source code can be obtained from different sources:

if GCF_SOURCE_ARCHIVE_URL:
    body['sourceArchiveUrl'] = GCF_SOURCE_ARCHIVE_URL
elif GCF_SOURCE_REPOSITORY:
    body['sourceRepository'] = {
        'url': GCF_SOURCE_REPOSITORY
    }
elif GCF_ZIP_PATH:
    body['sourceUploadUrl'] = ''
    default_args['zip_path'] = GCF_ZIP_PATH
elif GCF_SOURCE_UPLOAD_URL:
    body['sourceUploadUrl'] = GCF_SOURCE_UPLOAD_URL
else:
    raise Exception("Please provide one of the source_code parameters")

The code to create the operator:

deploy_task = GcfFunctionDeployOperator(
    task_id="gcf_deploy_task",
    project_id=GCP_PROJECT_ID,
    location=GCP_LOCATION,
    body=body,
    validate_body=GCP_VALIDATE_BODY
)

You can also create the operator without project id - project id will be retrieved from the GCP connection used:

deploy2_task = GcfFunctionDeployOperator(
    task_id="gcf_deploy2_task",
    location=GCP_LOCATION,
    body=body,
    validate_body=GCP_VALIDATE_BODY
)
Templating
template_fields = ('project_id', 'location', 'gcp_conn_id', 'api_version')
Troubleshooting

If during the deploy you see an error similar to:

“HttpError 403: Missing necessary permission iam.serviceAccounts.actAs for on resource project-name@appspot.gserviceaccount.com. Please grant the roles/iam.serviceAccountUser role.”

it means that your service account does not have the correct Cloud IAM permissions.

  1. Assign your Service Account the Cloud Functions Developer role.
  2. Grant the user the Cloud IAM Service Account User role on the Cloud Functions runtime service account.

The typical way of assigning Cloud IAM permissions with gcloud is shown below. Just replace PROJECT_ID with ID of your Google Cloud Platform project and SERVICE_ACCOUNT_EMAIL with the email ID of your service account.

gcloud iam service-accounts add-iam-policy-binding \
  PROJECT_ID@appspot.gserviceaccount.com \
  --member="serviceAccount:[SERVICE_ACCOUNT_EMAIL]" \
  --role="roles/iam.serviceAccountUser"

You can also do that via the GCP Web console.

See Adding the IAM service agent user role to the runtime service for details.

If the source code for your function is in Google Source Repository, make sure that your service account has the Source Repository Viewer role so that the source code can be downloaded if necessary.

Google Cloud Spanner Operators
CloudSpannerInstanceDatabaseDeleteOperator

Deletes a database from the specified Cloud Spanner instance. If the database does not exist, no action is taken, and the operator succeeds.

For parameter definition, take a look at CloudSpannerInstanceDatabaseDeleteOperator.

Arguments

Some arguments in the example DAG are taken from environment variables.

GCP_PROJECT_ID = os.environ.get('GCP_PROJECT_ID', 'example-project')
GCP_SPANNER_INSTANCE_ID = os.environ.get('GCP_SPANNER_INSTANCE_ID', 'testinstance')
GCP_SPANNER_DATABASE_ID = os.environ.get('GCP_SPANNER_DATABASE_ID', 'testdatabase')
GCP_SPANNER_CONFIG_NAME = os.environ.get('GCP_SPANNER_CONFIG_NAME',
                                         'projects/example-project/instanceConfigs/eur3')
GCP_SPANNER_NODE_COUNT = os.environ.get('GCP_SPANNER_NODE_COUNT', '1')
GCP_SPANNER_DISPLAY_NAME = os.environ.get('GCP_SPANNER_DISPLAY_NAME', 'Test Instance')
# OPERATION_ID should be unique per operation
OPERATION_ID = 'unique_operation_id'
Using the operator

You can create the operator with or without project id. If project id is missing it will be retrieved from the GCP connection used. Both variants are shown:

spanner_database_delete_task = CloudSpannerInstanceDatabaseDeleteOperator(
    project_id=GCP_PROJECT_ID,
    instance_id=GCP_SPANNER_INSTANCE_ID,
    database_id=GCP_SPANNER_DATABASE_ID,
    task_id='spanner_database_delete_task'
)
spanner_database_delete_task2 = CloudSpannerInstanceDatabaseDeleteOperator(
    instance_id=GCP_SPANNER_INSTANCE_ID,
    database_id=GCP_SPANNER_DATABASE_ID,
    task_id='spanner_database_delete_task2'
)
Templating
template_fields = ('project_id', 'instance_id', 'gcp_conn_id')
CloudSpannerInstanceDatabaseDeployOperator

Creates a new Cloud Spanner database in the specified instance, or if the desired database exists, assumes success with no changes applied to database configuration. No structure of the database is verified - it’s enough if the database exists with the same name.

For parameter definition, take a look at CloudSpannerInstanceDatabaseDeployOperator.

Arguments

Some arguments in the example DAG are taken from environment variables.

GCP_PROJECT_ID = os.environ.get('GCP_PROJECT_ID', 'example-project')
GCP_SPANNER_INSTANCE_ID = os.environ.get('GCP_SPANNER_INSTANCE_ID', 'testinstance')
GCP_SPANNER_DATABASE_ID = os.environ.get('GCP_SPANNER_DATABASE_ID', 'testdatabase')
GCP_SPANNER_CONFIG_NAME = os.environ.get('GCP_SPANNER_CONFIG_NAME',
                                         'projects/example-project/instanceConfigs/eur3')
GCP_SPANNER_NODE_COUNT = os.environ.get('GCP_SPANNER_NODE_COUNT', '1')
GCP_SPANNER_DISPLAY_NAME = os.environ.get('GCP_SPANNER_DISPLAY_NAME', 'Test Instance')
# OPERATION_ID should be unique per operation
OPERATION_ID = 'unique_operation_id'
Using the operator

You can create the operator with or without project id. If project id is missing it will be retrieved from the GCP connection used. Both variants are shown:

spanner_database_deploy_task = CloudSpannerInstanceDatabaseDeployOperator(
    project_id=GCP_PROJECT_ID,
    instance_id=GCP_SPANNER_INSTANCE_ID,
    database_id=GCP_SPANNER_DATABASE_ID,
    ddl_statements=[
        "CREATE TABLE my_table1 (id INT64, name STRING(MAX)) PRIMARY KEY (id)",
        "CREATE TABLE my_table2 (id INT64, name STRING(MAX)) PRIMARY KEY (id)",
    ],
    task_id='spanner_database_deploy_task'
)
spanner_database_deploy_task2 = CloudSpannerInstanceDatabaseDeployOperator(
    instance_id=GCP_SPANNER_INSTANCE_ID,
    database_id=GCP_SPANNER_DATABASE_ID,
    ddl_statements=[
        "CREATE TABLE my_table1 (id INT64, name STRING(MAX)) PRIMARY KEY (id)",
        "CREATE TABLE my_table2 (id INT64, name STRING(MAX)) PRIMARY KEY (id)",
    ],
    task_id='spanner_database_deploy_task2'
)
Templating
template_fields = ('project_id', 'instance_id', 'database_id', 'ddl_statements',
                   'gcp_conn_id')
template_ext = ('.sql', )
More information

See Google Cloud Spanner API documentation for database create

CloudSpannerInstanceDatabaseUpdateOperator

Runs a DDL query in a Cloud Spanner database and allows you to modify the structure of an existing database.

You can optionally specify an operation_id parameter which simplifies determining whether the statements were executed in case the update_database call is replayed (idempotency check). The operation_id should be unique within the database, and must be a valid identifier: [a-z][a-z0-9_]*. More information can be found in the documentation of updateDdl API

For parameter definition take a look at CloudSpannerInstanceDatabaseUpdateOperator.

Arguments

Some arguments in the example DAG are taken from environment variables.

GCP_PROJECT_ID = os.environ.get('GCP_PROJECT_ID', 'example-project')
GCP_SPANNER_INSTANCE_ID = os.environ.get('GCP_SPANNER_INSTANCE_ID', 'testinstance')
GCP_SPANNER_DATABASE_ID = os.environ.get('GCP_SPANNER_DATABASE_ID', 'testdatabase')
GCP_SPANNER_CONFIG_NAME = os.environ.get('GCP_SPANNER_CONFIG_NAME',
                                         'projects/example-project/instanceConfigs/eur3')
GCP_SPANNER_NODE_COUNT = os.environ.get('GCP_SPANNER_NODE_COUNT', '1')
GCP_SPANNER_DISPLAY_NAME = os.environ.get('GCP_SPANNER_DISPLAY_NAME', 'Test Instance')
# OPERATION_ID should be unique per operation
OPERATION_ID = 'unique_operation_id'
Using the operator

You can create the operator with or without project id. If project id is missing it will be retrieved from the GCP connection used. Both variants are shown:

spanner_database_update_task = CloudSpannerInstanceDatabaseUpdateOperator(
    project_id=GCP_PROJECT_ID,
    instance_id=GCP_SPANNER_INSTANCE_ID,
    database_id=GCP_SPANNER_DATABASE_ID,
    ddl_statements=[
        "CREATE TABLE my_table3 (id INT64, name STRING(MAX)) PRIMARY KEY (id)",
    ],
    task_id='spanner_database_update_task'
)
spanner_database_update_idempotent1_task = CloudSpannerInstanceDatabaseUpdateOperator(
    project_id=GCP_PROJECT_ID,
    instance_id=GCP_SPANNER_INSTANCE_ID,
    database_id=GCP_SPANNER_DATABASE_ID,
    operation_id=OPERATION_ID,
    ddl_statements=[
        "CREATE TABLE my_table_unique (id INT64, name STRING(MAX)) PRIMARY KEY (id)",
    ],
    task_id='spanner_database_update_idempotent1_task'
)
spanner_database_update_idempotent2_task = CloudSpannerInstanceDatabaseUpdateOperator(
    instance_id=GCP_SPANNER_INSTANCE_ID,
    database_id=GCP_SPANNER_DATABASE_ID,
    operation_id=OPERATION_ID,
    ddl_statements=[
        "CREATE TABLE my_table_unique (id INT64, name STRING(MAX)) PRIMARY KEY (id)",
    ],
    task_id='spanner_database_update_idempotent2_task'
)
Templating
template_fields = ('project_id', 'instance_id', 'database_id', 'ddl_statements',
                   'gcp_conn_id')
template_ext = ('.sql', )
More information

See Google Cloud Spanner API documentation for database update_ddl.

CloudSpannerInstanceDatabaseQueryOperator

Executes an arbitrary DML query (INSERT, UPDATE, DELETE).

For parameter definition take a look at CloudSpannerInstanceDatabaseQueryOperator.

Arguments

Some arguments in the example DAG are taken from environment variables.

GCP_PROJECT_ID = os.environ.get('GCP_PROJECT_ID', 'example-project')
GCP_SPANNER_INSTANCE_ID = os.environ.get('GCP_SPANNER_INSTANCE_ID', 'testinstance')
GCP_SPANNER_DATABASE_ID = os.environ.get('GCP_SPANNER_DATABASE_ID', 'testdatabase')
GCP_SPANNER_CONFIG_NAME = os.environ.get('GCP_SPANNER_CONFIG_NAME',
                                         'projects/example-project/instanceConfigs/eur3')
GCP_SPANNER_NODE_COUNT = os.environ.get('GCP_SPANNER_NODE_COUNT', '1')
GCP_SPANNER_DISPLAY_NAME = os.environ.get('GCP_SPANNER_DISPLAY_NAME', 'Test Instance')
# OPERATION_ID should be unique per operation
OPERATION_ID = 'unique_operation_id'
Using the operator

You can create the operator with or without project id. If project id is missing it will be retrieved from the GCP connection used. Both variants are shown:

spanner_instance_query_task = CloudSpannerInstanceDatabaseQueryOperator(
    project_id=GCP_PROJECT_ID,
    instance_id=GCP_SPANNER_INSTANCE_ID,
    database_id=GCP_SPANNER_DATABASE_ID,
    query=["DELETE FROM my_table2 WHERE true"],
    task_id='spanner_instance_query_task'
)
spanner_instance_query_task2 = CloudSpannerInstanceDatabaseQueryOperator(
    instance_id=GCP_SPANNER_INSTANCE_ID,
    database_id=GCP_SPANNER_DATABASE_ID,
    query=["DELETE FROM my_table2 WHERE true"],
    task_id='spanner_instance_query_task2'
)
Templating
template_fields = ('project_id', 'instance_id', 'database_id', 'query', 'gcp_conn_id')
template_ext = ('.sql',)
More information

See Google Cloud Spanner API documentation for the DML syntax.

CloudSpannerInstanceDeleteOperator

Deletes a Cloud Spanner instance. If an instance does not exist, no action is taken, and the operator succeeds.

For parameter definition take a look at CloudSpannerInstanceDeleteOperator.

Arguments

Some arguments in the example DAG are taken from environment variables:

GCP_PROJECT_ID = os.environ.get('GCP_PROJECT_ID', 'example-project')
GCP_SPANNER_INSTANCE_ID = os.environ.get('GCP_SPANNER_INSTANCE_ID', 'testinstance')
GCP_SPANNER_DATABASE_ID = os.environ.get('GCP_SPANNER_DATABASE_ID', 'testdatabase')
GCP_SPANNER_CONFIG_NAME = os.environ.get('GCP_SPANNER_CONFIG_NAME',
                                         'projects/example-project/instanceConfigs/eur3')
GCP_SPANNER_NODE_COUNT = os.environ.get('GCP_SPANNER_NODE_COUNT', '1')
GCP_SPANNER_DISPLAY_NAME = os.environ.get('GCP_SPANNER_DISPLAY_NAME', 'Test Instance')
# OPERATION_ID should be unique per operation
OPERATION_ID = 'unique_operation_id'
Using the operator

You can create the operator with or without project id. If project id is missing it will be retrieved from the GCP connection used. Both variants are shown:

spanner_instance_delete_task = CloudSpannerInstanceDeleteOperator(
    project_id=GCP_PROJECT_ID,
    instance_id=GCP_SPANNER_INSTANCE_ID,
    task_id='spanner_instance_delete_task'
)
spanner_instance_delete_task2 = CloudSpannerInstanceDeleteOperator(
    instance_id=GCP_SPANNER_INSTANCE_ID,
    task_id='spanner_instance_delete_task2'
)
Templating
template_fields = ('project_id', 'instance_id', 'gcp_conn_id')
Google Cloud Sql Operators
CloudSqlInstanceDatabaseCreateOperator

Creates a new database inside a Cloud SQL instance.

For parameter definition, take a look at CloudSqlInstanceDatabaseCreateOperator.

Arguments

Some arguments in the example DAG are taken from environment variables:

GCP_PROJECT_ID = os.environ.get('GCP_PROJECT_ID', 'example-project')
INSTANCE_NAME = os.environ.get('GCSQL_MYSQL_INSTANCE_NAME', 'test-mysql')
INSTANCE_NAME2 = os.environ.get('GCSQL_MYSQL_INSTANCE_NAME2', 'test-mysql2')
DB_NAME = os.environ.get('GCSQL_MYSQL_DATABASE_NAME', 'testdb')
Using the operator

You can create the operator with or without project id. If project id is missing it will be retrieved from the GCP connection used. Both variants are shown:

sql_db_create_task = CloudSqlInstanceDatabaseCreateOperator(
    project_id=GCP_PROJECT_ID,
    body=db_create_body,
    instance=INSTANCE_NAME,
    task_id='sql_db_create_task'
)
sql_db_create_task2 = CloudSqlInstanceDatabaseCreateOperator(
    body=db_create_body,
    instance=INSTANCE_NAME,
    task_id='sql_db_create_task2'
)

Example request body:

db_create_body = {
    "instance": INSTANCE_NAME,
    "name": DB_NAME,
    "project": GCP_PROJECT_ID
}
Templating
template_fields = ('project_id', 'instance', 'gcp_conn_id', 'api_version')
CloudSqlInstanceDatabaseDeleteOperator

Deletes a database from a Cloud SQL instance.

For parameter definition, take a look at CloudSqlInstanceDatabaseDeleteOperator.

Arguments

Some arguments in the example DAG are taken from environment variables:

GCP_PROJECT_ID = os.environ.get('GCP_PROJECT_ID', 'example-project')
INSTANCE_NAME = os.environ.get('GCSQL_MYSQL_INSTANCE_NAME', 'test-mysql')
INSTANCE_NAME2 = os.environ.get('GCSQL_MYSQL_INSTANCE_NAME2', 'test-mysql2')
DB_NAME = os.environ.get('GCSQL_MYSQL_DATABASE_NAME', 'testdb')
Using the operator

You can create the operator with or without project id. If project id is missing it will be retrieved from the GCP connection used. Both variants are shown:

sql_db_delete_task = CloudSqlInstanceDatabaseDeleteOperator(
    project_id=GCP_PROJECT_ID,
    instance=INSTANCE_NAME,
    database=DB_NAME,
    task_id='sql_db_delete_task'
)
sql_db_delete_task2 = CloudSqlInstanceDatabaseDeleteOperator(
    instance=INSTANCE_NAME,
    database=DB_NAME,
    task_id='sql_db_delete_task2'
)
Templating
template_fields = ('project_id', 'instance', 'database', 'gcp_conn_id',
                   'api_version')
CloudSqlInstanceDatabasePatchOperator

Updates a resource containing information about a database inside a Cloud SQL instance using patch semantics. See: https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/admin-api/how-tos/performance#patch

For parameter definition, take a look at CloudSqlInstanceDatabasePatchOperator.

Arguments

Some arguments in the example DAG are taken from environment variables:

GCP_PROJECT_ID = os.environ.get('GCP_PROJECT_ID', 'example-project')
INSTANCE_NAME = os.environ.get('GCSQL_MYSQL_INSTANCE_NAME', 'test-mysql')
INSTANCE_NAME2 = os.environ.get('GCSQL_MYSQL_INSTANCE_NAME2', 'test-mysql2')
DB_NAME = os.environ.get('GCSQL_MYSQL_DATABASE_NAME', 'testdb')
Using the operator

You can create the operator with or without project id. If project id is missing it will be retrieved from the GCP connection used. Both variants are shown:

sql_db_patch_task = CloudSqlInstanceDatabasePatchOperator(
    project_id=GCP_PROJECT_ID,
    body=db_patch_body,
    instance=INSTANCE_NAME,
    database=DB_NAME,
    task_id='sql_db_patch_task'
)
sql_db_patch_task2 = CloudSqlInstanceDatabasePatchOperator(
    body=db_patch_body,
    instance=INSTANCE_NAME,
    database=DB_NAME,
    task_id='sql_db_patch_task2'
)

Example request body:

db_patch_body = {
    "charset": "utf16",
    "collation": "utf16_general_ci"
}
Templating
template_fields = ('project_id', 'instance', 'database', 'gcp_conn_id',
                   'api_version')
CloudSqlInstanceDeleteOperator

Deletes a Cloud SQL instance in Google Cloud Platform.

For parameter definition, take a look at CloudSqlInstanceDeleteOperator.

Arguments

Some arguments in the example DAG are taken from OS environment variables:

GCP_PROJECT_ID = os.environ.get('GCP_PROJECT_ID', 'example-project')
INSTANCE_NAME = os.environ.get('GCSQL_MYSQL_INSTANCE_NAME', 'test-mysql')
INSTANCE_NAME2 = os.environ.get('GCSQL_MYSQL_INSTANCE_NAME2', 'test-mysql2')
DB_NAME = os.environ.get('GCSQL_MYSQL_DATABASE_NAME', 'testdb')
Using the operator

You can create the operator with or without project id. If project id is missing it will be retrieved from the GCP connection used. Both variants are shown:

sql_instance_delete_task = CloudSqlInstanceDeleteOperator(
    project_id=GCP_PROJECT_ID,
    instance=INSTANCE_NAME,
    task_id='sql_instance_delete_task'
)
sql_instance_delete_task2 = CloudSqlInstanceDeleteOperator(
    instance=INSTANCE_NAME2,
    task_id='sql_instance_delete_task2'
)
Templating
template_fields = ('project_id', 'instance', 'gcp_conn_id', 'api_version')
CloudSqlInstanceExportOperator

Exports data from a Cloud SQL instance to a Cloud Storage bucket as a SQL dump or CSV file.

Note: This operator is idempotent. If executed multiple times with the same export file URI, the export file in GCS will simply be overridden.

For parameter definition take a look at CloudSqlInstanceExportOperator.

Arguments

Some arguments in the example DAG are taken from Airflow variables:

GCP_PROJECT_ID = os.environ.get('GCP_PROJECT_ID', 'example-project')
INSTANCE_NAME = os.environ.get('GCSQL_MYSQL_INSTANCE_NAME', 'test-mysql')
INSTANCE_NAME2 = os.environ.get('GCSQL_MYSQL_INSTANCE_NAME2', 'test-mysql2')
DB_NAME = os.environ.get('GCSQL_MYSQL_DATABASE_NAME', 'testdb')
EXPORT_URI = os.environ.get('GCSQL_MYSQL_EXPORT_URI', 'gs://bucketName/fileName')
IMPORT_URI = os.environ.get('GCSQL_MYSQL_IMPORT_URI', 'gs://bucketName/fileName')

Example body defining the export operation:

export_body = {
    "exportContext": {
        "fileType": "sql",
        "uri": EXPORT_URI,
        "sqlExportOptions": {
            "schemaOnly": False
        }
    }
}
Using the operator

You can create the operator with or without project id. If project id is missing it will be retrieved from the GCP connection used. Both variants are shown:

sql_export_task = CloudSqlInstanceExportOperator(
    project_id=GCP_PROJECT_ID,
    body=export_body,
    instance=INSTANCE_NAME,
    task_id='sql_export_task'
)
sql_export_task2 = CloudSqlInstanceExportOperator(
    body=export_body,
    instance=INSTANCE_NAME,
    task_id='sql_export_task2'
)
Templating
template_fields = ('project_id', 'instance', 'gcp_conn_id', 'api_version')
Troubleshooting

If you receive an “Unauthorized” error in GCP, make sure that the service account of the Cloud SQL instance is authorized to write to the selected GCS bucket.

It is not the service account configured in Airflow that communicates with GCS, but rather the service account of the particular Cloud SQL instance.

To grant the service account with the appropriate WRITE permissions for the GCS bucket you can use the GoogleCloudStorageBucketCreateAclEntryOperator, as shown in the example:

sql_gcp_add_bucket_permission_task = GoogleCloudStorageBucketCreateAclEntryOperator(
    entity="user-{{ task_instance.xcom_pull("
           "'sql_instance_create_task', key='service_account_email') "
           "}}",
    role="WRITER",
    bucket=export_url_split[1],  # netloc (bucket)
    task_id='sql_gcp_add_bucket_permission_task'
)
CloudSqlInstanceImportOperator

Imports data into a Cloud SQL instance from a SQL dump or CSV file in Cloud Storage.

CSV import:

This operator is NOT idempotent for a CSV import. If the same file is imported multiple times, the imported data will be duplicated in the database. Moreover, if there are any unique constraints the duplicate import may result in an error.

SQL import:

This operator is idempotent for a SQL import if it was also exported by Cloud SQL. The exported SQL contains ‘DROP TABLE IF EXISTS’ statements for all tables to be imported.

If the import file was generated in a different way, idempotence is not guaranteed. It has to be ensured on the SQL file level.

For parameter definition take a look at CloudSqlInstanceImportOperator.

Arguments

Some arguments in the example DAG are taken from Airflow variables:

GCP_PROJECT_ID = os.environ.get('GCP_PROJECT_ID', 'example-project')
INSTANCE_NAME = os.environ.get('GCSQL_MYSQL_INSTANCE_NAME', 'test-mysql')
INSTANCE_NAME2 = os.environ.get('GCSQL_MYSQL_INSTANCE_NAME2', 'test-mysql2')
DB_NAME = os.environ.get('GCSQL_MYSQL_DATABASE_NAME', 'testdb')
EXPORT_URI = os.environ.get('GCSQL_MYSQL_EXPORT_URI', 'gs://bucketName/fileName')
IMPORT_URI = os.environ.get('GCSQL_MYSQL_IMPORT_URI', 'gs://bucketName/fileName')

Example body defining the import operation:

import_body = {
    "importContext": {
        "fileType": "sql",
        "uri": IMPORT_URI
    }
}
Using the operator

You can create the operator with or without project id. If project id is missing it will be retrieved from the GCP connection used. Both variants are shown:

sql_import_task = CloudSqlInstanceImportOperator(
    project_id=GCP_PROJECT_ID,
    body=import_body,
    instance=INSTANCE_NAME2,
    task_id='sql_import_task'
)
sql_import_task2 = CloudSqlInstanceImportOperator(
    body=import_body,
    instance=INSTANCE_NAME2,
    task_id='sql_import_task2'
)
Templating
template_fields = ('project_id', 'instance', 'gcp_conn_id', 'api_version')
Troubleshooting

If you receive an “Unauthorized” error in GCP, make sure that the service account of the Cloud SQL instance is authorized to read from the selected GCS object.

It is not the service account configured in Airflow that communicates with GCS, but rather the service account of the particular Cloud SQL instance.

To grant the service account with the appropriate READ permissions for the GCS object you can use the GoogleCloudStorageObjectCreateAclEntryOperator, as shown in the example:

sql_gcp_add_object_permission_task = GoogleCloudStorageObjectCreateAclEntryOperator(
    entity="user-{{ task_instance.xcom_pull("
           "'sql_instance_create_task2', key='service_account_email')"
           " }}",
    role="READER",
    bucket=import_url_split[1],  # netloc (bucket)
    object_name=import_url_split[2][1:],  # path (strip first '/')
    task_id='sql_gcp_add_object_permission_task',
)
prev_task = next_dep(sql_gcp_add_object_permission_task, prev_task)

# For import to work we also need to add the Cloud SQL instance's Service Account
# write access to the whole bucket!.
sql_gcp_add_bucket_permission_2_task = GoogleCloudStorageBucketCreateAclEntryOperator(
    entity="user-{{ task_instance.xcom_pull("
           "'sql_instance_create_task2', key='service_account_email') "
           "}}",
    role="WRITER",
    bucket=import_url_split[1],  # netloc
    task_id='sql_gcp_add_bucket_permission_2_task',
)
CloudSqlInstanceCreateOperator

Creates a new Cloud SQL instance in Google Cloud Platform.

For parameter definition, take a look at CloudSqlInstanceCreateOperator.

If an instance with the same name exists, no action will be taken and the operator will succeed.

Arguments

Some arguments in the example DAG are taken from OS environment variables:

GCP_PROJECT_ID = os.environ.get('GCP_PROJECT_ID', 'example-project')
INSTANCE_NAME = os.environ.get('GCSQL_MYSQL_INSTANCE_NAME', 'test-mysql')
INSTANCE_NAME2 = os.environ.get('GCSQL_MYSQL_INSTANCE_NAME2', 'test-mysql2')
DB_NAME = os.environ.get('GCSQL_MYSQL_DATABASE_NAME', 'testdb')

Example body defining the instance:

body = {
    "name": INSTANCE_NAME,
    "settings": {
        "tier": "db-n1-standard-1",
        "backupConfiguration": {
            "binaryLogEnabled": True,
            "enabled": True,
            "startTime": "05:00"
        },
        "activationPolicy": "ALWAYS",
        "dataDiskSizeGb": 30,
        "dataDiskType": "PD_SSD",
        "databaseFlags": [],
        "ipConfiguration": {
            "ipv4Enabled": True,
            "requireSsl": True,
        },
        "locationPreference": {
            "zone": "europe-west4-a"
        },
        "maintenanceWindow": {
            "hour": 5,
            "day": 7,
            "updateTrack": "canary"
        },
        "pricingPlan": "PER_USE",
        "replicationType": "ASYNCHRONOUS",
        "storageAutoResize": False,
        "storageAutoResizeLimit": 0,
        "userLabels": {
            "my-key": "my-value"
        }
    },
    "databaseVersion": "MYSQL_5_7",
    "region": "europe-west4",
}
Using the operator

You can create the operator with or without project id. If project id is missing it will be retrieved from the GCP connection used. Both variants are shown:

sql_instance_create_task = CloudSqlInstanceCreateOperator(
    project_id=GCP_PROJECT_ID,
    body=body,
    instance=INSTANCE_NAME,
    task_id='sql_instance_create_task'
)
Templating
template_fields = ('project_id', 'instance', 'gcp_conn_id', 'api_version')
CloudSqlInstancePatchOperator

Updates settings of a Cloud SQL instance in Google Cloud Platform (partial update).

For parameter definition, take a look at CloudSqlInstancePatchOperator.

This is a partial update, so only values for the settings specified in the body will be set / updated. The rest of the existing instance’s configuration will remain unchanged.

Arguments

Some arguments in the example DAG are taken from OS environment variables:

GCP_PROJECT_ID = os.environ.get('GCP_PROJECT_ID', 'example-project')
INSTANCE_NAME = os.environ.get('GCSQL_MYSQL_INSTANCE_NAME', 'test-mysql')
INSTANCE_NAME2 = os.environ.get('GCSQL_MYSQL_INSTANCE_NAME2', 'test-mysql2')
DB_NAME = os.environ.get('GCSQL_MYSQL_DATABASE_NAME', 'testdb')

Example body defining the instance:

patch_body = {
    "name": INSTANCE_NAME,
    "settings": {
        "dataDiskSizeGb": 35,
        "maintenanceWindow": {
            "hour": 3,
            "day": 6,
            "updateTrack": "canary"
        },
        "userLabels": {
            "my-key-patch": "my-value-patch"
        }
    }
}
Using the operator

You can create the operator with or without project id. If project id is missing it will be retrieved from the GCP connection used. Both variants are shown:

sql_instance_patch_task = CloudSqlInstancePatchOperator(
    project_id=GCP_PROJECT_ID,
    body=patch_body,
    instance=INSTANCE_NAME,
    task_id='sql_instance_patch_task'
)

sql_instance_patch_task2 = CloudSqlInstancePatchOperator(
    body=patch_body,
    instance=INSTANCE_NAME,
    task_id='sql_instance_patch_task2'
)
Templating
template_fields = ('project_id', 'instance', 'gcp_conn_id', 'api_version')
CloudSqlQueryOperator

Performs DDL or DML SQL queries in Google Cloud SQL instance. The DQL (retrieving data from Google Cloud SQL) is not supported. You might run the SELECT queries, but the results of those queries are discarded.

You can specify various connectivity methods to connect to running instance, starting from public IP plain connection through public IP with SSL or both TCP and socket connection via Cloud SQL Proxy. The proxy is downloaded and started/stopped dynamically as needed by the operator.

There is a gcpcloudsql:// connection type that you should use to define what kind of connectivity you want the operator to use. The connection is a “meta” type of connection. It is not used to make an actual connectivity on its own, but it determines whether Cloud SQL Proxy should be started by CloudSqlDatabaseHook and what kind of database connection (Postgres or MySQL) should be created dynamically to connect to Cloud SQL via public IP address or via the proxy. The ‘CloudSqlDatabaseHook` uses CloudSqlProxyRunner to manage Cloud SQL Proxy lifecycle (each task has its own Cloud SQL Proxy)

When you build connection, you should use connection parameters as described in CloudSqlDatabaseHook. You can see examples of connections below for all the possible types of connectivity. Such connection can be reused between different tasks (instances of CloudSqlQueryOperator). Each task will get their own proxy started if needed with their own TCP or UNIX socket.

For parameter definition, take a look at CloudSqlQueryOperator.

Since query operator can run arbitrary query, it cannot be guaranteed to be idempotent. SQL query designer should design the queries to be idempotent. For example, both Postgres and MySQL support CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS statements that can be used to create tables in an idempotent way.

Arguments

If you define connection via AIRFLOW_CONN_* URL defined in an environment variable, make sure the URL components in the URL are URL-encoded. See examples below for details.

Note that in case of SSL connections you need to have a mechanism to make the certificate/key files available in predefined locations for all the workers on which the operator can run. This can be provided for example by mounting NFS-like volumes in the same path for all the workers.

Some arguments in the example DAG are taken from the OS environment variables:


GCP_PROJECT_ID = os.environ.get('GCP_PROJECT_ID', 'example-project')
GCP_REGION = os.environ.get('GCP_REGION', 'europe-west-1b')

GCSQL_POSTGRES_INSTANCE_NAME_QUERY = os.environ.get(
    'GCSQL_POSTGRES_INSTANCE_NAME_QUERY',
    'testpostgres')
GCSQL_POSTGRES_DATABASE_NAME = os.environ.get('GCSQL_POSTGRES_DATABASE_NAME',
                                              'postgresdb')
GCSQL_POSTGRES_USER = os.environ.get('GCSQL_POSTGRES_USER', 'postgres_user')
GCSQL_POSTGRES_PASSWORD = os.environ.get('GCSQL_POSTGRES_PASSWORD', 'password')
GCSQL_POSTGRES_PUBLIC_IP = os.environ.get('GCSQL_POSTGRES_PUBLIC_IP', '0.0.0.0')
GCSQL_POSTGRES_PUBLIC_PORT = os.environ.get('GCSQL_POSTGRES_PUBLIC_PORT', 5432)
GCSQL_POSTGRES_CLIENT_CERT_FILE = os.environ.get('GCSQL_POSTGRES_CLIENT_CERT_FILE',
                                                 ".key/postgres-client-cert.pem")
GCSQL_POSTGRES_CLIENT_KEY_FILE = os.environ.get('GCSQL_POSTGRES_CLIENT_KEY_FILE',
                                                ".key/postgres-client-key.pem")
GCSQL_POSTGRES_SERVER_CA_FILE = os.environ.get('GCSQL_POSTGRES_SERVER_CA_FILE',
                                               ".key/postgres-server-ca.pem")

GCSQL_MYSQL_INSTANCE_NAME_QUERY = os.environ.get('GCSQL_MYSQL_INSTANCE_NAME_QUERY',
                                                 'testmysql')
GCSQL_MYSQL_DATABASE_NAME = os.environ.get('GCSQL_MYSQL_DATABASE_NAME', 'mysqldb')
GCSQL_MYSQL_USER = os.environ.get('GCSQL_MYSQL_USER', 'mysql_user')
GCSQL_MYSQL_PASSWORD = os.environ.get('GCSQL_MYSQL_PASSWORD', 'password')
GCSQL_MYSQL_PUBLIC_IP = os.environ.get('GCSQL_MYSQL_PUBLIC_IP', '0.0.0.0')
GCSQL_MYSQL_PUBLIC_PORT = os.environ.get('GCSQL_MYSQL_PUBLIC_PORT', 3306)
GCSQL_MYSQL_CLIENT_CERT_FILE = os.environ.get('GCSQL_MYSQL_CLIENT_CERT_FILE',
                                              ".key/mysql-client-cert.pem")
GCSQL_MYSQL_CLIENT_KEY_FILE = os.environ.get('GCSQL_MYSQL_CLIENT_KEY_FILE',
                                             ".key/mysql-client-key.pem")
GCSQL_MYSQL_SERVER_CA_FILE = os.environ.get('GCSQL_MYSQL_SERVER_CA_FILE',
                                            ".key/mysql-server-ca.pem")

SQL = [
    'CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS TABLE_TEST (I INTEGER)',
    'CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS TABLE_TEST (I INTEGER)',  # shows warnings logged
    'INSERT INTO TABLE_TEST VALUES (0)',
    'CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS TABLE_TEST2 (I INTEGER)',
    'DROP TABLE TABLE_TEST',
    'DROP TABLE TABLE_TEST2',
]

Example connection definitions for all connectivity cases. Note that all the components of the connection URI should be URL-encoded:


HOME_DIR = expanduser("~")


def get_absolute_path(path):
    if path.startswith("/"):
        return path
    else:
        return os.path.join(HOME_DIR, path)


postgres_kwargs = dict(
    user=quote_plus(GCSQL_POSTGRES_USER),
    password=quote_plus(GCSQL_POSTGRES_PASSWORD),
    public_port=GCSQL_POSTGRES_PUBLIC_PORT,
    public_ip=quote_plus(GCSQL_POSTGRES_PUBLIC_IP),
    project_id=quote_plus(GCP_PROJECT_ID),
    location=quote_plus(GCP_REGION),
    instance=quote_plus(GCSQL_POSTGRES_INSTANCE_NAME_QUERY),
    database=quote_plus(GCSQL_POSTGRES_DATABASE_NAME),
    client_cert_file=quote_plus(get_absolute_path(GCSQL_POSTGRES_CLIENT_CERT_FILE)),
    client_key_file=quote_plus(get_absolute_path(GCSQL_POSTGRES_CLIENT_KEY_FILE)),
    server_ca_file=quote_plus(get_absolute_path(GCSQL_POSTGRES_SERVER_CA_FILE))
)

# The connections below are created using one of the standard approaches - via environment
# variables named AIRFLOW_CONN_* . The connections can also be created in the database
# of AIRFLOW (using command line or UI).

# Postgres: connect via proxy over TCP
os.environ['AIRFLOW_CONN_PROXY_POSTGRES_TCP'] = \
    "gcpcloudsql://{user}:{password}@{public_ip}:{public_port}/{database}?" \
    "database_type=postgres&" \
    "project_id={project_id}&" \
    "location={location}&" \
    "instance={instance}&" \
    "use_proxy=True&" \
    "sql_proxy_use_tcp=True".format(**postgres_kwargs)

# Postgres: connect via proxy over UNIX socket (specific proxy version)
os.environ['AIRFLOW_CONN_PROXY_POSTGRES_SOCKET'] = \
    "gcpcloudsql://{user}:{password}@{public_ip}:{public_port}/{database}?" \
    "database_type=postgres&" \
    "project_id={project_id}&" \
    "location={location}&" \
    "instance={instance}&" \
    "use_proxy=True&" \
    "sql_proxy_version=v1.13&" \
    "sql_proxy_use_tcp=False".format(**postgres_kwargs)

# Postgres: connect directly via TCP (non-SSL)
os.environ['AIRFLOW_CONN_PUBLIC_POSTGRES_TCP'] = \
    "gcpcloudsql://{user}:{password}@{public_ip}:{public_port}/{database}?" \
    "database_type=postgres&" \
    "project_id={project_id}&" \
    "location={location}&" \
    "instance={instance}&" \
    "use_proxy=False&" \
    "use_ssl=False".format(**postgres_kwargs)

# Postgres: connect directly via TCP (SSL)
os.environ['AIRFLOW_CONN_PUBLIC_POSTGRES_TCP_SSL'] = \
    "gcpcloudsql://{user}:{password}@{public_ip}:{public_port}/{database}?" \
    "database_type=postgres&" \
    "project_id={project_id}&" \
    "location={location}&" \
    "instance={instance}&" \
    "use_proxy=False&" \
    "use_ssl=True&" \
    "sslcert={client_cert_file}&" \
    "sslkey={client_key_file}&" \
    "sslrootcert={server_ca_file}"\
    .format(**postgres_kwargs)

mysql_kwargs = dict(
    user=quote_plus(GCSQL_MYSQL_USER),
    password=quote_plus(GCSQL_MYSQL_PASSWORD),
    public_port=GCSQL_MYSQL_PUBLIC_PORT,
    public_ip=quote_plus(GCSQL_MYSQL_PUBLIC_IP),
    project_id=quote_plus(GCP_PROJECT_ID),
    location=quote_plus(GCP_REGION),
    instance=quote_plus(GCSQL_MYSQL_INSTANCE_NAME_QUERY),
    database=quote_plus(GCSQL_MYSQL_DATABASE_NAME),
    client_cert_file=quote_plus(get_absolute_path(GCSQL_MYSQL_CLIENT_CERT_FILE)),
    client_key_file=quote_plus(get_absolute_path(GCSQL_MYSQL_CLIENT_KEY_FILE)),
    server_ca_file=quote_plus(get_absolute_path(GCSQL_MYSQL_SERVER_CA_FILE))
)

# MySQL: connect via proxy over TCP (specific proxy version)
os.environ['AIRFLOW_CONN_PROXY_MYSQL_TCP'] = \
    "gcpcloudsql://{user}:{password}@{public_ip}:{public_port}/{database}?" \
    "database_type=mysql&" \
    "project_id={project_id}&" \
    "location={location}&" \
    "instance={instance}&" \
    "use_proxy=True&" \
    "sql_proxy_version=v1.13&" \
    "sql_proxy_use_tcp=True".format(**mysql_kwargs)

# MySQL: connect via proxy over UNIX socket using pre-downloaded Cloud Sql Proxy binary
try:
    sql_proxy_binary_path = subprocess.check_output(
        ['which', 'cloud_sql_proxy']).decode('utf-8').rstrip()
except subprocess.CalledProcessError:
    sql_proxy_binary_path = "/tmp/anyhow_download_cloud_sql_proxy"

os.environ['AIRFLOW_CONN_PROXY_MYSQL_SOCKET'] = \
    "gcpcloudsql://{user}:{password}@{public_ip}:{public_port}/{database}?" \
    "database_type=mysql&" \
    "project_id={project_id}&" \
    "location={location}&" \
    "instance={instance}&" \
    "use_proxy=True&" \
    "sql_proxy_binary_path={sql_proxy_binary_path}&" \
    "sql_proxy_use_tcp=False".format(
        sql_proxy_binary_path=quote_plus(sql_proxy_binary_path), **mysql_kwargs)

# MySQL: connect directly via TCP (non-SSL)
os.environ['AIRFLOW_CONN_PUBLIC_MYSQL_TCP'] = \
    "gcpcloudsql://{user}:{password}@{public_ip}:{public_port}/{database}?" \
    "database_type=mysql&" \
    "project_id={project_id}&" \
    "location={location}&" \
    "instance={instance}&" \
    "use_proxy=False&" \
    "use_ssl=False".format(**mysql_kwargs)

# MySQL: connect directly via TCP (SSL) and with fixed Cloud Sql Proxy binary path
os.environ['AIRFLOW_CONN_PUBLIC_MYSQL_TCP_SSL'] = \
    "gcpcloudsql://{user}:{password}@{public_ip}:{public_port}/{database}?" \
    "database_type=mysql&" \
    "project_id={project_id}&" \
    "location={location}&" \
    "instance={instance}&" \
    "use_proxy=False&" \
    "use_ssl=True&" \
    "sslcert={client_cert_file}&" \
    "sslkey={client_key_file}&" \
    "sslrootcert={server_ca_file}".format(**mysql_kwargs)

# Special case: MySQL: connect directly via TCP (SSL) and with fixed Cloud Sql
# Proxy binary path AND with missing project_id

os.environ['AIRFLOW_CONN_PUBLIC_MYSQL_TCP_SSL_NO_PROJECT_ID'] = \
    "gcpcloudsql://{user}:{password}@{public_ip}:{public_port}/{database}?" \
    "database_type=mysql&" \
    "location={location}&" \
    "instance={instance}&" \
    "use_proxy=False&" \
    "use_ssl=True&" \
    "sslcert={client_cert_file}&" \
    "sslkey={client_key_file}&" \
    "sslrootcert={server_ca_file}".format(**mysql_kwargs)


Using the operator

Example operators below are using all connectivity options. Note connection id from the operator matches the AIRFLOW_CONN_* postfix uppercase. This is standard AIRFLOW notation for defining connection via environment variables):


connection_names = [
    "proxy_postgres_tcp",
    "proxy_postgres_socket",
    "public_postgres_tcp",
    "public_postgres_tcp_ssl",
    "proxy_mysql_tcp",
    "proxy_mysql_socket",
    "public_mysql_tcp",
    "public_mysql_tcp_ssl",
    "public_mysql_tcp_ssl_no_project_id"
]

tasks = []


with models.DAG(
    dag_id='example_gcp_sql_query',
    default_args=default_args,
    schedule_interval=None
) as dag:
    prev_task = None

    for connection_name in connection_names:
        task = CloudSqlQueryOperator(
            gcp_cloudsql_conn_id=connection_name,
            task_id="example_gcp_sql_task_" + connection_name,
            sql=SQL
        )
        tasks.append(task)
        if prev_task:
            prev_task >> task
        prev_task = task

Templating
template_fields = ('sql', 'gcp_cloudsql_conn_id', 'gcp_conn_id')
template_ext = ('.sql',)
Google Cloud Storage Operators
GoogleCloudStorageBucketCreateAclEntryOperator

Creates a new ACL entry on the specified bucket.

For parameter definition, take a look at GoogleCloudStorageBucketCreateAclEntryOperator

Arguments

Some arguments in the example DAG are taken from the OS environment variables:

GCS_ACL_BUCKET = os.environ.get('GCS_ACL_BUCKET', 'example-bucket')
GCS_ACL_OBJECT = os.environ.get('GCS_ACL_OBJECT', 'example-object')
GCS_ACL_ENTITY = os.environ.get('GCS_ACL_ENTITY', 'example-entity')
GCS_ACL_BUCKET_ROLE = os.environ.get('GCS_ACL_BUCKET_ROLE', 'example-bucket-role')
GCS_ACL_OBJECT_ROLE = os.environ.get('GCS_ACL_OBJECT_ROLE', 'example-object-role')
Using the operator
gcs_bucket_create_acl_entry_task = GoogleCloudStorageBucketCreateAclEntryOperator(
    bucket=GCS_ACL_BUCKET,
    entity=GCS_ACL_ENTITY,
    role=GCS_ACL_BUCKET_ROLE,
    task_id="gcs_bucket_create_acl_entry_task"
)
Templating
template_fields = ('bucket', 'entity', 'role', 'user_project')
GoogleCloudStorageObjectCreateAclEntryOperator

Creates a new ACL entry on the specified object.

For parameter definition, take a look at GoogleCloudStorageObjectCreateAclEntryOperator

Arguments

Some arguments in the example DAG are taken from the OS environment variables:

GCS_ACL_BUCKET = os.environ.get('GCS_ACL_BUCKET', 'example-bucket')
GCS_ACL_OBJECT = os.environ.get('GCS_ACL_OBJECT', 'example-object')
GCS_ACL_ENTITY = os.environ.get('GCS_ACL_ENTITY', 'example-entity')
GCS_ACL_BUCKET_ROLE = os.environ.get('GCS_ACL_BUCKET_ROLE', 'example-bucket-role')
GCS_ACL_OBJECT_ROLE = os.environ.get('GCS_ACL_OBJECT_ROLE', 'example-object-role')
Using the operator
gcs_object_create_acl_entry_task = GoogleCloudStorageObjectCreateAclEntryOperator(
    bucket=GCS_ACL_BUCKET,
    object_name=GCS_ACL_OBJECT,
    entity=GCS_ACL_ENTITY,
    role=GCS_ACL_OBJECT_ROLE,
    task_id="gcs_object_create_acl_entry_task"
)
Templating
template_fields = ('bucket', 'object_name', 'entity', 'role', 'generation',
                   'user_project')

Managing Connections

Airflow needs to know how to connect to your environment. Information such as hostname, port, login and passwords to other systems and services is handled in the Admin->Connections section of the UI. The pipeline code you will author will reference the ‘conn_id’ of the Connection objects.

_images/connections.png

Connections can be created and managed using either the UI or environment variables.

See the Connenctions Concepts documentation for more information.

Creating a Connection with the UI

Open the Admin->Connections section of the UI. Click the Create link to create a new connection.

_images/connection_create.png
  1. Fill in the Conn Id field with the desired connection ID. It is recommended that you use lower-case characters and separate words with underscores.
  2. Choose the connection type with the Conn Type field.
  3. Fill in the remaining fields. See Connection Types for a description of the fields belonging to the different connection types.
  4. Click the Save button to create the connection.
Editing a Connection with the UI

Open the Admin->Connections section of the UI. Click the pencil icon next to the connection you wish to edit in the connection list.

_images/connection_edit.png

Modify the connection properties and click the Save button to save your changes.

Creating a Connection with Environment Variables

Connections in Airflow pipelines can be created using environment variables. The environment variable needs to have a prefix of AIRFLOW_CONN_ for Airflow with the value in a URI format to use the connection properly.

When referencing the connection in the Airflow pipeline, the conn_id should be the name of the variable without the prefix. For example, if the conn_id is named postgres_master the environment variable should be named AIRFLOW_CONN_POSTGRES_MASTER (note that the environment variable must be all uppercase). Airflow assumes the value returned from the environment variable to be in a URI format (e.g. postgres://user:password@localhost:5432/master or s3://accesskey:secretkey@S3).

Connection Types
Google Cloud Platform

The Google Cloud Platform connection type enables the GCP Integrations.

Authenticating to GCP

There are two ways to connect to GCP using Airflow.

  1. Use Application Default Credentials, such as via the metadata server when running on Google Compute Engine.
  2. Use a service account key file (JSON format) on disk.
Default Connection IDs

The following connection IDs are used by default.

bigquery_default
Used by the BigQueryHook hook.
google_cloud_datastore_default
Used by the DatastoreHook hook.
google_cloud_default
Used by those hooks:
Configuring the Connection
Project Id (optional)
The Google Cloud project ID to connect to. It is used as default project id by operators using it and can usually be overridden at the operator level.
Keyfile Path

Path to a service account key file (JSON format) on disk.

Not required if using application default credentials.

Keyfile JSON

Contents of a service account key file (JSON format) on disk. It is recommended to Secure your connections if using this method to authenticate.

Not required if using application default credentials.

Scopes (comma separated)

A list of comma-separated Google Cloud scopes to authenticate with.

Note

Scopes are ignored when using application default credentials. See issue AIRFLOW-2522.

MySQL

The MySQL connection type provides connection to a MySQL database.

Configuring the Connection
Host (required)
The host to connect to.
Schema (optional)
Specify the schema name to be used in the database.
Login (required)
Specify the user name to connect.
Password (required)
Specify the password to connect.
Extra (optional)

Specify the extra parameters (as json dictionary) that can be used in MySQL connection. The following parameters are supported:

  • charset: specify charset of the connection
  • cursor: one of “sscursor”, “dictcursor, “ssdictcursor” . Specifies cursor class to be used
  • local_infile: controls MySQL’s LOCAL capability (permitting local data loading by clients). See MySQLdb docs for details.
  • unix_socket: UNIX socket used instead of the default socket.
  • ssl: Dictionary of SSL parameters that control connecting using SSL. Those parameters are server specific and should contain “ca”, “cert”, “key”, “capath”, “cipher” parameters. See MySQLdb docs for details. Note that to be useful in URL notation, this parameter might also be a string where the SSL dictionary is a string-encoded JSON dictionary.

Example “extras” field:

{
   "charset": "utf8",
   "cursorclass": "sscursor",
   "local_infile": true,
   "unix_socket": "/var/socket",
   "ssl": {
     "cert": "/tmp/client-cert.pem",
     "ca": "/tmp/server-ca.pem'",
     "key": "/tmp/client-key.pem"
   }
}

or

{
   "charset": "utf8",
   "cursorclass": "sscursor",
   "local_infile": true,
   "unix_socket": "/var/socket",
   "ssl": "{\"cert\": \"/tmp/client-cert.pem\", \"ca\": \"/tmp/server-ca.pem\", \"key\": \"/tmp/client-key.pem\"}"
}

When specifying the connection as URI (in AIRFLOW_CONN_* variable) you should specify it following the standard syntax of DB connections - where extras are passed as parameters of the URI. Note that all components of the URI should be URL-encoded.

For example:

mysql://mysql_user:XXXXXXXXXXXX@1.1.1.1:3306/mysqldb?ssl=%7B%22cert%22%3A+%22%2Ftmp%2Fclient-cert.pem%22%2C+%22ca%22%3A+%22%2Ftmp%2Fserver-ca.pem%22%2C+%22key%22%3A+%22%2Ftmp%2Fclient-key.pem%22%7D

Note

If encounter UnicodeDecodeError while working with MySQL connection, check the charset defined is matched to the database charset.

Postgres

The Postgres connection type provides connection to a Postgres database.

Configuring the Connection
Host (required)
The host to connect to.
Schema (optional)
Specify the schema name to be used in the database.
Login (required)
Specify the user name to connect.
Password (required)
Specify the password to connect.
Extra (optional)

Specify the extra parameters (as json dictionary) that can be used in postgres connection. The following parameters out of the standard python parameters are supported:

  • sslmode - This option determines whether or with what priority a secure SSL TCP/IP connection will be negotiated with the server. There are six modes: ‘disable’, ‘allow’, ‘prefer’, ‘require’, ‘verify-ca’, ‘verify-full’.
  • sslcert - This parameter specifies the file name of the client SSL certificate, replacing the default.
  • sslkey - This parameter specifies the file name of the client SSL key, replacing the default.
  • sslrootcert - This parameter specifies the name of a file containing SSL certificate authority (CA) certificate(s).
  • sslcrl - This parameter specifies the file name of the SSL certificate revocation list (CRL).
  • application_name - Specifies a value for the application_name configuration parameter.
  • keepalives_idle - Controls the number of seconds of inactivity after which TCP should send a keepalive message to the server.

More details on all Postgres parameters supported can be found in Postgres documentation.

Example “extras” field:

{
   "sslmode": "verify-ca",
   "sslcert": "/tmp/client-cert.pem",
   "sslca": "/tmp/server-ca.pem",
   "sslkey": "/tmp/client-key.pem"
}

When specifying the connection as URI (in AIRFLOW_CONN_* variable) you should specify it following the standard syntax of DB connections, where extras are passed as parameters of the URI (note that all components of the URI should be URL-encoded).

For example:

postgresql://postgres_user:XXXXXXXXXXXX@1.1.1.1:5432/postgresdb?sslmode=verify-ca&sslcert=%2Ftmp%2Fclient-cert.pem&sslkey=%2Ftmp%2Fclient-key.pem&sslrootcert=%2Ftmp%2Fserver-ca.pem
Cloudsql

The gcpcloudsql:// connection is used by airflow.contrib.operators.gcp_sql_operator.CloudSqlQueryOperator to perform query on a Google Cloud SQL database. Google Cloud SQL database can be either Postgres or MySQL, so this is a “meta” connection type. It introduces common schema for both MySQL and Postgres, including what kind of connectivity should be used. Google Cloud SQL supports connecting via public IP or via Cloud SQL Proxy. In the latter case the CloudSqlDatabaseHook uses CloudSqlProxyRunner to automatically prepare and use temporary Postgres or MySQL connection that will use the proxy to connect (either via TCP or UNIX socket.

Configuring the Connection
Host (required)
The host to connect to.
Schema (optional)
Specify the schema name to be used in the database.
Login (required)
Specify the user name to connect.
Password (required)
Specify the password to connect.
Extra (optional)

Specify the extra parameters (as JSON dictionary) that can be used in Google Cloud SQL connection.

Details of all the parameters supported in extra field can be found in CloudSqlDatabaseHook

Example “extras” field:

{
   "database_type": "mysql",
   "project_id": "example-project",
   "location": "europe-west1",
   "instance": "testinstance",
   "use_proxy": true,
   "sql_proxy_use_tcp": false
}

When specifying the connection as URI (in AIRFLOW_CONN_* variable), you should specify it following the standard syntax of DB connection, where extras are passed as parameters of the URI. Note that all components of the URI should be URL-encoded.

For example:

gcpcloudsql://user:XXXXXXXXX@1.1.1.1:3306/mydb?database_type=mysql&project_id=example-project&location=europe-west1&instance=testinstance&use_proxy=True&sql_proxy_use_tcp=False
SSH

The SSH connection type provides connection to use SSHHook to run commands on a remote server using SSHOperator or transfer file from/to the remote server using SFTPOperator.

Configuring the Connection
Host (required)
The Remote host to connect.
Username (optional)
The Username to connect to the remote_host.
Password (optional)
Specify the password of the username to connect to the remote_host.
Port (optional)
Port of remote host to connect. Default is 22.
Extra (optional)

Specify the extra parameters (as json dictionary) that can be used in ssh connection. The following parameters out of the standard python parameters are supported:

  • timeout - An optional timeout (in seconds) for the TCP connect. Default is 10.
  • compress - true to ask the remote client/server to compress traffic; false to refuse compression. Default is true.
  • no_host_key_check - Set to false to restrict connecting to hosts with no entries in ~/.ssh/known_hosts (Hosts file). This provides maximum protection against trojan horse attacks, but can be troublesome when the /etc/ssh/ssh_known_hosts file is poorly maintained or connections to new hosts are frequently made. This option forces the user to manually add all new hosts. Default is true, ssh will automatically add new host keys to the user known hosts files.
  • allow_host_key_change - Set to true if you want to allow connecting to hosts that has host key changed or when you get ‘REMOTE HOST IDENTIFICATION HAS CHANGED’ error. This wont protect against Man-In-The-Middle attacks. Other possible solution is to remove the host entry from ~/.ssh/known_hosts file. Default is false.

Example “extras” field:

{
   "timeout": "10",
   "compress": "false",
   "no_host_key_check": "false",
   "allow_host_key_change": "false"
}

When specifying the connection as URI (in AIRFLOW_CONN_* variable) you should specify it following the standard syntax of connections, where extras are passed as parameters of the URI (note that all components of the URI should be URL-encoded).

For example:

ssh://user:pass@localhost:22?timeout=10&compress=false&no_host_key_check=false&allow_host_key_change=true

Securing Connections

By default, Airflow will save the passwords for the connection in plain text within the metadata database. The crypto package is highly recommended during installation. The crypto package does require that your operating system has libffi-dev installed.

If crypto package was not installed initially, it means that your Fernet key in airflow.cfg is empty.

You can still enable encryption for passwords within connections by following below steps:

  1. Install crypto package pip install apache-airflow[crypto]
  2. Generate fernet_key, using this code snippet below. fernet_key must be a base64-encoded 32-byte key.
from cryptography.fernet import Fernet
fernet_key= Fernet.generate_key()
print(fernet_key.decode()) # your fernet_key, keep it in secured place!

3. Replace airflow.cfg fernet_key value with the one from step 2. Alternatively, you can store your fernet_key in OS environment variable. You do not need to change airflow.cfg in this case as Airflow will use environment variable over the value in airflow.cfg:

# Note the double underscores
export AIRFLOW__CORE__FERNET_KEY=your_fernet_key
  1. Restart Airflow webserver.
  2. For existing connections (the ones that you had defined before installing airflow[crypto] and creating a Fernet key), you need to open each connection in the connection admin UI, re-type the password, and save it.

Writing Logs

Writing Logs Locally

Users can specify a logs folder in airflow.cfg using the base_log_folder setting. By default, it is in the AIRFLOW_HOME directory.

In addition, users can supply a remote location for storing logs and log backups in cloud storage.

In the Airflow Web UI, local logs take precedence over remote logs. If local logs can not be found or accessed, the remote logs will be displayed. Note that logs are only sent to remote storage once a task completes (including failure). In other words, remote logs for running tasks are unavailable. Logs are stored in the log folder as {dag_id}/{task_id}/{execution_date}/{try_number}.log.

Writing Logs to Amazon S3
Before you begin

Remote logging uses an existing Airflow connection to read/write logs. If you don’t have a connection properly setup, this will fail.

Enabling remote logging

To enable this feature, airflow.cfg must be configured as in this example:

[core]
# Airflow can store logs remotely in AWS S3. Users must supply a remote
# location URL (starting with either 's3://...') and an Airflow connection
# id that provides access to the storage location.
remote_logging = True
remote_base_log_folder = s3://my-bucket/path/to/logs
remote_log_conn_id = MyS3Conn
# Use server-side encryption for logs stored in S3
encrypt_s3_logs = False

In the above example, Airflow will try to use S3Hook('MyS3Conn').

Writing Logs to Azure Blob Storage

Airflow can be configured to read and write task logs in Azure Blob Storage. Follow the steps below to enable Azure Blob Storage logging.

  1. Airflow’s logging system requires a custom .py file to be located in the PYTHONPATH, so that it’s importable from Airflow. Start by creating a directory to store the config file. $AIRFLOW_HOME/config is recommended.

  2. Create empty files called $AIRFLOW_HOME/config/log_config.py and $AIRFLOW_HOME/config/__init__.py.

  3. Copy the contents of airflow/config_templates/airflow_local_settings.py into the log_config.py file that was just created in the step above.

  4. Customize the following portions of the template:

    # wasb buckets should start with "wasb" just to help Airflow select correct handler
    REMOTE_BASE_LOG_FOLDER = 'wasb-<whatever you want here>'
    
    # Rename DEFAULT_LOGGING_CONFIG to LOGGING CONFIG
    LOGGING_CONFIG = ...
    
  5. Make sure a Azure Blob Storage (Wasb) connection hook has been defined in Airflow. The hook should have read and write access to the Azure Blob Storage bucket defined above in REMOTE_BASE_LOG_FOLDER.

  6. Update $AIRFLOW_HOME/airflow.cfg to contain:

    remote_logging = True
    logging_config_class = log_config.LOGGING_CONFIG
    remote_log_conn_id = <name of the Azure Blob Storage connection>
    
  7. Restart the Airflow webserver and scheduler, and trigger (or wait for) a new task execution.

  8. Verify that logs are showing up for newly executed tasks in the bucket you’ve defined.

Writing Logs to Google Cloud Storage

Follow the steps below to enable Google Cloud Storage logging.

To enable this feature, airflow.cfg must be configured as in this example:

[core]
# Airflow can store logs remotely in AWS S3, Google Cloud Storage or Elastic Search.
# Users must supply an Airflow connection id that provides access to the storage
# location. If remote_logging is set to true, see UPDATING.md for additional
# configuration requirements.
remote_logging = True
remote_base_log_folder = gs://my-bucket/path/to/logs
remote_log_conn_id = MyGCSConn
  1. Install the gcp_api package first, like so: pip install apache-airflow[gcp_api].

  2. Make sure a Google Cloud Platform connection hook has been defined in Airflow. The hook should have read and write access to the Google Cloud Storage bucket defined above in remote_base_log_folder.

  3. Restart the Airflow webserver and scheduler, and trigger (or wait for) a new task execution.

  4. Verify that logs are showing up for newly executed tasks in the bucket you’ve defined.

  5. Verify that the Google Cloud Storage viewer is working in the UI. Pull up a newly executed task, and verify that you see something like:

    *** Reading remote log from gs://<bucket where logs should be persisted>/example_bash_operator/run_this_last/2017-10-03T00:00:00/16.log.
    [2017-10-03 21:57:50,056] {cli.py:377} INFO - Running on host chrisr-00532
    [2017-10-03 21:57:50,093] {base_task_runner.py:115} INFO - Running: ['bash', '-c', u'airflow run example_bash_operator run_this_last 2017-10-03T00:00:00 --job_id 47 --raw -sd DAGS_FOLDER/example_dags/example_bash_operator.py']
    [2017-10-03 21:57:51,264] {base_task_runner.py:98} INFO - Subtask: [2017-10-03 21:57:51,263] {__init__.py:45} INFO - Using executor SequentialExecutor
    [2017-10-03 21:57:51,306] {base_task_runner.py:98} INFO - Subtask: [2017-10-03 21:57:51,306] {models.py:186} INFO - Filling up the DagBag from /airflow/dags/example_dags/example_bash_operator.py
    

Note the top line that says it’s reading from the remote log file.

Scaling Out with Celery

CeleryExecutor is one of the ways you can scale out the number of workers. For this to work, you need to setup a Celery backend (RabbitMQ, Redis, …) and change your airflow.cfg to point the executor parameter to CeleryExecutor and provide the related Celery settings.

For more information about setting up a Celery broker, refer to the exhaustive Celery documentation on the topic.

Here are a few imperative requirements for your workers:

  • airflow needs to be installed, and the CLI needs to be in the path
  • Airflow configuration settings should be homogeneous across the cluster
  • Operators that are executed on the worker need to have their dependencies met in that context. For example, if you use the HiveOperator, the hive CLI needs to be installed on that box, or if you use the MySqlOperator, the required Python library needs to be available in the PYTHONPATH somehow
  • The worker needs to have access to its DAGS_FOLDER, and you need to synchronize the filesystems by your own means. A common setup would be to store your DAGS_FOLDER in a Git repository and sync it across machines using Chef, Puppet, Ansible, or whatever you use to configure machines in your environment. If all your boxes have a common mount point, having your pipelines files shared there should work as well

To kick off a worker, you need to setup Airflow and kick off the worker subcommand

airflow worker

Your worker should start picking up tasks as soon as they get fired in its direction.

Note that you can also run “Celery Flower”, a web UI built on top of Celery, to monitor your workers. You can use the shortcut command airflow flower to start a Flower web server.

Please note that you must have the flower python library already installed on your system. The recommend way is to install the airflow celery bundle.

pip install 'apache-airflow[celery]'

Some caveats:

  • Make sure to use a database backed result backend
  • Make sure to set a visibility timeout in [celery_broker_transport_options] that exceeds the ETA of your longest running task
  • Tasks can consume resources. Make sure your worker has enough resources to run worker_concurrency tasks

Scaling Out with Dask

DaskExecutor allows you to run Airflow tasks in a Dask Distributed cluster.

Dask clusters can be run on a single machine or on remote networks. For complete details, consult the Distributed documentation.

To create a cluster, first start a Scheduler:

# default settings for a local cluster
DASK_HOST=127.0.0.1
DASK_PORT=8786

dask-scheduler --host $DASK_HOST --port $DASK_PORT

Next start at least one Worker on any machine that can connect to the host:

dask-worker $DASK_HOST:$DASK_PORT

Edit your airflow.cfg to set your executor to DaskExecutor and provide the Dask Scheduler address in the [dask] section.

Please note:

  • Each Dask worker must be able to import Airflow and any dependencies you require.
  • Dask does not support queues. If an Airflow task was created with a queue, a warning will be raised but the task will be submitted to the cluster.

Scaling Out with Mesos (community contributed)

There are two ways you can run airflow as a mesos framework:

  1. Running airflow tasks directly on mesos slaves, requiring each mesos slave to have airflow installed and configured.
  2. Running airflow tasks inside a docker container that has airflow installed, which is run on a mesos slave.
Tasks executed directly on mesos slaves

MesosExecutor allows you to schedule airflow tasks on a Mesos cluster. For this to work, you need a running mesos cluster and you must perform the following steps -

  1. Install airflow on a mesos slave where web server and scheduler will run, let’s refer to this as the “Airflow server”.
  2. On the Airflow server, install mesos python eggs from mesos downloads.
  3. On the Airflow server, use a database (such as mysql) which can be accessed from all mesos slaves and add configuration in airflow.cfg.
  4. Change your airflow.cfg to point executor parameter to MesosExecutor and provide related Mesos settings.
  5. On all mesos slaves, install airflow. Copy the airflow.cfg from Airflow server (so that it uses same sql alchemy connection).
  6. On all mesos slaves, run the following for serving logs:
airflow serve_logs
  1. On Airflow server, to start processing/scheduling DAGs on mesos, run:
airflow scheduler -p

Note: We need -p parameter to pickle the DAGs.

You can now see the airflow framework and corresponding tasks in mesos UI. The logs for airflow tasks can be seen in airflow UI as usual.

For more information about mesos, refer to mesos documentation. For any queries/bugs on MesosExecutor, please contact @kapil-malik.

Tasks executed in containers on mesos slaves

This gist contains all files and configuration changes necessary to achieve the following:

  1. Create a dockerized version of airflow with mesos python eggs installed.
We recommend taking advantage of docker’s multi stage builds in order to achieve this. We have one Dockerfile that defines building a specific version of mesos from source (Dockerfile-mesos), in order to create the python eggs. In the airflow Dockerfile (Dockerfile-airflow) we copy the python eggs from the mesos image.
  1. Create a mesos configuration block within the airflow.cfg.
The configuration block remains the same as the default airflow configuration (default_airflow.cfg), but has the addition of an option docker_image_slave. This should be set to the name of the image you would like mesos to use when running airflow tasks. Make sure you have the proper configuration of the DNS record for your mesos master and any sort of authorization if any exists.
  1. Change your airflow.cfg to point the executor parameter to MesosExecutor (executor = SequentialExecutor).
  2. Make sure your mesos slave has access to the docker repository you are using for your docker_image_slave.

The rest is up to you and how you want to work with a dockerized airflow configuration.

Running Airflow with systemd

Airflow can integrate with systemd based systems. This makes watching your daemons easy as systemd can take care of restarting a daemon on failure. In the scripts/systemd directory you can find unit files that have been tested on Redhat based systems. You can copy those to /usr/lib/systemd/system. It is assumed that Airflow will run under airflow:airflow. If not (or if you are running on a non Redhat based system) you probably need to adjust the unit files.

Environment configuration is picked up from /etc/sysconfig/airflow. An example file is supplied. You can also define here, for example, AIRFLOW_HOME or AIRFLOW_CONFIG.

Running Airflow with upstart

Airflow can integrate with upstart based systems. Upstart automatically starts all airflow services for which you have a corresponding *.conf file in /etc/init upon system boot. On failure, upstart automatically restarts the process (until it reaches re-spawn limit set in a *.conf file).

You can find sample upstart job files in the scripts/upstart directory. These files have been tested on Ubuntu 14.04 LTS. You may have to adjust start on and stop on stanzas to make it work on other upstart systems. Some of the possible options are listed in scripts/upstart/README.

Modify *.conf files as needed and copy to /etc/init directory. It is assumed that airflow will run under airflow:airflow. Change setuid and setgid in *.conf files if you use other user/group

You can use initctl to manually start, stop, view status of the airflow process that has been integrated with upstart

initctl airflow-webserver status

Using the Test Mode Configuration

Airflow has a fixed set of “test mode” configuration options. You can load these at any time by calling airflow.configuration.load_test_config() (note this operation is not reversible!). However, some options (like the DAG_FOLDER) are loaded before you have a chance to call load_test_config(). In order to eagerly load the test configuration, set test_mode in airflow.cfg:

[tests]
unit_test_mode = True

Due to Airflow’s automatic environment variable expansion (see Setting Configuration Options), you can also set the env var AIRFLOW__CORE__UNIT_TEST_MODE to temporarily overwrite airflow.cfg.

Checking Airflow Health Status

To check the health status of your Airflow instance, you can simply access the endpoint "/health". It will return a JSON object in which a high-level glance is provided.

{
  "metadatabase":{
    "status":"healthy"
  },
  "scheduler":{
    "status":"healthy",
    "latest_scheduler_heartbeat":"2018-12-26 17:15:11+00:00"
  }
}
  • The status of each component can be either “healthy” or “unhealthy”.

    • The status of metadatabase is depending on whether a valid connection can be initiated with the database backend of Airflow.
    • The status of scheduler is depending on when the latest scheduler heartbeat happened. If the latest scheduler heartbeat happened 30 seconds (default value) earlier than the current time, scheduler component is considered unhealthy. You can also specify this threshold value by changing scheduler_health_check_threshold in scheduler section of the airflow.cfg file.
  • The response code of "/health" endpoint is not used to label the health status of the application (it would always be 200). Hence please be reminded not to use the response code here for health-check purpose.

UI / Screenshots

The Airflow UI makes it easy to monitor and troubleshoot your data pipelines. Here’s a quick overview of some of the features and visualizations you can find in the Airflow UI.

DAGs View

List of the DAGs in your environment, and a set of shortcuts to useful pages. You can see exactly how many tasks succeeded, failed, or are currently running at a glance.


_images/dags.png

Tree View

A tree representation of the DAG that spans across time. If a pipeline is late, you can quickly see where the different steps are and identify the blocking ones.


_images/tree.png

Graph View

The graph view is perhaps the most comprehensive. Visualize your DAG’s dependencies and their current status for a specific run.


_images/graph.png

Variable View

The variable view allows you to list, create, edit or delete the key-value pair of a variable used during jobs. Value of a variable will be hidden if the key contains any words in (‘password’, ‘secret’, ‘passwd’, ‘authorization’, ‘api_key’, ‘apikey’, ‘access_token’) by default, but can be configured to show in clear-text.


_images/variable_hidden.png

Gantt Chart

The Gantt chart lets you analyse task duration and overlap. You can quickly identify bottlenecks and where the bulk of the time is spent for specific DAG runs.


_images/gantt.png

Task Duration

The duration of your different tasks over the past N runs. This view lets you find outliers and quickly understand where the time is spent in your DAG over many runs.


_images/duration.png

Code View

Transparency is everything. While the code for your pipeline is in source control, this is a quick way to get to the code that generates the DAG and provide yet more context.


_images/code.png

Task Instance Context Menu

From the pages seen above (tree view, graph view, gantt, …), it is always possible to click on a task instance, and get to this rich context menu that can take you to more detailed metadata, and perform some actions.


_images/context.png

Concepts

The Airflow Platform is a tool for describing, executing, and monitoring workflows.

Core Ideas

DAGs

In Airflow, a DAG – or a Directed Acyclic Graph – is a collection of all the tasks you want to run, organized in a way that reflects their relationships and dependencies.

For example, a simple DAG could consist of three tasks: A, B, and C. It could say that A has to run successfully before B can run, but C can run anytime. It could say that task A times out after 5 minutes, and B can be restarted up to 5 times in case it fails. It might also say that the workflow will run every night at 10pm, but shouldn’t start until a certain date.

In this way, a DAG describes how you want to carry out your workflow; but notice that we haven’t said anything about what we actually want to do! A, B, and C could be anything. Maybe A prepares data for B to analyze while C sends an email. Or perhaps A monitors your location so B can open your garage door while C turns on your house lights. The important thing is that the DAG isn’t concerned with what its constituent tasks do; its job is to make sure that whatever they do happens at the right time, or in the right order, or with the right handling of any unexpected issues.

DAGs are defined in standard Python files that are placed in Airflow’s DAG_FOLDER. Airflow will execute the code in each file to dynamically build the DAG objects. You can have as many DAGs as you want, each describing an arbitrary number of tasks. In general, each one should correspond to a single logical workflow.

Note

When searching for DAGs, Airflow will only consider files where the string “airflow” and “DAG” both appear in the contents of the .py file.

Scope

Airflow will load any DAG object it can import from a DAGfile. Critically, that means the DAG must appear in globals(). Consider the following two DAGs. Only dag_1 will be loaded; the other one only appears in a local scope.

dag_1 = DAG('this_dag_will_be_discovered')

def my_function():
    dag_2 = DAG('but_this_dag_will_not')

my_function()

Sometimes this can be put to good use. For example, a common pattern with SubDagOperator is to define the subdag inside a function so that Airflow doesn’t try to load it as a standalone DAG.

Default Arguments

If a dictionary of default_args is passed to a DAG, it will apply them to any of its operators. This makes it easy to apply a common parameter to many operators without having to type it many times.

default_args = {
    'start_date': datetime(2016, 1, 1),
    'owner': 'Airflow'
}

dag = DAG('my_dag', default_args=default_args)
op = DummyOperator(task_id='dummy', dag=dag)
print(op.owner) # Airflow
Context Manager

Added in Airflow 1.8

DAGs can be used as context managers to automatically assign new operators to that DAG.

with DAG('my_dag', start_date=datetime(2016, 1, 1)) as dag:
    op = DummyOperator('op')

op.dag is dag # True
Operators

While DAGs describe how to run a workflow, Operators determine what actually gets done.

An operator describes a single task in a workflow. Operators are usually (but not always) atomic, meaning they can stand on their own and don’t need to share resources with any other operators. The DAG will make sure that operators run in the correct certain order; other than those dependencies, operators generally run independently. In fact, they may run on two completely different machines.

This is a subtle but very important point: in general, if two operators need to share information, like a filename or small amount of data, you should consider combining them into a single operator. If it absolutely can’t be avoided, Airflow does have a feature for operator cross-communication called XCom that is described elsewhere in this document.

Airflow provides operators for many common tasks, including:

  • BashOperator - executes a bash command
  • PythonOperator - calls an arbitrary Python function
  • EmailOperator - sends an email
  • SimpleHttpOperator - sends an HTTP request
  • MySqlOperator, SqliteOperator, PostgresOperator, MsSqlOperator, OracleOperator, JdbcOperator, etc. - executes a SQL command
  • Sensor - waits for a certain time, file, database row, S3 key, etc…

In addition to these basic building blocks, there are many more specific operators: DockerOperator, HiveOperator, S3FileTransformOperator, PrestoToMysqlOperator, SlackOperator… you get the idea!

The airflow/contrib/ directory contains yet more operators built by the community. These operators aren’t always as complete or well-tested as those in the main distribution, but allow users to more easily add new functionality to the platform.

Operators are only loaded by Airflow if they are assigned to a DAG.

See Using Operators for how to use Airflow operators.

DAG Assignment

Added in Airflow 1.8

Operators do not have to be assigned to DAGs immediately (previously dag was a required argument). However, once an operator is assigned to a DAG, it can not be transferred or unassigned. DAG assignment can be done explicitly when the operator is created, through deferred assignment, or even inferred from other operators.

dag = DAG('my_dag', start_date=datetime(2016, 1, 1))

# sets the DAG explicitly
explicit_op = DummyOperator(task_id='op1', dag=dag)

# deferred DAG assignment
deferred_op = DummyOperator(task_id='op2')
deferred_op.dag = dag

# inferred DAG assignment (linked operators must be in the same DAG)
inferred_op = DummyOperator(task_id='op3')
inferred_op.set_upstream(deferred_op)
Bitshift Composition

Added in Airflow 1.8

Traditionally, operator relationships are set with the set_upstream() and set_downstream() methods. In Airflow 1.8, this can be done with the Python bitshift operators >> and <<. The following four statements are all functionally equivalent:

op1 >> op2
op1.set_downstream(op2)

op2 << op1
op2.set_upstream(op1)

When using the bitshift to compose operators, the relationship is set in the direction that the bitshift operator points. For example, op1 >> op2 means that op1 runs first and op2 runs second. Multiple operators can be composed – keep in mind the chain is executed left-to-right and the rightmost object is always returned. For example:

op1 >> op2 >> op3 << op4

is equivalent to:

op1.set_downstream(op2)
op2.set_downstream(op3)
op3.set_upstream(op4)

For convenience, the bitshift operators can also be used with DAGs. For example:

dag >> op1 >> op2

is equivalent to:

op1.dag = dag
op1.set_downstream(op2)

We can put this all together to build a simple pipeline:

with DAG('my_dag', start_date=datetime(2016, 1, 1)) as dag:
    (
        DummyOperator(task_id='dummy_1')
        >> BashOperator(
            task_id='bash_1',
            bash_command='echo "HELLO!"')
        >> PythonOperator(
            task_id='python_1',
            python_callable=lambda: print("GOODBYE!"))
    )

Bitshift can also be used with lists. For example:

op1 >> [op2, op3]

is equivalent to:

op1 >> op2
op1 >> op3

and equivalent to:

op1.set_downstream([op2, op3])
Tasks

Once an operator is instantiated, it is referred to as a “task”. The instantiation defines specific values when calling the abstract operator, and the parameterized task becomes a node in a DAG.

Task Instances

A task instance represents a specific run of a task and is characterized as the combination of a dag, a task, and a point in time. Task instances also have an indicative state, which could be “running”, “success”, “failed”, “skipped”, “up for retry”, etc.

Workflows

You’re now familiar with the core building blocks of Airflow. Some of the concepts may sound very similar, but the vocabulary can be conceptualized like this:

  • DAG: a description of the order in which work should take place
  • Operator: a class that acts as a template for carrying out some work
  • Task: a parameterized instance of an operator
  • Task Instance: a task that 1) has been assigned to a DAG and 2) has a state associated with a specific run of the DAG

By combining DAGs and Operators to create TaskInstances, you can build complex workflows.

Additional Functionality

In addition to the core Airflow objects, there are a number of more complex features that enable behaviors like limiting simultaneous access to resources, cross-communication, conditional execution, and more.

Hooks

Hooks are interfaces to external platforms and databases like Hive, S3, MySQL, Postgres, HDFS, and Pig. Hooks implement a common interface when possible, and act as a building block for operators. They also use the airflow.models.connection.Connection model to retrieve hostnames and authentication information. Hooks keep authentication code and information out of pipelines, centralized in the metadata database.

Hooks are also very useful on their own to use in Python scripts, Airflow airflow.operators.PythonOperator, and in interactive environments like iPython or Jupyter Notebook.

Pools

Some systems can get overwhelmed when too many processes hit them at the same time. Airflow pools can be used to limit the execution parallelism on arbitrary sets of tasks. The list of pools is managed in the UI (Menu -> Admin -> Pools) by giving the pools a name and assigning it a number of worker slots. Tasks can then be associated with one of the existing pools by using the pool parameter when creating tasks (i.e., instantiating operators).

aggregate_db_message_job = BashOperator(
    task_id='aggregate_db_message_job',
    execution_timeout=timedelta(hours=3),
    pool='ep_data_pipeline_db_msg_agg',
    bash_command=aggregate_db_message_job_cmd,
    dag=dag)
aggregate_db_message_job.set_upstream(wait_for_empty_queue)

The pool parameter can be used in conjunction with priority_weight to define priorities in the queue, and which tasks get executed first as slots open up in the pool. The default priority_weight is 1, and can be bumped to any number. When sorting the queue to evaluate which task should be executed next, we use the priority_weight, summed up with all of the priority_weight values from tasks downstream from this task. You can use this to bump a specific important task and the whole path to that task gets prioritized accordingly.

Tasks will be scheduled as usual while the slots fill up. Once capacity is reached, runnable tasks get queued and their state will show as such in the UI. As slots free up, queued tasks start running based on the priority_weight (of the task and its descendants).

Note that by default tasks aren’t assigned to any pool and their execution parallelism is only limited to the executor’s setting.

Connections

The connection information to external systems is stored in the Airflow metadata database and managed in the UI (Menu -> Admin -> Connections). A conn_id is defined there and hostname / login / password / schema information attached to it. Airflow pipelines can simply refer to the centrally managed conn_id without having to hard code any of this information anywhere.

Many connections with the same conn_id can be defined and when that is the case, and when the hooks uses the get_connection method from BaseHook, Airflow will choose one connection randomly, allowing for some basic load balancing and fault tolerance when used in conjunction with retries.

Airflow also has the ability to reference connections via environment variables from the operating system. But it only supports URI format. If you need to specify extra for your connection, please use web UI.

If connections with the same conn_id are defined in both Airflow metadata database and environment variables, only the one in environment variables will be referenced by Airflow (for example, given conn_id postgres_master, Airflow will search for AIRFLOW_CONN_POSTGRES_MASTER in environment variables first and directly reference it if found, before it starts to search in metadata database).

Many hooks have a default conn_id, where operators using that hook do not need to supply an explicit connection ID. For example, the default conn_id for the PostgresHook is postgres_default.

See Managing Connections for how to create and manage connections.

Queues

When using the CeleryExecutor, the Celery queues that tasks are sent to can be specified. queue is an attribute of BaseOperator, so any task can be assigned to any queue. The default queue for the environment is defined in the airflow.cfg’s celery -> default_queue. This defines the queue that tasks get assigned to when not specified, as well as which queue Airflow workers listen to when started.

Workers can listen to one or multiple queues of tasks. When a worker is started (using the command airflow worker), a set of comma-delimited queue names can be specified (e.g. airflow worker -q spark). This worker will then only pick up tasks wired to the specified queue(s).

This can be useful if you need specialized workers, either from a resource perspective (for say very lightweight tasks where one worker could take thousands of tasks without a problem), or from an environment perspective (you want a worker running from within the Spark cluster itself because it needs a very specific environment and security rights).

XComs

XComs let tasks exchange messages, allowing more nuanced forms of control and shared state. The name is an abbreviation of “cross-communication”. XComs are principally defined by a key, value, and timestamp, but also track attributes like the task/DAG that created the XCom and when it should become visible. Any object that can be pickled can be used as an XCom value, so users should make sure to use objects of appropriate size.

XComs can be “pushed” (sent) or “pulled” (received). When a task pushes an XCom, it makes it generally available to other tasks. Tasks can push XComs at any time by calling the xcom_push() method. In addition, if a task returns a value (either from its Operator’s execute() method, or from a PythonOperator’s python_callable function), then an XCom containing that value is automatically pushed.

Tasks call xcom_pull() to retrieve XComs, optionally applying filters based on criteria like key, source task_ids, and source dag_id. By default, xcom_pull() filters for the keys that are automatically given to XComs when they are pushed by being returned from execute functions (as opposed to XComs that are pushed manually).

If xcom_pull is passed a single string for task_ids, then the most recent XCom value from that task is returned; if a list of task_ids is passed, then a corresponding list of XCom values is returned.

# inside a PythonOperator called 'pushing_task'
def push_function():
    return value

# inside another PythonOperator where provide_context=True
def pull_function(**context):
    value = context['task_instance'].xcom_pull(task_ids='pushing_task')

It is also possible to pull XCom directly in a template, here’s an example of what this may look like:

SELECT * FROM {{ task_instance.xcom_pull(task_ids='foo', key='table_name') }}

Note that XComs are similar to Variables, but are specifically designed for inter-task communication rather than global settings.

Variables

Variables are a generic way to store and retrieve arbitrary content or settings as a simple key value store within Airflow. Variables can be listed, created, updated and deleted from the UI (Admin -> Variables), code or CLI. In addition, json settings files can be bulk uploaded through the UI. While your pipeline code definition and most of your constants and variables should be defined in code and stored in source control, it can be useful to have some variables or configuration items accessible and modifiable through the UI.

from airflow.models import Variable
foo = Variable.get("foo")
bar = Variable.get("bar", deserialize_json=True)

The second call assumes json content and will be deserialized into bar. Note that Variable is a sqlalchemy model and can be used as such.

You can use a variable from a jinja template with the syntax :

echo {{ var.value.<variable_name> }}

or if you need to deserialize a json object from the variable :

echo {{ var.json.<variable_name> }}
Branching

Sometimes you need a workflow to branch, or only go down a certain path based on an arbitrary condition which is typically related to something that happened in an upstream task. One way to do this is by using the BranchPythonOperator.

The BranchPythonOperator is much like the PythonOperator except that it expects a python_callable that returns a task_id (or list of task_ids). The task_id returned is followed, and all of the other paths are skipped. The task_id returned by the Python function has to be referencing a task directly downstream from the BranchPythonOperator task.

Note that using tasks with depends_on_past=True downstream from BranchPythonOperator is logically unsound as skipped status will invariably lead to block tasks that depend on their past successes. skipped states propagates where all directly upstream tasks are skipped.

If you want to skip some tasks, keep in mind that you can’t have an empty path, if so make a dummy task.

like this, the dummy task “branch_false” is skipped

_images/branch_good.png

Not like this, where the join task is skipped

_images/branch_bad.png

The BranchPythonOperator can also be used with XComs allowing branching context to dynamically decide what branch to follow based on previous tasks. For example:

def branch_func(**kwargs):
    ti = kwargs['ti']
    xcom_value = int(ti.xcom_pull(task_ids='start_task'))
    if xcom_value >= 5:
        return 'continue_task'
    else:
        return 'stop_task'

start_op = BashOperator(
    task_id='start_task',
    bash_command="echo 5",
    xcom_push=True,
    dag=dag)

branch_op = BranchPythonOperator(
    task_id='branch_task',
    provide_context=True,
    python_callable=branch_func,
    dag=dag)

continue_op = DummyOperator(task_id='continue_task', dag=dag)
stop_op = DummyOperator(task_id='stop_task', dag=dag)

start_op >> branch_op >> [continue_op, stop_op]
SubDAGs

SubDAGs are perfect for repeating patterns. Defining a function that returns a DAG object is a nice design pattern when using Airflow.

Airbnb uses the stage-check-exchange pattern when loading data. Data is staged in a temporary table, after which data quality checks are performed against that table. Once the checks all pass the partition is moved into the production table.

As another example, consider the following DAG:

_images/subdag_before.png

We can combine all of the parallel task-* operators into a single SubDAG, so that the resulting DAG resembles the following:

_images/subdag_after.png

Note that SubDAG operators should contain a factory method that returns a DAG object. This will prevent the SubDAG from being treated like a separate DAG in the main UI. For example:

#dags/subdag.py
from airflow.models import DAG
from airflow.operators.dummy_operator import DummyOperator


# Dag is returned by a factory method
def sub_dag(parent_dag_name, child_dag_name, start_date, schedule_interval):
  dag = DAG(
    '%s.%s' % (parent_dag_name, child_dag_name),
    schedule_interval=schedule_interval,
    start_date=start_date,
  )

  dummy_operator = DummyOperator(
    task_id='dummy_task',
    dag=dag,
  )

  return dag

This SubDAG can then be referenced in your main DAG file:

# main_dag.py
from datetime import datetime, timedelta
from airflow.models import DAG
from airflow.operators.subdag_operator import SubDagOperator
from dags.subdag import sub_dag


PARENT_DAG_NAME = 'parent_dag'
CHILD_DAG_NAME = 'child_dag'

main_dag = DAG(
  dag_id=PARENT_DAG_NAME,
  schedule_interval=timedelta(hours=1),
  start_date=datetime(2016, 1, 1)
)

sub_dag = SubDagOperator(
  subdag=sub_dag(PARENT_DAG_NAME, CHILD_DAG_NAME, main_dag.start_date,
                 main_dag.schedule_interval),
  task_id=CHILD_DAG_NAME,
  dag=main_dag,
)

You can zoom into a SubDagOperator from the graph view of the main DAG to show the tasks contained within the SubDAG:

_images/subdag_zoom.png

Some other tips when using SubDAGs:

  • by convention, a SubDAG’s dag_id should be prefixed by its parent and a dot. As in parent.child
  • share arguments between the main DAG and the SubDAG by passing arguments to the SubDAG operator (as demonstrated above)
  • SubDAGs must have a schedule and be enabled. If the SubDAG’s schedule is set to None or @once, the SubDAG will succeed without having done anything
  • clearing a SubDagOperator also clears the state of the tasks within
  • marking success on a SubDagOperator does not affect the state of the tasks within
  • refrain from using depends_on_past=True in tasks within the SubDAG as this can be confusing
  • it is possible to specify an executor for the SubDAG. It is common to use the SequentialExecutor if you want to run the SubDAG in-process and effectively limit its parallelism to one. Using LocalExecutor can be problematic as it may over-subscribe your worker, running multiple tasks in a single slot

See airflow/example_dags for a demonstration.

SLAs

Service Level Agreements, or time by which a task or DAG should have succeeded, can be set at a task level as a timedelta. If one or many instances have not succeeded by that time, an alert email is sent detailing the list of tasks that missed their SLA. The event is also recorded in the database and made available in the web UI under Browse->Missed SLAs where events can be analyzed and documented.

Trigger Rules

Though the normal workflow behavior is to trigger tasks when all their directly upstream tasks have succeeded, Airflow allows for more complex dependency settings.

All operators have a trigger_rule argument which defines the rule by which the generated task get triggered. The default value for trigger_rule is all_success and can be defined as “trigger this task when all directly upstream tasks have succeeded”. All other rules described here are based on direct parent tasks and are values that can be passed to any operator while creating tasks:

  • all_success: (default) all parents have succeeded
  • all_failed: all parents are in a failed or upstream_failed state
  • all_done: all parents are done with their execution
  • one_failed: fires as soon as at least one parent has failed, it does not wait for all parents to be done
  • one_success: fires as soon as at least one parent succeeds, it does not wait for all parents to be done
  • none_failed: all parents have not failed (failed or upstream_failed) i.e. all parents have succeeded or been skipped
  • dummy: dependencies are just for show, trigger at will

Note that these can be used in conjunction with depends_on_past (boolean) that, when set to True, keeps a task from getting triggered if the previous schedule for the task hasn’t succeeded.

Latest Run Only

Standard workflow behavior involves running a series of tasks for a particular date/time range. Some workflows, however, perform tasks that are independent of run time but need to be run on a schedule, much like a standard cron job. In these cases, backfills or running jobs missed during a pause just wastes CPU cycles.

For situations like this, you can use the LatestOnlyOperator to skip tasks that are not being run during the most recent scheduled run for a DAG. The LatestOnlyOperator skips all immediate downstream tasks, and itself, if the time right now is not between its execution_time and the next scheduled execution_time.

One must be aware of the interaction between skipped tasks and trigger rules. Skipped tasks will cascade through trigger rules all_success and all_failed but not all_done, one_failed, one_success, and dummy. If you would like to use the LatestOnlyOperator with trigger rules that do not cascade skips, you will need to ensure that the LatestOnlyOperator is directly upstream of the task you would like to skip.

It is possible, through use of trigger rules to mix tasks that should run in the typical date/time dependent mode and those using the LatestOnlyOperator.

For example, consider the following dag:

#dags/latest_only_with_trigger.py
import datetime as dt

from airflow.models import DAG
from airflow.operators.dummy_operator import DummyOperator
from airflow.operators.latest_only_operator import LatestOnlyOperator
from airflow.utils.trigger_rule import TriggerRule


dag = DAG(
    dag_id='latest_only_with_trigger',
    schedule_interval=dt.timedelta(hours=4),
    start_date=dt.datetime(2016, 9, 20),
)

latest_only = LatestOnlyOperator(task_id='latest_only', dag=dag)

task1 = DummyOperator(task_id='task1', dag=dag)
task1.set_upstream(latest_only)

task2 = DummyOperator(task_id='task2', dag=dag)

task3 = DummyOperator(task_id='task3', dag=dag)
task3.set_upstream([task1, task2])

task4 = DummyOperator(task_id='task4', dag=dag,
                      trigger_rule=TriggerRule.ALL_DONE)
task4.set_upstream([task1, task2])

In the case of this dag, the latest_only task will show up as skipped for all runs except the latest run. task1 is directly downstream of latest_only and will also skip for all runs except the latest. task2 is entirely independent of latest_only and will run in all scheduled periods. task3 is downstream of task1 and task2 and because of the default trigger_rule being all_success will receive a cascaded skip from task1. task4 is downstream of task1 and task2 but since its trigger_rule is set to all_done it will trigger as soon as task1 has been skipped (a valid completion state) and task2 has succeeded.

_images/latest_only_with_trigger.png
Zombies & Undeads

Task instances die all the time, usually as part of their normal life cycle, but sometimes unexpectedly.

Zombie tasks are characterized by the absence of an heartbeat (emitted by the job periodically) and a running status in the database. They can occur when a worker node can’t reach the database, when Airflow processes are killed externally, or when a node gets rebooted for instance. Zombie killing is performed periodically by the scheduler’s process.

Undead processes are characterized by the existence of a process and a matching heartbeat, but Airflow isn’t aware of this task as running in the database. This mismatch typically occurs as the state of the database is altered, most likely by deleting rows in the “Task Instances” view in the UI. Tasks are instructed to verify their state as part of the heartbeat routine, and terminate themselves upon figuring out that they are in this “undead” state.

Cluster Policy

Your local airflow settings file can define a policy function that has the ability to mutate task attributes based on other task or DAG attributes. It receives a single argument as a reference to task objects, and is expected to alter its attributes.

For example, this function could apply a specific queue property when using a specific operator, or enforce a task timeout policy, making sure that no tasks run for more than 48 hours. Here’s an example of what this may look like inside your airflow_settings.py:

def policy(task):
    if task.__class__.__name__ == 'HivePartitionSensor':
        task.queue = "sensor_queue"
    if task.timeout > timedelta(hours=48):
        task.timeout = timedelta(hours=48)
Documentation & Notes

It’s possible to add documentation or notes to your dags & task objects that become visible in the web interface (“Graph View” for dags, “Task Details” for tasks). There are a set of special task attributes that get rendered as rich content if defined:

attribute rendered to
doc monospace
doc_json json
doc_yaml yaml
doc_md markdown
doc_rst reStructuredText

Please note that for dags, doc_md is the only attribute interpreted.

This is especially useful if your tasks are built dynamically from configuration files, it allows you to expose the configuration that led to the related tasks in Airflow.

"""
### My great DAG
"""

dag = DAG('my_dag', default_args=default_args)
dag.doc_md = __doc__

t = BashOperator("foo", dag=dag)
t.doc_md = """\
#Title"
Here's a [url](www.airbnb.com)
"""

This content will get rendered as markdown respectively in the “Graph View” and “Task Details” pages.

Jinja Templating

Airflow leverages the power of Jinja Templating and this can be a powerful tool to use in combination with macros (see the Macros section).

For example, say you want to pass the execution date as an environment variable to a Bash script using the BashOperator.

# The execution date as YYYY-MM-DD
date = "{{ ds }}"
t = BashOperator(
    task_id='test_env',
    bash_command='/tmp/test.sh ',
    dag=dag,
    env={'EXECUTION_DATE': date})

Here, {{ ds }} is a macro, and because the env parameter of the BashOperator is templated with Jinja, the execution date will be available as an environment variable named EXECUTION_DATE in your Bash script.

You can use Jinja templating with every parameter that is marked as “templated” in the documentation. Template substitution occurs just before the pre_execute function of your operator is called.

Packaged dags

While often you will specify dags in a single .py file it might sometimes be required to combine dag and its dependencies. For example, you might want to combine several dags together to version them together or you might want to manage them together or you might need an extra module that is not available by default on the system you are running airflow on. To allow this you can create a zip file that contains the dag(s) in the root of the zip file and have the extra modules unpacked in directories.

For instance you can create a zip file that looks like this:

my_dag1.py
my_dag2.py
package1/__init__.py
package1/functions.py

Airflow will scan the zip file and try to load my_dag1.py and my_dag2.py. It will not go into subdirectories as these are considered to be potential packages.

In case you would like to add module dependencies to your DAG you basically would do the same, but then it is more to use a virtualenv and pip.

virtualenv zip_dag
source zip_dag/bin/activate

mkdir zip_dag_contents
cd zip_dag_contents

pip install --install-option="--install-lib=$PWD" my_useful_package
cp ~/my_dag.py .

zip -r zip_dag.zip *

Note

the zip file will be inserted at the beginning of module search list (sys.path) and as such it will be available to any other code that resides within the same interpreter.

Note

packaged dags cannot be used with pickling turned on.

Note

packaged dags cannot contain dynamic libraries (eg. libz.so) these need to be available on the system if a module needs those. In other words only pure python modules can be packaged.

.airflowignore

A .airflowignore file specifies the directories or files in DAG_FOLDER that Airflow should intentionally ignore. Each line in .airflowignore specifies a regular expression pattern, and directories or files whose names (not DAG id) match any of the patterns would be ignored (under the hood, re.findall() is used to match the pattern). Overall it works like a .gitignore file.

.airflowignore file should be put in your DAG_FOLDER. For example, you can prepare a .airflowignore file with contents

project_a
tenant_[\d]

Then files like “project_a_dag_1.py”, “TESTING_project_a.py”, “tenant_1.py”, “project_a/dag_1.py”, and “tenant_1/dag_1.py” in your DAG_FOLDER would be ignored (If a directory’s name matches any of the patterns, this directory and all its subfolders would not be scanned by Airflow at all. This improves efficiency of DAG finding).

The scope of a .airflowignore file is the directory it is in plus all its subfolders. You can also prepare .airflowignore file for a subfolder in DAG_FOLDER and it would only be applicable for that subfolder.

Data Profiling

Note

Adhoc Queries and Charts are no longer supported in the new FAB-based webserver and UI, due to security concerns.

Part of being productive with data is having the right weapons to profile the data you are working with. Airflow provides a simple query interface to write SQL and get results quickly, and a charting application letting you visualize data.

Adhoc Queries

The adhoc query UI allows for simple SQL interactions with the database connections registered in Airflow.

_images/adhoc.png

Charts

A simple UI built on top of flask-admin and highcharts allows building data visualizations and charts easily. Fill in a form with a label, SQL, chart type, pick a source database from your environment’s connections, select a few other options, and save it for later use.

You can even use the same templating and macros available when writing airflow pipelines, parameterizing your queries and modifying parameters directly in the URL.

These charts are basic, but they’re easy to create, modify and share.

Chart Screenshot
_images/chart.png

Chart Form Screenshot
_images/chart_form.png

Command Line Interface

Airflow has a very rich command line interface that allows for many types of operation on a DAG, starting services, and supporting development and testing.

usage: airflow [-h]
               {resetdb,render,variables,connections,users,pause,sync_perm,task_failed_deps,version,trigger_dag,initdb,test,unpause,list_dag_runs,dag_state,run,list_tasks,backfill,list_dags,kerberos,worker,webserver,flower,scheduler,task_state,pool,serve_logs,clear,next_execution,upgradedb,delete_dag}
               ...

Positional Arguments

subcommand

Possible choices: resetdb, render, variables, connections, users, pause, sync_perm, task_failed_deps, version, trigger_dag, initdb, test, unpause, list_dag_runs, dag_state, run, list_tasks, backfill, list_dags, kerberos, worker, webserver, flower, scheduler, task_state, pool, serve_logs, clear, next_execution, upgradedb, delete_dag

sub-command help

Sub-commands:

resetdb

Burn down and rebuild the metadata database

airflow resetdb [-h] [-y]
Named Arguments
-y, --yes

Do not prompt to confirm reset. Use with care!

Default: False

render

Render a task instance’s template(s)

airflow render [-h] [-sd SUBDIR] dag_id task_id execution_date
Positional Arguments
dag_id The id of the dag
task_id The id of the task
execution_date The execution date of the DAG
Named Arguments
-sd, --subdir

File location or directory from which to look for the dag. Defaults to ‘[AIRFLOW_HOME]/dags’ where [AIRFLOW_HOME] is the value you set for ‘AIRFLOW_HOME’ config you set in ‘airflow.cfg’

Default: “[AIRFLOW_HOME]/dags”

variables

CRUD operations on variables

airflow variables [-h] [-s KEY VAL] [-g KEY] [-j] [-d VAL] [-i FILEPATH]
                  [-e FILEPATH] [-x KEY]
Named Arguments
-s, --set Set a variable
-g, --get Get value of a variable
-j, --json

Deserialize JSON variable

Default: False

-d, --default Default value returned if variable does not exist
-i, --import Import variables from JSON file
-e, --export Export variables to JSON file
-x, --delete Delete a variable
connections

List/Add/Delete connections

airflow connections [-h] [-l] [-a] [-d] [--conn_id CONN_ID]
                    [--conn_uri CONN_URI] [--conn_extra CONN_EXTRA]
                    [--conn_type CONN_TYPE] [--conn_host CONN_HOST]
                    [--conn_login CONN_LOGIN] [--conn_password CONN_PASSWORD]
                    [--conn_schema CONN_SCHEMA] [--conn_port CONN_PORT]
Named Arguments
-l, --list

List all connections

Default: False

-a, --add

Add a connection

Default: False

-d, --delete

Delete a connection

Default: False

--conn_id Connection id, required to add/delete a connection
--conn_uri Connection URI, required to add a connection without conn_type
--conn_extra Connection Extra field, optional when adding a connection
--conn_type Connection type, required to add a connection without conn_uri
--conn_host Connection host, optional when adding a connection
--conn_login Connection login, optional when adding a connection
--conn_password
 Connection password, optional when adding a connection
--conn_schema Connection schema, optional when adding a connection
--conn_port Connection port, optional when adding a connection
users

List/Create/Delete users

airflow users [-h] [-l] [-c] [-d] [--username USERNAME] [--email EMAIL]
              [--firstname FIRSTNAME] [--lastname LASTNAME] [--role ROLE]
              [--password PASSWORD] [--use_random_password]
Named Arguments
-l, --list

List all users

Default: False

-c, --create

Create a user

Default: False

-d, --delete

Delete a user

Default: False

--username Username of the user, required to create/delete a user
--email Email of the user, required to create a user
--firstname First name of the user, required to create a user
--lastname Last name of the user, required to create a user
--role Role of the user. Existing roles include Admin, User, Op, Viewer, and Public. Required to create a user
--password Password of the user, required to create a user without –use_random_password
--use_random_password
 

Do not prompt for password. Use random string instead. Required to create a user without –password

Default: False

pause

Pause a DAG

airflow pause [-h] [-sd SUBDIR] dag_id
Positional Arguments
dag_id The id of the dag
Named Arguments
-sd, --subdir

File location or directory from which to look for the dag. Defaults to ‘[AIRFLOW_HOME]/dags’ where [AIRFLOW_HOME] is the value you set for ‘AIRFLOW_HOME’ config you set in ‘airflow.cfg’

Default: “[AIRFLOW_HOME]/dags”

sync_perm

Update existing role’s permissions.

airflow sync_perm [-h]
task_failed_deps

Returns the unmet dependencies for a task instance from the perspective of the scheduler. In other words, why a task instance doesn’t get scheduled and then queued by the scheduler, and then run by an executor).

airflow task_failed_deps [-h] [-sd SUBDIR] dag_id task_id execution_date
Positional Arguments
dag_id The id of the dag
task_id The id of the task
execution_date The execution date of the DAG
Named Arguments
-sd, --subdir

File location or directory from which to look for the dag. Defaults to ‘[AIRFLOW_HOME]/dags’ where [AIRFLOW_HOME] is the value you set for ‘AIRFLOW_HOME’ config you set in ‘airflow.cfg’

Default: “[AIRFLOW_HOME]/dags”

version

Show the version

airflow version [-h]
trigger_dag

Trigger a DAG run

airflow trigger_dag [-h] [-sd SUBDIR] [-r RUN_ID] [-c CONF] [-e EXEC_DATE]
                    dag_id
Positional Arguments
dag_id The id of the dag
Named Arguments
-sd, --subdir

File location or directory from which to look for the dag. Defaults to ‘[AIRFLOW_HOME]/dags’ where [AIRFLOW_HOME] is the value you set for ‘AIRFLOW_HOME’ config you set in ‘airflow.cfg’

Default: “[AIRFLOW_HOME]/dags”

-r, --run_id Helps to identify this run
-c, --conf JSON string that gets pickled into the DagRun’s conf attribute
-e, --exec_date
 The execution date of the DAG
initdb

Initialize the metadata database

airflow initdb [-h]
test

Test a task instance. This will run a task without checking for dependencies or recording its state in the database.

airflow test [-h] [-sd SUBDIR] [-dr] [-tp TASK_PARAMS]
             dag_id task_id execution_date
Positional Arguments
dag_id The id of the dag
task_id The id of the task
execution_date The execution date of the DAG
Named Arguments
-sd, --subdir

File location or directory from which to look for the dag. Defaults to ‘[AIRFLOW_HOME]/dags’ where [AIRFLOW_HOME] is the value you set for ‘AIRFLOW_HOME’ config you set in ‘airflow.cfg’

Default: “[AIRFLOW_HOME]/dags”

-dr, --dry_run

Perform a dry run

Default: False

-tp, --task_params
 Sends a JSON params dict to the task
unpause

Resume a paused DAG

airflow unpause [-h] [-sd SUBDIR] dag_id
Positional Arguments
dag_id The id of the dag
Named Arguments
-sd, --subdir

File location or directory from which to look for the dag. Defaults to ‘[AIRFLOW_HOME]/dags’ where [AIRFLOW_HOME] is the value you set for ‘AIRFLOW_HOME’ config you set in ‘airflow.cfg’

Default: “[AIRFLOW_HOME]/dags”

list_dag_runs

List dag runs given a DAG id. If state option is given, it will onlysearch for all the dagruns with the given state. If no_backfill option is given, it will filter outall backfill dagruns for given dag id.

airflow list_dag_runs [-h] [--no_backfill] [--state STATE] dag_id
Positional Arguments
dag_id The id of the dag
Named Arguments
--no_backfill

filter all the backfill dagruns given the dag id

Default: False

--state Only list the dag runs corresponding to the state
dag_state

Get the status of a dag run

airflow dag_state [-h] [-sd SUBDIR] dag_id execution_date
Positional Arguments
dag_id The id of the dag
execution_date The execution date of the DAG
Named Arguments
-sd, --subdir

File location or directory from which to look for the dag. Defaults to ‘[AIRFLOW_HOME]/dags’ where [AIRFLOW_HOME] is the value you set for ‘AIRFLOW_HOME’ config you set in ‘airflow.cfg’

Default: “[AIRFLOW_HOME]/dags”

run

Run a single task instance

airflow run [-h] [-sd SUBDIR] [-m] [-f] [--pool POOL] [--cfg_path CFG_PATH]
            [-l] [-A] [-i] [-I] [--ship_dag] [-p PICKLE] [-int]
            dag_id task_id execution_date
Positional Arguments
dag_id The id of the dag
task_id The id of the task
execution_date The execution date of the DAG
Named Arguments
-sd, --subdir

File location or directory from which to look for the dag. Defaults to ‘[AIRFLOW_HOME]/dags’ where [AIRFLOW_HOME] is the value you set for ‘AIRFLOW_HOME’ config you set in ‘airflow.cfg’

Default: “[AIRFLOW_HOME]/dags”

-m, --mark_success
 

Mark jobs as succeeded without running them

Default: False

-f, --force

Ignore previous task instance state, rerun regardless if task already succeeded/failed

Default: False

--pool Resource pool to use
--cfg_path Path to config file to use instead of airflow.cfg
-l, --local

Run the task using the LocalExecutor

Default: False

-A, --ignore_all_dependencies
 

Ignores all non-critical dependencies, including ignore_ti_state and ignore_task_deps

Default: False

-i, --ignore_dependencies
 

Ignore task-specific dependencies, e.g. upstream, depends_on_past, and retry delay dependencies

Default: False

-I, --ignore_depends_on_past
 

Ignore depends_on_past dependencies (but respect upstream dependencies)

Default: False

--ship_dag

Pickles (serializes) the DAG and ships it to the worker

Default: False

-p, --pickle Serialized pickle object of the entire dag (used internally)
-int, --interactive
 

Do not capture standard output and error streams (useful for interactive debugging)

Default: False

list_tasks

List the tasks within a DAG

airflow list_tasks [-h] [-t] [-sd SUBDIR] dag_id
Positional Arguments
dag_id The id of the dag
Named Arguments
-t, --tree

Tree view

Default: False

-sd, --subdir

File location or directory from which to look for the dag. Defaults to ‘[AIRFLOW_HOME]/dags’ where [AIRFLOW_HOME] is the value you set for ‘AIRFLOW_HOME’ config you set in ‘airflow.cfg’

Default: “[AIRFLOW_HOME]/dags”

backfill

Run subsections of a DAG for a specified date range. If reset_dag_run option is used, backfill will first prompt users whether airflow should clear all the previous dag_run and task_instances within the backfill date range. If rerun_failed_tasks is used, backfill will auto re-run the previous failed task instances within the backfill date range.

airflow backfill [-h] [-t TASK_REGEX] [-s START_DATE] [-e END_DATE] [-m] [-l]
                 [-x] [-i] [-I] [-sd SUBDIR] [--pool POOL]
                 [--delay_on_limit DELAY_ON_LIMIT] [-dr] [-v] [-c CONF]
                 [--reset_dagruns] [--rerun_failed_tasks]
                 dag_id
Positional Arguments
dag_id The id of the dag
Named Arguments
-t, --task_regex
 The regex to filter specific task_ids to backfill (optional)
-s, --start_date
 Override start_date YYYY-MM-DD
-e, --end_date Override end_date YYYY-MM-DD
-m, --mark_success
 

Mark jobs as succeeded without running them

Default: False

-l, --local

Run the task using the LocalExecutor

Default: False

-x, --donot_pickle
 

Do not attempt to pickle the DAG object to send over to the workers, just tell the workers to run their version of the code.

Default: False

-i, --ignore_dependencies
 

Skip upstream tasks, run only the tasks matching the regexp. Only works in conjunction with task_regex

Default: False

-I, --ignore_first_depends_on_past
 

Ignores depends_on_past dependencies for the first set of tasks only (subsequent executions in the backfill DO respect depends_on_past).

Default: False

-sd, --subdir

File location or directory from which to look for the dag. Defaults to ‘[AIRFLOW_HOME]/dags’ where [AIRFLOW_HOME] is the value you set for ‘AIRFLOW_HOME’ config you set in ‘airflow.cfg’

Default: “[AIRFLOW_HOME]/dags”

--pool Resource pool to use
--delay_on_limit
 

Amount of time in seconds to wait when the limit on maximum active dag runs (max_active_runs) has been reached before trying to execute a dag run again.

Default: 1.0

-dr, --dry_run

Perform a dry run

Default: False

-v, --verbose

Make logging output more verbose

Default: False

-c, --conf JSON string that gets pickled into the DagRun’s conf attribute
--reset_dagruns
 

if set, the backfill will delete existing backfill-related DAG runs and start anew with fresh, running DAG runs

Default: False

--rerun_failed_tasks
 

if set, the backfill will auto-rerun all the failed tasks for the backfill date range instead of throwing exceptions

Default: False

list_dags

List all the DAGs

airflow list_dags [-h] [-sd SUBDIR] [-r]
Named Arguments
-sd, --subdir

File location or directory from which to look for the dag. Defaults to ‘[AIRFLOW_HOME]/dags’ where [AIRFLOW_HOME] is the value you set for ‘AIRFLOW_HOME’ config you set in ‘airflow.cfg’

Default: “[AIRFLOW_HOME]/dags”

-r, --report

Show DagBag loading report

Default: False

kerberos

Start a kerberos ticket renewer

airflow kerberos [-h] [-kt [KEYTAB]] [--pid [PID]] [-D] [--stdout STDOUT]
                 [--stderr STDERR] [-l LOG_FILE]
                 [principal]
Positional Arguments
principal kerberos principal
Named Arguments
-kt, --keytab

keytab

Default: airflow.keytab

--pid PID file location
-D, --daemon

Daemonize instead of running in the foreground

Default: False

--stdout Redirect stdout to this file
--stderr Redirect stderr to this file
-l, --log-file Location of the log file
worker

Start a Celery worker node

airflow worker [-h] [-p] [-q QUEUES] [-c CONCURRENCY] [-cn CELERY_HOSTNAME]
               [--pid [PID]] [-D] [--stdout STDOUT] [--stderr STDERR]
               [-l LOG_FILE] [-a AUTOSCALE]
Named Arguments
-p, --do_pickle
 

Attempt to pickle the DAG object to send over to the workers, instead of letting workers run their version of the code.

Default: False

-q, --queues

Comma delimited list of queues to serve

Default: default

-c, --concurrency
 

The number of worker processes

Default: 16

-cn, --celery_hostname
 Set the hostname of celery worker if you have multiple workers on a single machine.
--pid PID file location
-D, --daemon

Daemonize instead of running in the foreground

Default: False

--stdout Redirect stdout to this file
--stderr Redirect stderr to this file
-l, --log-file Location of the log file
-a, --autoscale
 Minimum and Maximum number of worker to autoscale
webserver

Start a Airflow webserver instance

airflow webserver [-h] [-p PORT] [-w WORKERS]
                  [-k {sync,eventlet,gevent,tornado}] [-t WORKER_TIMEOUT]
                  [-hn HOSTNAME] [--pid [PID]] [-D] [--stdout STDOUT]
                  [--stderr STDERR] [-A ACCESS_LOGFILE] [-E ERROR_LOGFILE]
                  [-l LOG_FILE] [--ssl_cert SSL_CERT] [--ssl_key SSL_KEY] [-d]
Named Arguments
-p, --port

The port on which to run the server

Default: 8080

-w, --workers

Number of workers to run the webserver on

Default: 4

-k, --workerclass
 

Possible choices: sync, eventlet, gevent, tornado

The worker class to use for Gunicorn

Default: sync

-t, --worker_timeout
 

The timeout for waiting on webserver workers

Default: 120

-hn, --hostname
 

Set the hostname on which to run the web server

Default: 0.0.0.0

--pid PID file location
-D, --daemon

Daemonize instead of running in the foreground

Default: False

--stdout Redirect stdout to this file
--stderr Redirect stderr to this file
-A, --access_logfile
 

The logfile to store the webserver access log. Use ‘-‘ to print to stderr.

Default: -

-E, --error_logfile
 

The logfile to store the webserver error log. Use ‘-‘ to print to stderr.

Default: -

-l, --log-file Location of the log file
--ssl_cert Path to the SSL certificate for the webserver
--ssl_key Path to the key to use with the SSL certificate
-d, --debug

Use the server that ships with Flask in debug mode

Default: False

flower

Start a Celery Flower

airflow flower [-h] [-hn HOSTNAME] [-p PORT] [-fc FLOWER_CONF] [-u URL_PREFIX]
               [-ba BASIC_AUTH] [-a BROKER_API] [--pid [PID]] [-D]
               [--stdout STDOUT] [--stderr STDERR] [-l LOG_FILE]
Named Arguments
-hn, --hostname
 

Set the hostname on which to run the server

Default: 0.0.0.0

-p, --port

The port on which to run the server

Default: 5555

-fc, --flower_conf
 Configuration file for flower
-u, --url_prefix
 URL prefix for Flower
-ba, --basic_auth
 Securing Flower with Basic Authentication. Accepts user:password pairs separated by a comma. Example: flower_basic_auth = user1:password1,user2:password2
-a, --broker_api
 Broker api
--pid PID file location
-D, --daemon

Daemonize instead of running in the foreground

Default: False

--stdout Redirect stdout to this file
--stderr Redirect stderr to this file
-l, --log-file Location of the log file
scheduler

Start a scheduler instance

airflow scheduler [-h] [-d DAG_ID] [-sd SUBDIR] [-n NUM_RUNS] [-p]
                  [--pid [PID]] [-D] [--stdout STDOUT] [--stderr STDERR]
                  [-l LOG_FILE]
Named Arguments
-d, --dag_id The id of the dag to run
-sd, --subdir

File location or directory from which to look for the dag. Defaults to ‘[AIRFLOW_HOME]/dags’ where [AIRFLOW_HOME] is the value you set for ‘AIRFLOW_HOME’ config you set in ‘airflow.cfg’

Default: “[AIRFLOW_HOME]/dags”

-n, --num_runs

Set the number of runs to execute before exiting

Default: -1

-p, --do_pickle
 

Attempt to pickle the DAG object to send over to the workers, instead of letting workers run their version of the code.

Default: False

--pid PID file location
-D, --daemon

Daemonize instead of running in the foreground

Default: False

--stdout Redirect stdout to this file
--stderr Redirect stderr to this file
-l, --log-file Location of the log file
task_state

Get the status of a task instance

airflow task_state [-h] [-sd SUBDIR] dag_id task_id execution_date
Positional Arguments
dag_id The id of the dag
task_id The id of the task
execution_date The execution date of the DAG
Named Arguments
-sd, --subdir

File location or directory from which to look for the dag. Defaults to ‘[AIRFLOW_HOME]/dags’ where [AIRFLOW_HOME] is the value you set for ‘AIRFLOW_HOME’ config you set in ‘airflow.cfg’

Default: “[AIRFLOW_HOME]/dags”

pool

CRUD operations on pools

airflow pool [-h] [-s NAME SLOT_COUNT POOL_DESCRIPTION] [-g NAME] [-x NAME]
             [-i FILEPATH] [-e FILEPATH]
Named Arguments
-s, --set Set pool slot count and description, respectively
-g, --get Get pool info
-x, --delete Delete a pool
-i, --import Import pool from JSON file
-e, --export Export pool to JSON file
serve_logs

Serve logs generate by worker

airflow serve_logs [-h]
clear

Clear a set of task instance, as if they never ran

airflow clear [-h] [-t TASK_REGEX] [-s START_DATE] [-e END_DATE] [-sd SUBDIR]
              [-u] [-d] [-c] [-f] [-r] [-x] [-xp] [-dx]
              dag_id
Positional Arguments
dag_id The id of the dag
Named Arguments
-t, --task_regex
 The regex to filter specific task_ids to backfill (optional)
-s, --start_date
 Override start_date YYYY-MM-DD
-e, --end_date Override end_date YYYY-MM-DD
-sd, --subdir

File location or directory from which to look for the dag. Defaults to ‘[AIRFLOW_HOME]/dags’ where [AIRFLOW_HOME] is the value you set for ‘AIRFLOW_HOME’ config you set in ‘airflow.cfg’

Default: “[AIRFLOW_HOME]/dags”

-u, --upstream

Include upstream tasks

Default: False

-d, --downstream
 

Include downstream tasks

Default: False

-c, --no_confirm
 

Do not request confirmation

Default: False

-f, --only_failed
 

Only failed jobs

Default: False

-r, --only_running
 

Only running jobs

Default: False

-x, --exclude_subdags
 

Exclude subdags

Default: False

-xp, --exclude_parentdag
 

Exclude ParentDAGS if the task cleared is a part of a SubDAG

Default: False

-dx, --dag_regex
 

Search dag_id as regex instead of exact string

Default: False

next_execution

Get the next execution datetime of a DAG.

airflow next_execution [-h] [-sd SUBDIR] dag_id
Positional Arguments
dag_id The id of the dag
Named Arguments
-sd, --subdir

File location or directory from which to look for the dag. Defaults to ‘[AIRFLOW_HOME]/dags’ where [AIRFLOW_HOME] is the value you set for ‘AIRFLOW_HOME’ config you set in ‘airflow.cfg’

Default: “[AIRFLOW_HOME]/dags”

upgradedb

Upgrade the metadata database to latest version

airflow upgradedb [-h]
delete_dag

Delete all DB records related to the specified DAG

airflow delete_dag [-h] [-y] dag_id
Positional Arguments
dag_id The id of the dag
Named Arguments
-y, --yes

Do not prompt to confirm reset. Use with care!

Default: False

Scheduling & Triggers

The Airflow scheduler monitors all tasks and all DAGs, and triggers the task instances whose dependencies have been met. Behind the scenes, it spins up a subprocess, which monitors and stays in sync with a folder for all DAG objects it may contain, and periodically (every minute or so) collects DAG parsing results and inspects active tasks to see whether they can be triggered.

The Airflow scheduler is designed to run as a persistent service in an Airflow production environment. To kick it off, all you need to do is execute airflow scheduler. It will use the configuration specified in airflow.cfg.

Note that if you run a DAG on a schedule_interval of one day, the run stamped 2016-01-01 will be triggered soon after 2016-01-01T23:59. In other words, the job instance is started once the period it covers has ended.

Let’s Repeat That The scheduler runs your job one schedule_interval AFTER the start date, at the END of the period.

The scheduler starts an instance of the executor specified in the your airflow.cfg. If it happens to be the LocalExecutor, tasks will be executed as subprocesses; in the case of CeleryExecutor, DaskExecutor, and MesosExecutor, tasks are executed remotely.

To start a scheduler, simply run the command:

airflow scheduler

DAG Runs

A DAG Run is an object representing an instantiation of the DAG in time.

Each DAG may or may not have a schedule, which informs how DAG Runs are created. schedule_interval is defined as a DAG arguments, and receives preferably a cron expression as a str, or a datetime.timedelta object. Alternatively, you can also use one of these cron “preset”:

preset meaning cron
None Don’t schedule, use for exclusively “externally triggered” DAGs  
@once Schedule once and only once  
@hourly Run once an hour at the beginning of the hour 0 * * * *
@daily Run once a day at midnight 0 0 * * *
@weekly Run once a week at midnight on Sunday morning 0 0 * * 0
@monthly Run once a month at midnight of the first day of the month 0 0 1 * *
@yearly Run once a year at midnight of January 1 0 0 1 1 *

Note: Use schedule_interval=None and not schedule_interval='None' when you don’t want to schedule your DAG.

Your DAG will be instantiated for each schedule, while creating a DAG Run entry for each schedule.

DAG runs have a state associated to them (running, failed, success) and informs the scheduler on which set of schedules should be evaluated for task submissions. Without the metadata at the DAG run level, the Airflow scheduler would have much more work to do in order to figure out what tasks should be triggered and come to a crawl. It might also create undesired processing when changing the shape of your DAG, by say adding in new tasks.

Backfill and Catchup

An Airflow DAG with a start_date, possibly an end_date, and a schedule_interval defines a series of intervals which the scheduler turn into individual Dag Runs and execute. A key capability of Airflow is that these DAG Runs are atomic, idempotent items, and the scheduler, by default, will examine the lifetime of the DAG (from start to end/now, one interval at a time) and kick off a DAG Run for any interval that has not been run (or has been cleared). This concept is called Catchup.

If your DAG is written to handle its own catchup (IE not limited to the interval, but instead to “Now” for instance.), then you will want to turn catchup off (Either on the DAG itself with dag.catchup = False) or by default at the configuration file level with catchup_by_default = False. What this will do, is to instruct the scheduler to only create a DAG Run for the most current instance of the DAG interval series.

"""
Code that goes along with the Airflow tutorial located at:
https://github.com/apache/airflow/blob/master/airflow/example_dags/tutorial.py
"""
from airflow import DAG
from airflow.operators.bash_operator import BashOperator
from datetime import datetime, timedelta


default_args = {
    'owner': 'airflow',
    'depends_on_past': False,
    'start_date': datetime(2015, 12, 1),
    'email': ['airflow@example.com'],
    'email_on_failure': False,
    'email_on_retry': False,
    'retries': 1,
    'retry_delay': timedelta(minutes=5)
}

dag = DAG(
    'tutorial',
    default_args=default_args,
    description='A simple tutorial DAG',
    schedule_interval='@daily',
    catchup=False)

In the example above, if the DAG is picked up by the scheduler daemon on 2016-01-02 at 6 AM, (or from the command line), a single DAG Run will be created, with an execution_date of 2016-01-01, and the next one will be created just after midnight on the morning of 2016-01-03 with an execution date of 2016-01-02.

If the dag.catchup value had been True instead, the scheduler would have created a DAG Run for each completed interval between 2015-12-01 and 2016-01-02 (but not yet one for 2016-01-02, as that interval hasn’t completed) and the scheduler will execute them sequentially. This behavior is great for atomic datasets that can easily be split into periods. Turning catchup off is great if your DAG Runs perform backfill internally.

External Triggers

Note that DAG Runs can also be created manually through the CLI while running an airflow trigger_dag command, where you can define a specific run_id. The DAG Runs created externally to the scheduler get associated to the trigger’s timestamp, and will be displayed in the UI alongside scheduled DAG runs.

In addition, you can also manually trigger a DAG Run using the web UI (tab “DAGs” -> column “Links” -> button “Trigger Dag”).

To Keep in Mind

  • The first DAG Run is created based on the minimum start_date for the tasks in your DAG.
  • Subsequent DAG Runs are created by the scheduler process, based on your DAG’s schedule_interval, sequentially.
  • When clearing a set of tasks’ state in hope of getting them to re-run, it is important to keep in mind the DAG Run’s state too as it defines whether the scheduler should look into triggering tasks for that run.

Here are some of the ways you can unblock tasks:

  • From the UI, you can clear (as in delete the status of) individual task instances from the task instances dialog, while defining whether you want to includes the past/future and the upstream/downstream dependencies. Note that a confirmation window comes next and allows you to see the set you are about to clear. You can also clear all task instances associated with the dag.
  • The CLI command airflow clear -h has lots of options when it comes to clearing task instance states, including specifying date ranges, targeting task_ids by specifying a regular expression, flags for including upstream and downstream relatives, and targeting task instances in specific states (failed, or success)
  • Clearing a task instance will no longer delete the task instance record. Instead it updates max_tries and set the current task instance state to be None.
  • Marking task instances as failed can be done through the UI. This can be used to stop running task instances.
  • Marking task instances as successful can be done through the UI. This is mostly to fix false negatives, or for instance when the fix has been applied outside of Airflow.
  • The airflow backfill CLI subcommand has a flag to --mark_success and allows selecting subsections of the DAG as well as specifying date ranges.

Plugins

Airflow has a simple plugin manager built-in that can integrate external features to its core by simply dropping files in your $AIRFLOW_HOME/plugins folder.

The python modules in the plugins folder get imported, and hooks, operators, sensors, macros, executors and web views get integrated to Airflow’s main collections and become available for use.

What for?

Airflow offers a generic toolbox for working with data. Different organizations have different stacks and different needs. Using Airflow plugins can be a way for companies to customize their Airflow installation to reflect their ecosystem.

Plugins can be used as an easy way to write, share and activate new sets of features.

There’s also a need for a set of more complex applications to interact with different flavors of data and metadata.

Examples:

  • A set of tools to parse Hive logs and expose Hive metadata (CPU /IO / phases/ skew /…)
  • An anomaly detection framework, allowing people to collect metrics, set thresholds and alerts
  • An auditing tool, helping understand who accesses what
  • A config-driven SLA monitoring tool, allowing you to set monitored tables and at what time they should land, alert people, and expose visualizations of outages

Why build on top of Airflow?

Airflow has many components that can be reused when building an application:

  • A web server you can use to render your views
  • A metadata database to store your models
  • Access to your databases, and knowledge of how to connect to them
  • An array of workers that your application can push workload to
  • Airflow is deployed, you can just piggy back on its deployment logistics
  • Basic charting capabilities, underlying libraries and abstractions

Interface

To create a plugin you will need to derive the airflow.plugins_manager.AirflowPlugin class and reference the objects you want to plug into Airflow. Here’s what the class you need to derive looks like:

class AirflowPlugin(object):
    # The name of your plugin (str)
    name = None
    # A list of class(es) derived from BaseOperator
    operators = []
    # A list of class(es) derived from BaseSensorOperator
    sensors = []
    # A list of class(es) derived from BaseHook
    hooks = []
    # A list of class(es) derived from BaseExecutor
    executors = []
    # A list of references to inject into the macros namespace
    macros = []
    # A list of objects created from a class derived
    # from flask_admin.BaseView
    admin_views = []
    # A list of Blueprint object created from flask.Blueprint. For use with the flask_admin based GUI
    flask_blueprints = []
    # A list of menu links (flask_admin.base.MenuLink). For use with the flask_admin based GUI
    menu_links = []
    # A list of dictionaries containing FlaskAppBuilder BaseView object and some metadata. See example below
    appbuilder_views = []
    # A list of dictionaries containing FlaskAppBuilder BaseView object and some metadata. See example below
    appbuilder_menu_items = []

You can derive it by inheritance (please refer to the example below). Please note name inside this class must be specified.

After the plugin is imported into Airflow, you can invoke it using statement like

from airflow.{type, like "operators", "sensors"}.{name specified inside the plugin class} import *

When you write your own plugins, make sure you understand them well. There are some essential properties for each type of plugin. For example,

  • For Operator plugin, an execute method is compulsory.
  • For Sensor plugin, a poke method returning a Boolean value is compulsory.

Make sure you restart the webserver and scheduler after making changes to plugins so that they take effect.

Example

The code below defines a plugin that injects a set of dummy object definitions in Airflow.

# This is the class you derive to create a plugin
from airflow.plugins_manager import AirflowPlugin

from flask import Blueprint
from flask_admin import BaseView, expose
from flask_admin.base import MenuLink
from flask_appbuilder import BaseView as AppBuilderBaseView

# Importing base classes that we need to derive
from airflow.hooks.base_hook import BaseHook
from airflow.models import BaseOperator
from airflow.sensors.base_sensor_operator import BaseSensorOperator
from airflow.executors.base_executor import BaseExecutor

# Will show up under airflow.hooks.test_plugin.PluginHook
class PluginHook(BaseHook):
    pass

# Will show up under airflow.operators.test_plugin.PluginOperator
class PluginOperator(BaseOperator):
    pass

# Will show up under airflow.sensors.test_plugin.PluginSensorOperator
class PluginSensorOperator(BaseSensorOperator):
    pass

# Will show up under airflow.executors.test_plugin.PluginExecutor
class PluginExecutor(BaseExecutor):
    pass

# Will show up under airflow.macros.test_plugin.plugin_macro
def plugin_macro():
    pass

# Creating a flask admin BaseView
class TestView(BaseView):
    @expose('/')
    def test(self):
        # in this example, put your test_plugin/test.html template at airflow/plugins/templates/test_plugin/test.html
        return self.render("test_plugin/test.html", content="Hello galaxy!")
v = TestView(category="Test Plugin", name="Test View")

# Creating a flask blueprint to integrate the templates and static folder
bp = Blueprint(
    "test_plugin", __name__,
    template_folder='templates', # registers airflow/plugins/templates as a Jinja template folder
    static_folder='static',
    static_url_path='/static/test_plugin')

ml = MenuLink(
    category='Test Plugin',
    name='Test Menu Link',
    url='https://airflow.apache.org/')

# Creating a flask appbuilder BaseView
class TestAppBuilderBaseView(AppBuilderBaseView):
    default_view = "test"

    @expose("/")
    def test(self):
        return self.render("test_plugin/test.html", content="Hello galaxy!")
v_appbuilder_view = TestAppBuilderBaseView()
v_appbuilder_package = {"name": "Test View",
                        "category": "Test Plugin",
                        "view": v_appbuilder_view}

# Creating a flask appbuilder Menu Item
appbuilder_mitem = {"name": "Google",
                    "category": "Search",
                    "category_icon": "fa-th",
                    "href": "https://www.google.com"}

# Defining the plugin class
class AirflowTestPlugin(AirflowPlugin):
    name = "test_plugin"
    operators = [PluginOperator]
    sensors = [PluginSensorOperator]
    hooks = [PluginHook]
    executors = [PluginExecutor]
    macros = [plugin_macro]
    admin_views = [v]
    flask_blueprints = [bp]
    menu_links = [ml]
    appbuilder_views = [v_appbuilder_package]
    appbuilder_menu_items = [appbuilder_mitem]

Note on role based views

Airflow 1.10 introduced role based views using FlaskAppBuilder. You can configure which UI is used by setting rbac = True. To support plugin views and links for both versions of the UI and maintain backwards compatibility, the fields appbuilder_views and appbuilder_menu_items were added to the AirflowTestPlugin class.

Plugins as Python packages

It is possible to load plugins via `setuptools' entrypoint<https://packaging.python.org/guides/creating-and-discovering-plugins/#using-package-metadata>`_ mechanism. To do this link your plugin using an entrypoint in your package. If the package is installed, airflow will automatically load the registered plugins from the entrypoint list.

_Note_: Neither the entrypoint name (eg, my_plugin) nor the name of the plugin class will contribute towards the module and class name of the plugin itself. The structure is determined by airflow.plugins_manager.AirflowPlugin.name and the class name of the plugin component with the pattern airflow.{component}.{name}.{component_class_name}.

# my_package/my_plugin.py
from airflow.plugins_manager import AirflowPlugin
from airflow.models import BaseOperator
from airflow.hooks.base_hook import BaseHook

class MyOperator(BaseOperator):
  pass

class MyHook(BaseHook):
  pass

class MyAirflowPlugin(AirflowPlugin):
  name = 'my_namespace'
  operators = [MyOperator]
  hooks = [MyHook]
from setuptools import setup

setup(
    name="my-package",
    ...
    entry_points = {
        'airflow.plugins': [
            'my_plugin = my_package.my_plugin:MyAirflowPlugin'
        ]
    }
)
This will create a hook, and an operator accessible at:
  • airflow.hooks.my_namespace.MyHook
  • airflow.operators.my_namespace.MyOperator

Security

By default, all gates are opened. An easy way to restrict access to the web application is to do it at the network level, or by using SSH tunnels.

It is however possible to switch on authentication by either using one of the supplied backends or creating your own.

Be sure to checkout Experimental Rest API for securing the API.

Note

Airflow uses the config parser of Python. This config parser interpolates ‘%’-signs. Make sure escape any % signs in your config file (but not environment variables) as %%, otherwise Airflow might leak these passwords on a config parser exception to a log.

Reporting Vulnerabilities

The Apache Software Foundation takes security issues very seriously. Apache Airflow specifically offers security features and is responsive to issues around its features. If you have any concern around Airflow Security or believe you have uncovered a vulnerability, we suggest that you get in touch via the e-mail address security@apache.org. In the message, try to provide a description of the issue and ideally a way of reproducing it. The security team will get back to you after assessing the description.

Note that this security address should be used only for undisclosed vulnerabilities. Dealing with fixed issues or general questions on how to use the security features should be handled regularly via the user and the dev lists. Please report any security problems to the project security address before disclosing it publicly.

The ASF Security team’s page describes how vulnerability reports are handled, and includes PGP keys if you wish to use that.

Web Authentication

Password

Note

This is for flask-admin based web UI only. If you are using FAB-based web UI with RBAC feature, please use command line interface airflow users --create to create accounts, or do that in the FAB-based UI itself.

One of the simplest mechanisms for authentication is requiring users to specify a password before logging in. Password authentication requires the used of the password subpackage in your requirements file. Password hashing uses bcrypt before storing passwords.

[webserver]
authenticate = True
auth_backend = airflow.contrib.auth.backends.password_auth

When password auth is enabled, an initial user credential will need to be created before anyone can login. An initial user was not created in the migrations for this authentication backend to prevent default Airflow installations from attack. Creating a new user has to be done via a Python REPL on the same machine Airflow is installed.

# navigate to the airflow installation directory
$ cd ~/airflow
$ python
Python 2.7.9 (default, Feb 10 2015, 03:28:08)
Type "help", "copyright", "credits" or "license" for more information.
>>> import airflow
>>> from airflow import models, settings
>>> from airflow.contrib.auth.backends.password_auth import PasswordUser
>>> user = PasswordUser(models.User())
>>> user.username = 'new_user_name'
>>> user.email = 'new_user_email@example.com'
>>> user.password = 'set_the_password'
>>> session = settings.Session()
>>> session.add(user)
>>> session.commit()
>>> session.close()
>>> exit()
LDAP

To turn on LDAP authentication configure your airflow.cfg as follows. Please note that the example uses an encrypted connection to the ldap server as we do not want passwords be readable on the network level.

Additionally, if you are using Active Directory, and are not explicitly specifying an OU that your users are in, you will need to change search_scope to “SUBTREE”.

Valid search_scope options can be found in the ldap3 Documentation

[webserver]
authenticate = True
auth_backend = airflow.contrib.auth.backends.ldap_auth

[ldap]
# set a connection without encryption: uri = ldap://<your.ldap.server>:<port>
uri = ldaps://<your.ldap.server>:<port>
user_filter = objectClass=*
# in case of Active Directory you would use: user_name_attr = sAMAccountName
user_name_attr = uid
# group_member_attr should be set accordingly with *_filter
# eg :
#     group_member_attr = groupMembership
#     superuser_filter = groupMembership=CN=airflow-super-users...
group_member_attr = memberOf
superuser_filter = memberOf=CN=airflow-super-users,OU=Groups,OU=RWC,OU=US,OU=NORAM,DC=example,DC=com
data_profiler_filter = memberOf=CN=airflow-data-profilers,OU=Groups,OU=RWC,OU=US,OU=NORAM,DC=example,DC=com
bind_user = cn=Manager,dc=example,dc=com
bind_password = insecure
basedn = dc=example,dc=com
cacert = /etc/ca/ldap_ca.crt
# Set search_scope to one of them:  BASE, LEVEL , SUBTREE
# Set search_scope to SUBTREE if using Active Directory, and not specifying an Organizational Unit
search_scope = LEVEL

The superuser_filter and data_profiler_filter are optional. If defined, these configurations allow you to specify LDAP groups that users must belong to in order to have superuser (admin) and data-profiler permissions. If undefined, all users will be superusers and data profilers.

Roll your own

Airflow uses flask_login and exposes a set of hooks in the airflow.default_login module. You can alter the content and make it part of the PYTHONPATH and configure it as a backend in airflow.cfg.

[webserver]
authenticate = True
auth_backend = mypackage.auth

Multi-tenancy

You can filter the list of dags in webserver by owner name when authentication is turned on by setting webserver:filter_by_owner in your config. With this, a user will see only the dags which it is owner of, unless it is a superuser.

[webserver]
filter_by_owner = True

Kerberos

Airflow has initial support for Kerberos. This means that airflow can renew kerberos tickets for itself and store it in the ticket cache. The hooks and dags can make use of ticket to authenticate against kerberized services.

Limitations

Please note that at this time, not all hooks have been adjusted to make use of this functionality. Also it does not integrate kerberos into the web interface and you will have to rely on network level security for now to make sure your service remains secure.

Celery integration has not been tried and tested yet. However, if you generate a key tab for every host and launch a ticket renewer next to every worker it will most likely work.

Enabling kerberos
Airflow

To enable kerberos you will need to generate a (service) key tab.

# in the kadmin.local or kadmin shell, create the airflow principal
kadmin:  addprinc -randkey airflow/fully.qualified.domain.name@YOUR-REALM.COM

# Create the airflow keytab file that will contain the airflow principal
kadmin:  xst -norandkey -k airflow.keytab airflow/fully.qualified.domain.name

Now store this file in a location where the airflow user can read it (chmod 600). And then add the following to your airflow.cfg

[core]
security = kerberos

[kerberos]
keytab = /etc/airflow/airflow.keytab
reinit_frequency = 3600
principal = airflow

Launch the ticket renewer by

# run ticket renewer
airflow kerberos
Hadoop

If want to use impersonation this needs to be enabled in core-site.xml of your hadoop config.

<property>
  <name>hadoop.proxyuser.airflow.groups</name>
  <value>*</value>
</property>

<property>
  <name>hadoop.proxyuser.airflow.users</name>
  <value>*</value>
</property>

<property>
  <name>hadoop.proxyuser.airflow.hosts</name>
  <value>*</value>
</property>

Of course if you need to tighten your security replace the asterisk with something more appropriate.

Using kerberos authentication

The hive hook has been updated to take advantage of kerberos authentication. To allow your DAGs to use it, simply update the connection details with, for example:

{ "use_beeline": true, "principal": "hive/_HOST@EXAMPLE.COM"}

Adjust the principal to your settings. The _HOST part will be replaced by the fully qualified domain name of the server.

You can specify if you would like to use the dag owner as the user for the connection or the user specified in the login section of the connection. For the login user, specify the following as extra:

{ "use_beeline": true, "principal": "hive/_HOST@EXAMPLE.COM", "proxy_user": "login"}

For the DAG owner use:

{ "use_beeline": true, "principal": "hive/_HOST@EXAMPLE.COM", "proxy_user": "owner"}

and in your DAG, when initializing the HiveOperator, specify:

run_as_owner=True

To use kerberos authentication, you must install Airflow with the kerberos extras group:

pip install apache-airflow[kerberos]

OAuth Authentication

GitHub Enterprise (GHE) Authentication

The GitHub Enterprise authentication backend can be used to authenticate users against an installation of GitHub Enterprise using OAuth2. You can optionally specify a team whitelist (composed of slug cased team names) to restrict login to only members of those teams.

[webserver]
authenticate = True
auth_backend = airflow.contrib.auth.backends.github_enterprise_auth

[github_enterprise]
host = github.example.com
client_id = oauth_key_from_github_enterprise
client_secret = oauth_secret_from_github_enterprise
oauth_callback_route = /example/ghe_oauth/callback
allowed_teams = 1, 345, 23

Note

If you do not specify a team whitelist, anyone with a valid account on your GHE installation will be able to login to Airflow.

To use GHE authentication, you must install Airflow with the github_enterprise extras group:

pip install apache-airflow[github_enterprise]
Setting up GHE Authentication

An application must be setup in GHE before you can use the GHE authentication backend. In order to setup an application:

  1. Navigate to your GHE profile
  2. Select ‘Applications’ from the left hand nav
  3. Select the ‘Developer Applications’ tab
  4. Click ‘Register new application’
  5. Fill in the required information (the ‘Authorization callback URL’ must be fully qualified e.g. http://airflow.example.com/example/ghe_oauth/callback)
  6. Click ‘Register application’
  7. Copy ‘Client ID’, ‘Client Secret’, and your callback route to your airflow.cfg according to the above example
Using GHE Authentication with github.com

It is possible to use GHE authentication with github.com:

  1. Create an Oauth App
  2. Copy ‘Client ID’, ‘Client Secret’ to your airflow.cfg according to the above example
  3. Set host = github.com and oauth_callback_route = /oauth/callback in airflow.cfg
Google Authentication

The Google authentication backend can be used to authenticate users against Google using OAuth2. You must specify the email domains to restrict login, separated with a comma, to only members of those domains.

[webserver]
authenticate = True
auth_backend = airflow.contrib.auth.backends.google_auth

[google]
client_id = google_client_id
client_secret = google_client_secret
oauth_callback_route = /oauth2callback
domain = example1.com,example2.com

To use Google authentication, you must install Airflow with the google_auth extras group:

pip install apache-airflow[google_auth]
Setting up Google Authentication

An application must be setup in the Google API Console before you can use the Google authentication backend. In order to setup an application:

  1. Navigate to https://console.developers.google.com/apis/
  2. Select ‘Credentials’ from the left hand nav
  3. Click ‘Create credentials’ and choose ‘OAuth client ID’
  4. Choose ‘Web application’
  5. Fill in the required information (the ‘Authorized redirect URIs’ must be fully qualified e.g. http://airflow.example.com/oauth2callback)
  6. Click ‘Create’
  7. Copy ‘Client ID’, ‘Client Secret’, and your redirect URI to your airflow.cfg according to the above example

SSL

SSL can be enabled by providing a certificate and key. Once enabled, be sure to use “https://” in your browser.

[webserver]
web_server_ssl_cert = <path to cert>
web_server_ssl_key = <path to key>

Enabling SSL will not automatically change the web server port. If you want to use the standard port 443, you’ll need to configure that too. Be aware that super user privileges (or cap_net_bind_service on Linux) are required to listen on port 443.

# Optionally, set the server to listen on the standard SSL port.
web_server_port = 443
base_url = http://<hostname or IP>:443

Enable CeleryExecutor with SSL. Ensure you properly generate client and server certs and keys.

[celery]
ssl_active = True
ssl_key = <path to key>
ssl_cert = <path to cert>
ssl_cacert = <path to cacert>

Impersonation

Airflow has the ability to impersonate a unix user while running task instances based on the task’s run_as_user parameter, which takes a user’s name.

NOTE: For impersonations to work, Airflow must be run with sudo as subtasks are run with sudo -u and permissions of files are changed. Furthermore, the unix user needs to exist on the worker. Here is what a simple sudoers file entry could look like to achieve this, assuming as airflow is running as the airflow user. Note that this means that the airflow user must be trusted and treated the same way as the root user.

airflow ALL=(ALL) NOPASSWD: ALL

Subtasks with impersonation will still log to the same folder, except that the files they log to will have permissions changed such that only the unix user can write to it.

Default Impersonation

To prevent tasks that don’t use impersonation to be run with sudo privileges, you can set the core:default_impersonation config which sets a default user impersonate if run_as_user is not set.

[core]
default_impersonation = airflow

Flower Authentication

Basic authentication for Celery Flower is supported.

You can specify the details either as an optional argument in the Flower process launching command, or as a configuration item in your airflow.cfg. For both cases, please provide user:password pairs separated by a comma.

airflow flower --basic_auth=user1:password1,user2:password2
[celery]
flower_basic_auth = user1:password1,user2:password2

Time zones

Support for time zones is enabled by default. Airflow stores datetime information in UTC internally and in the database. It allows you to run your DAGs with time zone dependent schedules. At the moment Airflow does not convert them to the end user’s time zone in the user interface. There it will always be displayed in UTC. Also templates used in Operators are not converted. Time zone information is exposed and it is up to the writer of DAG what do with it.

This is handy if your users live in more than one time zone and you want to display datetime information according to each user’s wall clock.

Even if you are running Airflow in only one time zone it is still good practice to store data in UTC in your database (also before Airflow became time zone aware this was also to recommended or even required setup). The main reason is Daylight Saving Time (DST). Many countries have a system of DST, where clocks are moved forward in spring and backward in autumn. If you’re working in local time, you’re likely to encounter errors twice a year, when the transitions happen. (The pendulum and pytz documentation discusses these issues in greater detail.) This probably doesn’t matter for a simple DAG, but it’s a problem if you are in, for example, financial services where you have end of day deadlines to meet.

The time zone is set in airflow.cfg. By default it is set to utc, but you change it to use the system’s settings or an arbitrary IANA time zone, e.g. Europe/Amsterdam. It is dependent on pendulum, which is more accurate than pytz. Pendulum is installed when you install Airflow.

Please note that the Web UI currently only runs in UTC.

Concepts

Naïve and aware datetime objects

Python’s datetime.datetime objects have a tzinfo attribute that can be used to store time zone information, represented as an instance of a subclass of datetime.tzinfo. When this attribute is set and describes an offset, a datetime object is aware. Otherwise, it’s naive.

You can use timezone.is_aware() and timezone.is_naive() to determine whether datetimes are aware or naive.

Because Airflow uses time-zone-aware datetime objects. If your code creates datetime objects they need to be aware too.

from airflow.utils import timezone

now = timezone.utcnow()
a_date = timezone.datetime(2017,1,1)
Interpretation of naive datetime objects

Although Airflow operates fully time zone aware, it still accepts naive date time objects for start_dates and end_dates in your DAG definitions. This is mostly in order to preserve backwards compatibility. In case a naive start_date or end_date is encountered the default time zone is applied. It is applied in such a way that it is assumed that the naive date time is already in the default time zone. In other words if you have a default time zone setting of Europe/Amsterdam and create a naive datetime start_date of datetime(2017,1,1) it is assumed to be a start_date of Jan 1, 2017 Amsterdam time.

default_args=dict(
    start_date=datetime(2016, 1, 1),
    owner='Airflow'
)

dag = DAG('my_dag', default_args=default_args)
op = DummyOperator(task_id='dummy', dag=dag)
print(op.owner) # Airflow

Unfortunately, during DST transitions, some datetimes don’t exist or are ambiguous. In such situations, pendulum raises an exception. That’s why you should always create aware datetime objects when time zone support is enabled.

In practice, this is rarely an issue. Airflow gives you aware datetime objects in the models and DAGs, and most often, new datetime objects are created from existing ones through timedelta arithmetic. The only datetime that’s often created in application code is the current time, and timezone.utcnow() automatically does the right thing.

Default time zone

The default time zone is the time zone defined by the default_timezone setting under [core]. If you just installed Airflow it will be set to utc, which is recommended. You can also set it to system or an IANA time zone (e.g.`Europe/Amsterdam`). DAGs are also evaluated on Airflow workers, it is therefore important to make sure this setting is equal on all Airflow nodes.

[core]
default_timezone = utc

Time zone aware DAGs

Creating a time zone aware DAG is quite simple. Just make sure to supply a time zone aware start_date. It is recommended to use pendulum for this, but pytz (to be installed manually) can also be used for this.

import pendulum

local_tz = pendulum.timezone("Europe/Amsterdam")

default_args=dict(
    start_date=datetime(2016, 1, 1, tzinfo=local_tz),
    owner='Airflow'
)

dag = DAG('my_tz_dag', default_args=default_args)
op = DummyOperator(task_id='dummy', dag=dag)
print(dag.timezone) # <Timezone [Europe/Amsterdam]>

Please note that while it is possible to set a start_date and end_date for Tasks always the DAG timezone or global timezone (in that order) will be used to calculate the next execution date. Upon first encounter the start date or end date will be converted to UTC using the timezone associated with start_date or end_date, then for calculations this timezone information will be disregarded.

Templates

Airflow returns time zone aware datetimes in templates, but does not convert them to local time so they remain in UTC. It is left up to the DAG to handle this.

import pendulum

local_tz = pendulum.timezone("Europe/Amsterdam")
local_tz.convert(execution_date)
Cron schedules

In case you set a cron schedule, Airflow assumes you will always want to run at the exact same time. It will then ignore day light savings time. Thus, if you have a schedule that says run at the end of interval every day at 08:00 GMT+1 it will always run at the end of interval 08:00 GMT+1, regardless if day light savings time is in place.

Time deltas

For schedules with time deltas Airflow assumes you always will want to run with the specified interval. So if you specify a timedelta(hours=2) you will always want to run two hours later. In this case day light savings time will be taken into account.

Experimental Rest API

Airflow exposes an experimental Rest API. It is available through the webserver. Endpoints are available at /api/experimental/. Please note that we expect the endpoint definitions to change.

Endpoints

POST /api/experimental/dags/<DAG_ID>/dag_runs

Creates a dag_run for a given dag id.

Trigger DAG with config, example:

curl -X POST \
  http://localhost:8080/api/experimental/dags/<DAG_ID>/dag_runs \
  -H 'Cache-Control: no-cache' \
  -H 'Content-Type: application/json' \
  -d '{"conf":"{\"key\":\"value\"}"}'
GET /api/experimental/dags/<DAG_ID>/dag_runs

Returns a list of Dag Runs for a specific DAG ID.

GET /api/experimental/dags/<string:dag_id>/dag_runs/<string:execution_date>

Returns a JSON with a dag_run’s public instance variables. The format for the <string:execution_date> is expected to be “YYYY-mm-DDTHH:MM:SS”, for example: “2016-11-16T11:34:15”.

GET /api/experimental/test

To check REST API server correct work. Return status ‘OK’.

GET /api/experimental/dags/<DAG_ID>/tasks/<TASK_ID>

Returns info for a task.

GET /api/experimental/dags/<DAG_ID>/dag_runs/<string:execution_date>/tasks/<TASK_ID>

Returns a JSON with a task instance’s public instance variables. The format for the <string:execution_date> is expected to be “YYYY-mm-DDTHH:MM:SS”, for example: “2016-11-16T11:34:15”.

GET /api/experimental/dags/<DAG_ID>/paused/<string:paused>

‘<string:paused>’ must be a ‘true’ to pause a DAG and ‘false’ to unpause.

GET /api/experimental/latest_runs

Returns the latest DagRun for each DAG formatted for the UI.

GET /api/experimental/pools

Get all pools.

GET /api/experimental/pools/<string:name>

Get pool by a given name.

POST /api/experimental/pools

Create a pool.

DELETE /api/experimental/pools/<string:name>

Delete pool.

CLI

For some functions the cli can use the API. To configure the CLI to use the API when available configure as follows:

[cli]
api_client = airflow.api.client.json_client
endpoint_url = http://<WEBSERVER>:<PORT>

Authentication

Authentication for the API is handled separately to the Web Authentication. The default is to not require any authentication on the API – i.e. wide open by default. This is not recommended if your Airflow webserver is publicly accessible, and you should probably use the deny all backend:

[api]
auth_backend = airflow.api.auth.backend.deny_all

Two “real” methods for authentication are currently supported for the API.

To enabled Password authentication, set the following in the configuration:

[api]
auth_backend = airflow.contrib.auth.backends.password_auth

It’s usage is similar to the Password Authentication used for the Web interface.

To enable Kerberos authentication, set the following in the configuration:

[api]
auth_backend = airflow.api.auth.backend.kerberos_auth

[kerberos]
keytab = <KEYTAB>

The Kerberos service is configured as airflow/fully.qualified.domainname@REALM. Make sure this principal exists in the keytab file.

Integration

Reverse Proxy

Airflow can be set up behind a reverse proxy, with the ability to set its endpoint with great flexibility.

For example, you can configure your reverse proxy to get:

https://lab.mycompany.com/myorg/airflow/

To do so, you need to set the following setting in your airflow.cfg:

base_url = http://my_host/myorg/airflow

Additionally if you use Celery Executor, you can get Flower in /myorg/flower with:

flower_url_prefix = /myorg/flower

Your reverse proxy (ex: nginx) should be configured as follow:

  • pass the url and http header as it for the Airflow webserver, without any rewrite, for example:

    server {
      listen 80;
      server_name lab.mycompany.com;
    
      location /myorg/airflow/ {
          proxy_pass http://localhost:8080;
          proxy_set_header Host $host;
          proxy_redirect off;
          proxy_http_version 1.1;
          proxy_set_header Upgrade $http_upgrade;
          proxy_set_header Connection "upgrade";
      }
    }
    
  • rewrite the url for the flower endpoint:

    server {
        listen 80;
        server_name lab.mycompany.com;
    
        location /myorg/flower/ {
            rewrite ^/myorg/flower/(.*)$ /$1 break;  # remove prefix from http header
            proxy_pass http://localhost:5555;
            proxy_set_header Host $host;
            proxy_redirect off;
            proxy_http_version 1.1;
            proxy_set_header Upgrade $http_upgrade;
            proxy_set_header Connection "upgrade";
        }
    }
    

To ensure that Airflow generates URLs with the correct scheme when running behind a TLS-terminating proxy, you should configure the proxy to set the X-Forwarded-Proto header, and enable the ProxyFix middleware in your airflow.cfg:

enable_proxy_fix = True

Note: you should only enable the ProxyFix middleware when running Airflow behind a trusted proxy (AWS ELB, nginx, etc.).

Azure: Microsoft Azure

Airflow has limited support for Microsoft Azure: interfaces exist only for Azure Blob Storage and Azure Data Lake. Hook, Sensor and Operator for Blob Storage and Azure Data Lake Hook are in contrib section.

Azure Blob Storage

All classes communicate via the Window Azure Storage Blob protocol. Make sure that a Airflow connection of type wasb exists. Authorization can be done by supplying a login (=Storage account name) and password (=KEY), or login and SAS token in the extra field (see connection wasb_default for an example).

WasbBlobSensor
WasbPrefixSensor
FileToWasbOperator
WasbHook
Azure File Share

Cloud variant of a SMB file share. Make sure that a Airflow connection of type wasb exists. Authorization can be done by supplying a login (=Storage account name) and password (=Storage account key), or login and SAS token in the extra field (see connection wasb_default for an example).

AzureFileShareHook
Logging

Airflow can be configured to read and write task logs in Azure Blob Storage. See Writing Logs to Azure Blob Storage.

Azure CosmosDB

AzureCosmosDBHook communicates via the Azure Cosmos library. Make sure that a Airflow connection of type azure_cosmos exists. Authorization can be done by supplying a login (=Endpoint uri), password (=secret key) and extra fields database_name and collection_name to specify the default database and collection to use (see connection azure_cosmos_default for an example).

  • AzureCosmosDBHook: Interface with Azure CosmosDB.
  • AzureCosmosInsertDocumentOperator: Simple operator to insert document into CosmosDB.
  • AzureCosmosDocumentSensor: Simple sensor to detect document existence in CosmosDB.
AzureCosmosDBHook
AzureCosmosInsertDocumentOperator
AzureCosmosDocumentSensor
Azure Data Lake

AzureDataLakeHook communicates via a REST API compatible with WebHDFS. Make sure that a Airflow connection of type azure_data_lake exists. Authorization can be done by supplying a login (=Client ID), password (=Client Secret) and extra fields tenant (Tenant) and account_name (Account Name)

(see connection azure_data_lake_default for an example).
AzureDataLakeHook
AzureDataLakeStorageListOperator
AdlsToGoogleCloudStorageOperator
Azure Container Instances

Azure Container Instances provides a method to run a docker container without having to worry about managing infrastructure. The AzureContainerInstanceHook requires a service principal. The credentials for this principal can either be defined in the extra field key_path, as an environment variable named AZURE_AUTH_LOCATION, or by providing a login/password and tenantId in extras.

The AzureContainerRegistryHook requires a host/login/password to be defined in the connection.

AzureContainerInstancesOperator
AzureContainerInstanceHook
AzureContainerRegistryHook
AzureContainerVolumeHook

AWS: Amazon Web Services

Airflow has extensive support for Amazon Web Services. But note that the Hooks, Sensors and Operators are in the contrib section.

AWS EMR
EmrAddStepsOperator
class airflow.contrib.operators.emr_add_steps_operator.EmrAddStepsOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

An operator that adds steps to an existing EMR job_flow.

Parameters:
  • job_flow_id (str) – id of the JobFlow to add steps to. (templated)
  • aws_conn_id (str) – aws connection to uses
  • steps (list) – boto3 style steps to be added to the jobflow. (templated)
EmrCreateJobFlowOperator
class airflow.contrib.operators.emr_create_job_flow_operator.EmrCreateJobFlowOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Creates an EMR JobFlow, reading the config from the EMR connection. A dictionary of JobFlow overrides can be passed that override the config from the connection.

Parameters:
  • aws_conn_id (str) – aws connection to uses
  • emr_conn_id (str) – emr connection to use
  • job_flow_overrides (dict) – boto3 style arguments to override emr_connection extra. (templated)
EmrTerminateJobFlowOperator
class airflow.contrib.operators.emr_terminate_job_flow_operator.EmrTerminateJobFlowOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Operator to terminate EMR JobFlows.

Parameters:
  • job_flow_id (str) – id of the JobFlow to terminate. (templated)
  • aws_conn_id (str) – aws connection to uses
EmrHook
class airflow.contrib.hooks.emr_hook.EmrHook(emr_conn_id=None, region_name=None, *args, **kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.contrib.hooks.aws_hook.AwsHook

Interact with AWS EMR. emr_conn_id is only necessary for using the create_job_flow method.

create_job_flow(job_flow_overrides)[source]

Creates a job flow using the config from the EMR connection. Keys of the json extra hash may have the arguments of the boto3 run_job_flow method. Overrides for this config may be passed as the job_flow_overrides.

AWS S3
S3Hook
class airflow.hooks.S3_hook.S3Hook(aws_conn_id='aws_default', verify=None)[source]

Bases: airflow.contrib.hooks.aws_hook.AwsHook

Interact with AWS S3, using the boto3 library.

check_for_bucket(bucket_name)[source]

Check if bucket_name exists.

Parameters:bucket_name (str) – the name of the bucket
check_for_key(key, bucket_name=None)[source]

Checks if a key exists in a bucket

Parameters:
  • key (str) – S3 key that will point to the file
  • bucket_name (str) – Name of the bucket in which the file is stored
check_for_prefix(bucket_name, prefix, delimiter)[source]

Checks that a prefix exists in a bucket

Parameters:
  • bucket_name (str) – the name of the bucket
  • prefix (str) – a key prefix
  • delimiter (str) – the delimiter marks key hierarchy.
check_for_wildcard_key(wildcard_key, bucket_name=None, delimiter='')[source]

Checks that a key matching a wildcard expression exists in a bucket

Parameters:
  • wildcard_key (str) – the path to the key
  • bucket_name (str) – the name of the bucket
  • delimiter (str) – the delimiter marks key hierarchy
copy_object(source_bucket_key, dest_bucket_key, source_bucket_name=None, dest_bucket_name=None, source_version_id=None)[source]

Creates a copy of an object that is already stored in S3.

Note: the S3 connection used here needs to have access to both source and destination bucket/key.

Parameters:
  • source_bucket_key (str) –

    The key of the source object.

    It can be either full s3:// style url or relative path from root level.

    When it’s specified as a full s3:// url, please omit source_bucket_name.

  • dest_bucket_key (str) –

    The key of the object to copy to.

    The convention to specify dest_bucket_key is the same as source_bucket_key.

  • source_bucket_name (str) –

    Name of the S3 bucket where the source object is in.

    It should be omitted when source_bucket_key is provided as a full s3:// url.

  • dest_bucket_name (str) –

    Name of the S3 bucket to where the object is copied.

    It should be omitted when dest_bucket_key is provided as a full s3:// url.

  • source_version_id (str) – Version ID of the source object (OPTIONAL)
create_bucket(bucket_name, region_name=None)[source]

Creates an Amazon S3 bucket.

Parameters:
  • bucket_name (str) – The name of the bucket
  • region_name (str) – The name of the aws region in which to create the bucket.
delete_objects(bucket, keys)[source]
Parameters:
  • bucket (str) – Name of the bucket in which you are going to delete object(s)
  • keys (str or list) –

    The key(s) to delete from S3 bucket.

    When keys is a string, it’s supposed to be the key name of the single object to delete.

    When keys is a list, it’s supposed to be the list of the keys to delete.

get_bucket(bucket_name)[source]

Returns a boto3.S3.Bucket object

Parameters:bucket_name (str) – the name of the bucket
get_key(key, bucket_name=None)[source]

Returns a boto3.s3.Object

Parameters:
  • key (str) – the path to the key
  • bucket_name (str) – the name of the bucket
get_wildcard_key(wildcard_key, bucket_name=None, delimiter='')[source]

Returns a boto3.s3.Object object matching the wildcard expression

Parameters:
  • wildcard_key (str) – the path to the key
  • bucket_name (str) – the name of the bucket
  • delimiter (str) – the delimiter marks key hierarchy
list_keys(bucket_name, prefix='', delimiter='', page_size=None, max_items=None)[source]

Lists keys in a bucket under prefix and not containing delimiter

Parameters:
  • bucket_name (str) – the name of the bucket
  • prefix (str) – a key prefix
  • delimiter (str) – the delimiter marks key hierarchy.
  • page_size (int) – pagination size
  • max_items (int) – maximum items to return
list_prefixes(bucket_name, prefix='', delimiter='', page_size=None, max_items=None)[source]

Lists prefixes in a bucket under prefix

Parameters:
  • bucket_name (str) – the name of the bucket
  • prefix (str) – a key prefix
  • delimiter (str) – the delimiter marks key hierarchy.
  • page_size (int) – pagination size
  • max_items (int) – maximum items to return
load_bytes(bytes_data, key, bucket_name=None, replace=False, encrypt=False)[source]

Loads bytes to S3

This is provided as a convenience to drop a string in S3. It uses the boto infrastructure to ship a file to s3.

Parameters:
  • bytes_data (bytes) – bytes to set as content for the key.
  • key (str) – S3 key that will point to the file
  • bucket_name (str) – Name of the bucket in which to store the file
  • replace (bool) – A flag to decide whether or not to overwrite the key if it already exists
  • encrypt (bool) – If True, the file will be encrypted on the server-side by S3 and will be stored in an encrypted form while at rest in S3.
load_file(filename, key, bucket_name=None, replace=False, encrypt=False)[source]

Loads a local file to S3

Parameters:
  • filename (str) – name of the file to load.
  • key (str) – S3 key that will point to the file
  • bucket_name (str) – Name of the bucket in which to store the file
  • replace (bool) – A flag to decide whether or not to overwrite the key if it already exists. If replace is False and the key exists, an error will be raised.
  • encrypt (bool) – If True, the file will be encrypted on the server-side by S3 and will be stored in an encrypted form while at rest in S3.
load_file_obj(file_obj, key, bucket_name=None, replace=False, encrypt=False)[source]

Loads a file object to S3

Parameters:
  • file_obj (file-like object) – The file-like object to set as the content for the S3 key.
  • key (str) – S3 key that will point to the file
  • bucket_name (str) – Name of the bucket in which to store the file
  • replace (bool) – A flag that indicates whether to overwrite the key if it already exists.
  • encrypt (bool) – If True, S3 encrypts the file on the server, and the file is stored in encrypted form at rest in S3.
load_string(string_data, key, bucket_name=None, replace=False, encrypt=False, encoding='utf-8')[source]

Loads a string to S3

This is provided as a convenience to drop a string in S3. It uses the boto infrastructure to ship a file to s3.

Parameters:
  • string_data (str) – str to set as content for the key.
  • key (str) – S3 key that will point to the file
  • bucket_name (str) – Name of the bucket in which to store the file
  • replace (bool) – A flag to decide whether or not to overwrite the key if it already exists
  • encrypt (bool) – If True, the file will be encrypted on the server-side by S3 and will be stored in an encrypted form while at rest in S3.
read_key(key, bucket_name=None)[source]

Reads a key from S3

Parameters:
  • key (str) – S3 key that will point to the file
  • bucket_name (str) – Name of the bucket in which the file is stored
select_key(key, bucket_name=None, expression='SELECT * FROM S3Object', expression_type='SQL', input_serialization=None, output_serialization=None)[source]

Reads a key with S3 Select.

Parameters:
  • key (str) – S3 key that will point to the file
  • bucket_name (str) – Name of the bucket in which the file is stored
  • expression (str) – S3 Select expression
  • expression_type (str) – S3 Select expression type
  • input_serialization (dict) – S3 Select input data serialization format
  • output_serialization (dict) – S3 Select output data serialization format
Returns:

retrieved subset of original data by S3 Select

Return type:

str

S3FileTransformOperator
class airflow.operators.s3_file_transform_operator.S3FileTransformOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Copies data from a source S3 location to a temporary location on the local filesystem. Runs a transformation on this file as specified by the transformation script and uploads the output to a destination S3 location.

The locations of the source and the destination files in the local filesystem is provided as an first and second arguments to the transformation script. The transformation script is expected to read the data from source, transform it and write the output to the local destination file. The operator then takes over control and uploads the local destination file to S3.

S3 Select is also available to filter the source contents. Users can omit the transformation script if S3 Select expression is specified.

Parameters:
  • source_s3_key (str) – The key to be retrieved from S3. (templated)
  • source_aws_conn_id (str) – source s3 connection
  • source_verify (bool or str) –

    Whether or not to verify SSL certificates for S3 connetion. By default SSL certificates are verified. You can provide the following values:

    • False: do not validate SSL certificates. SSL will still be used
      (unless use_ssl is False), but SSL certificates will not be verified.
    • path/to/cert/bundle.pem: A filename of the CA cert bundle to uses.
      You can specify this argument if you want to use a different CA cert bundle than the one used by botocore.

    This is also applicable to dest_verify.

  • dest_s3_key (str) – The key to be written from S3. (templated)
  • dest_aws_conn_id (str) – destination s3 connection
  • replace (bool) – Replace dest S3 key if it already exists
  • transform_script (str) – location of the executable transformation script
  • select_expression (str) – S3 Select expression
S3ListOperator
class airflow.contrib.operators.s3_list_operator.S3ListOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

List all objects from the bucket with the given string prefix in name.

This operator returns a python list with the name of objects which can be used by xcom in the downstream task.

Parameters:
  • bucket (str) – The S3 bucket where to find the objects. (templated)
  • prefix (str) – Prefix string to filters the objects whose name begin with such prefix. (templated)
  • delimiter (str) – the delimiter marks key hierarchy. (templated)
  • aws_conn_id (str) – The connection ID to use when connecting to S3 storage.
  • verify (bool or str) –

    Whether or not to verify SSL certificates for S3 connection. By default SSL certificates are verified. You can provide the following values:

    • False: do not validate SSL certificates. SSL will still be used
      (unless use_ssl is False), but SSL certificates will not be verified.
    • path/to/cert/bundle.pem: A filename of the CA cert bundle to uses.
      You can specify this argument if you want to use a different CA cert bundle than the one used by botocore.
Example:

The following operator would list all the files (excluding subfolders) from the S3 customers/2018/04/ key in the data bucket.

s3_file = S3ListOperator(
    task_id='list_3s_files',
    bucket='data',
    prefix='customers/2018/04/',
    delimiter='/',
    aws_conn_id='aws_customers_conn'
)
S3ToGoogleCloudStorageOperator
class airflow.contrib.operators.s3_to_gcs_operator.S3ToGoogleCloudStorageOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.contrib.operators.s3_list_operator.S3ListOperator

Synchronizes an S3 key, possibly a prefix, with a Google Cloud Storage destination path.

Parameters:
  • bucket (str) – The S3 bucket where to find the objects. (templated)
  • prefix (str) – Prefix string which filters objects whose name begin with such prefix. (templated)
  • delimiter (str) – the delimiter marks key hierarchy. (templated)
  • aws_conn_id (str) – The source S3 connection
  • verify (bool or str) –

    Whether or not to verify SSL certificates for S3 connection. By default SSL certificates are verified. You can provide the following values:

    • False: do not validate SSL certificates. SSL will still be used
      (unless use_ssl is False), but SSL certificates will not be verified.
    • path/to/cert/bundle.pem: A filename of the CA cert bundle to uses.
      You can specify this argument if you want to use a different CA cert bundle than the one used by botocore.
  • dest_gcs_conn_id (str) – The destination connection ID to use when connecting to Google Cloud Storage.
  • dest_gcs (str) – The destination Google Cloud Storage bucket and prefix where you want to store the files. (templated)
  • delegate_to (str) – The account to impersonate, if any. For this to work, the service account making the request must have domain-wide delegation enabled.
  • replace (bool) – Whether you want to replace existing destination files or not.

Example:

s3_to_gcs_op = S3ToGoogleCloudStorageOperator(
     task_id='s3_to_gcs_example',
     bucket='my-s3-bucket',
     prefix='data/customers-201804',
     dest_gcs_conn_id='google_cloud_default',
     dest_gcs='gs://my.gcs.bucket/some/customers/',
     replace=False,
     dag=my-dag)

Note that bucket, prefix, delimiter and dest_gcs are templated, so you can use variables in them if you wish.

S3ToGoogleCloudStorageTransferOperator
S3ToHiveTransfer
class airflow.operators.s3_to_hive_operator.S3ToHiveTransfer(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Moves data from S3 to Hive. The operator downloads a file from S3, stores the file locally before loading it into a Hive table. If the create or recreate arguments are set to True, a CREATE TABLE and DROP TABLE statements are generated. Hive data types are inferred from the cursor’s metadata from.

Note that the table generated in Hive uses STORED AS textfile which isn’t the most efficient serialization format. If a large amount of data is loaded and/or if the tables gets queried considerably, you may want to use this operator only to stage the data into a temporary table before loading it into its final destination using a HiveOperator.

Parameters:
  • s3_key (str) – The key to be retrieved from S3. (templated)
  • field_dict (dict) – A dictionary of the fields name in the file as keys and their Hive types as values
  • hive_table (str) – target Hive table, use dot notation to target a specific database. (templated)
  • create (bool) – whether to create the table if it doesn’t exist
  • recreate (bool) – whether to drop and recreate the table at every execution
  • partition (dict) – target partition as a dict of partition columns and values. (templated)
  • headers (bool) – whether the file contains column names on the first line
  • check_headers (bool) – whether the column names on the first line should be checked against the keys of field_dict
  • wildcard_match (bool) – whether the s3_key should be interpreted as a Unix wildcard pattern
  • delimiter (str) – field delimiter in the file
  • aws_conn_id (str) – source s3 connection
  • verify (bool or str) –

    Whether or not to verify SSL certificates for S3 connection. By default SSL certificates are verified. You can provide the following values:

    • False: do not validate SSL certificates. SSL will still be used
      (unless use_ssl is False), but SSL certificates will not be verified.
    • path/to/cert/bundle.pem: A filename of the CA cert bundle to uses.
      You can specify this argument if you want to use a different CA cert bundle than the one used by botocore.
  • hive_cli_conn_id (str) – destination hive connection
  • input_compressed (bool) – Boolean to determine if file decompression is required to process headers
  • tblproperties (dict) – TBLPROPERTIES of the hive table being created
  • select_expression (str) – S3 Select expression
AWS EC2 Container Service
  • ECSOperator : Execute a task on AWS EC2 Container Service.
ECSOperator
class airflow.contrib.operators.ecs_operator.ECSOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Execute a task on AWS EC2 Container Service

Parameters:
  • task_definition (str) – the task definition name on EC2 Container Service
  • cluster (str) – the cluster name on EC2 Container Service
  • overrides (dict) – the same parameter that boto3 will receive (templated): http://boto3.readthedocs.org/en/latest/reference/services/ecs.html#ECS.Client.run_task
  • aws_conn_id (str) – connection id of AWS credentials / region name. If None, credential boto3 strategy will be used (http://boto3.readthedocs.io/en/latest/guide/configuration.html).
  • region_name (str) – region name to use in AWS Hook. Override the region_name in connection (if provided)
  • launch_type (str) – the launch type on which to run your task (‘EC2’ or ‘FARGATE’)
  • group (str) – the name of the task group associated with the task
  • placement_constraints (list) – an array of placement constraint objects to use for the task
  • platform_version (str) – the platform version on which your task is running
  • network_configuration (dict) – the network configuration for the task
AWS Batch Service
AWSBatchOperator
class airflow.contrib.operators.awsbatch_operator.AWSBatchOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Execute a job on AWS Batch Service

Parameters:
  • job_name (str) – the name for the job that will run on AWS Batch (templated)
  • job_definition (str) – the job definition name on AWS Batch
  • job_queue (str) – the queue name on AWS Batch
  • overrides (dict) – the same parameter that boto3 will receive on containerOverrides (templated): http://boto3.readthedocs.io/en/latest/reference/services/batch.html#submit_job
  • max_retries (int) – exponential backoff retries while waiter is not merged, 4200 = 48 hours
  • aws_conn_id (str) – connection id of AWS credentials / region name. If None, credential boto3 strategy will be used (http://boto3.readthedocs.io/en/latest/guide/configuration.html).
  • region_name (str) – region name to use in AWS Hook. Override the region_name in connection (if provided)
AWS RedShift
AwsRedshiftClusterSensor
class airflow.contrib.sensors.aws_redshift_cluster_sensor.AwsRedshiftClusterSensor(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.sensors.base_sensor_operator.BaseSensorOperator

Waits for a Redshift cluster to reach a specific status.

Parameters:
  • cluster_identifier (str) – The identifier for the cluster being pinged.
  • target_status (str) – The cluster status desired.
poke(context)[source]

Function that the sensors defined while deriving this class should override.

RedshiftHook
class airflow.contrib.hooks.redshift_hook.RedshiftHook(aws_conn_id='aws_default', verify=None)[source]

Bases: airflow.contrib.hooks.aws_hook.AwsHook

Interact with AWS Redshift, using the boto3 library

cluster_status(cluster_identifier)[source]

Return status of a cluster

Parameters:cluster_identifier (str) – unique identifier of a cluster
create_cluster_snapshot(snapshot_identifier, cluster_identifier)[source]

Creates a snapshot of a cluster

Parameters:
  • snapshot_identifier (str) – unique identifier for a snapshot of a cluster
  • cluster_identifier (str) – unique identifier of a cluster
delete_cluster(cluster_identifier, skip_final_cluster_snapshot=True, final_cluster_snapshot_identifier='')[source]

Delete a cluster and optionally create a snapshot

Parameters:
  • cluster_identifier (str) – unique identifier of a cluster
  • skip_final_cluster_snapshot (bool) – determines cluster snapshot creation
  • final_cluster_snapshot_identifier (str) – name of final cluster snapshot
describe_cluster_snapshots(cluster_identifier)[source]

Gets a list of snapshots for a cluster

Parameters:cluster_identifier (str) – unique identifier of a cluster
restore_from_cluster_snapshot(cluster_identifier, snapshot_identifier)[source]

Restores a cluster from its snapshot

Parameters:
  • cluster_identifier (str) – unique identifier of a cluster
  • snapshot_identifier (str) – unique identifier for a snapshot of a cluster
RedshiftToS3Transfer
class airflow.operators.redshift_to_s3_operator.RedshiftToS3Transfer(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Executes an UNLOAD command to s3 as a CSV with headers

Parameters:
  • schema (str) – reference to a specific schema in redshift database
  • table (str) – reference to a specific table in redshift database
  • s3_bucket (str) – reference to a specific S3 bucket
  • s3_key (str) – reference to a specific S3 key
  • redshift_conn_id (str) – reference to a specific redshift database
  • aws_conn_id (str) – reference to a specific S3 connection
  • verify (bool or str) –

    Whether or not to verify SSL certificates for S3 connection. By default SSL certificates are verified. You can provide the following values:

    • False: do not validate SSL certificates. SSL will still be used
      (unless use_ssl is False), but SSL certificates will not be verified.
    • path/to/cert/bundle.pem: A filename of the CA cert bundle to uses.
      You can specify this argument if you want to use a different CA cert bundle than the one used by botocore.
  • unload_options (list) – reference to a list of UNLOAD options
S3ToRedshiftTransfer
class airflow.operators.s3_to_redshift_operator.S3ToRedshiftTransfer(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Executes an COPY command to load files from s3 to Redshift

Parameters:
  • schema (str) – reference to a specific schema in redshift database
  • table (str) – reference to a specific table in redshift database
  • s3_bucket (str) – reference to a specific S3 bucket
  • s3_key (str) – reference to a specific S3 key
  • redshift_conn_id (str) – reference to a specific redshift database
  • aws_conn_id (str) – reference to a specific S3 connection
  • verify (bool or str) –

    Whether or not to verify SSL certificates for S3 connection. By default SSL certificates are verified. You can provide the following values:

    • False: do not validate SSL certificates. SSL will still be used
      (unless use_ssl is False), but SSL certificates will not be verified.
    • path/to/cert/bundle.pem: A filename of the CA cert bundle to uses.
      You can specify this argument if you want to use a different CA cert bundle than the one used by botocore.
  • copy_options (list) – reference to a list of COPY options
AWS DynamoDB
HiveToDynamoDBTransferOperator
class airflow.contrib.operators.hive_to_dynamodb.HiveToDynamoDBTransferOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Moves data from Hive to DynamoDB, note that for now the data is loaded into memory before being pushed to DynamoDB, so this operator should be used for smallish amount of data.

Parameters:
  • sql (str) – SQL query to execute against the hive database. (templated)
  • table_name (str) – target DynamoDB table
  • table_keys (list) – partition key and sort key
  • pre_process (function) – implement pre-processing of source data
  • pre_process_args (list) – list of pre_process function arguments
  • pre_process_kwargs (dict) – dict of pre_process function arguments
  • region_name (str) – aws region name (example: us-east-1)
  • schema (str) – hive database schema
  • hiveserver2_conn_id (str) – source hive connection
  • aws_conn_id (str) – aws connection
AwsDynamoDBHook
class airflow.contrib.hooks.aws_dynamodb_hook.AwsDynamoDBHook(table_keys=None, table_name=None, region_name=None, *args, **kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.contrib.hooks.aws_hook.AwsHook

Interact with AWS DynamoDB.

Parameters:
  • table_keys (list) – partition key and sort key
  • table_name (str) – target DynamoDB table
  • region_name (str) – aws region name (example: us-east-1)
write_batch_data(items)[source]

Write batch items to dynamodb table with provisioned throughout capacity.

AWS Lambda
AwsLambdaHook
class airflow.contrib.hooks.aws_lambda_hook.AwsLambdaHook(function_name, region_name=None, log_type='None', qualifier='$LATEST', invocation_type='RequestResponse', *args, **kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.contrib.hooks.aws_hook.AwsHook

Interact with AWS Lambda

Parameters:
  • function_name (str) – AWS Lambda Function Name
  • region_name (str) – AWS Region Name (example: us-west-2)
  • log_type (str) – Tail Invocation Request
  • qualifier (str) – AWS Lambda Function Version or Alias Name
  • invocation_type (str) – AWS Lambda Invocation Type (RequestResponse, Event etc)
invoke_lambda(payload)[source]

Invoke Lambda Function

AWS Kinesis
AwsFirehoseHook
class airflow.contrib.hooks.aws_firehose_hook.AwsFirehoseHook(delivery_stream, region_name=None, *args, **kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.contrib.hooks.aws_hook.AwsHook

Interact with AWS Kinesis Firehose. :param delivery_stream: Name of the delivery stream :type delivery_stream: str :param region_name: AWS region name (example: us-east-1) :type region_name: str

get_conn()[source]

Returns AwsHook connection object.

put_records(records)[source]

Write batch records to Kinesis Firehose

Amazon SageMaker

For more instructions on using Amazon SageMaker in Airflow, please see the SageMaker Python SDK README.

SageMakerHook
class airflow.contrib.hooks.sagemaker_hook.SageMakerHook(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.contrib.hooks.aws_hook.AwsHook

Interact with Amazon SageMaker.

check_s3_url(s3url)[source]

Check if an S3 URL exists

Parameters:s3url (str) – S3 url
Return type:bool
check_status(job_name, key, describe_function, check_interval, max_ingestion_time, non_terminal_states=None)[source]

Check status of a SageMaker job

Parameters:
  • job_name (str) – name of the job to check status
  • key (str) – the key of the response dict that points to the state
  • describe_function (python callable) – the function used to retrieve the status
  • args – the arguments for the function
  • check_interval (int) – the time interval in seconds which the operator will check the status of any SageMaker job
  • max_ingestion_time (int) – the maximum ingestion time in seconds. Any SageMaker jobs that run longer than this will fail. Setting this to None implies no timeout for any SageMaker job.
  • non_terminal_states (set) – the set of nonterminal states
Returns:

response of describe call after job is done

check_training_config(training_config)[source]

Check if a training configuration is valid

Parameters:training_config (dict) – training_config
Returns:None
check_training_status_with_log(job_name, non_terminal_states, failed_states, wait_for_completion, check_interval, max_ingestion_time)[source]

Display the logs for a given training job, optionally tailing them until the job is complete.

Parameters:
  • job_name (str) – name of the training job to check status and display logs for
  • non_terminal_states (set) – the set of non_terminal states
  • failed_states (set) – the set of failed states
  • wait_for_completion (bool) – Whether to keep looking for new log entries until the job completes
  • check_interval (int) – The interval in seconds between polling for new log entries and job completion
  • max_ingestion_time (int) – the maximum ingestion time in seconds. Any SageMaker jobs that run longer than this will fail. Setting this to None implies no timeout for any SageMaker job.
Returns:

None

check_tuning_config(tuning_config)[source]

Check if a tuning configuration is valid

Parameters:tuning_config (dict) – tuning_config
Returns:None
configure_s3_resources(config)[source]

Extract the S3 operations from the configuration and execute them.

Parameters:config (dict) – config of SageMaker operation
Return type:dict
create_endpoint(config, wait_for_completion=True, check_interval=30, max_ingestion_time=None)[source]

Create an endpoint

Parameters:
  • config (dict) – the config for endpoint
  • wait_for_completion (bool) – if the program should keep running until job finishes
  • check_interval (int) – the time interval in seconds which the operator will check the status of any SageMaker job
  • max_ingestion_time (int) – the maximum ingestion time in seconds. Any SageMaker jobs that run longer than this will fail. Setting this to None implies no timeout for any SageMaker job.
Returns:

A response to endpoint creation

create_endpoint_config(config)[source]

Create an endpoint config

Parameters:config (dict) – the config for endpoint-config
Returns:A response to endpoint config creation
create_model(config)[source]

Create a model job

Parameters:config (dict) – the config for model
Returns:A response to model creation
create_training_job(config, wait_for_completion=True, print_log=True, check_interval=30, max_ingestion_time=None)[source]

Create a training job

Parameters:
  • config (dict) – the config for training
  • wait_for_completion (bool) – if the program should keep running until job finishes
  • check_interval (int) – the time interval in seconds which the operator will check the status of any SageMaker job
  • max_ingestion_time (int) – the maximum ingestion time in seconds. Any SageMaker jobs that run longer than this will fail. Setting this to None implies no timeout for any SageMaker job.
Returns:

A response to training job creation

create_transform_job(config, wait_for_completion=True, check_interval=30, max_ingestion_time=None)[source]

Create a transform job

Parameters:
  • config (dict) – the config for transform job
  • wait_for_completion (bool) – if the program should keep running until job finishes
  • check_interval (int) – the time interval in seconds which the operator will check the status of any SageMaker job
  • max_ingestion_time (int) – the maximum ingestion time in seconds. Any SageMaker jobs that run longer than this will fail. Setting this to None implies no timeout for any SageMaker job.
Returns:

A response to transform job creation

create_tuning_job(config, wait_for_completion=True, check_interval=30, max_ingestion_time=None)[source]

Create a tuning job

Parameters:
  • config (dict) – the config for tuning
  • wait_for_completion – if the program should keep running until job finishes
  • wait_for_completion – bool
  • check_interval (int) – the time interval in seconds which the operator will check the status of any SageMaker job
  • max_ingestion_time (int) – the maximum ingestion time in seconds. Any SageMaker jobs that run longer than this will fail. Setting this to None implies no timeout for any SageMaker job.
Returns:

A response to tuning job creation

describe_endpoint(name)[source]
Parameters:name (string) – the name of the endpoint
Returns:A dict contains all the endpoint info
describe_endpoint_config(name)[source]

Return the endpoint config info associated with the name

Parameters:name (string) – the name of the endpoint config
Returns:A dict contains all the endpoint config info
describe_model(name)[source]

Return the SageMaker model info associated with the name

Parameters:name (string) – the name of the SageMaker model
Returns:A dict contains all the model info
describe_training_job(name)[source]

Return the training job info associated with the name

Parameters:name (str) – the name of the training job
Returns:A dict contains all the training job info
describe_training_job_with_log(job_name, positions, stream_names, instance_count, state, last_description, last_describe_job_call)[source]

Return the training job info associated with job_name and print CloudWatch logs

describe_transform_job(name)[source]

Return the transform job info associated with the name

Parameters:name (string) – the name of the transform job
Returns:A dict contains all the transform job info
describe_tuning_job(name)[source]

Return the tuning job info associated with the name

Parameters:name (string) – the name of the tuning job
Returns:A dict contains all the tuning job info
get_conn()[source]

Establish an AWS connection for SageMaker

Return type:SageMaker.Client
get_log_conn()[source]

Establish an AWS connection for retrieving logs during training

Return type:CloudWatchLog.Client
log_stream(log_group, stream_name, start_time=0, skip=0)[source]

A generator for log items in a single stream. This will yield all the items that are available at the current moment.

Parameters:
  • log_group (str) – The name of the log group.
  • stream_name (str) – The name of the specific stream.
  • start_time (int) – The time stamp value to start reading the logs from (default: 0).
  • skip (int) – The number of log entries to skip at the start (default: 0). This is for when there are multiple entries at the same timestamp.
Return type:

dict

Returns:

A CloudWatch log event with the following key-value pairs:
’timestamp’ (int): The time in milliseconds of the event.
’message’ (str): The log event data.
’ingestionTime’ (int): The time in milliseconds the event was ingested.

multi_stream_iter(log_group, streams, positions=None)[source]

Iterate over the available events coming from a set of log streams in a single log group interleaving the events from each stream so they’re yielded in timestamp order.

Parameters:
  • log_group (str) – The name of the log group.
  • streams (list) – A list of the log stream names. The position of the stream in this list is the stream number.
  • positions (list) – A list of pairs of (timestamp, skip) which represents the last record read from each stream.
Returns:

A tuple of (stream number, cloudwatch log event).

tar_and_s3_upload(path, key, bucket)[source]

Tar the local file or directory and upload to s3

Parameters:
  • path (str) – local file or directory
  • key (str) – s3 key
  • bucket (str) – s3 bucket
Returns:

None

update_endpoint(config, wait_for_completion=True, check_interval=30, max_ingestion_time=None)[source]

Update an endpoint

Parameters:
  • config (dict) – the config for endpoint
  • wait_for_completion (bool) – if the program should keep running until job finishes
  • check_interval (int) – the time interval in seconds which the operator will check the status of any SageMaker job
  • max_ingestion_time (int) – the maximum ingestion time in seconds. Any SageMaker jobs that run longer than this will fail. Setting this to None implies no timeout for any SageMaker job.
Returns:

A response to endpoint update

SageMakerTrainingOperator
class airflow.contrib.operators.sagemaker_training_operator.SageMakerTrainingOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.contrib.operators.sagemaker_base_operator.SageMakerBaseOperator

Initiate a SageMaker training job.

This operator returns The ARN of the training job created in Amazon SageMaker.

Parameters:
  • config (dict) –

    The configuration necessary to start a training job (templated).

    For details of the configuration parameter see SageMaker.Client.create_training_job()

  • aws_conn_id (str) – The AWS connection ID to use.
  • wait_for_completion (bool) – If wait is set to True, the time interval, in seconds, that the operation waits to check the status of the training job.
  • print_log (bool) – if the operator should print the cloudwatch log during training
  • check_interval (int) – if wait is set to be true, this is the time interval in seconds which the operator will check the status of the training job
  • max_ingestion_time (int) – If wait is set to True, the operation fails if the training job doesn’t finish within max_ingestion_time seconds. If you set this parameter to None, the operation does not timeout.
SageMakerTuningOperator
class airflow.contrib.operators.sagemaker_tuning_operator.SageMakerTuningOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.contrib.operators.sagemaker_base_operator.SageMakerBaseOperator

Initiate a SageMaker hyperparameter tuning job.

This operator returns The ARN of the tuning job created in Amazon SageMaker.

Parameters:
  • config (dict) –

    The configuration necessary to start a tuning job (templated).

    For details of the configuration parameter see SageMaker.Client.create_hyper_parameter_tuning_job()

  • aws_conn_id (str) – The AWS connection ID to use.
  • wait_for_completion (bool) – Set to True to wait until the tuning job finishes.
  • check_interval (int) – If wait is set to True, the time interval, in seconds, that this operation waits to check the status of the tuning job.
  • max_ingestion_time (int) – If wait is set to True, the operation fails if the tuning job doesn’t finish within max_ingestion_time seconds. If you set this parameter to None, the operation does not timeout.
SageMakerModelOperator
class airflow.contrib.operators.sagemaker_model_operator.SageMakerModelOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.contrib.operators.sagemaker_base_operator.SageMakerBaseOperator

Create a SageMaker model.

This operator returns The ARN of the model created in Amazon SageMaker

Parameters:
  • config (dict) –

    The configuration necessary to create a model.

    For details of the configuration parameter see SageMaker.Client.create_model()

  • aws_conn_id (str) – The AWS connection ID to use.
SageMakerTransformOperator
class airflow.contrib.operators.sagemaker_transform_operator.SageMakerTransformOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.contrib.operators.sagemaker_base_operator.SageMakerBaseOperator

Initiate a SageMaker transform job.

This operator returns The ARN of the model created in Amazon SageMaker.

Parameters:
  • config (dict) –

    The configuration necessary to start a transform job (templated).

    If you need to create a SageMaker transform job based on an existed SageMaker model:

    config = transform_config
    

    If you need to create both SageMaker model and SageMaker Transform job:

    config = {
        'Model': model_config,
        'Transform': transform_config
    }
    

    For details of the configuration parameter of transform_config see SageMaker.Client.create_transform_job()

    For details of the configuration parameter of model_config, See: SageMaker.Client.create_model()

  • aws_conn_id (string) – The AWS connection ID to use.
  • wait_for_completion (bool) – Set to True to wait until the transform job finishes.
  • check_interval (int) – If wait is set to True, the time interval, in seconds, that this operation waits to check the status of the transform job.
  • max_ingestion_time (int) – If wait is set to True, the operation fails if the transform job doesn’t finish within max_ingestion_time seconds. If you set this parameter to None, the operation does not timeout.
SageMakerEndpointConfigOperator
class airflow.contrib.operators.sagemaker_endpoint_config_operator.SageMakerEndpointConfigOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.contrib.operators.sagemaker_base_operator.SageMakerBaseOperator

Create a SageMaker endpoint config.

This operator returns The ARN of the endpoint config created in Amazon SageMaker

Parameters:
  • config (dict) –

    The configuration necessary to create an endpoint config.

    For details of the configuration parameter see SageMaker.Client.create_endpoint_config()

  • aws_conn_id (str) – The AWS connection ID to use.
SageMakerEndpointOperator
class airflow.contrib.operators.sagemaker_endpoint_operator.SageMakerEndpointOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.contrib.operators.sagemaker_base_operator.SageMakerBaseOperator

Create a SageMaker endpoint.

This operator returns The ARN of the endpoint created in Amazon SageMaker

Parameters:
  • config (dict) –

    The configuration necessary to create an endpoint.

    If you need to create a SageMaker endpoint based on an existed SageMaker model and an existed SageMaker endpoint config:

    config = endpoint_configuration;
    

    If you need to create all of SageMaker model, SageMaker endpoint-config and SageMaker endpoint:

    config = {
        'Model': model_configuration,
        'EndpointConfig': endpoint_config_configuration,
        'Endpoint': endpoint_configuration
    }
    

    For details of the configuration parameter of model_configuration see SageMaker.Client.create_model()

    For details of the configuration parameter of endpoint_config_configuration see SageMaker.Client.create_endpoint_config()

    For details of the configuration parameter of endpoint_configuration see SageMaker.Client.create_endpoint()

  • aws_conn_id (str) – The AWS connection ID to use.
  • wait_for_completion (bool) – Whether the operator should wait until the endpoint creation finishes.
  • check_interval (int) – If wait is set to True, this is the time interval, in seconds, that this operation waits before polling the status of the endpoint creation.
  • max_ingestion_time (int) – If wait is set to True, this operation fails if the endpoint creation doesn’t finish within max_ingestion_time seconds. If you set this parameter to None it never times out.
  • operation (str) – Whether to create an endpoint or update an endpoint. Must be either ‘create or ‘update’.

Databricks

Databricks has contributed an Airflow operator which enables submitting runs to the Databricks platform. Internally the operator talks to the api/2.0/jobs/runs/submit endpoint.

DatabricksSubmitRunOperator
class airflow.contrib.operators.databricks_operator.DatabricksSubmitRunOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Submits a Spark job run to Databricks using the api/2.0/jobs/runs/submit API endpoint.

There are two ways to instantiate this operator.

In the first way, you can take the JSON payload that you typically use to call the api/2.0/jobs/runs/submit endpoint and pass it directly to our DatabricksSubmitRunOperator through the json parameter. For example

json = {
  'new_cluster': {
    'spark_version': '2.1.0-db3-scala2.11',
    'num_workers': 2
  },
  'notebook_task': {
    'notebook_path': '/Users/airflow@example.com/PrepareData',
  },
}
notebook_run = DatabricksSubmitRunOperator(task_id='notebook_run', json=json)

Another way to accomplish the same thing is to use the named parameters of the DatabricksSubmitRunOperator directly. Note that there is exactly one named parameter for each top level parameter in the runs/submit endpoint. In this method, your code would look like this:

new_cluster = {
  'spark_version': '2.1.0-db3-scala2.11',
  'num_workers': 2
}
notebook_task = {
  'notebook_path': '/Users/airflow@example.com/PrepareData',
}
notebook_run = DatabricksSubmitRunOperator(
    task_id='notebook_run',
    new_cluster=new_cluster,
    notebook_task=notebook_task)

In the case where both the json parameter AND the named parameters are provided, they will be merged together. If there are conflicts during the merge, the named parameters will take precedence and override the top level json keys.

Currently the named parameters that DatabricksSubmitRunOperator supports are
  • spark_jar_task
  • notebook_task
  • new_cluster
  • existing_cluster_id
  • libraries
  • run_name
  • timeout_seconds
Parameters:
  • json (dict) –

    A JSON object containing API parameters which will be passed directly to the api/2.0/jobs/runs/submit endpoint. The other named parameters (i.e. spark_jar_task, notebook_task..) to this operator will be merged with this json dictionary if they are provided. If there are conflicts during the merge, the named parameters will take precedence and override the top level json keys. (templated)

    See also

    For more information about templating see Jinja Templating. https://docs.databricks.com/api/latest/jobs.html#runs-submit

  • spark_jar_task (dict) –

    The main class and parameters for the JAR task. Note that the actual JAR is specified in the libraries. EITHER spark_jar_task OR notebook_task should be specified. This field will be templated.

  • notebook_task (dict) –

    The notebook path and parameters for the notebook task. EITHER spark_jar_task OR notebook_task should be specified. This field will be templated.

  • new_cluster (dict) –

    Specs for a new cluster on which this task will be run. EITHER new_cluster OR existing_cluster_id should be specified. This field will be templated.

  • existing_cluster_id (str) – ID for existing cluster on which to run this task. EITHER new_cluster OR existing_cluster_id should be specified. This field will be templated.
  • libraries (list of dicts) –

    Libraries which this run will use. This field will be templated.

  • run_name (str) – The run name used for this task. By default this will be set to the Airflow task_id. This task_id is a required parameter of the superclass BaseOperator. This field will be templated.
  • timeout_seconds (int32) – The timeout for this run. By default a value of 0 is used which means to have no timeout. This field will be templated.
  • databricks_conn_id (str) – The name of the Airflow connection to use. By default and in the common case this will be databricks_default. To use token based authentication, provide the key token in the extra field for the connection.
  • polling_period_seconds (int) – Controls the rate which we poll for the result of this run. By default the operator will poll every 30 seconds.
  • databricks_retry_limit (int) – Amount of times retry if the Databricks backend is unreachable. Its value must be greater than or equal to 1.
  • databricks_retry_delay (float) – Number of seconds to wait between retries (it might be a floating point number).
  • do_xcom_push (bool) – Whether we should push run_id and run_page_url to xcom.

GCP: Google Cloud Platform

Airflow has extensive support for the Google Cloud Platform. But note that most Hooks and Operators are in the contrib section. Meaning that they have a beta status, meaning that they can have breaking changes between minor releases.

See the GCP connection type documentation to configure connections to GCP.

Logging

Airflow can be configured to read and write task logs in Google Cloud Storage. See Writing Logs to Google Cloud Storage.

GoogleCloudBaseHook
class airflow.contrib.hooks.gcp_api_base_hook.GoogleCloudBaseHook(gcp_conn_id='google_cloud_default', delegate_to=None)[source]

Bases: airflow.hooks.base_hook.BaseHook, airflow.utils.log.logging_mixin.LoggingMixin

A base hook for Google cloud-related hooks. Google cloud has a shared REST API client that is built in the same way no matter which service you use. This class helps construct and authorize the credentials needed to then call googleapiclient.discovery.build() to actually discover and build a client for a Google cloud service.

The class also contains some miscellaneous helper functions.

All hook derived from this base hook use the ‘Google Cloud Platform’ connection type. Three ways of authentication are supported:

Default credentials: Only the ‘Project Id’ is required. You’ll need to have set up default credentials, such as by the GOOGLE_APPLICATION_DEFAULT environment variable or from the metadata server on Google Compute Engine.

JSON key file: Specify ‘Project Id’, ‘Keyfile Path’ and ‘Scope’.

Legacy P12 key files are not supported.

JSON data provided in the UI: Specify ‘Keyfile JSON’.

static fallback_to_default_project_id(func)[source]

Decorator that provides fallback for Google Cloud Platform project id. If the project is None it will be replaced with the project_id from the service account the Hook is authenticated with. Project id can be specified either via project_id kwarg or via first parameter in positional args.

Parameters:func – function to wrap
Returns:result of the function call
BigQuery
BigQuery Operators
BigQueryCheckOperator
class airflow.contrib.operators.bigquery_check_operator.BigQueryCheckOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.operators.check_operator.CheckOperator

Performs checks against BigQuery. The BigQueryCheckOperator expects a sql query that will return a single row. Each value on that first row is evaluated using python bool casting. If any of the values return False the check is failed and errors out.

Note that Python bool casting evals the following as False:

  • False
  • 0
  • Empty string ("")
  • Empty list ([])
  • Empty dictionary or set ({})

Given a query like SELECT COUNT(*) FROM foo, it will fail only if the count == 0. You can craft much more complex query that could, for instance, check that the table has the same number of rows as the source table upstream, or that the count of today’s partition is greater than yesterday’s partition, or that a set of metrics are less than 3 standard deviation for the 7 day average.

This operator can be used as a data quality check in your pipeline, and depending on where you put it in your DAG, you have the choice to stop the critical path, preventing from publishing dubious data, or on the side and receive email alterts without stopping the progress of the DAG.

Parameters:
  • sql (str) – the sql to be executed
  • bigquery_conn_id (str) – reference to the BigQuery database
  • use_legacy_sql (bool) – Whether to use legacy SQL (true) or standard SQL (false).
BigQueryValueCheckOperator
class airflow.contrib.operators.bigquery_check_operator.BigQueryValueCheckOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.operators.check_operator.ValueCheckOperator

Performs a simple value check using sql code.

Parameters:
  • sql (str) – the sql to be executed
  • use_legacy_sql (bool) – Whether to use legacy SQL (true) or standard SQL (false).
BigQueryIntervalCheckOperator
class airflow.contrib.operators.bigquery_check_operator.BigQueryIntervalCheckOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.operators.check_operator.IntervalCheckOperator

Checks that the values of metrics given as SQL expressions are within a certain tolerance of the ones from days_back before.

This method constructs a query like so

SELECT {metrics_threshold_dict_key} FROM {table}
WHERE {date_filter_column}=<date>
Parameters:
  • table (str) – the table name
  • days_back (int) – number of days between ds and the ds we want to check against. Defaults to 7 days
  • metrics_threshold (dict) – a dictionary of ratios indexed by metrics, for example ‘COUNT(*)’: 1.5 would require a 50 percent or less difference between the current day, and the prior days_back.
  • use_legacy_sql (bool) – Whether to use legacy SQL (true) or standard SQL (false).
BigQueryGetDataOperator
class airflow.contrib.operators.bigquery_get_data.BigQueryGetDataOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Fetches the data from a BigQuery table (alternatively fetch data for selected columns) and returns data in a python list. The number of elements in the returned list will be equal to the number of rows fetched. Each element in the list will again be a list where element would represent the columns values for that row.

Example Result: [['Tony', '10'], ['Mike', '20'], ['Steve', '15']]

Note

If you pass fields to selected_fields which are in different order than the order of columns already in BQ table, the data will still be in the order of BQ table. For example if the BQ table has 3 columns as [A,B,C] and you pass ‘B,A’ in the selected_fields the data would still be of the form 'A,B'.

Example:

get_data = BigQueryGetDataOperator(
    task_id='get_data_from_bq',
    dataset_id='test_dataset',
    table_id='Transaction_partitions',
    max_results='100',
    selected_fields='DATE',
    bigquery_conn_id='airflow-service-account'
)
Parameters:
  • dataset_id (str) – The dataset ID of the requested table. (templated)
  • table_id (str) – The table ID of the requested table. (templated)
  • max_results (str) – The maximum number of records (rows) to be fetched from the table. (templated)
  • selected_fields (str) – List of fields to return (comma-separated). If unspecified, all fields are returned.
  • bigquery_conn_id (str) – reference to a specific BigQuery hook.
  • delegate_to (str) – The account to impersonate, if any. For this to work, the service account making the request must have domain-wide delegation enabled.
BigQueryCreateEmptyTableOperator
class airflow.contrib.operators.bigquery_operator.BigQueryCreateEmptyTableOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Creates a new, empty table in the specified BigQuery dataset, optionally with schema.

The schema to be used for the BigQuery table may be specified in one of two ways. You may either directly pass the schema fields in, or you may point the operator to a Google cloud storage object name. The object in Google cloud storage must be a JSON file with the schema fields in it. You can also create a table without schema.

Parameters:
  • project_id (str) – The project to create the table into. (templated)
  • dataset_id (str) – The dataset to create the table into. (templated)
  • table_id (str) – The Name of the table to be created. (templated)
  • schema_fields (list) –

    If set, the schema field list as defined here: https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/reference/rest/v2/jobs#configuration.load.schema

    Example:

    schema_fields=[{"name": "emp_name", "type": "STRING", "mode": "REQUIRED"},
                   {"name": "salary", "type": "INTEGER", "mode": "NULLABLE"}]
    
  • gcs_schema_object (str) – Full path to the JSON file containing schema (templated). For example: gs://test-bucket/dir1/dir2/employee_schema.json
  • time_partitioning (dict) –

    configure optional time partitioning fields i.e. partition by field, type and expiration as per API specifications.

  • bigquery_conn_id (str) – Reference to a specific BigQuery hook.
  • google_cloud_storage_conn_id (str) – Reference to a specific Google cloud storage hook.
  • delegate_to (str) – The account to impersonate, if any. For this to work, the service account making the request must have domain-wide delegation enabled.
  • labels (dict) –

    a dictionary containing labels for the table, passed to BigQuery

    Example (with schema JSON in GCS):

    CreateTable = BigQueryCreateEmptyTableOperator(
        task_id='BigQueryCreateEmptyTableOperator_task',
        dataset_id='ODS',
        table_id='Employees',
        project_id='internal-gcp-project',
        gcs_schema_object='gs://schema-bucket/employee_schema.json',
        bigquery_conn_id='airflow-service-account',
        google_cloud_storage_conn_id='airflow-service-account'
    )
    

    Corresponding Schema file (employee_schema.json):

    [
      {
        "mode": "NULLABLE",
        "name": "emp_name",
        "type": "STRING"
      },
      {
        "mode": "REQUIRED",
        "name": "salary",
        "type": "INTEGER"
      }
    ]
    

    Example (with schema in the DAG):

    CreateTable = BigQueryCreateEmptyTableOperator(
        task_id='BigQueryCreateEmptyTableOperator_task',
        dataset_id='ODS',
        table_id='Employees',
        project_id='internal-gcp-project',
        schema_fields=[{"name": "emp_name", "type": "STRING", "mode": "REQUIRED"},
                       {"name": "salary", "type": "INTEGER", "mode": "NULLABLE"}],
        bigquery_conn_id='airflow-service-account',
        google_cloud_storage_conn_id='airflow-service-account'
    )
    
BigQueryCreateExternalTableOperator
class airflow.contrib.operators.bigquery_operator.BigQueryCreateExternalTableOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Creates a new external table in the dataset with the data in Google Cloud Storage.

The schema to be used for the BigQuery table may be specified in one of two ways. You may either directly pass the schema fields in, or you may point the operator to a Google cloud storage object name. The object in Google cloud storage must be a JSON file with the schema fields in it.

Parameters:
  • bucket (str) – The bucket to point the external table to. (templated)
  • source_objects (list) – List of Google cloud storage URIs to point table to. (templated) If source_format is ‘DATASTORE_BACKUP’, the list must only contain a single URI.
  • destination_project_dataset_table (str) – The dotted (<project>.)<dataset>.<table> BigQuery table to load data into (templated). If <project> is not included, project will be the project defined in the connection json.
  • schema_fields (list) –

    If set, the schema field list as defined here: https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/reference/rest/v2/jobs#configuration.load.schema

    Example:

    schema_fields=[{"name": "emp_name", "type": "STRING", "mode": "REQUIRED"},
                   {"name": "salary", "type": "INTEGER", "mode": "NULLABLE"}]
    

    Should not be set when source_format is ‘DATASTORE_BACKUP’.

  • schema_object (str) – If set, a GCS object path pointing to a .json file that contains the schema for the table. (templated)
  • source_format (str) – File format of the data.
  • compression (str) – [Optional] The compression type of the data source. Possible values include GZIP and NONE. The default value is NONE. This setting is ignored for Google Cloud Bigtable, Google Cloud Datastore backups and Avro formats.
  • skip_leading_rows (int) – Number of rows to skip when loading from a CSV.
  • field_delimiter (str) – The delimiter to use for the CSV.
  • max_bad_records (int) – The maximum number of bad records that BigQuery can ignore when running the job.
  • quote_character (str) – The value that is used to quote data sections in a CSV file.
  • allow_quoted_newlines (bool) – Whether to allow quoted newlines (true) or not (false).
  • allow_jagged_rows (bool) – Accept rows that are missing trailing optional columns. The missing values are treated as nulls. If false, records with missing trailing columns are treated as bad records, and if there are too many bad records, an invalid error is returned in the job result. Only applicable to CSV, ignored for other formats.
  • bigquery_conn_id (str) – Reference to a specific BigQuery hook.
  • google_cloud_storage_conn_id (str) – Reference to a specific Google cloud storage hook.
  • delegate_to (str) – The account to impersonate, if any. For this to work, the service account making the request must have domain-wide delegation enabled.
  • src_fmt_configs (dict) – configure optional fields specific to the source format
  • labels (dict) – a dictionary containing labels for the table, passed to BigQuery
BigQueryCreateEmptyDatasetOperator
class airflow.contrib.operators.bigquery_operator.BigQueryCreateEmptyDatasetOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

This operator is used to create new dataset for your Project in Big query. https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/reference/rest/v2/datasets#resource

Parameters:
  • project_id (str) – The name of the project where we want to create the dataset. Don’t need to provide, if projectId in dataset_reference.
  • dataset_id (str) – The id of dataset. Don’t need to provide, if datasetId in dataset_reference.
  • dataset_reference – Dataset reference that could be provided with request body. More info: https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/reference/rest/v2/datasets#resource
BigQueryDeleteDatasetOperator
class airflow.contrib.operators.bigquery_operator.BigQueryDeleteDatasetOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

This operator deletes an existing dataset from your Project in Big query. https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/reference/rest/v2/datasets/delete

Parameters:
  • project_id (str) – The project id of the dataset.
  • dataset_id (str) – The dataset to be deleted.

Example:

delete_temp_data = BigQueryDeleteDatasetOperator(dataset_id = 'temp-dataset',
                                                 project_id = 'temp-project',
                                                 bigquery_conn_id='_my_gcp_conn_',
                                                 task_id='Deletetemp',
                                                 dag=dag)
BigQueryTableDeleteOperator
class airflow.contrib.operators.bigquery_table_delete_operator.BigQueryTableDeleteOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Deletes BigQuery tables

Parameters:
  • deletion_dataset_table (str) – A dotted (<project>.|<project>:)<dataset>.<table> that indicates which table will be deleted. (templated)
  • bigquery_conn_id (str) – reference to a specific BigQuery hook.
  • delegate_to (str) – The account to impersonate, if any. For this to work, the service account making the request must have domain-wide delegation enabled.
  • ignore_if_missing (bool) – if True, then return success even if the requested table does not exist.
BigQueryOperator
class airflow.contrib.operators.bigquery_operator.BigQueryOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Executes BigQuery SQL queries in a specific BigQuery database

Parameters:
  • sql (Can receive a str representing a sql statement, a list of str (sql statements), or reference to a template file. Template reference are recognized by str ending in '.sql'.) – the sql code to be executed (templated)
  • destination_dataset_table (str) – A dotted (<project>.|<project>:)<dataset>.<table> that, if set, will store the results of the query. (templated)
  • write_disposition (str) – Specifies the action that occurs if the destination table already exists. (default: ‘WRITE_EMPTY’)
  • create_disposition (str) – Specifies whether the job is allowed to create new tables. (default: ‘CREATE_IF_NEEDED’)
  • allow_large_results (bool) – Whether to allow large results.
  • flatten_results (bool) – If true and query uses legacy SQL dialect, flattens all nested and repeated fields in the query results. allow_large_results must be true if this is set to false. For standard SQL queries, this flag is ignored and results are never flattened.
  • bigquery_conn_id (str) – reference to a specific BigQuery hook.
  • delegate_to (str) – The account to impersonate, if any. For this to work, the service account making the request must have domain-wide delegation enabled.
  • udf_config (list) – The User Defined Function configuration for the query. See https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/user-defined-functions for details.
  • use_legacy_sql (bool) – Whether to use legacy SQL (true) or standard SQL (false).
  • maximum_billing_tier (int) – Positive integer that serves as a multiplier of the basic price. Defaults to None, in which case it uses the value set in the project.
  • maximum_bytes_billed (float) – Limits the bytes billed for this job. Queries that will have bytes billed beyond this limit will fail (without incurring a charge). If unspecified, this will be set to your project default.
  • api_resource_configs (dict) – a dictionary that contain params ‘configuration’ applied for Google BigQuery Jobs API: https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/reference/rest/v2/jobs for example, {‘query’: {‘useQueryCache’: False}}. You could use it if you need to provide some params that are not supported by BigQueryOperator like args.
  • schema_update_options (tuple) – Allows the schema of the destination table to be updated as a side effect of the load job.
  • query_params (dict) – a dictionary containing query parameter types and values, passed to BigQuery.
  • labels (dict) – a dictionary containing labels for the job/query, passed to BigQuery
  • priority (str) – Specifies a priority for the query. Possible values include INTERACTIVE and BATCH. The default value is INTERACTIVE.
  • time_partitioning (dict) – configure optional time partitioning fields i.e. partition by field, type and expiration as per API specifications.
  • cluster_fields (list of str) – Request that the result of this query be stored sorted by one or more columns. This is only available in conjunction with time_partitioning. The order of columns given determines the sort order.
  • location (str) – The geographic location of the job. Required except for US and EU. See details at https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/locations#specifying_your_location
BigQueryToBigQueryOperator
class airflow.contrib.operators.bigquery_to_bigquery.BigQueryToBigQueryOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Copies data from one BigQuery table to another.

See also

For more details about these parameters: https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/reference/v2/jobs#configuration.copy

Parameters:
  • source_project_dataset_tables (list|string) – One or more dotted (project:|project.)<dataset>.<table> BigQuery tables to use as the source data. If <project> is not included, project will be the project defined in the connection json. Use a list if there are multiple source tables. (templated)
  • destination_project_dataset_table (str) – The destination BigQuery table. Format is: (project:|project.)<dataset>.<table> (templated)
  • write_disposition (str) – The write disposition if the table already exists.
  • create_disposition (str) – The create disposition if the table doesn’t exist.
  • bigquery_conn_id (str) – reference to a specific BigQuery hook.
  • delegate_to (str) – The account to impersonate, if any. For this to work, the service account making the request must have domain-wide delegation enabled.
  • labels (dict) – a dictionary containing labels for the job/query, passed to BigQuery
BigQueryToCloudStorageOperator
class airflow.contrib.operators.bigquery_to_gcs.BigQueryToCloudStorageOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Transfers a BigQuery table to a Google Cloud Storage bucket.

See also

For more details about these parameters: https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/reference/v2/jobs

Parameters:
  • source_project_dataset_table (str) – The dotted (<project>.|<project>:)<dataset>.<table> BigQuery table to use as the source data. If <project> is not included, project will be the project defined in the connection json. (templated)
  • destination_cloud_storage_uris (list) – The destination Google Cloud Storage URI (e.g. gs://some-bucket/some-file.txt). (templated) Follows convention defined here: https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/exporting-data-from-bigquery#exportingmultiple
  • compression (str) – Type of compression to use.
  • export_format (str) – File format to export.
  • field_delimiter (str) – The delimiter to use when extracting to a CSV.
  • print_header (bool) – Whether to print a header for a CSV file extract.
  • bigquery_conn_id (str) – reference to a specific BigQuery hook.
  • delegate_to (str) – The account to impersonate, if any. For this to work, the service account making the request must have domain-wide delegation enabled.
  • labels (dict) – a dictionary containing labels for the job/query, passed to BigQuery
BigQueryHook
class airflow.contrib.hooks.bigquery_hook.BigQueryHook(bigquery_conn_id='bigquery_default', delegate_to=None, use_legacy_sql=True, location=None)[source]

Bases: airflow.contrib.hooks.gcp_api_base_hook.GoogleCloudBaseHook, airflow.hooks.dbapi_hook.DbApiHook, airflow.utils.log.logging_mixin.LoggingMixin

Interact with BigQuery. This hook uses the Google Cloud Platform connection.

get_conn()[source]

Returns a BigQuery PEP 249 connection object.

get_pandas_df(sql, parameters=None, dialect=None)[source]

Returns a Pandas DataFrame for the results produced by a BigQuery query. The DbApiHook method must be overridden because Pandas doesn’t support PEP 249 connections, except for SQLite. See:

https://github.com/pydata/pandas/blob/master/pandas/io/sql.py#L447 https://github.com/pydata/pandas/issues/6900

Parameters:
  • sql (str) – The BigQuery SQL to execute.
  • parameters (mapping or iterable) – The parameters to render the SQL query with (not used, leave to override superclass method)
  • dialect (str in {'legacy', 'standard'}) – Dialect of BigQuery SQL – legacy SQL or standard SQL defaults to use self.use_legacy_sql if not specified
get_service()[source]

Returns a BigQuery service object.

insert_rows(table, rows, target_fields=None, commit_every=1000)[source]

Insertion is currently unsupported. Theoretically, you could use BigQuery’s streaming API to insert rows into a table, but this hasn’t been implemented.

table_exists(project_id, dataset_id, table_id)[source]

Checks for the existence of a table in Google BigQuery.

Parameters:
  • project_id (str) – The Google cloud project in which to look for the table. The connection supplied to the hook must provide access to the specified project.
  • dataset_id (str) – The name of the dataset in which to look for the table.
  • table_id (str) – The name of the table to check the existence of.
Cloud Spanner
Cloud Spanner Operators
CloudSpannerInstanceDatabaseDeleteOperator
CloudSpannerInstanceDatabaseDeployOperator
CloudSpannerInstanceDatabaseUpdateOperator
CloudSpannerInstanceDatabaseQueryOperator
CloudSpannerInstanceDeployOperator
CloudSpannerInstanceDeleteOperator
CloudSpannerHook
Cloud SQL
Cloud SQL Operators
CloudSqlInstanceDatabaseDeleteOperator
class airflow.contrib.operators.gcp_sql_operator.CloudSqlInstanceDatabaseDeleteOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.contrib.operators.gcp_sql_operator.CloudSqlBaseOperator

Deletes a database from a Cloud SQL instance.

Parameters:
  • instance (str) – Database instance ID. This does not include the project ID.
  • database (str) – Name of the database to be deleted in the instance.
  • project_id (str) – Optional, Google Cloud Platform Project ID. If set to None or missing, the default project_id from the GCP connection is used.
  • gcp_conn_id (str) – The connection ID used to connect to Google Cloud Platform.
  • api_version (str) – API version used (e.g. v1beta4).
CloudSqlInstanceDatabaseCreateOperator
class airflow.contrib.operators.gcp_sql_operator.CloudSqlInstanceDatabaseCreateOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.contrib.operators.gcp_sql_operator.CloudSqlBaseOperator

Creates a new database inside a Cloud SQL instance.

Parameters:
  • instance (str) – Database instance ID. This does not include the project ID.
  • body (dict) – The request body, as described in https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/admin-api/v1beta4/databases/insert#request-body
  • project_id (str) – Optional, Google Cloud Platform Project ID. If set to None or missing, the default project_id from the GCP connection is used.
  • gcp_conn_id (str) – The connection ID used to connect to Google Cloud Platform.
  • api_version (str) – API version used (e.g. v1beta4).
  • validate_body (bool) – Whether the body should be validated. Defaults to True.
CloudSqlInstanceDatabasePatchOperator
class airflow.contrib.operators.gcp_sql_operator.CloudSqlInstanceDatabasePatchOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.contrib.operators.gcp_sql_operator.CloudSqlBaseOperator

Updates a resource containing information about a database inside a Cloud SQL instance using patch semantics. See: https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/admin-api/how-tos/performance#patch

Parameters:
  • instance (str) – Database instance ID. This does not include the project ID.
  • database (str) – Name of the database to be updated in the instance.
  • body (dict) – The request body, as described in https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/admin-api/v1beta4/databases/patch#request-body
  • project_id (str) – Optional, Google Cloud Platform Project ID.
  • gcp_conn_id (str) – The connection ID used to connect to Google Cloud Platform.
  • api_version (str) – API version used (e.g. v1beta4).
  • validate_body (bool) – Whether the body should be validated. Defaults to True.
CloudSqlInstanceDeleteOperator
class airflow.contrib.operators.gcp_sql_operator.CloudSqlInstanceDeleteOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.contrib.operators.gcp_sql_operator.CloudSqlBaseOperator

Deletes a Cloud SQL instance.

Parameters:
  • instance (str) – Cloud SQL instance ID. This does not include the project ID.
  • project_id (str) – Optional, Google Cloud Platform Project ID. If set to None or missing, the default project_id from the GCP connection is used.
  • gcp_conn_id (str) – The connection ID used to connect to Google Cloud Platform.
  • api_version (str) – API version used (e.g. v1beta4).
CloudSqlInstanceExportOperator
class airflow.contrib.operators.gcp_sql_operator.CloudSqlInstanceExportOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.contrib.operators.gcp_sql_operator.CloudSqlBaseOperator

Exports data from a Cloud SQL instance to a Cloud Storage bucket as a SQL dump or CSV file.

Note: This operator is idempotent. If executed multiple times with the same export file URI, the export file in GCS will simply be overridden.

Parameters:
  • instance (str) – Cloud SQL instance ID. This does not include the project ID.
  • body (dict) – The request body, as described in https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/admin-api/v1beta4/instances/export#request-body
  • project_id (str) – Optional, Google Cloud Platform Project ID. If set to None or missing, the default project_id from the GCP connection is used.
  • gcp_conn_id (str) – The connection ID used to connect to Google Cloud Platform.
  • api_version (str) – API version used (e.g. v1beta4).
  • validate_body (bool) – Whether the body should be validated. Defaults to True.
CloudSqlInstanceImportOperator
class airflow.contrib.operators.gcp_sql_operator.CloudSqlInstanceImportOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.contrib.operators.gcp_sql_operator.CloudSqlBaseOperator

Imports data into a Cloud SQL instance from a SQL dump or CSV file in Cloud Storage.

CSV IMPORT:

This operator is NOT idempotent for a CSV import. If the same file is imported multiple times, the imported data will be duplicated in the database. Moreover, if there are any unique constraints the duplicate import may result in an error.

SQL IMPORT:

This operator is idempotent for a SQL import if it was also exported by Cloud SQL. The exported SQL contains ‘DROP TABLE IF EXISTS’ statements for all tables to be imported.

If the import file was generated in a different way, idempotence is not guaranteed. It has to be ensured on the SQL file level.

Parameters:
  • instance (str) – Cloud SQL instance ID. This does not include the project ID.
  • body (dict) – The request body, as described in https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/admin-api/v1beta4/instances/export#request-body
  • project_id (str) – Optional, Google Cloud Platform Project ID. If set to None or missing, the default project_id from the GCP connection is used.
  • gcp_conn_id (str) – The connection ID used to connect to Google Cloud Platform.
  • api_version (str) – API version used (e.g. v1beta4).
  • validate_body (bool) – Whether the body should be validated. Defaults to True.
CloudSqlInstanceCreateOperator
class airflow.contrib.operators.gcp_sql_operator.CloudSqlInstanceCreateOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.contrib.operators.gcp_sql_operator.CloudSqlBaseOperator

Creates a new Cloud SQL instance. If an instance with the same name exists, no action will be taken and the operator will succeed.

Parameters:
  • body (dict) – Body required by the Cloud SQL insert API, as described in https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/admin-api/v1beta4/instances/insert #request-body
  • instance (str) – Cloud SQL instance ID. This does not include the project ID.
  • project_id (str) – Optional, Google Cloud Platform Project ID. If set to None or missing, the default project_id from the GCP connection is used.
  • gcp_conn_id (str) – The connection ID used to connect to Google Cloud Platform.
  • api_version (str) – API version used (e.g. v1beta4).
  • validate_body (bool) – True if body should be validated, False otherwise.
CloudSqlInstancePatchOperator
class airflow.contrib.operators.gcp_sql_operator.CloudSqlInstancePatchOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.contrib.operators.gcp_sql_operator.CloudSqlBaseOperator

Updates settings of a Cloud SQL instance.

Caution: This is a partial update, so only included values for the settings will be updated.

In the request body, supply the relevant portions of an instance resource, according to the rules of patch semantics. https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/admin-api/how-tos/performance#patch

Parameters:
  • body (dict) – Body required by the Cloud SQL patch API, as described in https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/admin-api/v1beta4/instances/patch#request-body
  • instance (str) – Cloud SQL instance ID. This does not include the project ID.
  • project_id (str) – Optional, Google Cloud Platform Project ID. If set to None or missing, the default project_id from the GCP connection is used.
  • gcp_conn_id (str) – The connection ID used to connect to Google Cloud Platform.
  • api_version (str) – API version used (e.g. v1beta4).
CloudSqlQueryOperator
class airflow.contrib.operators.gcp_sql_operator.CloudSqlQueryOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Performs DML or DDL query on an existing Cloud Sql instance. It optionally uses cloud-sql-proxy to establish secure connection with the database.

Parameters:
  • sql (str or [str]) – SQL query or list of queries to run (should be DML or DDL query - this operator does not return any data from the database, so it is useless to pass it DQL queries. Note that it is responsibility of the author of the queries to make sure that the queries are idempotent. For example you can use CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS to create a table.
  • parameters (mapping or iterable) – (optional) the parameters to render the SQL query with.
  • autocommit (bool) – if True, each command is automatically committed. (default value: False)
  • gcp_conn_id (str) – The connection ID used to connect to Google Cloud Platform for cloud-sql-proxy authentication.
  • gcp_cloudsql_conn_id (str) – The connection ID used to connect to Google Cloud SQL its schema should be gcpcloudsql://. See CloudSqlDatabaseHook for details on how to define gcpcloudsql:// connection.
Cloud SQL Hooks
class airflow.contrib.hooks.gcp_sql_hook.CloudSqlHook(api_version, gcp_conn_id='google_cloud_default', delegate_to=None)[source]

Bases: airflow.contrib.hooks.gcp_api_base_hook.GoogleCloudBaseHook

Hook for Google Cloud SQL APIs.

All the methods in the hook where project_id is used must be called with keyword arguments rather than positional.

create_database(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Creates a new database inside a Cloud SQL instance.

Parameters:
Returns:

None

create_instance(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Creates a new Cloud SQL instance.

Parameters:
Returns:

None

delete_database(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Deletes a database from a Cloud SQL instance.

Parameters:
  • instance (str) – Database instance ID. This does not include the project ID.
  • database (str) – Name of the database to be deleted in the instance.
  • project_id (str) – Project ID of the project that contains the instance. If set to None or missing, the default project_id from the GCP connection is used.
Returns:

None

delete_instance(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Deletes a Cloud SQL instance.

Parameters:
  • project_id (str) – Project ID of the project that contains the instance. If set to None or missing, the default project_id from the GCP connection is used.
  • instance (str) – Cloud SQL instance ID. This does not include the project ID.
Returns:

None

export_instance(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Exports data from a Cloud SQL instance to a Cloud Storage bucket as a SQL dump or CSV file.

Parameters:
Returns:

None

get_conn()[source]

Retrieves connection to Cloud SQL.

Returns:Google Cloud SQL services object.
Return type:dict
get_database(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Retrieves a database resource from a Cloud SQL instance.

Parameters:
  • instance (str) – Database instance ID. This does not include the project ID.
  • database (str) – Name of the database in the instance.
  • project_id (str) – Project ID of the project that contains the instance. If set to None or missing, the default project_id from the GCP connection is used.
Returns:

A Cloud SQL database resource, as described in https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/admin-api/v1beta4/databases#resource.

Return type:

dict

get_instance(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Retrieves a resource containing information about a Cloud SQL instance.

Parameters:
  • instance (str) – Database instance ID. This does not include the project ID.
  • project_id (str) – Project ID of the project that contains the instance. If set to None or missing, the default project_id from the GCP connection is used.
Returns:

A Cloud SQL instance resource.

Return type:

dict

import_instance(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Imports data into a Cloud SQL instance from a SQL dump or CSV file in Cloud Storage.

Parameters:
Returns:

None

patch_database(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Updates a database resource inside a Cloud SQL instance.

This method supports patch semantics. See https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/admin-api/how-tos/performance#patch.

Parameters:
  • instance (str) – Database instance ID. This does not include the project ID.
  • database (str) – Name of the database to be updated in the instance.
  • body (dict) – The request body, as described in https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/admin-api/v1beta4/databases/insert#request-body.
  • project_id (str) – Project ID of the project that contains the instance. If set to None or missing, the default project_id from the GCP connection is used.
Returns:

None

patch_instance(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Updates settings of a Cloud SQL instance.

Caution: This is not a partial update, so you must include values for all the settings that you want to retain.

Parameters:
Returns:

None

class airflow.contrib.hooks.gcp_sql_hook.CloudSqlDatabaseHook(gcp_cloudsql_conn_id='google_cloud_sql_default', default_gcp_project_id=None)[source]

Bases: airflow.hooks.base_hook.BaseHook

Serves DB connection configuration for Google Cloud SQL (Connections of gcpcloudsql:// type).

The hook is a “meta” one. It does not perform an actual connection. It is there to retrieve all the parameters configured in gcpcloudsql:// connection, start/stop Cloud SQL Proxy if needed, dynamically generate Postgres or MySQL connection in the database and return an actual Postgres or MySQL hook. The returned Postgres/MySQL hooks are using direct connection or Cloud SQL Proxy socket/TCP as configured.

Main parameters of the hook are retrieved from the standard URI components:

  • user - User name to authenticate to the database (from login of the URI).
  • password - Password to authenticate to the database (from password of the URI).
  • public_ip - IP to connect to for public connection (from host of the URI).
  • public_port - Port to connect to for public connection (from port of the URI).
  • database - Database to connect to (from schema of the URI).

Remaining parameters are retrieved from the extras (URI query parameters):

  • project_id - Optional, Google Cloud Platform project where the Cloud SQL
    instance exists. If missing, default project id passed is used.
  • instance - Name of the instance of the Cloud SQL database instance.
  • location - The location of the Cloud SQL instance (for example europe-west1).
  • database_type - The type of the database instance (MySQL or Postgres).
  • use_proxy - (default False) Whether SQL proxy should be used to connect to Cloud SQL DB.
  • use_ssl - (default False) Whether SSL should be used to connect to Cloud SQL DB. You cannot use proxy and SSL together.
  • sql_proxy_use_tcp - (default False) If set to true, TCP is used to connect via proxy, otherwise UNIX sockets are used.
  • sql_proxy_binary_path - Optional path to Cloud SQL Proxy binary. If the binary is not specified or the binary is not present, it is automatically downloaded.
  • sql_proxy_version - Specific version of the proxy to download (for example v1.13). If not specified, the latest version is downloaded.
  • sslcert - Path to client certificate to authenticate when SSL is used.
  • sslkey - Path to client private key to authenticate when SSL is used.
  • sslrootcert - Path to server’s certificate to authenticate when SSL is used.
Parameters:
  • gcp_cloudsql_conn_id (str) – URL of the connection
  • default_gcp_project_id (str) – Default project id used if project_id not specified in the connection URL
cleanup_database_hook()[source]

Clean up database hook after it was used.

create_connection(**kwargs)[source]

Create connection in the Connection table, according to whether it uses proxy, TCP, UNIX sockets, SSL. Connection ID will be randomly generated.

Parameters:session – Session of the SQL Alchemy ORM (automatically generated with decorator).
delete_connection(**kwargs)[source]

Delete the dynamically created connection from the Connection table.

Parameters:session – Session of the SQL Alchemy ORM (automatically generated with decorator).
free_reserved_port()[source]

Free TCP port. Makes it immediately ready to be used by Cloud SQL Proxy.

get_database_hook()[source]

Retrieve database hook. This is the actual Postgres or MySQL database hook that uses proxy or connects directly to the Google Cloud SQL database.

get_sqlproxy_runner()[source]

Retrieve Cloud SQL Proxy runner. It is used to manage the proxy lifecycle per task.

Returns:The Cloud SQL Proxy runner.
Return type:CloudSqlProxyRunner
reserve_free_tcp_port()[source]

Reserve free TCP port to be used by Cloud SQL Proxy

retrieve_connection(**kwargs)[source]

Retrieves the dynamically created connection from the Connection table.

Parameters:session – Session of the SQL Alchemy ORM (automatically generated with decorator).
class airflow.contrib.hooks.gcp_sql_hook.CloudSqlProxyRunner(path_prefix, instance_specification, gcp_conn_id='google_cloud_default', project_id=None, sql_proxy_version=None, sql_proxy_binary_path=None)[source]

Bases: airflow.utils.log.logging_mixin.LoggingMixin

Downloads and runs cloud-sql-proxy as subprocess of the Python process.

The cloud-sql-proxy needs to be downloaded and started before we can connect to the Google Cloud SQL instance via database connection. It establishes secure tunnel connection to the database. It authorizes using the GCP credentials that are passed by the configuration.

More details about the proxy can be found here: https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/sql-proxy

get_proxy_version()[source]

Returns version of the Cloud SQL Proxy.

get_socket_path()[source]

Retrieves UNIX socket path used by Cloud SQL Proxy.

Returns:The dynamically generated path for the socket created by the proxy.
Return type:str
start_proxy()[source]

Starts Cloud SQL Proxy.

You have to remember to stop the proxy if you started it!

stop_proxy()[source]

Stops running proxy.

You should stop the proxy after you stop using it.

Cloud Bigtable
Cloud Bigtable Operators
BigtableInstanceCreateOperator
BigtableInstanceDeleteOperator
BigtableClusterUpdateOperator
BigtableTableCreateOperator
BigtableTableDeleteOperator
BigtableTableWaitForReplicationSensor
Cloud Bigtable Hook
Compute Engine
Compute Engine Operators

The operators have the common base operator:

class airflow.contrib.operators.gcp_compute_operator.GceBaseOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Abstract base operator for Google Compute Engine operators to inherit from.

They also use Compute Engine Hook to communicate with Google Cloud Platform.

GceInstanceStartOperator
class airflow.contrib.operators.gcp_compute_operator.GceInstanceStartOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.contrib.operators.gcp_compute_operator.GceBaseOperator

Starts an instance in Google Compute Engine.

Parameters:
  • zone (str) – Google Cloud Platform zone where the instance exists.
  • resource_id (str) – Name of the Compute Engine instance resource.
  • project_id (str) – Optional, Google Cloud Platform Project ID where the Compute Engine Instance exists. If set to None or missing, the default project_id from the GCP connection is used.
  • gcp_conn_id (str) – Optional, The connection ID used to connect to Google Cloud Platform. Defaults to ‘google_cloud_default’.
  • api_version (str) – Optional, API version used (for example v1 - or beta). Defaults to v1.
  • validate_body – Optional, If set to False, body validation is not performed. Defaults to False.
GceInstanceStopOperator
class airflow.contrib.operators.gcp_compute_operator.GceInstanceStopOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.contrib.operators.gcp_compute_operator.GceBaseOperator

Stops an instance in Google Compute Engine.

Parameters:
  • zone (str) – Google Cloud Platform zone where the instance exists.
  • resource_id (str) – Name of the Compute Engine instance resource.
  • project_id (str) – Optional, Google Cloud Platform Project ID where the Compute Engine Instance exists. If set to None or missing, the default project_id from the GCP connection is used.
  • gcp_conn_id (str) – Optional, The connection ID used to connect to Google Cloud Platform. Defaults to ‘google_cloud_default’.
  • api_version (str) – Optional, API version used (for example v1 - or beta). Defaults to v1.
  • validate_body – Optional, If set to False, body validation is not performed. Defaults to False.
GceSetMachineTypeOperator
class airflow.contrib.operators.gcp_compute_operator.GceSetMachineTypeOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.contrib.operators.gcp_compute_operator.GceBaseOperator

Changes the machine type for a stopped instance to the machine type specified in
the request.
Parameters:
  • zone (str) – Google Cloud Platform zone where the instance exists.
  • resource_id (str) – Name of the Compute Engine instance resource.
  • body (dict) – Body required by the Compute Engine setMachineType API, as described in https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/instances/setMachineType#request-body
  • project_id (str) – Optional, Google Cloud Platform Project ID where the Compute Engine Instance exists. If set to None or missing, the default project_id from the GCP connection is used.
  • gcp_conn_id (str) – Optional, The connection ID used to connect to Google Cloud Platform. Defaults to ‘google_cloud_default’.
  • api_version (str) – Optional, API version used (for example v1 - or beta). Defaults to v1.
  • validate_body (bool) – Optional, If set to False, body validation is not performed. Defaults to False.
GceInstanceTemplateCopyOperator
class airflow.contrib.operators.gcp_compute_operator.GceInstanceTemplateCopyOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.contrib.operators.gcp_compute_operator.GceBaseOperator

Copies the instance template, applying specified changes.

Parameters:
  • resource_id (str) – Name of the Instance Template
  • body_patch (dict) – Patch to the body of instanceTemplates object following rfc7386 PATCH semantics. The body_patch content follows https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/instanceTemplates Name field is required as we need to rename the template, all the other fields are optional. It is important to follow PATCH semantics - arrays are replaced fully, so if you need to update an array you should provide the whole target array as patch element.
  • project_id (str) – Optional, Google Cloud Platform Project ID where the Compute Engine Instance exists. If set to None or missing, the default project_id from the GCP connection is used.
  • request_id (str) – Optional, unique request_id that you might add to achieve full idempotence (for example when client call times out repeating the request with the same request id will not create a new instance template again). It should be in UUID format as defined in RFC 4122.
  • gcp_conn_id (str) – Optional, The connection ID used to connect to Google Cloud Platform. Defaults to ‘google_cloud_default’.
  • api_version (str) – Optional, API version used (for example v1 - or beta). Defaults to v1.
  • validate_body (bool) – Optional, If set to False, body validation is not performed. Defaults to False.
GceInstanceGroupManagerUpdateTemplateOperator
class airflow.contrib.operators.gcp_compute_operator.GceInstanceGroupManagerUpdateTemplateOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.contrib.operators.gcp_compute_operator.GceBaseOperator

Patches the Instance Group Manager, replacing source template URL with the destination one. API V1 does not have update/patch operations for Instance Group Manager, so you must use beta or newer API version. Beta is the default.

Parameters:
  • resource_id (str) – Name of the Instance Group Manager
  • zone (str) – Google Cloud Platform zone where the Instance Group Manager exists.
  • source_template (str) – URL of the template to replace.
  • destination_template (str) – URL of the target template.
  • project_id (str) – Optional, Google Cloud Platform Project ID where the Compute Engine Instance exists. If set to None or missing, the default project_id from the GCP connection is used.
  • request_id (str) – Optional, unique request_id that you might add to achieve full idempotence (for example when client call times out repeating the request with the same request id will not create a new instance template again). It should be in UUID format as defined in RFC 4122.
  • gcp_conn_id (str) – Optional, The connection ID used to connect to Google Cloud Platform. Defaults to ‘google_cloud_default’.
  • api_version (str) – Optional, API version used (for example v1 - or beta). Defaults to v1.
  • validate_body (bool) – Optional, If set to False, body validation is not performed. Defaults to False.
Compute Engine Hook
class airflow.contrib.hooks.gcp_compute_hook.GceHook(api_version='v1', gcp_conn_id='google_cloud_default', delegate_to=None)[source]

Bases: airflow.contrib.hooks.gcp_api_base_hook.GoogleCloudBaseHook

Hook for Google Compute Engine APIs.

All the methods in the hook where project_id is used must be called with keyword arguments rather than positional.

get_conn()[source]

Retrieves connection to Google Compute Engine.

Returns:Google Compute Engine services object
Return type:dict
get_instance_group_manager(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Retrieves Instance Group Manager by project_id, zone and resource_id. Must be called with keyword arguments rather than positional.

Parameters:
  • zone (str) – Google Cloud Platform zone where the Instance Group Manager exists
  • resource_id (str) – Name of the Instance Group Manager
  • project_id (str) – Optional, Google Cloud Platform project ID where the Compute Engine Instance exists. If set to None or missing, the default project_id from the GCP connection is used.
Returns:

Instance group manager representation as object according to https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/instanceGroupManagers

Return type:

dict

get_instance_template(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Retrieves instance template by project_id and resource_id. Must be called with keyword arguments rather than positional.

Parameters:
  • resource_id (str) – Name of the instance template
  • project_id (str) – Optional, Google Cloud Platform project ID where the Compute Engine Instance exists. If set to None or missing, the default project_id from the GCP connection is used.
Returns:

Instance template representation as object according to https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/instanceTemplates

Return type:

dict

insert_instance_template(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Inserts instance template using body specified Must be called with keyword arguments rather than positional.

Parameters:
  • body (dict) – Instance template representation as object according to https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/instanceTemplates
  • request_id (str) – Optional, unique request_id that you might add to achieve full idempotence (for example when client call times out repeating the request with the same request id will not create a new instance template again) It should be in UUID format as defined in RFC 4122
  • project_id (str) – Optional, Google Cloud Platform project ID where the Compute Engine Instance exists. If set to None or missing, the default project_id from the GCP connection is used.
Returns:

None

patch_instance_group_manager(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Patches Instance Group Manager with the specified body. Must be called with keyword arguments rather than positional.

Parameters:
  • zone (str) – Google Cloud Platform zone where the Instance Group Manager exists
  • resource_id (str) – Name of the Instance Group Manager
  • body (dict) – Instance Group Manager representation as json-merge-patch object according to https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/instanceTemplates/patch
  • request_id (str) – Optional, unique request_id that you might add to achieve full idempotence (for example when client call times out repeating the request with the same request id will not create a new instance template again). It should be in UUID format as defined in RFC 4122
  • project_id (str) – Optional, Google Cloud Platform project ID where the Compute Engine Instance exists. If set to None or missing, the default project_id from the GCP connection is used.

:return None

set_machine_type(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Sets machine type of an instance defined by project_id, zone and resource_id. Must be called with keyword arguments rather than positional.

Parameters:
  • zone (str) – Google Cloud Platform zone where the instance exists.
  • resource_id (str) – Name of the Compute Engine instance resource
  • body (dict) – Body required by the Compute Engine setMachineType API, as described in https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/instances/setMachineType
  • project_id (str) – Optional, Google Cloud Platform project ID where the Compute Engine Instance exists. If set to None or missing, the default project_id from the GCP connection is used.
Returns:

None

start_instance(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Starts an existing instance defined by project_id, zone and resource_id. Must be called with keyword arguments rather than positional.

Parameters:
  • zone (str) – Google Cloud Platform zone where the instance exists
  • resource_id (str) – Name of the Compute Engine instance resource
  • project_id (str) – Optional, Google Cloud Platform project ID where the Compute Engine Instance exists. If set to None or missing, the default project_id from the GCP connection is used.
Returns:

None

stop_instance(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Stops an instance defined by project_id, zone and resource_id Must be called with keyword arguments rather than positional.

Parameters:
  • zone (str) – Google Cloud Platform zone where the instance exists
  • resource_id (str) – Name of the Compute Engine instance resource
  • project_id (str) – Optional, Google Cloud Platform project ID where the Compute Engine Instance exists. If set to None or missing, the default project_id from the GCP connection is used.
Returns:

None

members:
Cloud Functions
Cloud Functions Operators

They also use Cloud Functions Hook to communicate with Google Cloud Platform.

GcfFunctionDeployOperator
class airflow.contrib.operators.gcp_function_operator.GcfFunctionDeployOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Creates a function in Google Cloud Functions. If a function with this name already exists, it will be updated.

Parameters:
  • location (str) – Google Cloud Platform region where the function should be created.
  • body (dict or google.cloud.functions.v1.CloudFunction) – Body of the Cloud Functions definition. The body must be a Cloud Functions dictionary as described in: https://cloud.google.com/functions/docs/reference/rest/v1/projects.locations.functions . Different API versions require different variants of the Cloud Functions dictionary.
  • project_id (str) – (Optional) Google Cloud Platform project ID where the function should be created.
  • gcp_conn_id (str) – (Optional) The connection ID used to connect to Google Cloud Platform - default ‘google_cloud_default’.
  • api_version (str) – (Optional) API version used (for example v1 - default - or v1beta1).
  • zip_path (str) – Path to zip file containing source code of the function. If the path is set, the sourceUploadUrl should not be specified in the body or it should be empty. Then the zip file will be uploaded using the upload URL generated via generateUploadUrl from the Cloud Functions API.
  • validate_body (bool) – If set to False, body validation is not performed.
GcfFunctionDeleteOperator
class airflow.contrib.operators.gcp_function_operator.GcfFunctionDeleteOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Deletes the specified function from Google Cloud Functions.

Parameters:
  • name (str) – A fully-qualified function name, matching the pattern: ^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/functions/[^/]+$
  • gcp_conn_id (str) – The connection ID to use to connect to Google Cloud Platform.
  • api_version (str) – API version used (for example v1 or v1beta1).
Cloud Functions Hook
class airflow.contrib.hooks.gcp_function_hook.GcfHook(api_version, gcp_conn_id='google_cloud_default', delegate_to=None)[source]

Bases: airflow.contrib.hooks.gcp_api_base_hook.GoogleCloudBaseHook

Hook for the Google Cloud Functions APIs.

All the methods in the hook where project_id is used must be called with keyword arguments rather than positional.

create_new_function(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Creates a new function in Cloud Function in the location specified in the body.

Parameters:
  • location (str) – The location of the function.
  • body (dict) – The body required by the Cloud Functions insert API.
  • project_id (str) – Optional, Google Cloud Project project_id where the function belongs. If set to None or missing, the default project_id from the GCP connection is used.
Returns:

None

delete_function(name)[source]

Deletes the specified Cloud Function.

Parameters:name (str) – The name of the function.
Returns:None
get_conn()[source]

Retrieves the connection to Cloud Functions.

Returns:Google Cloud Function services object.
Return type:dict
get_function(name)[source]

Returns the Cloud Function with the given name.

Parameters:name (str) – Name of the function.
Returns:A Cloud Functions object representing the function.
Return type:dict
update_function(name, body, update_mask)[source]

Updates Cloud Functions according to the specified update mask.

Parameters:
  • name (str) – The name of the function.
  • body (dict) – The body required by the cloud function patch API.
  • update_mask ([str]) – The update mask - array of fields that should be patched.
Returns:

None

upload_function_zip(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Uploads zip file with sources.

Parameters:
  • location (str) – The location where the function is created.
  • zip_path (str) – The path of the valid .zip file to upload.
  • project_id (str) – Optional, Google Cloud Project project_id where the function belongs. If set to None or missing, the default project_id from the GCP connection is used.
Returns:

The upload URL that was returned by generateUploadUrl method.

Cloud DataFlow
DataFlow Operators
DataFlowJavaOperator
class airflow.contrib.operators.dataflow_operator.DataFlowJavaOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Start a Java Cloud DataFlow batch job. The parameters of the operation will be passed to the job.

See also

For more detail on job submission have a look at the reference: https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/pipelines/specifying-exec-params

Parameters:
  • jar (str) – The reference to a self executing DataFlow jar (templated).
  • job_name (str) – The ‘jobName’ to use when executing the DataFlow job (templated). This ends up being set in the pipeline options, so any entry with key 'jobName' in options will be overwritten.
  • dataflow_default_options (dict) – Map of default job options.
  • options (dict) – Map of job specific options.
  • gcp_conn_id (str) – The connection ID to use connecting to Google Cloud Platform.
  • delegate_to (str) – The account to impersonate, if any. For this to work, the service account making the request must have domain-wide delegation enabled.
  • poll_sleep (int) – The time in seconds to sleep between polling Google Cloud Platform for the dataflow job status while the job is in the JOB_STATE_RUNNING state.
  • job_class (str) – The name of the dataflow job class to be executued, it is often not the main class configured in the dataflow jar file.

jar, options, and job_name are templated so you can use variables in them.

Note that both dataflow_default_options and options will be merged to specify pipeline execution parameter, and dataflow_default_options is expected to save high-level options, for instances, project and zone information, which apply to all dataflow operators in the DAG.

It’s a good practice to define dataflow_* parameters in the default_args of the dag like the project, zone and staging location.

default_args = {
    'dataflow_default_options': {
        'project': 'my-gcp-project',
        'zone': 'europe-west1-d',
        'stagingLocation': 'gs://my-staging-bucket/staging/'
    }
}

You need to pass the path to your dataflow as a file reference with the jar parameter, the jar needs to be a self executing jar (see documentation here: https://beam.apache.org/documentation/runners/dataflow/#self-executing-jar). Use options to pass on options to your job.

t1 = DataFlowJavaOperator(
    task_id='datapflow_example',
    jar='{{var.value.gcp_dataflow_base}}pipeline/build/libs/pipeline-example-1.0.jar',
    options={
        'autoscalingAlgorithm': 'BASIC',
        'maxNumWorkers': '50',
        'start': '{{ds}}',
        'partitionType': 'DAY',
        'labels': {'foo' : 'bar'}
    },
    gcp_conn_id='gcp-airflow-service-account',
    dag=my-dag)
default_args = {
    'owner': 'airflow',
    'depends_on_past': False,
    'start_date':
        (2016, 8, 1),
    'email': ['alex@vanboxel.be'],
    'email_on_failure': False,
    'email_on_retry': False,
    'retries': 1,
    'retry_delay': timedelta(minutes=30),
    'dataflow_default_options': {
        'project': 'my-gcp-project',
        'zone': 'us-central1-f',
        'stagingLocation': 'gs://bucket/tmp/dataflow/staging/',
    }
}

dag = DAG('test-dag', default_args=default_args)

task = DataFlowJavaOperator(
    gcp_conn_id='gcp_default',
    task_id='normalize-cal',
    jar='{{var.value.gcp_dataflow_base}}pipeline-ingress-cal-normalize-1.0.jar',
    options={
        'autoscalingAlgorithm': 'BASIC',
        'maxNumWorkers': '50',
        'start': '{{ds}}',
        'partitionType': 'DAY'

    },
    dag=dag)
DataflowTemplateOperator
class airflow.contrib.operators.dataflow_operator.DataflowTemplateOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Start a Templated Cloud DataFlow batch job. The parameters of the operation will be passed to the job.

Parameters:
  • template (str) – The reference to the DataFlow template.
  • job_name – The ‘jobName’ to use when executing the DataFlow template (templated).
  • dataflow_default_options (dict) – Map of default job environment options.
  • parameters (dict) – Map of job specific parameters for the template.
  • gcp_conn_id (str) – The connection ID to use connecting to Google Cloud Platform.
  • delegate_to (str) – The account to impersonate, if any. For this to work, the service account making the request must have domain-wide delegation enabled.
  • poll_sleep (int) – The time in seconds to sleep between polling Google Cloud Platform for the dataflow job status while the job is in the JOB_STATE_RUNNING state.

It’s a good practice to define dataflow_* parameters in the default_args of the dag like the project, zone and staging location.

default_args = {
    'dataflow_default_options': {
        'project': 'my-gcp-project',
        'region': 'europe-west1',
        'zone': 'europe-west1-d',
        'tempLocation': 'gs://my-staging-bucket/staging/',
        }
    }
}

You need to pass the path to your dataflow template as a file reference with the template parameter. Use parameters to pass on parameters to your job. Use environment to pass on runtime environment variables to your job.

t1 = DataflowTemplateOperator(
    task_id='datapflow_example',
    template='{{var.value.gcp_dataflow_base}}',
    parameters={
        'inputFile': "gs://bucket/input/my_input.txt",
        'outputFile': "gs://bucket/output/my_output.txt"
    },
    gcp_conn_id='gcp-airflow-service-account',
    dag=my-dag)

template, dataflow_default_options, parameters, and job_name are templated so you can use variables in them.

Note that dataflow_default_options is expected to save high-level options for project information, which apply to all dataflow operators in the DAG.

DataFlowPythonOperator
class airflow.contrib.operators.dataflow_operator.DataFlowPythonOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Launching Cloud Dataflow jobs written in python. Note that both dataflow_default_options and options will be merged to specify pipeline execution parameter, and dataflow_default_options is expected to save high-level options, for instances, project and zone information, which apply to all dataflow operators in the DAG.

See also

For more detail on job submission have a look at the reference: https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/pipelines/specifying-exec-params

Parameters:
  • py_file (str) – Reference to the python dataflow pipleline file.py, e.g., /some/local/file/path/to/your/python/pipeline/file.
  • job_name (str) – The ‘job_name’ to use when executing the DataFlow job (templated). This ends up being set in the pipeline options, so any entry with key 'jobName' or 'job_name' in options will be overwritten.
  • py_options – Additional python options.
  • dataflow_default_options (dict) – Map of default job options.
  • options (dict) – Map of job specific options.
  • gcp_conn_id (str) – The connection ID to use connecting to Google Cloud Platform.
  • delegate_to (str) – The account to impersonate, if any. For this to work, the service account making the request must have domain-wide delegation enabled.
  • poll_sleep (int) – The time in seconds to sleep between polling Google Cloud Platform for the dataflow job status while the job is in the JOB_STATE_RUNNING state.
execute(context)[source]

Execute the python dataflow job.

DataFlowHook
class airflow.contrib.hooks.gcp_dataflow_hook.DataFlowHook(gcp_conn_id='google_cloud_default', delegate_to=None, poll_sleep=10)[source]

Bases: airflow.contrib.hooks.gcp_api_base_hook.GoogleCloudBaseHook

get_conn()[source]

Returns a Google Cloud Dataflow service object.

Cloud DataProc
DataProc Operators
DataprocClusterCreateOperator
class airflow.contrib.operators.dataproc_operator.DataprocClusterCreateOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Create a new cluster on Google Cloud Dataproc. The operator will wait until the creation is successful or an error occurs in the creation process.

The parameters allow to configure the cluster. Please refer to

https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/reference/rest/v1/projects.regions.clusters

for a detailed explanation on the different parameters. Most of the configuration parameters detailed in the link are available as a parameter to this operator.

Parameters:
  • cluster_name (str) – The name of the DataProc cluster to create. (templated)
  • project_id (str) – The ID of the google cloud project in which to create the cluster. (templated)
  • num_workers (int) – The # of workers to spin up. If set to zero will spin up cluster in a single node mode
  • storage_bucket (str) – The storage bucket to use, setting to None lets dataproc generate a custom one for you
  • init_actions_uris (list[string]) – List of GCS uri’s containing dataproc initialization scripts
  • init_action_timeout (str) – Amount of time executable scripts in init_actions_uris has to complete
  • metadata (dict) – dict of key-value google compute engine metadata entries to add to all instances
  • image_version (str) – the version of software inside the Dataproc cluster
  • custom_image (str) – custom Dataproc image for more info see https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/guides/dataproc-images
  • properties (dict) – dict of properties to set on config files (e.g. spark-defaults.conf), see https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/reference/rest/v1/projects.regions.clusters#SoftwareConfig
  • master_machine_type (str) – Compute engine machine type to use for the master node
  • master_disk_type (str) – Type of the boot disk for the master node (default is pd-standard). Valid values: pd-ssd (Persistent Disk Solid State Drive) or pd-standard (Persistent Disk Hard Disk Drive).
  • master_disk_size (int) – Disk size for the master node
  • worker_machine_type (str) – Compute engine machine type to use for the worker nodes
  • worker_disk_type (str) – Type of the boot disk for the worker node (default is pd-standard). Valid values: pd-ssd (Persistent Disk Solid State Drive) or pd-standard (Persistent Disk Hard Disk Drive).
  • worker_disk_size (int) – Disk size for the worker nodes
  • num_preemptible_workers (int) – The # of preemptible worker nodes to spin up
  • labels (dict) – dict of labels to add to the cluster
  • zone (str) – The zone where the cluster will be located. (templated)
  • network_uri (str) – The network uri to be used for machine communication, cannot be specified with subnetwork_uri
  • subnetwork_uri (str) – The subnetwork uri to be used for machine communication, cannot be specified with network_uri
  • internal_ip_only (bool) – If true, all instances in the cluster will only have internal IP addresses. This can only be enabled for subnetwork enabled networks
  • tags (list[string]) – The GCE tags to add to all instances
  • region (str) – leave as ‘global’, might become relevant in the future. (templated)
  • gcp_conn_id (str) – The connection ID to use connecting to Google Cloud Platform.
  • delegate_to (str) – The account to impersonate, if any. For this to work, the service account making the request must have domain-wide delegation enabled.
  • service_account (str) – The service account of the dataproc instances.
  • service_account_scopes (list[string]) – The URIs of service account scopes to be included.
  • idle_delete_ttl (int) – The longest duration that cluster would keep alive while staying idle. Passing this threshold will cause cluster to be auto-deleted. A duration in seconds.
  • auto_delete_time (datetime.datetime) – The time when cluster will be auto-deleted.
  • auto_delete_ttl (int) – The life duration of cluster, the cluster will be auto-deleted at the end of this duration. A duration in seconds. (If auto_delete_time is set this parameter will be ignored)
  • customer_managed_key (str) – The customer-managed key used for disk encryption (projects/[PROJECT_STORING_KEYS]/locations/[LOCATION]/keyRings/[KEY_RING_NAME]/cryptoKeys/[KEY_NAME])
DataprocClusterScaleOperator
class airflow.contrib.operators.dataproc_operator.DataprocClusterScaleOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Scale, up or down, a cluster on Google Cloud Dataproc. The operator will wait until the cluster is re-scaled.

Example:

t1 = DataprocClusterScaleOperator(
        task_id='dataproc_scale',
        project_id='my-project',
        cluster_name='cluster-1',
        num_workers=10,
        num_preemptible_workers=10,
        graceful_decommission_timeout='1h',
        dag=dag)

See also

For more detail on about scaling clusters have a look at the reference: https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/configuring-clusters/scaling-clusters

Parameters:
  • cluster_name (str) – The name of the cluster to scale. (templated)
  • project_id (str) – The ID of the google cloud project in which the cluster runs. (templated)
  • region (str) – The region for the dataproc cluster. (templated)
  • gcp_conn_id (str) – The connection ID to use connecting to Google Cloud Platform.
  • num_workers (int) – The new number of workers
  • num_preemptible_workers (int) – The new number of preemptible workers
  • graceful_decommission_timeout (str) – Timeout for graceful YARN decomissioning. Maximum value is 1d
  • delegate_to (str) – The account to impersonate, if any. For this to work, the service account making the request must have domain-wide delegation enabled.
DataprocClusterDeleteOperator
class airflow.contrib.operators.dataproc_operator.DataprocClusterDeleteOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Delete a cluster on Google Cloud Dataproc. The operator will wait until the cluster is destroyed.

Parameters:
  • cluster_name (str) – The name of the cluster to create. (templated)
  • project_id (str) – The ID of the google cloud project in which the cluster runs. (templated)
  • region (str) – leave as ‘global’, might become relevant in the future. (templated)
  • gcp_conn_id (str) – The connection ID to use connecting to Google Cloud Platform.
  • delegate_to (str) – The account to impersonate, if any. For this to work, the service account making the request must have domain-wide delegation enabled.
DataProcPigOperator
class airflow.contrib.operators.dataproc_operator.DataProcPigOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Start a Pig query Job on a Cloud DataProc cluster. The parameters of the operation will be passed to the cluster.

It’s a good practice to define dataproc_* parameters in the default_args of the dag like the cluster name and UDFs.

default_args = {
    'cluster_name': 'cluster-1',
    'dataproc_pig_jars': [
        'gs://example/udf/jar/datafu/1.2.0/datafu.jar',
        'gs://example/udf/jar/gpig/1.2/gpig.jar'
    ]
}

You can pass a pig script as string or file reference. Use variables to pass on variables for the pig script to be resolved on the cluster or use the parameters to be resolved in the script as template parameters.

Example:

t1 = DataProcPigOperator(
        task_id='dataproc_pig',
        query='a_pig_script.pig',
        variables={'out': 'gs://example/output/{{ds}}'},
        dag=dag)

See also

For more detail on about job submission have a look at the reference: https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/reference/rest/v1/projects.regions.jobs

Parameters:
  • query (str) – The query or reference to the query file (pg or pig extension). (templated)
  • query_uri (str) – The uri of a pig script on Cloud Storage.
  • variables (dict) – Map of named parameters for the query. (templated)
  • job_name (str) – The job name used in the DataProc cluster. This name by default is the task_id appended with the execution data, but can be templated. The name will always be appended with a random number to avoid name clashes. (templated)
  • cluster_name (str) – The name of the DataProc cluster. (templated)
  • dataproc_pig_properties (dict) – Map for the Pig properties. Ideal to put in default arguments
  • dataproc_pig_jars (list) – URIs to jars provisioned in Cloud Storage (example: for UDFs and libs) and are ideal to put in default arguments.
  • gcp_conn_id (str) – The connection ID to use connecting to Google Cloud Platform.
  • delegate_to (str) – The account to impersonate, if any. For this to work, the service account making the request must have domain-wide delegation enabled.
  • region (str) – The specified region where the dataproc cluster is created.
  • job_error_states (list) – Job states that should be considered error states. Any states in this list will result in an error being raised and failure of the task. Eg, if the CANCELLED state should also be considered a task failure, pass in ['ERROR', 'CANCELLED']. Possible values are currently only 'ERROR' and 'CANCELLED', but could change in the future. Defaults to ['ERROR'].
Variables:

dataproc_job_id (str) – The actual “jobId” as submitted to the Dataproc API. This is useful for identifying or linking to the job in the Google Cloud Console Dataproc UI, as the actual “jobId” submitted to the Dataproc API is appended with an 8 character random string.

DataProcHiveOperator
class airflow.contrib.operators.dataproc_operator.DataProcHiveOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Start a Hive query Job on a Cloud DataProc cluster.

Parameters:
  • query (str) – The query or reference to the query file (q extension).
  • query_uri (str) – The uri of a hive script on Cloud Storage.
  • variables (dict) – Map of named parameters for the query.
  • job_name (str) – The job name used in the DataProc cluster. This name by default is the task_id appended with the execution data, but can be templated. The name will always be appended with a random number to avoid name clashes.
  • cluster_name (str) – The name of the DataProc cluster.
  • dataproc_hive_properties (dict) – Map for the Pig properties. Ideal to put in default arguments
  • dataproc_hive_jars (list) – URIs to jars provisioned in Cloud Storage (example: for UDFs and libs) and are ideal to put in default arguments.
  • gcp_conn_id (str) – The connection ID to use connecting to Google Cloud Platform.
  • delegate_to (str) – The account to impersonate, if any. For this to work, the service account making the request must have domain-wide delegation enabled.
  • region (str) – The specified region where the dataproc cluster is created.
  • job_error_states (list) – Job states that should be considered error states. Any states in this list will result in an error being raised and failure of the task. Eg, if the CANCELLED state should also be considered a task failure, pass in ['ERROR', 'CANCELLED']. Possible values are currently only 'ERROR' and 'CANCELLED', but could change in the future. Defaults to ['ERROR'].
Variables:

dataproc_job_id (str) – The actual “jobId” as submitted to the Dataproc API. This is useful for identifying or linking to the job in the Google Cloud Console Dataproc UI, as the actual “jobId” submitted to the Dataproc API is appended with an 8 character random string.

DataProcSparkSqlOperator
class airflow.contrib.operators.dataproc_operator.DataProcSparkSqlOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Start a Spark SQL query Job on a Cloud DataProc cluster.

Parameters:
  • query (str) – The query or reference to the query file (q extension). (templated)
  • query_uri (str) – The uri of a spark sql script on Cloud Storage.
  • variables (dict) – Map of named parameters for the query. (templated)
  • job_name (str) – The job name used in the DataProc cluster. This name by default is the task_id appended with the execution data, but can be templated. The name will always be appended with a random number to avoid name clashes. (templated)
  • cluster_name (str) – The name of the DataProc cluster. (templated)
  • dataproc_spark_properties (dict) – Map for the Pig properties. Ideal to put in default arguments
  • dataproc_spark_jars (list) – URIs to jars provisioned in Cloud Storage (example: for UDFs and libs) and are ideal to put in default arguments.
  • gcp_conn_id (str) – The connection ID to use connecting to Google Cloud Platform.
  • delegate_to (str) – The account to impersonate, if any. For this to work, the service account making the request must have domain-wide delegation enabled.
  • region (str) – The specified region where the dataproc cluster is created.
  • job_error_states (list) – Job states that should be considered error states. Any states in this list will result in an error being raised and failure of the task. Eg, if the CANCELLED state should also be considered a task failure, pass in ['ERROR', 'CANCELLED']. Possible values are currently only 'ERROR' and 'CANCELLED', but could change in the future. Defaults to ['ERROR'].
Variables:

dataproc_job_id (str) – The actual “jobId” as submitted to the Dataproc API. This is useful for identifying or linking to the job in the Google Cloud Console Dataproc UI, as the actual “jobId” submitted to the Dataproc API is appended with an 8 character random string.

DataProcSparkOperator
class airflow.contrib.operators.dataproc_operator.DataProcSparkOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Start a Spark Job on a Cloud DataProc cluster.

Parameters:
  • main_jar (str) – URI of the job jar provisioned on Cloud Storage. (use this or the main_class, not both together).
  • main_class (str) – Name of the job class. (use this or the main_jar, not both together).
  • arguments (list) – Arguments for the job. (templated)
  • archives (list) – List of archived files that will be unpacked in the work directory. Should be stored in Cloud Storage.
  • files (list) – List of files to be copied to the working directory
  • job_name (str) – The job name used in the DataProc cluster. This name by default is the task_id appended with the execution data, but can be templated. The name will always be appended with a random number to avoid name clashes. (templated)
  • cluster_name (str) – The name of the DataProc cluster. (templated)
  • dataproc_spark_properties (dict) – Map for the Pig properties. Ideal to put in default arguments
  • dataproc_spark_jars (list) – URIs to jars provisioned in Cloud Storage (example: for UDFs and libs) and are ideal to put in default arguments.
  • gcp_conn_id (str) – The connection ID to use connecting to Google Cloud Platform.
  • delegate_to (str) – The account to impersonate, if any. For this to work, the service account making the request must have domain-wide delegation enabled.
  • region (str) – The specified region where the dataproc cluster is created.
  • job_error_states (list) – Job states that should be considered error states. Any states in this list will result in an error being raised and failure of the task. Eg, if the CANCELLED state should also be considered a task failure, pass in ['ERROR', 'CANCELLED']. Possible values are currently only 'ERROR' and 'CANCELLED', but could change in the future. Defaults to ['ERROR'].
Variables:

dataproc_job_id (str) – The actual “jobId” as submitted to the Dataproc API. This is useful for identifying or linking to the job in the Google Cloud Console Dataproc UI, as the actual “jobId” submitted to the Dataproc API is appended with an 8 character random string.

DataProcHadoopOperator
class airflow.contrib.operators.dataproc_operator.DataProcHadoopOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Start a Hadoop Job on a Cloud DataProc cluster.

Parameters:
  • main_jar (str) – URI of the job jar provisioned on Cloud Storage. (use this or the main_class, not both together).
  • main_class (str) – Name of the job class. (use this or the main_jar, not both together).
  • arguments (list) – Arguments for the job. (templated)
  • archives (list) – List of archived files that will be unpacked in the work directory. Should be stored in Cloud Storage.
  • files (list) – List of files to be copied to the working directory
  • job_name (str) – The job name used in the DataProc cluster. This name by default is the task_id appended with the execution data, but can be templated. The name will always be appended with a random number to avoid name clashes. (templated)
  • cluster_name (str) – The name of the DataProc cluster. (templated)
  • dataproc_hadoop_properties (dict) – Map for the Pig properties. Ideal to put in default arguments
  • dataproc_hadoop_jars (list) – URIs to jars provisioned in Cloud Storage (example: for UDFs and libs) and are ideal to put in default arguments.
  • gcp_conn_id (str) – The connection ID to use connecting to Google Cloud Platform.
  • delegate_to (str) – The account to impersonate, if any. For this to work, the service account making the request must have domain-wide delegation enabled.
  • region (str) – The specified region where the dataproc cluster is created.
  • job_error_states (list) – Job states that should be considered error states. Any states in this list will result in an error being raised and failure of the task. Eg, if the CANCELLED state should also be considered a task failure, pass in ['ERROR', 'CANCELLED']. Possible values are currently only 'ERROR' and 'CANCELLED', but could change in the future. Defaults to ['ERROR'].
Variables:

dataproc_job_id (str) – The actual “jobId” as submitted to the Dataproc API. This is useful for identifying or linking to the job in the Google Cloud Console Dataproc UI, as the actual “jobId” submitted to the Dataproc API is appended with an 8 character random string.

DataProcPySparkOperator
class airflow.contrib.operators.dataproc_operator.DataProcPySparkOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Start a PySpark Job on a Cloud DataProc cluster.

Parameters:
  • main (str) – [Required] The Hadoop Compatible Filesystem (HCFS) URI of the main Python file to use as the driver. Must be a .py file.
  • arguments (list) – Arguments for the job. (templated)
  • archives (list) – List of archived files that will be unpacked in the work directory. Should be stored in Cloud Storage.
  • files (list) – List of files to be copied to the working directory
  • pyfiles (list) – List of Python files to pass to the PySpark framework. Supported file types: .py, .egg, and .zip
  • job_name (str) – The job name used in the DataProc cluster. This name by default is the task_id appended with the execution data, but can be templated. The name will always be appended with a random number to avoid name clashes. (templated)
  • cluster_name (str) – The name of the DataProc cluster.
  • dataproc_pyspark_properties (dict) – Map for the Pig properties. Ideal to put in default arguments
  • dataproc_pyspark_jars (list) – URIs to jars provisioned in Cloud Storage (example: for UDFs and libs) and are ideal to put in default arguments.
  • gcp_conn_id (str) – The connection ID to use connecting to Google Cloud Platform.
  • delegate_to (str) – The account to impersonate, if any. For this to work, the service account making the request must have domain-wide delegation enabled.
  • region (str) – The specified region where the dataproc cluster is created.
  • job_error_states (list) – Job states that should be considered error states. Any states in this list will result in an error being raised and failure of the task. Eg, if the CANCELLED state should also be considered a task failure, pass in ['ERROR', 'CANCELLED']. Possible values are currently only 'ERROR' and 'CANCELLED', but could change in the future. Defaults to ['ERROR'].
Variables:

dataproc_job_id (str) – The actual “jobId” as submitted to the Dataproc API. This is useful for identifying or linking to the job in the Google Cloud Console Dataproc UI, as the actual “jobId” submitted to the Dataproc API is appended with an 8 character random string.

DataprocWorkflowTemplateInstantiateOperator
class airflow.contrib.operators.dataproc_operator.DataprocWorkflowTemplateInstantiateOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.contrib.operators.dataproc_operator.DataprocWorkflowTemplateBaseOperator

Instantiate a WorkflowTemplate on Google Cloud Dataproc. The operator will wait until the WorkflowTemplate is finished executing.

Parameters:
  • template_id (str) – The id of the template. (templated)
  • project_id (str) – The ID of the google cloud project in which the template runs
  • region (str) – leave as ‘global’, might become relevant in the future
  • gcp_conn_id (str) – The connection ID to use connecting to Google Cloud Platform.
  • delegate_to (str) – The account to impersonate, if any. For this to work, the service account making the request must have domain-wide delegation enabled.
DataprocWorkflowTemplateInstantiateInlineOperator
class airflow.contrib.operators.dataproc_operator.DataprocWorkflowTemplateInstantiateInlineOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.contrib.operators.dataproc_operator.DataprocWorkflowTemplateBaseOperator

Instantiate a WorkflowTemplate Inline on Google Cloud Dataproc. The operator will wait until the WorkflowTemplate is finished executing.

Parameters:
  • template (map) – The template contents. (templated)
  • project_id (str) – The ID of the google cloud project in which the template runs
  • region (str) – leave as ‘global’, might become relevant in the future
  • gcp_conn_id (str) – The connection ID to use connecting to Google Cloud Platform.
  • delegate_to (str) – The account to impersonate, if any. For this to work, the service account making the request must have domain-wide delegation enabled.
Cloud Datastore
Datastore Operators
DatastoreExportOperator
class airflow.contrib.operators.datastore_export_operator.DatastoreExportOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Export entities from Google Cloud Datastore to Cloud Storage

Parameters:
  • bucket (str) – name of the cloud storage bucket to backup data
  • namespace (str) – optional namespace path in the specified Cloud Storage bucket to backup data. If this namespace does not exist in GCS, it will be created.
  • datastore_conn_id (str) – the name of the Datastore connection id to use
  • cloud_storage_conn_id (str) – the name of the cloud storage connection id to force-write backup
  • delegate_to (str) – The account to impersonate, if any. For this to work, the service account making the request must have domain-wide delegation enabled.
  • entity_filter (dict) – description of what data from the project is included in the export, refer to https://cloud.google.com/datastore/docs/reference/rest/Shared.Types/EntityFilter
  • labels (dict) – client-assigned labels for cloud storage
  • polling_interval_in_seconds (int) – number of seconds to wait before polling for execution status again
  • overwrite_existing (bool) – if the storage bucket + namespace is not empty, it will be emptied prior to exports. This enables overwriting existing backups.
  • xcom_push (bool) – push operation name to xcom for reference
DatastoreImportOperator
class airflow.contrib.operators.datastore_import_operator.DatastoreImportOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Import entities from Cloud Storage to Google Cloud Datastore

Parameters:
  • bucket (str) – container in Cloud Storage to store data
  • file (str) – path of the backup metadata file in the specified Cloud Storage bucket. It should have the extension .overall_export_metadata
  • namespace (str) – optional namespace of the backup metadata file in the specified Cloud Storage bucket.
  • entity_filter (dict) – description of what data from the project is included in the export, refer to https://cloud.google.com/datastore/docs/reference/rest/Shared.Types/EntityFilter
  • labels (dict) – client-assigned labels for cloud storage
  • datastore_conn_id (str) – the name of the connection id to use
  • delegate_to (str) – The account to impersonate, if any. For this to work, the service account making the request must have domain-wide delegation enabled.
  • polling_interval_in_seconds (int) – number of seconds to wait before polling for execution status again
  • xcom_push (bool) – push operation name to xcom for reference
DatastoreHook
class airflow.contrib.hooks.datastore_hook.DatastoreHook(datastore_conn_id='google_cloud_datastore_default', delegate_to=None)[source]

Bases: airflow.contrib.hooks.gcp_api_base_hook.GoogleCloudBaseHook

Interact with Google Cloud Datastore. This hook uses the Google Cloud Platform connection.

This object is not threads safe. If you want to make multiple requests simultaneously, you will need to create a hook per thread.

allocate_ids(partialKeys)[source]

Allocate IDs for incomplete keys. see https://cloud.google.com/datastore/docs/reference/rest/v1/projects/allocateIds

Parameters:partialKeys – a list of partial keys
Returns:a list of full keys.
begin_transaction()[source]

Get a new transaction handle

Returns:a transaction handle
commit(body)[source]

Commit a transaction, optionally creating, deleting or modifying some entities.

Parameters:body – the body of the commit request
Returns:the response body of the commit request
delete_operation(name)[source]

Deletes the long-running operation

Parameters:name – the name of the operation resource
export_to_storage_bucket(bucket, namespace=None, entity_filter=None, labels=None)[source]

Export entities from Cloud Datastore to Cloud Storage for backup

get_conn(version='v1')[source]

Returns a Google Cloud Datastore service object.

get_operation(name)[source]

Gets the latest state of a long-running operation

Parameters:name – the name of the operation resource
import_from_storage_bucket(bucket, file, namespace=None, entity_filter=None, labels=None)[source]

Import a backup from Cloud Storage to Cloud Datastore

lookup(keys, read_consistency=None, transaction=None)[source]

Lookup some entities by key

Parameters:
  • keys – the keys to lookup
  • read_consistency – the read consistency to use. default, strong or eventual. Cannot be used with a transaction.
  • transaction – the transaction to use, if any.
Returns:

the response body of the lookup request.

poll_operation_until_done(name, polling_interval_in_seconds)[source]

Poll backup operation state until it’s completed

rollback(transaction)[source]

Roll back a transaction

Parameters:transaction – the transaction to roll back
run_query(body)[source]

Run a query for entities.

Parameters:body – the body of the query request
Returns:the batch of query results.
Cloud ML Engine
Cloud ML Engine Operators
MLEngineBatchPredictionOperator
class airflow.contrib.operators.mlengine_operator.MLEngineBatchPredictionOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Start a Google Cloud ML Engine prediction job.

NOTE: For model origin, users should consider exactly one from the three options below: 1. Populate ‘uri’ field only, which should be a GCS location that points to a tensorflow savedModel directory. 2. Populate ‘model_name’ field only, which refers to an existing model, and the default version of the model will be used. 3. Populate both ‘model_name’ and ‘version_name’ fields, which refers to a specific version of a specific model.

In options 2 and 3, both model and version name should contain the minimal identifier. For instance, call

MLEngineBatchPredictionOperator(
    ...,
    model_name='my_model',
    version_name='my_version',
    ...)

if the desired model version is “projects/my_project/models/my_model/versions/my_version”.

See https://cloud.google.com/ml-engine/reference/rest/v1/projects.jobs for further documentation on the parameters.

Parameters:
  • project_id (str) – The Google Cloud project name where the prediction job is submitted. (templated)
  • job_id (str) – A unique id for the prediction job on Google Cloud ML Engine. (templated)
  • data_format (str) – The format of the input data. It will default to ‘DATA_FORMAT_UNSPECIFIED’ if is not provided or is not one of [“TEXT”, “TF_RECORD”, “TF_RECORD_GZIP”].
  • input_paths (list of string) – A list of GCS paths of input data for batch prediction. Accepting wildcard operator *, but only at the end. (templated)
  • output_path (str) – The GCS path where the prediction results are written to. (templated)
  • region (str) – The Google Compute Engine region to run the prediction job in. (templated)
  • model_name (str) – The Google Cloud ML Engine model to use for prediction. If version_name is not provided, the default version of this model will be used. Should not be None if version_name is provided. Should be None if uri is provided. (templated)
  • version_name (str) – The Google Cloud ML Engine model version to use for prediction. Should be None if uri is provided. (templated)
  • uri (str) – The GCS path of the saved model to use for prediction. Should be None if model_name is provided. It should be a GCS path pointing to a tensorflow SavedModel. (templated)
  • max_worker_count (int) – The maximum number of workers to be used for parallel processing. Defaults to 10 if not specified.
  • runtime_version (str) – The Google Cloud ML Engine runtime version to use for batch prediction.
  • gcp_conn_id (str) – The connection ID used for connection to Google Cloud Platform.
  • delegate_to (str) – The account to impersonate, if any. For this to work, the service account making the request must have doamin-wide delegation enabled.
Raises:
ValueError: if a unique model/version origin cannot be determined.
MLEngineModelOperator
class airflow.contrib.operators.mlengine_operator.MLEngineModelOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Operator for managing a Google Cloud ML Engine model.

Parameters:
  • project_id (str) – The Google Cloud project name to which MLEngine model belongs. (templated)
  • model (dict) –

    A dictionary containing the information about the model. If the operation is create, then the model parameter should contain all the information about this model such as name.

    If the operation is get, the model parameter should contain the name of the model.

  • operation (str) –

    The operation to perform. Available operations are:

    • create: Creates a new model as provided by the model parameter.
    • get: Gets a particular model where the name is specified in model.
  • gcp_conn_id (str) – The connection ID to use when fetching connection info.
  • delegate_to (str) – The account to impersonate, if any. For this to work, the service account making the request must have domain-wide delegation enabled.
MLEngineTrainingOperator
class airflow.contrib.operators.mlengine_operator.MLEngineTrainingOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Operator for launching a MLEngine training job.

Parameters:
  • project_id (str) – The Google Cloud project name within which MLEngine training job should run (templated).
  • job_id (str) – A unique templated id for the submitted Google MLEngine training job. (templated)
  • package_uris (str) – A list of package locations for MLEngine training job, which should include the main training program + any additional dependencies. (templated)
  • training_python_module (str) – The Python module name to run within MLEngine training job after installing ‘package_uris’ packages. (templated)
  • training_args (str) – A list of templated command line arguments to pass to the MLEngine training program. (templated)
  • region (str) – The Google Compute Engine region to run the MLEngine training job in (templated).
  • scale_tier (str) – Resource tier for MLEngine training job. (templated)
  • master_type (str) – Cloud ML Engine machine name. Must be set when scale_tier is CUSTOM. (templated)
  • runtime_version (str) – The Google Cloud ML runtime version to use for training. (templated)
  • python_version (str) – The version of Python used in training. (templated)
  • job_dir (str) – A Google Cloud Storage path in which to store training outputs and other data needed for training. (templated)
  • gcp_conn_id (str) – The connection ID to use when fetching connection info.
  • delegate_to (str) – The account to impersonate, if any. For this to work, the service account making the request must have domain-wide delegation enabled.
  • mode (str) – Can be one of ‘DRY_RUN’/’CLOUD’. In ‘DRY_RUN’ mode, no real training job will be launched, but the MLEngine training job request will be printed out. In ‘CLOUD’ mode, a real MLEngine training job creation request will be issued.
MLEngineVersionOperator
class airflow.contrib.operators.mlengine_operator.MLEngineVersionOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Operator for managing a Google Cloud ML Engine version.

Parameters:
  • project_id (str) – The Google Cloud project name to which MLEngine model belongs.
  • model_name (str) – The name of the Google Cloud ML Engine model that the version belongs to. (templated)
  • version_name (str) – A name to use for the version being operated upon. If not None and the version argument is None or does not have a value for the name key, then this will be populated in the payload for the name key. (templated)
  • version (dict) – A dictionary containing the information about the version. If the operation is create, version should contain all the information about this version such as name, and deploymentUrl. If the operation is get or delete, the version parameter should contain the name of the version. If it is None, the only operation possible would be list. (templated)
  • operation (str) –

    The operation to perform. Available operations are:

    • create: Creates a new version in the model specified by model_name, in which case the version parameter should contain all the information to create that version (e.g. name, deploymentUrl).
    • get: Gets full information of a particular version in the model specified by model_name. The name of the version should be specified in the version parameter.
    • list: Lists all available versions of the model specified by model_name.
    • delete: Deletes the version specified in version parameter from the model specified by model_name). The name of the version should be specified in the version parameter.
  • gcp_conn_id (str) – The connection ID to use when fetching connection info.
  • delegate_to (str) – The account to impersonate, if any. For this to work, the service account making the request must have domain-wide delegation enabled.
Cloud ML Engine Hook
MLEngineHook
class airflow.contrib.hooks.gcp_mlengine_hook.MLEngineHook(gcp_conn_id='google_cloud_default', delegate_to=None)[source]

Bases: airflow.contrib.hooks.gcp_api_base_hook.GoogleCloudBaseHook

create_job(project_id, job, use_existing_job_fn=None)[source]

Launches a MLEngine job and wait for it to reach a terminal state.

Parameters:
  • project_id (str) – The Google Cloud project id within which MLEngine job will be launched.
  • job (dict) –

    MLEngine Job object that should be provided to the MLEngine API, such as:

    {
      'jobId': 'my_job_id',
      'trainingInput': {
        'scaleTier': 'STANDARD_1',
        ...
      }
    }
    
  • use_existing_job_fn (function) – In case that a MLEngine job with the same job_id already exist, this method (if provided) will decide whether we should use this existing job, continue waiting for it to finish and returning the job object. It should accepts a MLEngine job object, and returns a boolean value indicating whether it is OK to reuse the existing job. If ‘use_existing_job_fn’ is not provided, we by default reuse the existing MLEngine job.
Returns:

The MLEngine job object if the job successfully reach a terminal state (which might be FAILED or CANCELLED state).

Return type:

dict

create_model(project_id, model)[source]

Create a Model. Blocks until finished.

create_version(project_id, model_name, version_spec)[source]

Creates the Version on Google Cloud ML Engine.

Returns the operation if the version was created successfully and raises an error otherwise.

delete_version(project_id, model_name, version_name)[source]

Deletes the given version of a model. Blocks until finished.

get_conn()[source]

Returns a Google MLEngine service object.

get_model(project_id, model_name)[source]

Gets a Model. Blocks until finished.

list_versions(project_id, model_name)[source]

Lists all available versions of a model. Blocks until finished.

set_default_version(project_id, model_name, version_name)[source]

Sets a version to be the default. Blocks until finished.

Cloud Storage
Storage Operators
FileToGoogleCloudStorageOperator
class airflow.contrib.operators.file_to_gcs.FileToGoogleCloudStorageOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Uploads a file to Google Cloud Storage. Optionally can compress the file for upload.

Parameters:
  • src (str) – Path to the local file. (templated)
  • dst (str) – Destination path within the specified bucket. (templated)
  • bucket (str) – The bucket to upload to. (templated)
  • google_cloud_storage_conn_id (str) – The Airflow connection ID to upload with
  • mime_type (str) – The mime-type string
  • delegate_to (str) – The account to impersonate, if any
  • gzip (bool) – Allows for file to be compressed and uploaded as gzip
execute(context)[source]

Uploads the file to Google cloud storage

GoogleCloudStorageBucketCreateAclEntryOperator
class airflow.contrib.operators.gcs_acl_operator.GoogleCloudStorageBucketCreateAclEntryOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Creates a new ACL entry on the specified bucket.

Parameters:
  • bucket (str) – Name of a bucket.
  • entity (str) – The entity holding the permission, in one of the following forms: user-userId, user-email, group-groupId, group-email, domain-domain, project-team-projectId, allUsers, allAuthenticatedUsers
  • role (str) – The access permission for the entity. Acceptable values are: “OWNER”, “READER”, “WRITER”.
  • user_project (str) – (Optional) The project to be billed for this request. Required for Requester Pays buckets.
  • google_cloud_storage_conn_id (str) – The connection ID to use when connecting to Google Cloud Storage.
GoogleCloudStorageCreateBucketOperator
class airflow.contrib.operators.gcs_operator.GoogleCloudStorageCreateBucketOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Creates a new bucket. Google Cloud Storage uses a flat namespace, so you can’t create a bucket with a name that is already in use.

See also

For more information, see Bucket Naming Guidelines: https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucketnaming.html#requirements

Parameters:
  • bucket_name (str) – The name of the bucket. (templated)
  • storage_class (str) –

    This defines how objects in the bucket are stored and determines the SLA and the cost of storage (templated). Values include

    • MULTI_REGIONAL
    • REGIONAL
    • STANDARD
    • NEARLINE
    • COLDLINE.

    If this value is not specified when the bucket is created, it will default to STANDARD.

  • location (str) –

    The location of the bucket. (templated) Object data for objects in the bucket resides in physical storage within this region. Defaults to US.

  • project_id (str) – The ID of the GCP Project. (templated)
  • labels (dict) – User-provided labels, in key/value pairs.
  • google_cloud_storage_conn_id (str) – The connection ID to use when connecting to Google cloud storage.
  • delegate_to (str) – The account to impersonate, if any. For this to work, the service account making the request must have domain-wide delegation enabled.
Example:

The following Operator would create a new bucket test-bucket with MULTI_REGIONAL storage class in EU region

CreateBucket = GoogleCloudStorageCreateBucketOperator(
    task_id='CreateNewBucket',
    bucket_name='test-bucket',
    storage_class='MULTI_REGIONAL',
    location='EU',
    labels={'env': 'dev', 'team': 'airflow'},
    google_cloud_storage_conn_id='airflow-service-account'
)
GoogleCloudStorageDownloadOperator
class airflow.contrib.operators.gcs_download_operator.GoogleCloudStorageDownloadOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Downloads a file from Google Cloud Storage.

Parameters:
  • bucket (str) – The Google cloud storage bucket where the object is. (templated)
  • object (str) – The name of the object to download in the Google cloud storage bucket. (templated)
  • filename (str) – The file path on the local file system (where the operator is being executed) that the file should be downloaded to. (templated) If no filename passed, the downloaded data will not be stored on the local file system.
  • store_to_xcom_key (str) – If this param is set, the operator will push the contents of the downloaded file to XCom with the key set in this parameter. If not set, the downloaded data will not be pushed to XCom. (templated)
  • google_cloud_storage_conn_id (str) – The connection ID to use when connecting to Google cloud storage.
  • delegate_to (str) – The account to impersonate, if any. For this to work, the service account making the request must have domain-wide delegation enabled.
GoogleCloudStorageListOperator
class airflow.contrib.operators.gcs_list_operator.GoogleCloudStorageListOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

List all objects from the bucket with the give string prefix and delimiter in name.

This operator returns a python list with the name of objects which can be used by
xcom in the downstream task.
Parameters:
  • bucket (str) – The Google cloud storage bucket to find the objects. (templated)
  • prefix (str) – Prefix string which filters objects whose name begin with this prefix. (templated)
  • delimiter (str) – The delimiter by which you want to filter the objects. (templated) For e.g to lists the CSV files from in a directory in GCS you would use delimiter=’.csv’.
  • google_cloud_storage_conn_id (str) – The connection ID to use when connecting to Google cloud storage.
  • delegate_to (str) – The account to impersonate, if any. For this to work, the service account making the request must have domain-wide delegation enabled.
Example:

The following Operator would list all the Avro files from sales/sales-2017 folder in data bucket.

GCS_Files = GoogleCloudStorageListOperator(
    task_id='GCS_Files',
    bucket='data',
    prefix='sales/sales-2017/',
    delimiter='.avro',
    google_cloud_storage_conn_id=google_cloud_conn_id
)
GoogleCloudStorageObjectCreateAclEntryOperator
class airflow.contrib.operators.gcs_acl_operator.GoogleCloudStorageObjectCreateAclEntryOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Creates a new ACL entry on the specified object.

Parameters:
  • bucket (str) – Name of a bucket.
  • object_name (str) – Name of the object. For information about how to URL encode object names to be path safe, see: https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/json_api/#encoding
  • entity (str) – The entity holding the permission, in one of the following forms: user-userId, user-email, group-groupId, group-email, domain-domain, project-team-projectId, allUsers, allAuthenticatedUsers
  • role (str) – The access permission for the entity. Acceptable values are: “OWNER”, “READER”.
  • generation (str) – (Optional) If present, selects a specific revision of this object (as opposed to the latest version, the default).
  • user_project (str) – (Optional) The project to be billed for this request. Required for Requester Pays buckets.
  • google_cloud_storage_conn_id (str) – The connection ID to use when connecting to Google Cloud Storage.
GoogleCloudStorageToBigQueryOperator
class airflow.contrib.operators.gcs_to_bq.GoogleCloudStorageToBigQueryOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Loads files from Google cloud storage into BigQuery.

The schema to be used for the BigQuery table may be specified in one of two ways. You may either directly pass the schema fields in, or you may point the operator to a Google cloud storage object name. The object in Google cloud storage must be a JSON file with the schema fields in it.

Parameters:
  • bucket (str) – The bucket to load from. (templated)
  • source_objects (list of str) – List of Google cloud storage URIs to load from. (templated) If source_format is ‘DATASTORE_BACKUP’, the list must only contain a single URI.
  • destination_project_dataset_table (str) – The dotted (<project>.)<dataset>.<table> BigQuery table to load data into. If <project> is not included, project will be the project defined in the connection json. (templated)
  • schema_fields (list) – If set, the schema field list as defined here: https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/reference/v2/jobs#configuration.load Should not be set when source_format is ‘DATASTORE_BACKUP’.
  • schema_object (str) – If set, a GCS object path pointing to a .json file that contains the schema for the table. (templated)
  • source_format (str) – File format to export.
  • compression (str) – [Optional] The compression type of the data source. Possible values include GZIP and NONE. The default value is NONE. This setting is ignored for Google Cloud Bigtable, Google Cloud Datastore backups and Avro formats.
  • create_disposition (str) – The create disposition if the table doesn’t exist.
  • skip_leading_rows (int) – Number of rows to skip when loading from a CSV.
  • write_disposition (str) – The write disposition if the table already exists.
  • field_delimiter (str) – The delimiter to use when loading from a CSV.
  • max_bad_records (int) – The maximum number of bad records that BigQuery can ignore when running the job.
  • quote_character (str) – The value that is used to quote data sections in a CSV file.
  • ignore_unknown_values (bool) – [Optional] Indicates if BigQuery should allow extra values that are not represented in the table schema. If true, the extra values are ignored. If false, records with extra columns are treated as bad records, and if there are too many bad records, an invalid error is returned in the job result.
  • allow_quoted_newlines (bool) – Whether to allow quoted newlines (true) or not (false).
  • allow_jagged_rows (bool) – Accept rows that are missing trailing optional columns. The missing values are treated as nulls. If false, records with missing trailing columns are treated as bad records, and if there are too many bad records, an invalid error is returned in the job result. Only applicable to CSV, ignored for other formats.
  • max_id_key (str) – If set, the name of a column in the BigQuery table that’s to be loaded. This will be used to select the MAX value from BigQuery after the load occurs. The results will be returned by the execute() command, which in turn gets stored in XCom for future operators to use. This can be helpful with incremental loads–during future executions, you can pick up from the max ID.
  • bigquery_conn_id (str) – Reference to a specific BigQuery hook.
  • google_cloud_storage_conn_id (str) – Reference to a specific Google cloud storage hook.
  • delegate_to (str) – The account to impersonate, if any. For this to work, the service account making the request must have domain-wide delegation enabled.
  • schema_update_options (list) – Allows the schema of the destination table to be updated as a side effect of the load job.
  • src_fmt_configs (dict) – configure optional fields specific to the source format
  • external_table (bool) – Flag to specify if the destination table should be a BigQuery external table. Default Value is False.
  • time_partitioning (dict) – configure optional time partitioning fields i.e. partition by field, type and expiration as per API specifications. Note that ‘field’ is not available in concurrency with dataset.table$partition.
  • cluster_fields (list of str) – Request that the result of this load be stored sorted by one or more columns. This is only available in conjunction with time_partitioning. The order of columns given determines the sort order. Not applicable for external tables.
GoogleCloudStorageToGoogleCloudStorageOperator
class airflow.contrib.operators.gcs_to_gcs.GoogleCloudStorageToGoogleCloudStorageOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Copies objects from a bucket to another, with renaming if requested.

Parameters:
  • source_bucket (str) – The source Google cloud storage bucket where the object is. (templated)
  • source_object (str) – The source name of the object to copy in the Google cloud storage bucket. (templated) You can use only one wildcard for objects (filenames) within your bucket. The wildcard can appear inside the object name or at the end of the object name. Appending a wildcard to the bucket name is unsupported.
  • destination_bucket (str) – The destination Google cloud storage bucket where the object should be. (templated)
  • destination_object (str) – The destination name of the object in the destination Google cloud storage bucket. (templated) If a wildcard is supplied in the source_object argument, this is the prefix that will be prepended to the final destination objects’ paths. Note that the source path’s part before the wildcard will be removed; if it needs to be retained it should be appended to destination_object. For example, with prefix foo/* and destination_object blah/, the file foo/baz will be copied to blah/baz; to retain the prefix write the destination_object as e.g. blah/foo, in which case the copied file will be named blah/foo/baz.
  • move_object (bool) – When move object is True, the object is moved instead of copied to the new location. This is the equivalent of a mv command as opposed to a cp command.
  • google_cloud_storage_conn_id (str) – The connection ID to use when connecting to Google cloud storage.
  • delegate_to (str) – The account to impersonate, if any. For this to work, the service account making the request must have domain-wide delegation enabled.
  • last_modified_time (datetime) – When specified, if the object(s) were modified after last_modified_time, they will be copied/moved. If tzinfo has not been set, UTC will be assumed.
Examples:

The following Operator would copy a single file named sales/sales-2017/january.avro in the data bucket to the file named copied_sales/2017/january-backup.avro in the data_backup bucket

copy_single_file = GoogleCloudStorageToGoogleCloudStorageOperator(
    task_id='copy_single_file',
    source_bucket='data',
    source_object='sales/sales-2017/january.avro',
    destination_bucket='data_backup',
    destination_object='copied_sales/2017/january-backup.avro',
    google_cloud_storage_conn_id=google_cloud_conn_id
)

The following Operator would copy all the Avro files from sales/sales-2017 folder (i.e. with names starting with that prefix) in data bucket to the copied_sales/2017 folder in the data_backup bucket.

copy_files = GoogleCloudStorageToGoogleCloudStorageOperator(
    task_id='copy_files',
    source_bucket='data',
    source_object='sales/sales-2017/*.avro',
    destination_bucket='data_backup',
    destination_object='copied_sales/2017/',
    google_cloud_storage_conn_id=google_cloud_conn_id
)

The following Operator would move all the Avro files from sales/sales-2017 folder (i.e. with names starting with that prefix) in data bucket to the same folder in the data_backup bucket, deleting the original files in the process.

move_files = GoogleCloudStorageToGoogleCloudStorageOperator(
    task_id='move_files',
    source_bucket='data',
    source_object='sales/sales-2017/*.avro',
    destination_bucket='data_backup',
    move_object=True,
    google_cloud_storage_conn_id=google_cloud_conn_id
)
GoogleCloudStorageToGoogleCloudStorageTransferOperator
class airflow.contrib.operators.gcs_to_gcs_transfer_operator.GoogleCloudStorageToGoogleCloudStorageTransferOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Copies objects from a bucket to another using the GCP Storage Transfer Service.

Parameters:

Example:

gcs_to_gcs_transfer_op = GoogleCloudStorageToGoogleCloudStorageTransferOperator(
     task_id='gcs_to_gcs_transfer_example',
     source_bucket='my-source-bucket',
     destination_bucket='my-destination-bucket',
     project_id='my-gcp-project',
     dag=my_dag)
MySqlToGoogleCloudStorageOperator
class airflow.contrib.operators.mysql_to_gcs.MySqlToGoogleCloudStorageOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Copy data from MySQL to Google cloud storage in JSON format.

Parameters:
  • sql (str) – The SQL to execute on the MySQL table.
  • bucket (str) – The bucket to upload to.
  • filename (str) – The filename to use as the object name when uploading to Google cloud storage. A {} should be specified in the filename to allow the operator to inject file numbers in cases where the file is split due to size.
  • schema_filename (str) – If set, the filename to use as the object name when uploading a .json file containing the BigQuery schema fields for the table that was dumped from MySQL.
  • approx_max_file_size_bytes (long) – This operator supports the ability to split large table dumps into multiple files (see notes in the filenamed param docs above). Google cloud storage allows for files to be a maximum of 4GB. This param allows developers to specify the file size of the splits.
  • mysql_conn_id (str) – Reference to a specific MySQL hook.
  • google_cloud_storage_conn_id (str) – Reference to a specific Google cloud storage hook.
  • schema (str or list) – The schema to use, if any. Should be a list of dict or a str. Pass a string if using Jinja template, otherwise, pass a list of dict. Examples could be seen: https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs /schemas#specifying_a_json_schema_file
  • delegate_to (str) – The account to impersonate, if any. For this to work, the service account making the request must have domain-wide delegation enabled.
classmethod type_map(mysql_type)[source]

Helper function that maps from MySQL fields to BigQuery fields. Used when a schema_filename is set.

GoogleCloudStorageHook
class airflow.contrib.hooks.gcs_hook.GoogleCloudStorageHook(google_cloud_storage_conn_id='google_cloud_default', delegate_to=None)[source]

Bases: airflow.contrib.hooks.gcp_api_base_hook.GoogleCloudBaseHook

Interact with Google Cloud Storage. This hook uses the Google Cloud Platform connection.

copy(source_bucket, source_object, destination_bucket=None, destination_object=None)[source]

Copies an object from a bucket to another, with renaming if requested.

destination_bucket or destination_object can be omitted, in which case source bucket/object is used, but not both.

Parameters:
  • source_bucket (str) – The bucket of the object to copy from.
  • source_object (str) – The object to copy.
  • destination_bucket (str) – The destination of the object to copied to. Can be omitted; then the same bucket is used.
  • destination_object (str) – The (renamed) path of the object if given. Can be omitted; then the same name is used.
create_bucket(bucket_name, storage_class='MULTI_REGIONAL', location='US', project_id=None, labels=None)[source]

Creates a new bucket. Google Cloud Storage uses a flat namespace, so you can’t create a bucket with a name that is already in use.

See also

For more information, see Bucket Naming Guidelines: https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucketnaming.html#requirements

Parameters:
  • bucket_name (str) – The name of the bucket.
  • storage_class (str) –

    This defines how objects in the bucket are stored and determines the SLA and the cost of storage. Values include

    • MULTI_REGIONAL
    • REGIONAL
    • STANDARD
    • NEARLINE
    • COLDLINE.

    If this value is not specified when the bucket is created, it will default to STANDARD.

  • location (str) –

    The location of the bucket. Object data for objects in the bucket resides in physical storage within this region. Defaults to US.

  • project_id (str) – The ID of the GCP Project.
  • labels (dict) – User-provided labels, in key/value pairs.
Returns:

If successful, it returns the id of the bucket.

delete(bucket, object, generation=None)[source]

Delete an object if versioning is not enabled for the bucket, or if generation parameter is used.

Parameters:
  • bucket (str) – name of the bucket, where the object resides
  • object (str) – name of the object to delete
  • generation (str) – if present, permanently delete the object of this generation
Returns:

True if succeeded

download(bucket, object, filename=None)[source]

Get a file from Google Cloud Storage.

Parameters:
  • bucket (str) – The bucket to fetch from.
  • object (str) – The object to fetch.
  • filename (str) – If set, a local file path where the file should be written to.
exists(bucket, object)[source]

Checks for the existence of a file in Google Cloud Storage.

Parameters:
  • bucket (str) – The Google cloud storage bucket where the object is.
  • object (str) – The name of the object to check in the Google cloud storage bucket.
get_conn()[source]

Returns a Google Cloud Storage service object.

get_crc32c(bucket, object)[source]

Gets the CRC32c checksum of an object in Google Cloud Storage.

Parameters:
  • bucket (str) – The Google cloud storage bucket where the object is.
  • object (str) – The name of the object to check in the Google cloud storage bucket.
get_md5hash(bucket, object)[source]

Gets the MD5 hash of an object in Google Cloud Storage.

Parameters:
  • bucket (str) – The Google cloud storage bucket where the object is.
  • object (str) – The name of the object to check in the Google cloud storage bucket.
get_size(bucket, object)[source]

Gets the size of a file in Google Cloud Storage.

Parameters:
  • bucket (str) – The Google cloud storage bucket where the object is.
  • object (str) – The name of the object to check in the Google cloud storage bucket.
insert_bucket_acl(bucket, entity, role, user_project)[source]

Creates a new ACL entry on the specified bucket. See: https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/json_api/v1/bucketAccessControls/insert

Parameters:
  • bucket (str) – Name of a bucket.
  • entity (str) – The entity holding the permission, in one of the following forms: user-userId, user-email, group-groupId, group-email, domain-domain, project-team-projectId, allUsers, allAuthenticatedUsers. See: https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/access-control/lists#scopes
  • role (str) – The access permission for the entity. Acceptable values are: “OWNER”, “READER”, “WRITER”.
  • user_project (str) – (Optional) The project to be billed for this request. Required for Requester Pays buckets.
insert_object_acl(bucket, object_name, entity, role, generation, user_project)[source]

Creates a new ACL entry on the specified object. See: https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/json_api/v1/objectAccessControls/insert

Parameters:
  • bucket (str) – Name of a bucket.
  • object_name (str) – Name of the object. For information about how to URL encode object names to be path safe, see: https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/json_api/#encoding
  • entity (str) – The entity holding the permission, in one of the following forms: user-userId, user-email, group-groupId, group-email, domain-domain, project-team-projectId, allUsers, allAuthenticatedUsers See: https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/access-control/lists#scopes
  • role (str) – The access permission for the entity. Acceptable values are: “OWNER”, “READER”.
  • generation (str) – (Optional) If present, selects a specific revision of this object (as opposed to the latest version, the default).
  • user_project (str) – (Optional) The project to be billed for this request. Required for Requester Pays buckets.
is_updated_after(bucket, object, ts)[source]

Checks if an object is updated in Google Cloud Storage.

Parameters:
  • bucket (str) – The Google cloud storage bucket where the object is.
  • object (str) – The name of the object to check in the Google cloud storage bucket.
  • ts (datetime) – The timestamp to check against.
list(bucket, versions=None, maxResults=None, prefix=None, delimiter=None)[source]

List all objects from the bucket with the give string prefix in name

Parameters:
  • bucket (str) – bucket name
  • versions (bool) – if true, list all versions of the objects
  • maxResults (int) – max count of items to return in a single page of responses
  • prefix (str) – prefix string which filters objects whose name begin with this prefix
  • delimiter (str) – filters objects based on the delimiter (for e.g ‘.csv’)
Returns:

a stream of object names matching the filtering criteria

rewrite(source_bucket, source_object, destination_bucket, destination_object=None)[source]

Has the same functionality as copy, except that will work on files over 5 TB, as well as when copying between locations and/or storage classes.

destination_object can be omitted, in which case source_object is used.

Parameters:
  • source_bucket (str) – The bucket of the object to copy from.
  • source_object (str) – The object to copy.
  • destination_bucket (str) – The destination of the object to copied to.
  • destination_object (str) – The (renamed) path of the object if given. Can be omitted; then the same name is used.
upload(bucket, object, filename, mime_type='application/octet-stream', gzip=False, multipart=False, num_retries=0)[source]

Uploads a local file to Google Cloud Storage.

Parameters:
  • bucket (str) – The bucket to upload to.
  • object (str) – The object name to set when uploading the local file.
  • filename (str) – The local file path to the file to be uploaded.
  • mime_type (str) – The MIME type to set when uploading the file.
  • gzip (bool) – Option to compress file for upload
  • multipart (bool or int) – If True, the upload will be split into multiple HTTP requests. The default size is 256MiB per request. Pass a number instead of True to specify the request size, which must be a multiple of 262144 (256KiB).
  • num_retries (int) – The number of times to attempt to re-upload the file (or individual chunks, in the case of multipart uploads). Retries are attempted with exponential backoff.
GCPTransferServiceHook
class airflow.contrib.hooks.gcp_transfer_hook.GCPTransferServiceHook(api_version='v1', gcp_conn_id='google_cloud_default', delegate_to=None)[source]

Bases: airflow.contrib.hooks.gcp_api_base_hook.GoogleCloudBaseHook

Hook for GCP Storage Transfer Service.

get_conn()[source]

Retrieves connection to Google Storage Transfer service.

Returns:Google Storage Transfer service object
Return type:dict
Google Kubernetes Engine
Google Kubernetes Engine Cluster Operators
GKEClusterCreateOperator
GKEClusterDeleteOperator
GKEPodOperator
Google Kubernetes Engine Hook

Qubole

Apache Airflow has a native operator and hooks to talk to Qubole, which lets you submit your big data jobs directly to Qubole from Apache Airflow.

QuboleOperator
class airflow.contrib.operators.qubole_operator.QuboleOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Execute tasks (commands) on QDS (https://qubole.com).

Parameters:qubole_conn_id (str) – Connection id which consists of qds auth_token
kwargs:
command_type:type of command to be executed, e.g. hivecmd, shellcmd, hadoopcmd
tags:array of tags to be assigned with the command
cluster_label:cluster label on which the command will be executed
name:name to be given to command
notify:whether to send email on command completion or not (default is False)

Arguments specific to command types

hivecmd:
query:inline query statement
script_location:
 s3 location containing query statement
sample_size:size of sample in bytes on which to run query
macros:macro values which were used in query
sample_size:size of sample in bytes on which to run query
hive-version:Specifies the hive version to be used. eg: 0.13,1.2,etc.
prestocmd:
query:inline query statement
script_location:
 s3 location containing query statement
macros:macro values which were used in query
hadoopcmd:
sub_commnad:must be one these [“jar”, “s3distcp”, “streaming”] followed by 1 or more args
shellcmd:
script:inline command with args
script_location:
 s3 location containing query statement
files:list of files in s3 bucket as file1,file2 format. These files will be copied into the working directory where the qubole command is being executed.
archives:list of archives in s3 bucket as archive1,archive2 format. These will be unarchived intothe working directory where the qubole command is being executed
parameters:any extra args which need to be passed to script (only when script_location is supplied)
pigcmd:
script:inline query statement (latin_statements)
script_location:
 s3 location containing pig query
parameters:any extra args which need to be passed to script (only when script_location is supplied
sparkcmd:
program:the complete Spark Program in Scala, SQL, Command, R, or Python
cmdline:spark-submit command line, all required information must be specify in cmdline itself.
sql:inline sql query
script_location:
 s3 location containing query statement
language:language of the program, Scala, SQL, Command, R, or Python
app_id:ID of an Spark job server app
arguments:spark-submit command line arguments
user_program_arguments:
 arguments that the user program takes in
macros:macro values which were used in query
note_id:Id of the Notebook to run
dbtapquerycmd:
db_tap_id:data store ID of the target database, in Qubole.
query:inline query statement
macros:macro values which were used in query
dbexportcmd:
mode:Can be 1 for Hive export or 2 for HDFS/S3 export
schema:Db schema name assumed accordingly by database if not specified
hive_table:Name of the hive table
partition_spec:partition specification for Hive table.
dbtap_id:data store ID of the target database, in Qubole.
db_table:name of the db table
db_update_mode:allowinsert or updateonly
db_update_keys:columns used to determine the uniqueness of rows
export_dir:HDFS/S3 location from which data will be exported.
fields_terminated_by:
 hex of the char used as column separator in the dataset
use_customer_cluster:
 To use cluster to run command
customer_cluster_label:
 the label of the cluster to run the command on
additional_options:
 Additional Sqoop options which are needed enclose options in double or single quotes e.g. ‘–map-column-hive id=int,data=string’
dbimportcmd:
mode:1 (simple), 2 (advance)
hive_table:Name of the hive table
schema:Db schema name assumed accordingly by database if not specified
hive_serde:Output format of the Hive Table
dbtap_id:data store ID of the target database, in Qubole.
db_table:name of the db table
where_clause:where clause, if any
parallelism:number of parallel db connections to use for extracting data
extract_query:SQL query to extract data from db. $CONDITIONS must be part of the where clause.
boundary_query:Query to be used get range of row IDs to be extracted
split_column:Column used as row ID to split data into ranges (mode 2)
use_customer_cluster:
 To use cluster to run command
customer_cluster_label:
 the label of the cluster to run the command on
additional_options:
 Additional Sqoop options which are needed enclose options in double or single quotes

Note

Following fields are template-supported : query, script_location, sub_command, script, files, archives, program, cmdline, sql, where_clause, extract_query, boundary_query, macros, tags, name, parameters, dbtap_id, hive_table, db_table, split_column, note_id, db_update_keys, export_dir, partition_spec, qubole_conn_id, arguments, user_program_arguments.

You can also use .txt files for template driven use cases.

Note

In QuboleOperator there is a default handler for task failures and retries, which generally kills the command running at QDS for the corresponding task instance. You can override this behavior by providing your own failure and retry handler in task definition.

QubolePartitionSensor
class airflow.contrib.sensors.qubole_sensor.QubolePartitionSensor(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.contrib.sensors.qubole_sensor.QuboleSensor

Wait for a Hive partition to show up in QHS (Qubole Hive Service) and check for its presence via QDS APIs

Parameters:
  • qubole_conn_id (str) – Connection id which consists of qds auth_token
  • data (a JSON object) – a JSON object containing payload, whose presence needs to be checked. Check this example for sample payload structure.

Note

Both data and qubole_conn_id fields support templating. You can also use .txt files for template-driven use cases.

QuboleFileSensor
class airflow.contrib.sensors.qubole_sensor.QuboleFileSensor(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.contrib.sensors.qubole_sensor.QuboleSensor

Wait for a file or folder to be present in cloud storage and check for its presence via QDS APIs

Parameters:
  • qubole_conn_id (str) – Connection id which consists of qds auth_token
  • data (a JSON object) –

    a JSON object containing payload, whose presence needs to be checked Check this example for sample payload structure.

Note

Both data and qubole_conn_id fields support templating. You can also use .txt files for template-driven use cases.

QuboleCheckOperator
class airflow.contrib.operators.qubole_check_operator.QuboleCheckOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.operators.check_operator.CheckOperator, airflow.contrib.operators.qubole_operator.QuboleOperator

Performs checks against Qubole Commands. QuboleCheckOperator expects a command that will be executed on QDS. By default, each value on first row of the result of this Qubole Command is evaluated using python bool casting. If any of the values return False, the check is failed and errors out.

Note that Python bool casting evals the following as False:

  • False
  • 0
  • Empty string ("")
  • Empty list ([])
  • Empty dictionary or set ({})

Given a query like SELECT COUNT(*) FROM foo, it will fail only if the count == 0. You can craft much more complex query that could, for instance, check that the table has the same number of rows as the source table upstream, or that the count of today’s partition is greater than yesterday’s partition, or that a set of metrics are less than 3 standard deviation for the 7 day average.

This operator can be used as a data quality check in your pipeline, and depending on where you put it in your DAG, you have the choice to stop the critical path, preventing from publishing dubious data, or on the side and receive email alerts without stopping the progress of the DAG.

Parameters:qubole_conn_id (str) – Connection id which consists of qds auth_token

kwargs:

Arguments specific to Qubole command can be referred from QuboleOperator docs.

results_parser_callable:
 This is an optional parameter to extend the flexibility of parsing the results of Qubole command to the users. This is a python callable which can hold the logic to parse list of rows returned by Qubole command. By default, only the values on first row are used for performing checks. This callable should return a list of records on which the checks have to be performed.

Note

All fields in common with template fields of QuboleOperator and CheckOperator are template-supported.

QuboleValueCheckOperator
class airflow.contrib.operators.qubole_check_operator.QuboleValueCheckOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.operators.check_operator.ValueCheckOperator, airflow.contrib.operators.qubole_operator.QuboleOperator

Performs a simple value check using Qubole command. By default, each value on the first row of this Qubole command is compared with a pre-defined value. The check fails and errors out if the output of the command is not within the permissible limit of expected value.

Parameters:
  • qubole_conn_id (str) – Connection id which consists of qds auth_token
  • pass_value (str/int/float) – Expected value of the query results.
  • tolerance (int/float) – Defines the permissible pass_value range, for example if tolerance is 2, the Qubole command output can be anything between -2*pass_value and 2*pass_value, without the operator erring out.

kwargs:

Arguments specific to Qubole command can be referred from QuboleOperator docs.

results_parser_callable:
 This is an optional parameter to extend the flexibility of parsing the results of Qubole command to the users. This is a python callable which can hold the logic to parse list of rows returned by Qubole command. By default, only the values on first row are used for performing checks. This callable should return a list of records on which the checks have to be performed.

Note

All fields in common with template fields of QuboleOperator and ValueCheckOperator are template-supported.

Metrics

Configuration

Airflow can be set up to send metrics to StatsD:

[scheduler]
statsd_on = True
statsd_host = localhost
statsd_port = 8125
statsd_prefix = airflow

Counters

Name Description
<job_name>_start Number of started <job_name> job, ex. SchedulerJob, LocalTaskJob
<job_name>_end Number of ended <job_name> job, ex. SchedulerJob, LocalTaskJob
operator_failures_<operator_name> Operator <operator_name> failures
operator_successes_<operator_name> Operator <operator_name> successes
ti_failures Overall task instances failures
ti_successes Overall task instances successes
zombies_killed Zombie tasks killed
scheduler_heartbeat Scheduler heartbeats

Gauges

Name Description
collect_dags Seconds taken to scan and import DAGs
dagbag_import_errors DAG import errors
dagbag_size DAG bag size

Timers

Name Description
dagrun.dependency-check.<dag_id> Seconds taken to check DAG dependencies

Lineage

Note

Lineage support is very experimental and subject to change.

Airflow can help track origins of data, what happens to it and where it moves over time. This can aid having audit trails and data governance, but also debugging of data flows.

Airflow tracks data by means of inlets and outlets of the tasks. Let’s work from an example and see how it works.

from airflow.operators.bash_operator import BashOperator
from airflow.operators.dummy_operator import DummyOperator
from airflow.lineage.datasets import File
from airflow.models import DAG
from datetime import timedelta

FILE_CATEGORIES = ["CAT1", "CAT2", "CAT3"]

args = {
    'owner': 'airflow',
    'start_date': airflow.utils.dates.days_ago(2)
}

dag = DAG(
    dag_id='example_lineage', default_args=args,
    schedule_interval='0 0 * * *',
    dagrun_timeout=timedelta(minutes=60))

f_final = File("/tmp/final")
run_this_last = DummyOperator(task_id='run_this_last', dag=dag,
    inlets={"auto": True},
    outlets={"datasets": [f_final,]})

f_in = File("/tmp/whole_directory/")
outlets = []
for file in FILE_CATEGORIES:
    f_out = File("/tmp/{}/{{{{ execution_date }}}}".format(file))
    outlets.append(f_out)
run_this = BashOperator(
    task_id='run_me_first', bash_command='echo 1', dag=dag,
    inlets={"datasets": [f_in,]},
    outlets={"datasets": outlets}
    )
run_this.set_downstream(run_this_last)

Tasks take the parameters inlets and outlets. Inlets can be manually defined by a list of dataset {“datasets”: [dataset1, dataset2]} or can be configured to look for outlets from upstream tasks {“task_ids”: [“task_id1”, “task_id2”]} or can be configured to pick up outlets from direct upstream tasks {“auto”: True} or a combination of them. Outlets are defined as list of dataset {“datasets”: [dataset1, dataset2]}. Any fields for the dataset are templated with the context when the task is being executed.

Note

Operators can add inlets and outlets automatically if the operator supports it.

In the example DAG task run_me_first is a BashOperator that takes 3 inlets: CAT1, CAT2, CAT3, that are generated from a list. Note that execution_date is a templated field and will be rendered when the task is running.

Note

Behind the scenes Airflow prepares the lineage metadata as part of the pre_execute method of a task. When the task has finished execution post_execute is called and lineage metadata is pushed into XCOM. Thus if you are creating your own operators that override this method make sure to decorate your method with prepare_lineage and apply_lineage respectively.

Apache Atlas

Airflow can send its lineage metadata to Apache Atlas. You need to enable the atlas backend and configure it properly, e.g. in your airflow.cfg:

[lineage]
backend = airflow.lineage.backend.atlas

[atlas]
username = my_username
password = my_password
host = host
port = 21000

Please make sure to have the atlasclient package installed.

FAQ

Why isn’t my task getting scheduled?

There are very many reasons why your task might not be getting scheduled. Here are some of the common causes:

  • Does your script “compile”, can the Airflow engine parse it and find your DAG object. To test this, you can run airflow list_dags and confirm that your DAG shows up in the list. You can also run airflow list_tasks foo_dag_id --tree and confirm that your task shows up in the list as expected. If you use the CeleryExecutor, you may want to confirm that this works both where the scheduler runs as well as where the worker runs.
  • Does the file containing your DAG contain the string “airflow” and “DAG” somewhere in the contents? When searching the DAG directory, Airflow ignores files not containing “airflow” and “DAG” in order to prevent the DagBag parsing from importing all python files collocated with user’s DAGs.
  • Is your start_date set properly? The Airflow scheduler triggers the task soon after the start_date + scheduler_interval is passed.
  • Is your schedule_interval set properly? The default schedule_interval is one day (datetime.timedelta(1)). You must specify a different schedule_interval directly to the DAG object you instantiate, not as a default_param, as task instances do not override their parent DAG’s schedule_interval.
  • Is your start_date beyond where you can see it in the UI? If you set your start_date to some time say 3 months ago, you won’t be able to see it in the main view in the UI, but you should be able to see it in the Menu -> Browse ->Task Instances.
  • Are the dependencies for the task met. The task instances directly upstream from the task need to be in a success state. Also, if you have set depends_on_past=True, the previous task instance needs to have succeeded (except if it is the first run for that task). Also, if wait_for_downstream=True, make sure you understand what it means. You can view how these properties are set from the Task Instance Details page for your task.
  • Are the DagRuns you need created and active? A DagRun represents a specific execution of an entire DAG and has a state (running, success, failed, …). The scheduler creates new DagRun as it moves forward, but never goes back in time to create new ones. The scheduler only evaluates running DagRuns to see what task instances it can trigger. Note that clearing tasks instances (from the UI or CLI) does set the state of a DagRun back to running. You can bulk view the list of DagRuns and alter states by clicking on the schedule tag for a DAG.
  • Is the concurrency parameter of your DAG reached? concurrency defines how many running task instances a DAG is allowed to have, beyond which point things get queued.
  • Is the max_active_runs parameter of your DAG reached? max_active_runs defines how many running concurrent instances of a DAG there are allowed to be.

You may also want to read the Scheduler section of the docs and make sure you fully understand how it proceeds.

How do I trigger tasks based on another task’s failure?

Check out the Trigger Rule section in the Concepts section of the documentation.

Why are connection passwords still not encrypted in the metadata db after I installed airflow[crypto]?

Check out the Securing Connections section in the How-to Guides section of the documentation.

What’s the deal with start_date?

start_date is partly legacy from the pre-DagRun era, but it is still relevant in many ways. When creating a new DAG, you probably want to set a global start_date for your tasks using default_args. The first DagRun to be created will be based on the min(start_date) for all your task. From that point on, the scheduler creates new DagRuns based on your schedule_interval and the corresponding task instances run as your dependencies are met. When introducing new tasks to your DAG, you need to pay special attention to start_date, and may want to reactivate inactive DagRuns to get the new task onboarded properly.

We recommend against using dynamic values as start_date, especially datetime.now() as it can be quite confusing. The task is triggered once the period closes, and in theory an @hourly DAG would never get to an hour after now as now() moves along.

Previously we also recommended using rounded start_date in relation to your schedule_interval. This meant an @hourly would be at 00:00 minutes:seconds, a @daily job at midnight, a @monthly job on the first of the month. This is no longer required. Airflow will now auto align the start_date and the schedule_interval, by using the start_date as the moment to start looking.

You can use any sensor or a TimeDeltaSensor to delay the execution of tasks within the schedule interval. While schedule_interval does allow specifying a datetime.timedelta object, we recommend using the macros or cron expressions instead, as it enforces this idea of rounded schedules.

When using depends_on_past=True it’s important to pay special attention to start_date as the past dependency is not enforced only on the specific schedule of the start_date specified for the task. It’s also important to watch DagRun activity status in time when introducing new depends_on_past=True, unless you are planning on running a backfill for the new task(s).

Also important to note is that the tasks start_date, in the context of a backfill CLI command, get overridden by the backfill’s command start_date. This allows for a backfill on tasks that have depends_on_past=True to actually start, if that wasn’t the case, the backfill just wouldn’t start.

How can I create DAGs dynamically?

Airflow looks in your DAGS_FOLDER for modules that contain DAG objects in their global namespace, and adds the objects it finds in the DagBag. Knowing this all we need is a way to dynamically assign variable in the global namespace, which is easily done in python using the globals() function for the standard library which behaves like a simple dictionary.

for i in range(10):
    dag_id = 'foo_{}'.format(i)
    globals()[dag_id] = DAG(dag_id)
    # or better, call a function that returns a DAG object!

What are all the airflow run commands in my process list?

There are many layers of airflow run commands, meaning it can call itself.

  • Basic airflow run: fires up an executor, and tell it to run an airflow run --local command. If using Celery, this means it puts a command in the queue for it to run remotely on the worker. If using LocalExecutor, that translates into running it in a subprocess pool.
  • Local airflow run --local: starts an airflow run --raw command (described below) as a subprocess and is in charge of emitting heartbeats, listening for external kill signals and ensures some cleanup takes place if the subprocess fails.
  • Raw airflow run --raw runs the actual operator’s execute method and performs the actual work.

How can my airflow dag run faster?

There are three variables we could control to improve airflow dag performance:

  • parallelism: This variable controls the number of task instances that the airflow worker can run simultaneously. User could increase the parallelism variable in the airflow.cfg.
  • concurrency: The Airflow scheduler will run no more than $concurrency task instances for your DAG at any given time. Concurrency is defined in your Airflow DAG. If you do not set the concurrency on your DAG, the scheduler will use the default value from the dag_concurrency entry in your airflow.cfg.
  • max_active_runs: the Airflow scheduler will run no more than max_active_runs DagRuns of your DAG at a given time. If you do not set the max_active_runs in your DAG, the scheduler will use the default value from the max_active_runs_per_dag entry in your airflow.cfg.

How can we reduce the airflow UI page load time?

If your dag takes long time to load, you could reduce the value of default_dag_run_display_number configuration in airflow.cfg to a smaller value. This configurable controls the number of dag run to show in UI with default value 25.

How to fix Exception: Global variable explicit_defaults_for_timestamp needs to be on (1)?

This means explicit_defaults_for_timestamp is disabled in your mysql server and you need to enable it by:

  1. Set explicit_defaults_for_timestamp = 1 under the mysqld section in your my.cnf file.
  2. Restart the Mysql server.

How to reduce airflow dag scheduling latency in production?

  • max_threads: Scheduler will spawn multiple threads in parallel to schedule dags. This is controlled by max_threads with default value of 2. User should increase this value to a larger value(e.g numbers of cpus where scheduler runs - 1) in production.
  • scheduler_heartbeat_sec: User should consider to increase scheduler_heartbeat_sec config to a higher value(e.g 60 secs) which controls how frequent the airflow scheduler gets the heartbeat and updates the job’s entry in database.

API Reference

Operators

Operators allow for generation of certain types of tasks that become nodes in the DAG when instantiated. All operators derive from BaseOperator and inherit many attributes and methods that way. Refer to the BaseOperator documentation for more details.

There are 3 main types of operators:

  • Operators that performs an action, or tell another system to perform an action
  • Transfer operators move data from one system to another
  • Sensors are a certain type of operator that will keep running until a certain criterion is met. Examples include a specific file landing in HDFS or S3, a partition appearing in Hive, or a specific time of the day. Sensors are derived from BaseSensorOperator and run a poke method at a specified poke_interval until it returns True.
BaseOperator

All operators are derived from BaseOperator and acquire much functionality through inheritance. Since this is the core of the engine, it’s worth taking the time to understand the parameters of BaseOperator to understand the primitive features that can be leveraged in your DAGs.

class airflow.models.BaseOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.utils.log.logging_mixin.LoggingMixin

Abstract base class for all operators. Since operators create objects that become nodes in the dag, BaseOperator contains many recursive methods for dag crawling behavior. To derive this class, you are expected to override the constructor as well as the ‘execute’ method.

Operators derived from this class should perform or trigger certain tasks synchronously (wait for completion). Example of operators could be an operator that runs a Pig job (PigOperator), a sensor operator that waits for a partition to land in Hive (HiveSensorOperator), or one that moves data from Hive to MySQL (Hive2MySqlOperator). Instances of these operators (tasks) target specific operations, running specific scripts, functions or data transfers.

This class is abstract and shouldn’t be instantiated. Instantiating a class derived from this one results in the creation of a task object, which ultimately becomes a node in DAG objects. Task dependencies should be set by using the set_upstream and/or set_downstream methods.

Parameters:
  • task_id (str) – a unique, meaningful id for the task
  • owner (str) – the owner of the task, using the unix username is recommended
  • retries (int) – the number of retries that should be performed before failing the task
  • retry_delay (timedelta) – delay between retries
  • retry_exponential_backoff (bool) – allow progressive longer waits between retries by using exponential backoff algorithm on retry delay (delay will be converted into seconds)
  • max_retry_delay (timedelta) – maximum delay interval between retries
  • start_date (datetime) – The start_date for the task, determines the execution_date for the first task instance. The best practice is to have the start_date rounded to your DAG’s schedule_interval. Daily jobs have their start_date some day at 00:00:00, hourly jobs have their start_date at 00:00 of a specific hour. Note that Airflow simply looks at the latest execution_date and adds the schedule_interval to determine the next execution_date. It is also very important to note that different tasks’ dependencies need to line up in time. If task A depends on task B and their start_date are offset in a way that their execution_date don’t line up, A’s dependencies will never be met. If you are looking to delay a task, for example running a daily task at 2AM, look into the TimeSensor and TimeDeltaSensor. We advise against using dynamic start_date and recommend using fixed ones. Read the FAQ entry about start_date for more information.
  • end_date (datetime) – if specified, the scheduler won’t go beyond this date
  • depends_on_past (bool) – when set to true, task instances will run sequentially while relying on the previous task’s schedule to succeed. The task instance for the start_date is allowed to run.
  • wait_for_downstream (bool) – when set to true, an instance of task X will wait for tasks immediately downstream of the previous instance of task X to finish successfully before it runs. This is useful if the different instances of a task X alter the same asset, and this asset is used by tasks downstream of task X. Note that depends_on_past is forced to True wherever wait_for_downstream is used.
  • queue (str) – which queue to target when running this job. Not all executors implement queue management, the CeleryExecutor does support targeting specific queues.
  • dag (DAG) – a reference to the dag the task is attached to (if any)
  • priority_weight (int) – priority weight of this task against other task. This allows the executor to trigger higher priority tasks before others when things get backed up. Set priority_weight as a higher number for more important tasks.
  • weight_rule (str) – weighting method used for the effective total priority weight of the task. Options are: { downstream | upstream | absolute } default is downstream When set to downstream the effective weight of the task is the aggregate sum of all downstream descendants. As a result, upstream tasks will have higher weight and will be scheduled more aggressively when using positive weight values. This is useful when you have multiple dag run instances and desire to have all upstream tasks to complete for all runs before each dag can continue processing downstream tasks. When set to upstream the effective weight is the aggregate sum of all upstream ancestors. This is the opposite where downtream tasks have higher weight and will be scheduled more aggressively when using positive weight values. This is useful when you have multiple dag run instances and prefer to have each dag complete before starting upstream tasks of other dags. When set to absolute, the effective weight is the exact priority_weight specified without additional weighting. You may want to do this when you know exactly what priority weight each task should have. Additionally, when set to absolute, there is bonus effect of significantly speeding up the task creation process as for very large DAGS. Options can be set as string or using the constants defined in the static class airflow.utils.WeightRule
  • pool (str) – the slot pool this task should run in, slot pools are a way to limit concurrency for certain tasks
  • sla (datetime.timedelta) – time by which the job is expected to succeed. Note that this represents the timedelta after the period is closed. For example if you set an SLA of 1 hour, the scheduler would send an email soon after 1:00AM on the 2016-01-02 if the 2016-01-01 instance has not succeeded yet. The scheduler pays special attention for jobs with an SLA and sends alert emails for sla misses. SLA misses are also recorded in the database for future reference. All tasks that share the same SLA time get bundled in a single email, sent soon after that time. SLA notification are sent once and only once for each task instance.
  • execution_timeout (datetime.timedelta) – max time allowed for the execution of this task instance, if it goes beyond it will raise and fail.
  • on_failure_callback (callable) – a function to be called when a task instance of this task fails. a context dictionary is passed as a single parameter to this function. Context contains references to related objects to the task instance and is documented under the macros section of the API.
  • on_retry_callback (callable) – much like the on_failure_callback except that it is executed when retries occur.
  • on_success_callback (callable) – much like the on_failure_callback except that it is executed when the task succeeds.
  • trigger_rule (str) – defines the rule by which dependencies are applied for the task to get triggered. Options are: { all_success | all_failed | all_done | one_success | one_failed | none_failed | dummy} default is all_success. Options can be set as string or using the constants defined in the static class airflow.utils.TriggerRule
  • resources (dict) – A map of resource parameter names (the argument names of the Resources constructor) to their values.
  • run_as_user (str) – unix username to impersonate while running the task
  • task_concurrency (int) – When set, a task will be able to limit the concurrent runs across execution_dates
  • executor_config (dict) –

    Additional task-level configuration parameters that are interpreted by a specific executor. Parameters are namespaced by the name of executor.

    Example: to run this task in a specific docker container through the KubernetesExecutor

    MyOperator(...,
        executor_config={
        "KubernetesExecutor":
            {"image": "myCustomDockerImage"}
            }
    )
    
  • do_xcom_push (bool) – if True, an XCom is pushed containing the Operator’s result
clear(**kwargs)[source]

Clears the state of task instances associated with the task, following the parameters specified.

dag

Returns the Operator’s DAG if set, otherwise raises an error

deps

Returns the list of dependencies for the operator. These differ from execution context dependencies in that they are specific to tasks and can be extended/overridden by subclasses.

downstream_list

@property: list of tasks directly downstream

execute(context)[source]

This is the main method to derive when creating an operator. Context is the same dictionary used as when rendering jinja templates.

Refer to get_template_context for more context.

get_direct_relative_ids(upstream=False)[source]

Get the direct relative ids to the current task, upstream or downstream.

get_direct_relatives(upstream=False)[source]

Get the direct relatives to the current task, upstream or downstream.

get_flat_relative_ids(upstream=False, found_descendants=None)[source]

Get a flat list of relatives’ ids, either upstream or downstream.

get_flat_relatives(upstream=False)[source]

Get a flat list of relatives, either upstream or downstream.

get_task_instances(session, start_date=None, end_date=None)[source]

Get a set of task instance related to this task for a specific date range.

has_dag()[source]

Returns True if the Operator has been assigned to a DAG.

on_kill()[source]

Override this method to cleanup subprocesses when a task instance gets killed. Any use of the threading, subprocess or multiprocessing module within an operator needs to be cleaned up or it will leave ghost processes behind.

post_execute(context, *args, **kwargs)[source]

This hook is triggered right after self.execute() is called. It is passed the execution context and any results returned by the operator.

pre_execute(context, *args, **kwargs)[source]

This hook is triggered right before self.execute() is called.

prepare_template()[source]

Hook that is triggered after the templated fields get replaced by their content. If you need your operator to alter the content of the file before the template is rendered, it should override this method to do so.

render_template(attr, content, context)[source]

Renders a template either from a file or directly in a field, and returns the rendered result.

render_template_from_field(attr, content, context, jinja_env)[source]

Renders a template from a field. If the field is a string, it will simply render the string and return the result. If it is a collection or nested set of collections, it will traverse the structure and render all strings in it.

run(start_date=None, end_date=None, ignore_first_depends_on_past=False, ignore_ti_state=False, mark_success=False)[source]

Run a set of task instances for a date range.

schedule_interval

The schedule interval of the DAG always wins over individual tasks so that tasks within a DAG always line up. The task still needs a schedule_interval as it may not be attached to a DAG.

set_downstream(task_or_task_list)[source]

Set a task or a task list to be directly downstream from the current task.

set_upstream(task_or_task_list)[source]

Set a task or a task list to be directly upstream from the current task.

upstream_list

@property: list of tasks directly upstream

xcom_pull(context, task_ids=None, dag_id=None, key=u'return_value', include_prior_dates=None)[source]

See TaskInstance.xcom_pull()

xcom_push(context, key, value, execution_date=None)[source]

See TaskInstance.xcom_push()

BaseSensorOperator

All sensors are derived from BaseSensorOperator. All sensors inherit the timeout and poke_interval on top of the BaseOperator attributes.

class airflow.sensors.base_sensor_operator.BaseSensorOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator, airflow.models.SkipMixin

Sensor operators are derived from this class and inherit these attributes.

Sensor operators keep executing at a time interval and succeed when a criteria is met and fail if and when they time out.

Parameters:
  • soft_fail (bool) – Set to true to mark the task as SKIPPED on failure
  • poke_interval (int) – Time in seconds that the job should wait in between each tries
  • timeout (int) – Time, in seconds before the task times out and fails.
  • mode (str) – How the sensor operates. Options are: { poke | reschedule }, default is poke. When set to poke the sensor is taking up a worker slot for its whole execution time and sleeps between pokes. Use this mode if the expected runtime of the sensor is short or if a short poke interval is required. When set to reschedule the sensor task frees the worker slot when the criteria is not yet met and it’s rescheduled at a later time. Use this mode if the expected time until the criteria is met is. The poke inteval should be more than one minute to prevent too much load on the scheduler.
deps

Adds one additional dependency for all sensor operators that checks if a sensor task instance can be rescheduled.

poke(context)[source]

Function that the sensors defined while deriving this class should override.

Core Operators
Operators
class airflow.operators.bash_operator.BashOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Execute a Bash script, command or set of commands.

Parameters:
  • bash_command (str) – The command, set of commands or reference to a bash script (must be ‘.sh’) to be executed. (templated)
  • xcom_push (bool) – If xcom_push is True, the last line written to stdout will also be pushed to an XCom when the bash command completes.
  • env (dict) – If env is not None, it must be a mapping that defines the environment variables for the new process; these are used instead of inheriting the current process environment, which is the default behavior. (templated)
  • output_encoding (str) – Output encoding of bash command

On execution of this operator the task will be up for retry when exception is raised. However, if a sub-command exits with non-zero value Airflow will not recognize it as failure unless the whole shell exits with a failure. The easiest way of achieving this is to prefix the command with set -e; Example:

bash_command = "set -e; python3 script.py '{{ next_execution_date }}'"
execute(context)[source]

Execute the bash command in a temporary directory which will be cleaned afterwards

class airflow.operators.python_operator.BranchPythonOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.operators.python_operator.PythonOperator, airflow.models.SkipMixin

Allows a workflow to “branch” or follow a path following the execution of this task.

It derives the PythonOperator and expects a Python function that returns a single task_id or list of task_ids to follow. The task_id(s) returned should point to a task directly downstream from {self}. All other “branches” or directly downstream tasks are marked with a state of skipped so that these paths can’t move forward. The skipped states are propagated downstream to allow for the DAG state to fill up and the DAG run’s state to be inferred.

Note that using tasks with depends_on_past=True downstream from BranchPythonOperator is logically unsound as skipped status will invariably lead to block tasks that depend on their past successes. skipped states propagates where all directly upstream tasks are skipped.

class airflow.operators.check_operator.CheckOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Performs checks against a db. The CheckOperator expects a sql query that will return a single row. Each value on that first row is evaluated using python bool casting. If any of the values return False the check is failed and errors out.

Note that Python bool casting evals the following as False:

  • False
  • 0
  • Empty string ("")
  • Empty list ([])
  • Empty dictionary or set ({})

Given a query like SELECT COUNT(*) FROM foo, it will fail only if the count == 0. You can craft much more complex query that could, for instance, check that the table has the same number of rows as the source table upstream, or that the count of today’s partition is greater than yesterday’s partition, or that a set of metrics are less than 3 standard deviation for the 7 day average.

This operator can be used as a data quality check in your pipeline, and depending on where you put it in your DAG, you have the choice to stop the critical path, preventing from publishing dubious data, or on the side and receive email alerts without stopping the progress of the DAG.

Note that this is an abstract class and get_db_hook needs to be defined. Whereas a get_db_hook is hook that gets a single record from an external source.

Parameters:sql (str) – the sql to be executed. (templated)
class airflow.operators.docker_operator.DockerOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Execute a command inside a docker container.

A temporary directory is created on the host and mounted into a container to allow storing files that together exceed the default disk size of 10GB in a container. The path to the mounted directory can be accessed via the environment variable AIRFLOW_TMP_DIR.

If a login to a private registry is required prior to pulling the image, a Docker connection needs to be configured in Airflow and the connection ID be provided with the parameter docker_conn_id.

Parameters:
  • image (str) – Docker image from which to create the container. If image tag is omitted, “latest” will be used.
  • api_version (str) – Remote API version. Set to auto to automatically detect the server’s version.
  • auto_remove (bool) – Auto-removal of the container on daemon side when the container’s process exits. The default is False.
  • command (str or list) – Command to be run in the container. (templated)
  • cpus (float) – Number of CPUs to assign to the container. This value gets multiplied with 1024. See https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/run/#cpu-share-constraint
  • dns (list of strings) – Docker custom DNS servers
  • dns_search (list of strings) – Docker custom DNS search domain
  • docker_url (str) – URL of the host running the docker daemon. Default is unix://var/run/docker.sock
  • environment (dict) – Environment variables to set in the container. (templated)
  • force_pull (bool) – Pull the docker image on every run. Default is False.
  • mem_limit (float or str) – Maximum amount of memory the container can use. Either a float value, which represents the limit in bytes, or a string like 128m or 1g.
  • network_mode (str) – Network mode for the container.
  • tls_ca_cert (str) – Path to a PEM-encoded certificate authority to secure the docker connection.
  • tls_client_cert (str) – Path to the PEM-encoded certificate used to authenticate docker client.
  • tls_client_key (str) – Path to the PEM-encoded key used to authenticate docker client.
  • tls_hostname (str or bool) – Hostname to match against the docker server certificate or False to disable the check.
  • tls_ssl_version (str) – Version of SSL to use when communicating with docker daemon.
  • tmp_dir (str) – Mount point inside the container to a temporary directory created on the host by the operator. The path is also made available via the environment variable AIRFLOW_TMP_DIR inside the container.
  • user (int or str) – Default user inside the docker container.
  • volumes – List of volumes to mount into the container, e.g. ['/host/path:/container/path', '/host/path2:/container/path2:ro'].
  • working_dir (str) – Working directory to set on the container (equivalent to the -w switch the docker client)
  • xcom_push (bool) – Does the stdout will be pushed to the next step using XCom. The default is False.
  • xcom_all (bool) – Push all the stdout or just the last line. The default is False (last line).
  • docker_conn_id (str) – ID of the Airflow connection to use
  • shm_size (int) – Size of /dev/shm in bytes. The size must be greater than 0. If omitted uses system default.
class airflow.operators.dummy_operator.DummyOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Operator that does literally nothing. It can be used to group tasks in a DAG.

class airflow.operators.druid_check_operator.DruidCheckOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.operators.check_operator.CheckOperator

Performs checks against Druid. The DruidCheckOperator expects a sql query that will return a single row. Each value on that first row is evaluated using python bool casting. If any of the values return False the check is failed and errors out.

Note that Python bool casting evals the following as False:

  • False
  • 0
  • Empty string ("")
  • Empty list ([])
  • Empty dictionary or set ({})

Given a query like SELECT COUNT(*) FROM foo, it will fail only if the count == 0. You can craft much more complex query that could, for instance, check that the table has the same number of rows as the source table upstream, or that the count of today’s partition is greater than yesterday’s partition, or that a set of metrics are less than 3 standard deviation for the 7 day average. This operator can be used as a data quality check in your pipeline, and depending on where you put it in your DAG, you have the choice to stop the critical path, preventing from publishing dubious data, or on the side and receive email alterts without stopping the progress of the DAG.

Parameters:
  • sql (str) – the sql to be executed
  • druid_broker_conn_id (str) – reference to the druid broker
get_db_hook()[source]

Return the druid db api hook.

get_first(sql)[source]

Executes the druid sql to druid broker and returns the first resulting row.

Parameters:sql (str) – the sql statement to be executed (str)
class airflow.operators.email_operator.EmailOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Sends an email.

Parameters:
  • to (list or string (comma or semicolon delimited)) – list of emails to send the email to. (templated)
  • subject (str) – subject line for the email. (templated)
  • html_content (str) – content of the email, html markup is allowed. (templated)
  • files (list) – file names to attach in email
  • cc (list or string (comma or semicolon delimited)) – list of recipients to be added in CC field
  • bcc (list or string (comma or semicolon delimited)) – list of recipients to be added in BCC field
  • mime_subtype (str) – MIME sub content type
  • mime_charset (str) – character set parameter added to the Content-Type header.
class airflow.operators.generic_transfer.GenericTransfer(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Moves data from a connection to another, assuming that they both provide the required methods in their respective hooks. The source hook needs to expose a get_records method, and the destination a insert_rows method.

This is meant to be used on small-ish datasets that fit in memory.

Parameters:
  • sql (str) – SQL query to execute against the source database. (templated)
  • destination_table (str) – target table. (templated)
  • source_conn_id (str) – source connection
  • destination_conn_id (str) – source connection
  • preoperator (str or list of str) – sql statement or list of statements to be executed prior to loading the data. (templated)
class airflow.operators.hive_to_druid.HiveToDruidTransfer(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Moves data from Hive to Druid, [del]note that for now the data is loaded into memory before being pushed to Druid, so this operator should be used for smallish amount of data.[/del]

Parameters:
  • sql (str) – SQL query to execute against the Druid database. (templated)
  • druid_datasource (str) – the datasource you want to ingest into in druid
  • ts_dim (str) – the timestamp dimension
  • metric_spec (list) – the metrics you want to define for your data
  • hive_cli_conn_id (str) – the hive connection id
  • druid_ingest_conn_id (str) – the druid ingest connection id
  • metastore_conn_id (str) – the metastore connection id
  • hadoop_dependency_coordinates (list of str) – list of coordinates to squeeze int the ingest json
  • intervals (list) – list of time intervals that defines segments, this is passed as is to the json object. (templated)
  • hive_tblproperties (dict) – additional properties for tblproperties in hive for the staging table
  • job_properties (dict) – additional properties for job
construct_ingest_query(static_path, columns)[source]

Builds an ingest query for an HDFS TSV load.

Parameters:
  • static_path (str) – The path on hdfs where the data is
  • columns (list) – List of all the columns that are available
class airflow.operators.hive_to_mysql.HiveToMySqlTransfer(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Moves data from Hive to MySQL, note that for now the data is loaded into memory before being pushed to MySQL, so this operator should be used for smallish amount of data.

Parameters:
  • sql (str) – SQL query to execute against Hive server. (templated)
  • mysql_table (str) – target MySQL table, use dot notation to target a specific database. (templated)
  • mysql_conn_id (str) – source mysql connection
  • hiveserver2_conn_id (str) – destination hive connection
  • mysql_preoperator (str) – sql statement to run against mysql prior to import, typically use to truncate of delete in place of the data coming in, allowing the task to be idempotent (running the task twice won’t double load data). (templated)
  • mysql_postoperator (str) – sql statement to run against mysql after the import, typically used to move data from staging to production and issue cleanup commands. (templated)
  • bulk_load (bool) – flag to use bulk_load option. This loads mysql directly from a tab-delimited text file using the LOAD DATA LOCAL INFILE command. This option requires an extra connection parameter for the destination MySQL connection: {‘local_infile’: true}.
class airflow.operators.hive_operator.HiveOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Executes hql code or hive script in a specific Hive database.

Parameters:
  • hql (str) – the hql to be executed. Note that you may also use a relative path from the dag file of a (template) hive script. (templated)
  • hive_cli_conn_id (str) – reference to the Hive database. (templated)
  • hiveconfs (dict) – if defined, these key value pairs will be passed to hive as -hiveconf "key"="value"
  • hiveconf_jinja_translate (bool) – when True, hiveconf-type templating ${var} gets translated into jinja-type templating {{ var }} and ${hiveconf:var} gets translated into jinja-type templating {{ var }}. Note that you may want to use this along with the DAG(user_defined_macros=myargs) parameter. View the DAG object documentation for more details.
  • script_begin_tag (str) – If defined, the operator will get rid of the part of the script before the first occurrence of script_begin_tag
  • mapred_queue (str) – queue used by the Hadoop CapacityScheduler. (templated)
  • mapred_queue_priority (str) – priority within CapacityScheduler queue. Possible settings include: VERY_HIGH, HIGH, NORMAL, LOW, VERY_LOW
  • mapred_job_name (str) – This name will appear in the jobtracker. This can make monitoring easier.
class airflow.operators.hive_stats_operator.HiveStatsCollectionOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Gathers partition statistics using a dynamically generated Presto query, inserts the stats into a MySql table with this format. Stats overwrite themselves if you rerun the same date/partition.

CREATE TABLE hive_stats (
    ds VARCHAR(16),
    table_name VARCHAR(500),
    metric VARCHAR(200),
    value BIGINT
);
Parameters:
  • table (str) – the source table, in the format database.table_name. (templated)
  • partition (dict of {col:value}) – the source partition. (templated)
  • extra_exprs (dict) – dict of expression to run against the table where keys are metric names and values are Presto compatible expressions
  • col_blacklist (list) – list of columns to blacklist, consider blacklisting blobs, large json columns, …
  • assignment_func (function) – a function that receives a column name and a type, and returns a dict of metric names and an Presto expressions. If None is returned, the global defaults are applied. If an empty dictionary is returned, no stats are computed for that column.
class airflow.operators.check_operator.IntervalCheckOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Checks that the values of metrics given as SQL expressions are within a certain tolerance of the ones from days_back before.

Note that this is an abstract class and get_db_hook needs to be defined. Whereas a get_db_hook is hook that gets a single record from an external source.

Parameters:
  • table (str) – the table name
  • days_back (int) – number of days between ds and the ds we want to check against. Defaults to 7 days
  • metrics_threshold (dict) – a dictionary of ratios indexed by metrics
class airflow.operators.latest_only_operator.LatestOnlyOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator, airflow.models.SkipMixin

Allows a workflow to skip tasks that are not running during the most recent schedule interval.

If the task is run outside of the latest schedule interval, all directly downstream tasks will be skipped.

class airflow.operators.mssql_operator.MsSqlOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Executes sql code in a specific Microsoft SQL database

Parameters:
  • sql (str or string pointing to a template file with .sql extension. (templated)) – the sql code to be executed
  • mssql_conn_id (str) – reference to a specific mssql database
  • parameters (mapping or iterable) – (optional) the parameters to render the SQL query with.
  • autocommit (bool) – if True, each command is automatically committed. (default value: False)
  • database (str) – name of database which overwrite defined one in connection
class airflow.operators.mssql_to_hive.MsSqlToHiveTransfer(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Moves data from Microsoft SQL Server to Hive. The operator runs your query against Microsoft SQL Server, stores the file locally before loading it into a Hive table. If the create or recreate arguments are set to True, a CREATE TABLE and DROP TABLE statements are generated. Hive data types are inferred from the cursor’s metadata. Note that the table generated in Hive uses STORED AS textfile which isn’t the most efficient serialization format. If a large amount of data is loaded and/or if the table gets queried considerably, you may want to use this operator only to stage the data into a temporary table before loading it into its final destination using a HiveOperator.

Parameters:
  • sql (str) – SQL query to execute against the Microsoft SQL Server database. (templated)
  • hive_table (str) – target Hive table, use dot notation to target a specific database. (templated)
  • create (bool) – whether to create the table if it doesn’t exist
  • recreate (bool) – whether to drop and recreate the table at every execution
  • partition (dict) – target partition as a dict of partition columns and values. (templated)
  • delimiter (str) – field delimiter in the file
  • mssql_conn_id (str) – source Microsoft SQL Server connection
  • hive_conn_id (str) – destination hive connection
  • tblproperties (dict) – TBLPROPERTIES of the hive table being created
class airflow.operators.mysql_operator.MySqlOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Executes sql code in a specific MySQL database

Parameters:
  • sql (Can receive a str representing a sql statement, a list of str (sql statements), or reference to a template file. Template reference are recognized by str ending in '.sql') – the sql code to be executed. (templated)
  • mysql_conn_id (str) – reference to a specific mysql database
  • parameters (mapping or iterable) – (optional) the parameters to render the SQL query with.
  • autocommit (bool) – if True, each command is automatically committed. (default value: False)
  • database (str) – name of database which overwrite defined one in connection
class airflow.operators.mysql_to_hive.MySqlToHiveTransfer(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Moves data from MySql to Hive. The operator runs your query against MySQL, stores the file locally before loading it into a Hive table. If the create or recreate arguments are set to True, a CREATE TABLE and DROP TABLE statements are generated. Hive data types are inferred from the cursor’s metadata. Note that the table generated in Hive uses STORED AS textfile which isn’t the most efficient serialization format. If a large amount of data is loaded and/or if the table gets queried considerably, you may want to use this operator only to stage the data into a temporary table before loading it into its final destination using a HiveOperator.

Parameters:
  • sql (str) – SQL query to execute against the MySQL database. (templated)
  • hive_table (str) – target Hive table, use dot notation to target a specific database. (templated)
  • create (bool) – whether to create the table if it doesn’t exist
  • recreate (bool) – whether to drop and recreate the table at every execution
  • partition (dict) – target partition as a dict of partition columns and values. (templated)
  • delimiter (str) – field delimiter in the file
  • mysql_conn_id (str) – source mysql connection
  • hive_conn_id (str) – destination hive connection
  • tblproperties (dict) – TBLPROPERTIES of the hive table being created
class airflow.operators.pig_operator.PigOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Executes pig script.

Parameters:
  • pig (str) – the pig latin script to be executed. (templated)
  • pig_cli_conn_id (str) – reference to the Hive database
  • pigparams_jinja_translate (bool) – when True, pig params-type templating ${var} gets translated into jinja-type templating {{ var }}. Note that you may want to use this along with the DAG(user_defined_macros=myargs) parameter. View the DAG object documentation for more details.
class airflow.operators.postgres_operator.PostgresOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Executes sql code in a specific Postgres database

Parameters:
  • sql (Can receive a str representing a sql statement, a list of str (sql statements), or reference to a template file. Template reference are recognized by str ending in '.sql') – the sql code to be executed. (templated)
  • postgres_conn_id (str) – reference to a specific postgres database
  • autocommit (bool) – if True, each command is automatically committed. (default value: False)
  • parameters (mapping or iterable) – (optional) the parameters to render the SQL query with.
  • database (str) – name of database which overwrite defined one in connection
class airflow.operators.presto_check_operator.PrestoCheckOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.operators.check_operator.CheckOperator

Performs checks against Presto. The PrestoCheckOperator expects a sql query that will return a single row. Each value on that first row is evaluated using python bool casting. If any of the values return False the check is failed and errors out.

Note that Python bool casting evals the following as False:

  • False
  • 0
  • Empty string ("")
  • Empty list ([])
  • Empty dictionary or set ({})

Given a query like SELECT COUNT(*) FROM foo, it will fail only if the count == 0. You can craft much more complex query that could, for instance, check that the table has the same number of rows as the source table upstream, or that the count of today’s partition is greater than yesterday’s partition, or that a set of metrics are less than 3 standard deviation for the 7 day average.

This operator can be used as a data quality check in your pipeline, and depending on where you put it in your DAG, you have the choice to stop the critical path, preventing from publishing dubious data, or on the side and receive email alterts without stopping the progress of the DAG.

Parameters:
  • sql (str) – the sql to be executed
  • presto_conn_id (str) – reference to the Presto database
class airflow.operators.presto_check_operator.PrestoIntervalCheckOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.operators.check_operator.IntervalCheckOperator

Checks that the values of metrics given as SQL expressions are within a certain tolerance of the ones from days_back before.

Parameters:
  • table (str) – the table name
  • days_back (int) – number of days between ds and the ds we want to check against. Defaults to 7 days
  • metrics_threshold (dict) – a dictionary of ratios indexed by metrics
  • presto_conn_id (str) – reference to the Presto database
class airflow.operators.presto_to_mysql.PrestoToMySqlTransfer(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Moves data from Presto to MySQL, note that for now the data is loaded into memory before being pushed to MySQL, so this operator should be used for smallish amount of data.

Parameters:
  • sql (str) – SQL query to execute against Presto. (templated)
  • mysql_table (str) – target MySQL table, use dot notation to target a specific database. (templated)
  • mysql_conn_id (str) – source mysql connection
  • presto_conn_id (str) – source presto connection
  • mysql_preoperator (str) – sql statement to run against mysql prior to import, typically use to truncate of delete in place of the data coming in, allowing the task to be idempotent (running the task twice won’t double load data). (templated)
class airflow.operators.presto_check_operator.PrestoValueCheckOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.operators.check_operator.ValueCheckOperator

Performs a simple value check using sql code.

Parameters:
  • sql (str) – the sql to be executed
  • presto_conn_id (str) – reference to the Presto database
class airflow.operators.python_operator.PythonOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Executes a Python callable

Parameters:
  • python_callable (python callable) – A reference to an object that is callable
  • op_kwargs (dict) – a dictionary of keyword arguments that will get unpacked in your function
  • op_args (list) – a list of positional arguments that will get unpacked when calling your callable
  • provide_context (bool) – if set to true, Airflow will pass a set of keyword arguments that can be used in your function. This set of kwargs correspond exactly to what you can use in your jinja templates. For this to work, you need to define **kwargs in your function header.
  • templates_dict (dict of str) – a dictionary where the values are templates that will get templated by the Airflow engine sometime between __init__ and execute takes place and are made available in your callable’s context after the template has been applied. (templated)
  • templates_exts (list(str)) – a list of file extensions to resolve while processing templated fields, for examples ['.sql', '.hql']
class airflow.operators.python_operator.PythonVirtualenvOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.operators.python_operator.PythonOperator

Allows one to run a function in a virtualenv that is created and destroyed automatically (with certain caveats).

The function must be defined using def, and not be part of a class. All imports must happen inside the function and no variables outside of the scope may be referenced. A global scope variable named virtualenv_string_args will be available (populated by string_args). In addition, one can pass stuff through op_args and op_kwargs, and one can use a return value. Note that if your virtualenv runs in a different Python major version than Airflow, you cannot use return values, op_args, or op_kwargs. You can use string_args though.

Parameters:
  • python_callable (function) – A python function with no references to outside variables, defined with def, which will be run in a virtualenv
  • requirements (list(str)) – A list of requirements as specified in a pip install command
  • python_version (str) – The Python version to run the virtualenv with. Note that both 2 and 2.7 are acceptable forms.
  • use_dill (bool) – Whether to use dill to serialize the args and result (pickle is default). This allow more complex types but requires you to include dill in your requirements.
  • system_site_packages (bool) – Whether to include system_site_packages in your virtualenv. See virtualenv documentation for more information.
  • op_args – A list of positional arguments to pass to python_callable.
  • op_kwargs (dict) – A dict of keyword arguments to pass to python_callable.
  • string_args (list(str)) – Strings that are present in the global var virtualenv_string_args, available to python_callable at runtime as a list(str). Note that args are split by newline.
  • templates_dict (dict of str) – a dictionary where the values are templates that will get templated by the Airflow engine sometime between __init__ and execute takes place and are made available in your callable’s context after the template has been applied
  • templates_exts (list(str)) – a list of file extensions to resolve while processing templated fields, for examples ['.sql', '.hql']
class airflow.operators.s3_file_transform_operator.S3FileTransformOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Copies data from a source S3 location to a temporary location on the local filesystem. Runs a transformation on this file as specified by the transformation script and uploads the output to a destination S3 location.

The locations of the source and the destination files in the local filesystem is provided as an first and second arguments to the transformation script. The transformation script is expected to read the data from source, transform it and write the output to the local destination file. The operator then takes over control and uploads the local destination file to S3.

S3 Select is also available to filter the source contents. Users can omit the transformation script if S3 Select expression is specified.

Parameters:
  • source_s3_key (str) – The key to be retrieved from S3. (templated)
  • source_aws_conn_id (str) – source s3 connection
  • source_verify (bool or str) –

    Whether or not to verify SSL certificates for S3 connetion. By default SSL certificates are verified. You can provide the following values:

    • False: do not validate SSL certificates. SSL will still be used
      (unless use_ssl is False), but SSL certificates will not be verified.
    • path/to/cert/bundle.pem: A filename of the CA cert bundle to uses.
      You can specify this argument if you want to use a different CA cert bundle than the one used by botocore.

    This is also applicable to dest_verify.

  • dest_s3_key (str) – The key to be written from S3. (templated)
  • dest_aws_conn_id (str) – destination s3 connection
  • replace (bool) – Replace dest S3 key if it already exists
  • transform_script (str) – location of the executable transformation script
  • select_expression (str) – S3 Select expression
class airflow.operators.s3_to_hive_operator.S3ToHiveTransfer(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Moves data from S3 to Hive. The operator downloads a file from S3, stores the file locally before loading it into a Hive table. If the create or recreate arguments are set to True, a CREATE TABLE and DROP TABLE statements are generated. Hive data types are inferred from the cursor’s metadata from.

Note that the table generated in Hive uses STORED AS textfile which isn’t the most efficient serialization format. If a large amount of data is loaded and/or if the tables gets queried considerably, you may want to use this operator only to stage the data into a temporary table before loading it into its final destination using a HiveOperator.

Parameters:
  • s3_key (str) – The key to be retrieved from S3. (templated)
  • field_dict (dict) – A dictionary of the fields name in the file as keys and their Hive types as values
  • hive_table (str) – target Hive table, use dot notation to target a specific database. (templated)
  • create (bool) – whether to create the table if it doesn’t exist
  • recreate (bool) – whether to drop and recreate the table at every execution
  • partition (dict) – target partition as a dict of partition columns and values. (templated)
  • headers (bool) – whether the file contains column names on the first line
  • check_headers (bool) – whether the column names on the first line should be checked against the keys of field_dict
  • wildcard_match (bool) – whether the s3_key should be interpreted as a Unix wildcard pattern
  • delimiter (str) – field delimiter in the file
  • aws_conn_id (str) – source s3 connection
  • verify (bool or str) –

    Whether or not to verify SSL certificates for S3 connection. By default SSL certificates are verified. You can provide the following values:

    • False: do not validate SSL certificates. SSL will still be used
      (unless use_ssl is False), but SSL certificates will not be verified.
    • path/to/cert/bundle.pem: A filename of the CA cert bundle to uses.
      You can specify this argument if you want to use a different CA cert bundle than the one used by botocore.
  • hive_cli_conn_id (str) – destination hive connection
  • input_compressed (bool) – Boolean to determine if file decompression is required to process headers
  • tblproperties (dict) – TBLPROPERTIES of the hive table being created
  • select_expression (str) – S3 Select expression
class airflow.operators.s3_to_redshift_operator.S3ToRedshiftTransfer(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Executes an COPY command to load files from s3 to Redshift

Parameters:
  • schema (str) – reference to a specific schema in redshift database
  • table (str) – reference to a specific table in redshift database
  • s3_bucket (str) – reference to a specific S3 bucket
  • s3_key (str) – reference to a specific S3 key
  • redshift_conn_id (str) – reference to a specific redshift database
  • aws_conn_id (str) – reference to a specific S3 connection
  • verify (bool or str) –

    Whether or not to verify SSL certificates for S3 connection. By default SSL certificates are verified. You can provide the following values:

    • False: do not validate SSL certificates. SSL will still be used
      (unless use_ssl is False), but SSL certificates will not be verified.
    • path/to/cert/bundle.pem: A filename of the CA cert bundle to uses.
      You can specify this argument if you want to use a different CA cert bundle than the one used by botocore.
  • copy_options (list) – reference to a list of COPY options
class airflow.operators.python_operator.ShortCircuitOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.operators.python_operator.PythonOperator, airflow.models.SkipMixin

Allows a workflow to continue only if a condition is met. Otherwise, the workflow “short-circuits” and downstream tasks are skipped.

The ShortCircuitOperator is derived from the PythonOperator. It evaluates a condition and short-circuits the workflow if the condition is False. Any downstream tasks are marked with a state of “skipped”. If the condition is True, downstream tasks proceed as normal.

The condition is determined by the result of python_callable.

class airflow.operators.http_operator.SimpleHttpOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Calls an endpoint on an HTTP system to execute an action

Parameters:
  • http_conn_id (str) – The connection to run the operator against
  • endpoint (str) – The relative part of the full url. (templated)
  • method (str) – The HTTP method to use, default = “POST”
  • data (For POST/PUT, depends on the content-type parameter, for GET a dictionary of key/value string pairs) – The data to pass. POST-data in POST/PUT and params in the URL for a GET request. (templated)
  • headers (a dictionary of string key/value pairs) – The HTTP headers to be added to the GET request
  • response_check (A lambda or defined function.) – A check against the ‘requests’ response object. Returns True for ‘pass’ and False otherwise.
  • extra_options (A dictionary of options, where key is string and value depends on the option that's being modified.) – Extra options for the ‘requests’ library, see the ‘requests’ documentation (options to modify timeout, ssl, etc.)
  • xcom_push (bool) – Push the response to Xcom (default: False). If xcom_push is True, response of an HTTP request will also be pushed to an XCom.
  • log_response (bool) – Log the response (default: False)
class airflow.operators.slack_operator.SlackAPIOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Base Slack Operator The SlackAPIPostOperator is derived from this operator. In the future additional Slack API Operators will be derived from this class as well

Parameters:
construct_api_call_params()[source]

Used by the execute function. Allows templating on the source fields of the api_call_params dict before construction

Override in child classes. Each SlackAPIOperator child class is responsible for having a construct_api_call_params function which sets self.api_call_params with a dict of API call parameters (https://api.slack.com/methods)

execute(**kwargs)[source]

SlackAPIOperator calls will not fail even if the call is not unsuccessful. It should not prevent a DAG from completing in success

class airflow.operators.slack_operator.SlackAPIPostOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.operators.slack_operator.SlackAPIOperator

Posts messages to a slack channel

Parameters:
  • channel (str) – channel in which to post message on slack name (#general) or ID (C12318391). (templated)
  • username (str) – Username that airflow will be posting to Slack as. (templated)
  • text (str) – message to send to slack. (templated)
  • icon_url (str) – url to icon used for this message
  • attachments (array of hashes) – extra formatting details. (templated) - see https://api.slack.com/docs/attachments.
construct_api_call_params()[source]

Used by the execute function. Allows templating on the source fields of the api_call_params dict before construction

Override in child classes. Each SlackAPIOperator child class is responsible for having a construct_api_call_params function which sets self.api_call_params with a dict of API call parameters (https://api.slack.com/methods)

class airflow.operators.sqlite_operator.SqliteOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Executes sql code in a specific Sqlite database

Parameters:
  • sql (str or string pointing to a template file. File must have a '.sql' extensions.) – the sql code to be executed. (templated)
  • sqlite_conn_id (str) – reference to a specific sqlite database
  • parameters (mapping or iterable) – (optional) the parameters to render the SQL query with.
class airflow.operators.subdag_operator.SubDagOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

This runs a sub dag. By convention, a sub dag’s dag_id should be prefixed by its parent and a dot. As in parent.child.

Parameters:
  • subdag (airflow.DAG.) – the DAG object to run as a subdag of the current DAG.
  • dag (airflow.DAG.) – the parent DAG for the subdag.
  • executor (airflow.executors.) – the executor for this subdag. Default to use SequentialExecutor. Please find AIRFLOW-74 for more details.
class airflow.operators.dagrun_operator.TriggerDagRunOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Triggers a DAG run for a specified dag_id

Parameters:
  • trigger_dag_id (str) – the dag_id to trigger (templated)
  • python_callable (python callable) – a reference to a python function that will be called while passing it the context object and a placeholder object obj for your callable to fill and return if you want a DagRun created. This obj object contains a run_id and payload attribute that you can modify in your function. The run_id should be a unique identifier for that DAG run, and the payload has to be a picklable object that will be made available to your tasks while executing that DAG run. Your function header should look like def foo(context, dag_run_obj):
  • execution_date (str or datetime.datetime) – Execution date for the dag (templated)
class airflow.operators.check_operator.ValueCheckOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Performs a simple value check using sql code.

Note that this is an abstract class and get_db_hook needs to be defined. Whereas a get_db_hook is hook that gets a single record from an external source.

Parameters:sql (str) – the sql to be executed. (templated)
class airflow.operators.redshift_to_s3_operator.RedshiftToS3Transfer(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Executes an UNLOAD command to s3 as a CSV with headers

Parameters:
  • schema (str) – reference to a specific schema in redshift database
  • table (str) – reference to a specific table in redshift database
  • s3_bucket (str) – reference to a specific S3 bucket
  • s3_key (str) – reference to a specific S3 key
  • redshift_conn_id (str) – reference to a specific redshift database
  • aws_conn_id (str) – reference to a specific S3 connection
  • verify (bool or str) –

    Whether or not to verify SSL certificates for S3 connection. By default SSL certificates are verified. You can provide the following values:

    • False: do not validate SSL certificates. SSL will still be used
      (unless use_ssl is False), but SSL certificates will not be verified.
    • path/to/cert/bundle.pem: A filename of the CA cert bundle to uses.
      You can specify this argument if you want to use a different CA cert bundle than the one used by botocore.
  • unload_options (list) – reference to a list of UNLOAD options
Sensors
class airflow.sensors.external_task_sensor.ExternalTaskSensor(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.sensors.base_sensor_operator.BaseSensorOperator

Waits for a different DAG or a task in a different DAG to complete for a specific execution_date

Parameters:
  • external_dag_id (str) – The dag_id that contains the task you want to wait for
  • external_task_id (str) – The task_id that contains the task you want to wait for. If None the sensor waits for the DAG
  • allowed_states (list) – list of allowed states, default is ['success']
  • execution_delta (datetime.timedelta) – time difference with the previous execution to look at, the default is the same execution_date as the current task or DAG. For yesterday, use [positive!] datetime.timedelta(days=1). Either execution_delta or execution_date_fn can be passed to ExternalTaskSensor, but not both.
  • execution_date_fn (callable) – function that receives the current execution date and returns the desired execution dates to query. Either execution_delta or execution_date_fn can be passed to ExternalTaskSensor, but not both.
  • check_existence (bool) – Set to True to check if the external task exists (when external_task_id is not None) or check if the DAG to wait for exists (when external_task_id is None), and immediately cease waiting if the external task or DAG does not exist (default value: False).
poke(**kwargs)[source]

Function that the sensors defined while deriving this class should override.

class airflow.sensors.hdfs_sensor.HdfsSensor(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.sensors.base_sensor_operator.BaseSensorOperator

Waits for a file or folder to land in HDFS

static filter_for_filesize(result, size=None)[source]

Will test the filepath result and test if its size is at least self.filesize

Parameters:
  • result – a list of dicts returned by Snakebite ls
  • size – the file size in MB a file should be at least to trigger True
Returns:

(bool) depending on the matching criteria

static filter_for_ignored_ext(result, ignored_ext, ignore_copying)[source]

Will filter if instructed to do so the result to remove matching criteria

Parameters:
  • result – (list) of dicts returned by Snakebite ls
  • ignored_ext – (list) of ignored extensions
  • ignore_copying – (bool) shall we ignore ?
Returns:

(list) of dicts which were not removed

poke(context)[source]

Function that the sensors defined while deriving this class should override.

class airflow.sensors.hive_partition_sensor.HivePartitionSensor(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.sensors.base_sensor_operator.BaseSensorOperator

Waits for a partition to show up in Hive.

Note: Because partition supports general logical operators, it can be inefficient. Consider using NamedHivePartitionSensor instead if you don’t need the full flexibility of HivePartitionSensor.

Parameters:
  • table (str) – The name of the table to wait for, supports the dot notation (my_database.my_table)
  • partition (str) – The partition clause to wait for. This is passed as is to the metastore Thrift client get_partitions_by_filter method, and apparently supports SQL like notation as in ds='2015-01-01' AND type='value' and comparison operators as in "ds>=2015-01-01"
  • metastore_conn_id (str) – reference to the metastore thrift service connection id
poke(context)[source]

Function that the sensors defined while deriving this class should override.

class airflow.sensors.http_sensor.HttpSensor(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.sensors.base_sensor_operator.BaseSensorOperator

Executes a HTTP GET statement and returns False on failure caused by 404 Not Found or response_check returning False.

HTTP Error codes other than 404 (like 403) or Connection Refused Error would fail the sensor itself directly (no more poking).

Parameters:
  • http_conn_id (str) – The connection to run the sensor against
  • method (str) – The HTTP request method to use
  • endpoint (str) – The relative part of the full url
  • request_params (a dictionary of string key/value pairs) – The parameters to be added to the GET url
  • headers (a dictionary of string key/value pairs) – The HTTP headers to be added to the GET request
  • response_check (A lambda or defined function.) – A check against the ‘requests’ response object. Returns True for ‘pass’ and False otherwise.
  • extra_options (A dictionary of options, where key is string and value depends on the option that's being modified.) – Extra options for the ‘requests’ library, see the ‘requests’ documentation (options to modify timeout, ssl, etc.)
poke(context)[source]

Function that the sensors defined while deriving this class should override.

class airflow.sensors.metastore_partition_sensor.MetastorePartitionSensor(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.sensors.sql_sensor.SqlSensor

An alternative to the HivePartitionSensor that talk directly to the MySQL db. This was created as a result of observing sub optimal queries generated by the Metastore thrift service when hitting subpartitioned tables. The Thrift service’s queries were written in a way that wouldn’t leverage the indexes.

Parameters:
  • schema (str) – the schema
  • table (str) – the table
  • partition_name (str) – the partition name, as defined in the PARTITIONS table of the Metastore. Order of the fields does matter. Examples: ds=2016-01-01 or ds=2016-01-01/sub=foo for a sub partitioned table
  • mysql_conn_id (str) – a reference to the MySQL conn_id for the metastore
poke(context)[source]

Function that the sensors defined while deriving this class should override.

class airflow.sensors.named_hive_partition_sensor.NamedHivePartitionSensor(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.sensors.base_sensor_operator.BaseSensorOperator

Waits for a set of partitions to show up in Hive.

Parameters:
  • partition_names (list of strings) – List of fully qualified names of the partitions to wait for. A fully qualified name is of the form schema.table/pk1=pv1/pk2=pv2, for example, default.users/ds=2016-01-01. This is passed as is to the metastore Thrift client get_partitions_by_name method. Note that you cannot use logical or comparison operators as in HivePartitionSensor.
  • metastore_conn_id (str) – reference to the metastore thrift service connection id
poke(context)[source]

Function that the sensors defined while deriving this class should override.

class airflow.sensors.s3_key_sensor.S3KeySensor(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.sensors.base_sensor_operator.BaseSensorOperator

Waits for a key (a file-like instance on S3) to be present in a S3 bucket. S3 being a key/value it does not support folders. The path is just a key a resource.

Parameters:
  • bucket_key (str) – The key being waited on. Supports full s3:// style url or relative path from root level. When it’s specified as a full s3:// url, please leave bucket_name as None.
  • bucket_name (str) – Name of the S3 bucket. Only needed when bucket_key is not provided as a full s3:// url.
  • wildcard_match (bool) – whether the bucket_key should be interpreted as a Unix wildcard pattern
  • aws_conn_id (str) – a reference to the s3 connection
  • verify (bool or str) –

    Whether or not to verify SSL certificates for S3 connection. By default SSL certificates are verified. You can provide the following values:

    • False: do not validate SSL certificates. SSL will still be used
      (unless use_ssl is False), but SSL certificates will not be verified.
    • path/to/cert/bundle.pem: A filename of the CA cert bundle to uses.
      You can specify this argument if you want to use a different CA cert bundle than the one used by botocore.
poke(context)[source]

Function that the sensors defined while deriving this class should override.

class airflow.sensors.s3_prefix_sensor.S3PrefixSensor(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.sensors.base_sensor_operator.BaseSensorOperator

Waits for a prefix to exist. A prefix is the first part of a key, thus enabling checking of constructs similar to glob airfl* or SQL LIKE ‘airfl%’. There is the possibility to precise a delimiter to indicate the hierarchy or keys, meaning that the match will stop at that delimiter. Current code accepts sane delimiters, i.e. characters that are NOT special characters in the Python regex engine.

Parameters:
  • bucket_name (str) – Name of the S3 bucket
  • prefix (str) – The prefix being waited on. Relative path from bucket root level.
  • delimiter (str) – The delimiter intended to show hierarchy. Defaults to ‘/’.
  • aws_conn_id (str) – a reference to the s3 connection
  • verify (bool or str) –

    Whether or not to verify SSL certificates for S3 connection. By default SSL certificates are verified. You can provide the following values:

    • False: do not validate SSL certificates. SSL will still be used
      (unless use_ssl is False), but SSL certificates will not be verified.
    • path/to/cert/bundle.pem: A filename of the CA cert bundle to uses.
      You can specify this argument if you want to use a different CA cert bundle than the one used by botocore.
poke(context)[source]

Function that the sensors defined while deriving this class should override.

class airflow.sensors.sql_sensor.SqlSensor(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.sensors.base_sensor_operator.BaseSensorOperator

Runs a sql statement until a criteria is met. It will keep trying while sql returns no row, or if the first cell in (0, ‘0’, ‘’).

Parameters:
  • conn_id (str) – The connection to run the sensor against
  • sql (str) – The sql to run. To pass, it needs to return at least one cell that contains a non-zero / empty string value.
poke(context)[source]

Function that the sensors defined while deriving this class should override.

class airflow.sensors.time_sensor.TimeSensor(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.sensors.base_sensor_operator.BaseSensorOperator

Waits until the specified time of the day.

Parameters:target_time (datetime.time) – time after which the job succeeds
poke(context)[source]

Function that the sensors defined while deriving this class should override.

class airflow.sensors.time_delta_sensor.TimeDeltaSensor(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.sensors.base_sensor_operator.BaseSensorOperator

Waits for a timedelta after the task’s execution_date + schedule_interval. In Airflow, the daily task stamped with execution_date 2016-01-01 can only start running on 2016-01-02. The timedelta here represents the time after the execution period has closed.

Parameters:delta (datetime.timedelta) – time length to wait after execution_date before succeeding
poke(context)[source]

Function that the sensors defined while deriving this class should override.

class airflow.sensors.web_hdfs_sensor.WebHdfsSensor(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.sensors.base_sensor_operator.BaseSensorOperator

Waits for a file or folder to land in HDFS

poke(context)[source]

Function that the sensors defined while deriving this class should override.

Community-contributed Operators
Operators
class airflow.contrib.operators.aws_athena_operator.AWSAthenaOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

An operator that submit presto query to athena.

Parameters:
  • query (str) – Presto to be run on athena. (templated)
  • database (str) – Database to select. (templated)
  • output_location (str) – s3 path to write the query results into. (templated)
  • aws_conn_id (str) – aws connection to use
  • sleep_time (int) – Time to wait between two consecutive call to check query status on athena
execute(context)[source]

Run Presto Query on Athena

on_kill()[source]

Cancel the submitted athena query

class airflow.contrib.operators.awsbatch_operator.AWSBatchOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Execute a job on AWS Batch Service

Parameters:
  • job_name (str) – the name for the job that will run on AWS Batch (templated)
  • job_definition (str) – the job definition name on AWS Batch
  • job_queue (str) – the queue name on AWS Batch
  • overrides (dict) – the same parameter that boto3 will receive on containerOverrides (templated): http://boto3.readthedocs.io/en/latest/reference/services/batch.html#submit_job
  • max_retries (int) – exponential backoff retries while waiter is not merged, 4200 = 48 hours
  • aws_conn_id (str) – connection id of AWS credentials / region name. If None, credential boto3 strategy will be used (http://boto3.readthedocs.io/en/latest/guide/configuration.html).
  • region_name (str) – region name to use in AWS Hook. Override the region_name in connection (if provided)
class airflow.contrib.operators.bigquery_check_operator.BigQueryCheckOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.operators.check_operator.CheckOperator

Performs checks against BigQuery. The BigQueryCheckOperator expects a sql query that will return a single row. Each value on that first row is evaluated using python bool casting. If any of the values return False the check is failed and errors out.

Note that Python bool casting evals the following as False:

  • False
  • 0
  • Empty string ("")
  • Empty list ([])
  • Empty dictionary or set ({})

Given a query like SELECT COUNT(*) FROM foo, it will fail only if the count == 0. You can craft much more complex query that could, for instance, check that the table has the same number of rows as the source table upstream, or that the count of today’s partition is greater than yesterday’s partition, or that a set of metrics are less than 3 standard deviation for the 7 day average.

This operator can be used as a data quality check in your pipeline, and depending on where you put it in your DAG, you have the choice to stop the critical path, preventing from publishing dubious data, or on the side and receive email alterts without stopping the progress of the DAG.

Parameters:
  • sql (str) – the sql to be executed
  • bigquery_conn_id (str) – reference to the BigQuery database
  • use_legacy_sql (bool) – Whether to use legacy SQL (true) or standard SQL (false).
class airflow.contrib.operators.bigquery_check_operator.BigQueryValueCheckOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.operators.check_operator.ValueCheckOperator

Performs a simple value check using sql code.

Parameters:
  • sql (str) – the sql to be executed
  • use_legacy_sql (bool) – Whether to use legacy SQL (true) or standard SQL (false).
class airflow.contrib.operators.bigquery_check_operator.BigQueryIntervalCheckOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.operators.check_operator.IntervalCheckOperator

Checks that the values of metrics given as SQL expressions are within a certain tolerance of the ones from days_back before.

This method constructs a query like so

SELECT {metrics_threshold_dict_key} FROM {table}
WHERE {date_filter_column}=<date>
Parameters:
  • table (str) – the table name
  • days_back (int) – number of days between ds and the ds we want to check against. Defaults to 7 days
  • metrics_threshold (dict) – a dictionary of ratios indexed by metrics, for example ‘COUNT(*)’: 1.5 would require a 50 percent or less difference between the current day, and the prior days_back.
  • use_legacy_sql (bool) – Whether to use legacy SQL (true) or standard SQL (false).
class airflow.contrib.operators.bigquery_get_data.BigQueryGetDataOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Fetches the data from a BigQuery table (alternatively fetch data for selected columns) and returns data in a python list. The number of elements in the returned list will be equal to the number of rows fetched. Each element in the list will again be a list where element would represent the columns values for that row.

Example Result: [['Tony', '10'], ['Mike', '20'], ['Steve', '15']]

Note

If you pass fields to selected_fields which are in different order than the order of columns already in BQ table, the data will still be in the order of BQ table. For example if the BQ table has 3 columns as [A,B,C] and you pass ‘B,A’ in the selected_fields the data would still be of the form 'A,B'.

Example:

get_data = BigQueryGetDataOperator(
    task_id='get_data_from_bq',
    dataset_id='test_dataset',
    table_id='Transaction_partitions',
    max_results='100',
    selected_fields='DATE',
    bigquery_conn_id='airflow-service-account'
)
Parameters:
  • dataset_id (str) – The dataset ID of the requested table. (templated)
  • table_id (str) – The table ID of the requested table. (templated)
  • max_results (str) – The maximum number of records (rows) to be fetched from the table. (templated)
  • selected_fields (str) – List of fields to return (comma-separated). If unspecified, all fields are returned.
  • bigquery_conn_id (str) – reference to a specific BigQuery hook.
  • delegate_to (str) – The account to impersonate, if any. For this to work, the service account making the request must have domain-wide delegation enabled.
class airflow.contrib.operators.bigquery_operator.BigQueryCreateEmptyTableOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Creates a new, empty table in the specified BigQuery dataset, optionally with schema.

The schema to be used for the BigQuery table may be specified in one of two ways. You may either directly pass the schema fields in, or you may point the operator to a Google cloud storage object name. The object in Google cloud storage must be a JSON file with the schema fields in it. You can also create a table without schema.

Parameters:
  • project_id (str) – The project to create the table into. (templated)
  • dataset_id (str) – The dataset to create the table into. (templated)
  • table_id (str) – The Name of the table to be created. (templated)
  • schema_fields (list) –

    If set, the schema field list as defined here: https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/reference/rest/v2/jobs#configuration.load.schema

    Example:

    schema_fields=[{"name": "emp_name", "type": "STRING", "mode": "REQUIRED"},
                   {"name": "salary", "type": "INTEGER", "mode": "NULLABLE"}]
    
  • gcs_schema_object (str) – Full path to the JSON file containing schema (templated). For example: gs://test-bucket/dir1/dir2/employee_schema.json
  • time_partitioning (dict) –

    configure optional time partitioning fields i.e. partition by field, type and expiration as per API specifications.

  • bigquery_conn_id (str) – Reference to a specific BigQuery hook.
  • google_cloud_storage_conn_id (str) – Reference to a specific Google cloud storage hook.
  • delegate_to (str) – The account to impersonate, if any. For this to work, the service account making the request must have domain-wide delegation enabled.
  • labels (dict) –

    a dictionary containing labels for the table, passed to BigQuery

    Example (with schema JSON in GCS):

    CreateTable = BigQueryCreateEmptyTableOperator(
        task_id='BigQueryCreateEmptyTableOperator_task',
        dataset_id='ODS',
        table_id='Employees',
        project_id='internal-gcp-project',
        gcs_schema_object='gs://schema-bucket/employee_schema.json',
        bigquery_conn_id='airflow-service-account',
        google_cloud_storage_conn_id='airflow-service-account'
    )
    

    Corresponding Schema file (employee_schema.json):

    [
      {
        "mode": "NULLABLE",
        "name": "emp_name",
        "type": "STRING"
      },
      {
        "mode": "REQUIRED",
        "name": "salary",
        "type": "INTEGER"
      }
    ]
    

    Example (with schema in the DAG):

    CreateTable = BigQueryCreateEmptyTableOperator(
        task_id='BigQueryCreateEmptyTableOperator_task',
        dataset_id='ODS',
        table_id='Employees',
        project_id='internal-gcp-project',
        schema_fields=[{"name": "emp_name", "type": "STRING", "mode": "REQUIRED"},
                       {"name": "salary", "type": "INTEGER", "mode": "NULLABLE"}],
        bigquery_conn_id='airflow-service-account',
        google_cloud_storage_conn_id='airflow-service-account'
    )
    
class airflow.contrib.operators.bigquery_operator.BigQueryCreateExternalTableOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Creates a new external table in the dataset with the data in Google Cloud Storage.

The schema to be used for the BigQuery table may be specified in one of two ways. You may either directly pass the schema fields in, or you may point the operator to a Google cloud storage object name. The object in Google cloud storage must be a JSON file with the schema fields in it.

Parameters:
  • bucket (str) – The bucket to point the external table to. (templated)
  • source_objects (list) – List of Google cloud storage URIs to point table to. (templated) If source_format is ‘DATASTORE_BACKUP’, the list must only contain a single URI.
  • destination_project_dataset_table (str) – The dotted (<project>.)<dataset>.<table> BigQuery table to load data into (templated). If <project> is not included, project will be the project defined in the connection json.
  • schema_fields (list) –

    If set, the schema field list as defined here: https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/reference/rest/v2/jobs#configuration.load.schema

    Example:

    schema_fields=[{"name": "emp_name", "type": "STRING", "mode": "REQUIRED"},
                   {"name": "salary", "type": "INTEGER", "mode": "NULLABLE"}]
    

    Should not be set when source_format is ‘DATASTORE_BACKUP’.

  • schema_object (str) – If set, a GCS object path pointing to a .json file that contains the schema for the table. (templated)
  • source_format (str) – File format of the data.
  • compression (str) – [Optional] The compression type of the data source. Possible values include GZIP and NONE. The default value is NONE. This setting is ignored for Google Cloud Bigtable, Google Cloud Datastore backups and Avro formats.
  • skip_leading_rows (int) – Number of rows to skip when loading from a CSV.
  • field_delimiter (str) – The delimiter to use for the CSV.
  • max_bad_records (int) – The maximum number of bad records that BigQuery can ignore when running the job.
  • quote_character (str) – The value that is used to quote data sections in a CSV file.
  • allow_quoted_newlines (bool) – Whether to allow quoted newlines (true) or not (false).
  • allow_jagged_rows (bool) – Accept rows that are missing trailing optional columns. The missing values are treated as nulls. If false, records with missing trailing columns are treated as bad records, and if there are too many bad records, an invalid error is returned in the job result. Only applicable to CSV, ignored for other formats.
  • bigquery_conn_id (str) – Reference to a specific BigQuery hook.
  • google_cloud_storage_conn_id (str) – Reference to a specific Google cloud storage hook.
  • delegate_to (str) – The account to impersonate, if any. For this to work, the service account making the request must have domain-wide delegation enabled.
  • src_fmt_configs (dict) – configure optional fields specific to the source format
  • labels (dict) – a dictionary containing labels for the table, passed to BigQuery
class airflow.contrib.operators.bigquery_operator.BigQueryDeleteDatasetOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

This operator deletes an existing dataset from your Project in Big query. https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/reference/rest/v2/datasets/delete

Parameters:
  • project_id (str) – The project id of the dataset.
  • dataset_id (str) – The dataset to be deleted.

Example:

delete_temp_data = BigQueryDeleteDatasetOperator(dataset_id = 'temp-dataset',
                                                 project_id = 'temp-project',
                                                 bigquery_conn_id='_my_gcp_conn_',
                                                 task_id='Deletetemp',
                                                 dag=dag)
class airflow.contrib.operators.bigquery_operator.BigQueryCreateEmptyDatasetOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

This operator is used to create new dataset for your Project in Big query. https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/reference/rest/v2/datasets#resource

Parameters:
  • project_id (str) – The name of the project where we want to create the dataset. Don’t need to provide, if projectId in dataset_reference.
  • dataset_id (str) – The id of dataset. Don’t need to provide, if datasetId in dataset_reference.
  • dataset_reference – Dataset reference that could be provided with request body. More info: https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/reference/rest/v2/datasets#resource
class airflow.contrib.operators.bigquery_operator.BigQueryOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Executes BigQuery SQL queries in a specific BigQuery database

Parameters:
  • sql (Can receive a str representing a sql statement, a list of str (sql statements), or reference to a template file. Template reference are recognized by str ending in '.sql'.) – the sql code to be executed (templated)
  • destination_dataset_table (str) – A dotted (<project>.|<project>:)<dataset>.<table> that, if set, will store the results of the query. (templated)
  • write_disposition (str) – Specifies the action that occurs if the destination table already exists. (default: ‘WRITE_EMPTY’)
  • create_disposition (str) – Specifies whether the job is allowed to create new tables. (default: ‘CREATE_IF_NEEDED’)
  • allow_large_results (bool) – Whether to allow large results.
  • flatten_results (bool) – If true and query uses legacy SQL dialect, flattens all nested and repeated fields in the query results. allow_large_results must be true if this is set to false. For standard SQL queries, this flag is ignored and results are never flattened.
  • bigquery_conn_id (str) – reference to a specific BigQuery hook.
  • delegate_to (str) – The account to impersonate, if any. For this to work, the service account making the request must have domain-wide delegation enabled.
  • udf_config (list) – The User Defined Function configuration for the query. See https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/user-defined-functions for details.
  • use_legacy_sql (bool) – Whether to use legacy SQL (true) or standard SQL (false).
  • maximum_billing_tier (int) – Positive integer that serves as a multiplier of the basic price. Defaults to None, in which case it uses the value set in the project.
  • maximum_bytes_billed (float) – Limits the bytes billed for this job. Queries that will have bytes billed beyond this limit will fail (without incurring a charge). If unspecified, this will be set to your project default.
  • api_resource_configs (dict) – a dictionary that contain params ‘configuration’ applied for Google BigQuery Jobs API: https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/reference/rest/v2/jobs for example, {‘query’: {‘useQueryCache’: False}}. You could use it if you need to provide some params that are not supported by BigQueryOperator like args.
  • schema_update_options (tuple) – Allows the schema of the destination table to be updated as a side effect of the load job.
  • query_params (dict) – a dictionary containing query parameter types and values, passed to BigQuery.
  • labels (dict) – a dictionary containing labels for the job/query, passed to BigQuery
  • priority (str) – Specifies a priority for the query. Possible values include INTERACTIVE and BATCH. The default value is INTERACTIVE.
  • time_partitioning (dict) – configure optional time partitioning fields i.e. partition by field, type and expiration as per API specifications.
  • cluster_fields (list of str) – Request that the result of this query be stored sorted by one or more columns. This is only available in conjunction with time_partitioning. The order of columns given determines the sort order.
  • location (str) – The geographic location of the job. Required except for US and EU. See details at https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/locations#specifying_your_location
class airflow.contrib.operators.bigquery_table_delete_operator.BigQueryTableDeleteOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Deletes BigQuery tables

Parameters:
  • deletion_dataset_table (str) – A dotted (<project>.|<project>:)<dataset>.<table> that indicates which table will be deleted. (templated)
  • bigquery_conn_id (str) – reference to a specific BigQuery hook.
  • delegate_to (str) – The account to impersonate, if any. For this to work, the service account making the request must have domain-wide delegation enabled.
  • ignore_if_missing (bool) – if True, then return success even if the requested table does not exist.
class airflow.contrib.operators.bigquery_to_bigquery.BigQueryToBigQueryOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Copies data from one BigQuery table to another.

See also

For more details about these parameters: https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/reference/v2/jobs#configuration.copy

Parameters:
  • source_project_dataset_tables (list|string) – One or more dotted (project:|project.)<dataset>.<table> BigQuery tables to use as the source data. If <project> is not included, project will be the project defined in the connection json. Use a list if there are multiple source tables. (templated)
  • destination_project_dataset_table (str) – The destination BigQuery table. Format is: (project:|project.)<dataset>.<table> (templated)
  • write_disposition (str) – The write disposition if the table already exists.
  • create_disposition (str) – The create disposition if the table doesn’t exist.
  • bigquery_conn_id (str) – reference to a specific BigQuery hook.
  • delegate_to (str) – The account to impersonate, if any. For this to work, the service account making the request must have domain-wide delegation enabled.
  • labels (dict) – a dictionary containing labels for the job/query, passed to BigQuery
class airflow.contrib.operators.bigquery_to_gcs.BigQueryToCloudStorageOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Transfers a BigQuery table to a Google Cloud Storage bucket.

See also

For more details about these parameters: https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/reference/v2/jobs

Parameters:
  • source_project_dataset_table (str) – The dotted (<project>.|<project>:)<dataset>.<table> BigQuery table to use as the source data. If <project> is not included, project will be the project defined in the connection json. (templated)
  • destination_cloud_storage_uris (list) – The destination Google Cloud Storage URI (e.g. gs://some-bucket/some-file.txt). (templated) Follows convention defined here: https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/exporting-data-from-bigquery#exportingmultiple
  • compression (str) – Type of compression to use.
  • export_format (str) – File format to export.
  • field_delimiter (str) – The delimiter to use when extracting to a CSV.
  • print_header (bool) – Whether to print a header for a CSV file extract.
  • bigquery_conn_id (str) – reference to a specific BigQuery hook.
  • delegate_to (str) – The account to impersonate, if any. For this to work, the service account making the request must have domain-wide delegation enabled.
  • labels (dict) – a dictionary containing labels for the job/query, passed to BigQuery
class airflow.contrib.operators.cassandra_to_gcs.CassandraToGoogleCloudStorageOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Copy data from Cassandra to Google cloud storage in JSON format

Note: Arrays of arrays are not supported.

classmethod convert_map_type(name, value)[source]

Converts a map to a repeated RECORD that contains two fields: ‘key’ and ‘value’, each will be converted to its corresopnding data type in BQ.

classmethod convert_tuple_type(name, value)[source]

Converts a tuple to RECORD that contains n fields, each will be converted to its corresponding data type in bq and will be named ‘field_<index>’, where index is determined by the order of the tuple elments defined in cassandra.

classmethod convert_user_type(name, value)[source]

Converts a user type to RECORD that contains n fields, where n is the number of attributes. Each element in the user type class will be converted to its corresponding data type in BQ.

class airflow.contrib.operators.databricks_operator.DatabricksSubmitRunOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Submits a Spark job run to Databricks using the api/2.0/jobs/runs/submit API endpoint.

There are two ways to instantiate this operator.

In the first way, you can take the JSON payload that you typically use to call the api/2.0/jobs/runs/submit endpoint and pass it directly to our DatabricksSubmitRunOperator through the json parameter. For example

json = {
  'new_cluster': {
    'spark_version': '2.1.0-db3-scala2.11',
    'num_workers': 2
  },
  'notebook_task': {
    'notebook_path': '/Users/airflow@example.com/PrepareData',
  },
}
notebook_run = DatabricksSubmitRunOperator(task_id='notebook_run', json=json)

Another way to accomplish the same thing is to use the named parameters of the DatabricksSubmitRunOperator directly. Note that there is exactly one named parameter for each top level parameter in the runs/submit endpoint. In this method, your code would look like this:

new_cluster = {
  'spark_version': '2.1.0-db3-scala2.11',
  'num_workers': 2
}
notebook_task = {
  'notebook_path': '/Users/airflow@example.com/PrepareData',
}
notebook_run = DatabricksSubmitRunOperator(
    task_id='notebook_run',
    new_cluster=new_cluster,
    notebook_task=notebook_task)

In the case where both the json parameter AND the named parameters are provided, they will be merged together. If there are conflicts during the merge, the named parameters will take precedence and override the top level json keys.

Currently the named parameters that DatabricksSubmitRunOperator supports are
  • spark_jar_task
  • notebook_task
  • new_cluster
  • existing_cluster_id
  • libraries
  • run_name
  • timeout_seconds
Parameters:
  • json (dict) –

    A JSON object containing API parameters which will be passed directly to the api/2.0/jobs/runs/submit endpoint. The other named parameters (i.e. spark_jar_task, notebook_task..) to this operator will be merged with this json dictionary if they are provided. If there are conflicts during the merge, the named parameters will take precedence and override the top level json keys. (templated)

    See also

    For more information about templating see Jinja Templating. https://docs.databricks.com/api/latest/jobs.html#runs-submit

  • spark_jar_task (dict) –

    The main class and parameters for the JAR task. Note that the actual JAR is specified in the libraries. EITHER spark_jar_task OR notebook_task should be specified. This field will be templated.

  • notebook_task (dict) –

    The notebook path and parameters for the notebook task. EITHER spark_jar_task OR notebook_task should be specified. This field will be templated.

  • new_cluster (dict) –

    Specs for a new cluster on which this task will be run. EITHER new_cluster OR existing_cluster_id should be specified. This field will be templated.

  • existing_cluster_id (str) – ID for existing cluster on which to run this task. EITHER new_cluster OR existing_cluster_id should be specified. This field will be templated.
  • libraries (list of dicts) –

    Libraries which this run will use. This field will be templated.

  • run_name (str) – The run name used for this task. By default this will be set to the Airflow task_id. This task_id is a required parameter of the superclass BaseOperator. This field will be templated.
  • timeout_seconds (int32) – The timeout for this run. By default a value of 0 is used which means to have no timeout. This field will be templated.
  • databricks_conn_id (str) – The name of the Airflow connection to use. By default and in the common case this will be databricks_default. To use token based authentication, provide the key token in the extra field for the connection.
  • polling_period_seconds (int) – Controls the rate which we poll for the result of this run. By default the operator will poll every 30 seconds.
  • databricks_retry_limit (int) – Amount of times retry if the Databricks backend is unreachable. Its value must be greater than or equal to 1.
  • databricks_retry_delay (float) – Number of seconds to wait between retries (it might be a floating point number).
  • do_xcom_push (bool) – Whether we should push run_id and run_page_url to xcom.
class airflow.contrib.operators.dataflow_operator.DataFlowJavaOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Start a Java Cloud DataFlow batch job. The parameters of the operation will be passed to the job.

See also

For more detail on job submission have a look at the reference: https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/pipelines/specifying-exec-params

Parameters:
  • jar (str) – The reference to a self executing DataFlow jar (templated).
  • job_name (str) – The ‘jobName’ to use when executing the DataFlow job (templated). This ends up being set in the pipeline options, so any entry with key 'jobName' in options will be overwritten.
  • dataflow_default_options (dict) – Map of default job options.
  • options (dict) – Map of job specific options.
  • gcp_conn_id (str) – The connection ID to use connecting to Google Cloud Platform.
  • delegate_to (str) – The account to impersonate, if any. For this to work, the service account making the request must have domain-wide delegation enabled.
  • poll_sleep (int) – The time in seconds to sleep between polling Google Cloud Platform for the dataflow job status while the job is in the JOB_STATE_RUNNING state.
  • job_class (str) – The name of the dataflow job class to be executued, it is often not the main class configured in the dataflow jar file.

jar, options, and job_name are templated so you can use variables in them.

Note that both dataflow_default_options and options will be merged to specify pipeline execution parameter, and dataflow_default_options is expected to save high-level options, for instances, project and zone information, which apply to all dataflow operators in the DAG.

It’s a good practice to define dataflow_* parameters in the default_args of the dag like the project, zone and staging location.

default_args = {
    'dataflow_default_options': {
        'project': 'my-gcp-project',
        'zone': 'europe-west1-d',
        'stagingLocation': 'gs://my-staging-bucket/staging/'
    }
}

You need to pass the path to your dataflow as a file reference with the jar parameter, the jar needs to be a self executing jar (see documentation here: https://beam.apache.org/documentation/runners/dataflow/#self-executing-jar). Use options to pass on options to your job.

t1 = DataFlowJavaOperator(
    task_id='datapflow_example',
    jar='{{var.value.gcp_dataflow_base}}pipeline/build/libs/pipeline-example-1.0.jar',
    options={
        'autoscalingAlgorithm': 'BASIC',
        'maxNumWorkers': '50',
        'start': '{{ds}}',
        'partitionType': 'DAY',
        'labels': {'foo' : 'bar'}
    },
    gcp_conn_id='gcp-airflow-service-account',
    dag=my-dag)
class airflow.contrib.operators.dataflow_operator.DataflowTemplateOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Start a Templated Cloud DataFlow batch job. The parameters of the operation will be passed to the job.

Parameters:
  • template (str) – The reference to the DataFlow template.
  • job_name – The ‘jobName’ to use when executing the DataFlow template (templated).
  • dataflow_default_options (dict) – Map of default job environment options.
  • parameters (dict) – Map of job specific parameters for the template.
  • gcp_conn_id (str) – The connection ID to use connecting to Google Cloud Platform.
  • delegate_to (str) – The account to impersonate, if any. For this to work, the service account making the request must have domain-wide delegation enabled.
  • poll_sleep (int) – The time in seconds to sleep between polling Google Cloud Platform for the dataflow job status while the job is in the JOB_STATE_RUNNING state.

It’s a good practice to define dataflow_* parameters in the default_args of the dag like the project, zone and staging location.

default_args = {
    'dataflow_default_options': {
        'project': 'my-gcp-project',
        'region': 'europe-west1',
        'zone': 'europe-west1-d',
        'tempLocation': 'gs://my-staging-bucket/staging/',
        }
    }
}

You need to pass the path to your dataflow template as a file reference with the template parameter. Use parameters to pass on parameters to your job. Use environment to pass on runtime environment variables to your job.

t1 = DataflowTemplateOperator(
    task_id='datapflow_example',
    template='{{var.value.gcp_dataflow_base}}',
    parameters={
        'inputFile': "gs://bucket/input/my_input.txt",
        'outputFile': "gs://bucket/output/my_output.txt"
    },
    gcp_conn_id='gcp-airflow-service-account',
    dag=my-dag)

template, dataflow_default_options, parameters, and job_name are templated so you can use variables in them.

Note that dataflow_default_options is expected to save high-level options for project information, which apply to all dataflow operators in the DAG.

class airflow.contrib.operators.dataflow_operator.DataFlowPythonOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Launching Cloud Dataflow jobs written in python. Note that both dataflow_default_options and options will be merged to specify pipeline execution parameter, and dataflow_default_options is expected to save high-level options, for instances, project and zone information, which apply to all dataflow operators in the DAG.

See also

For more detail on job submission have a look at the reference: https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/pipelines/specifying-exec-params

Parameters:
  • py_file (str) – Reference to the python dataflow pipleline file.py, e.g., /some/local/file/path/to/your/python/pipeline/file.
  • job_name (str) – The ‘job_name’ to use when executing the DataFlow job (templated). This ends up being set in the pipeline options, so any entry with key 'jobName' or 'job_name' in options will be overwritten.
  • py_options – Additional python options.
  • dataflow_default_options (dict) – Map of default job options.
  • options (dict) – Map of job specific options.
  • gcp_conn_id (str) – The connection ID to use connecting to Google Cloud Platform.
  • delegate_to (str) – The account to impersonate, if any. For this to work, the service account making the request must have domain-wide delegation enabled.
  • poll_sleep (int) – The time in seconds to sleep between polling Google Cloud Platform for the dataflow job status while the job is in the JOB_STATE_RUNNING state.
execute(context)[source]

Execute the python dataflow job.

class airflow.contrib.operators.dataproc_operator.DataprocClusterCreateOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Create a new cluster on Google Cloud Dataproc. The operator will wait until the creation is successful or an error occurs in the creation process.

The parameters allow to configure the cluster. Please refer to

https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/reference/rest/v1/projects.regions.clusters

for a detailed explanation on the different parameters. Most of the configuration parameters detailed in the link are available as a parameter to this operator.

Parameters:
  • cluster_name (str) – The name of the DataProc cluster to create. (templated)
  • project_id (str) – The ID of the google cloud project in which to create the cluster. (templated)
  • num_workers (int) – The # of workers to spin up. If set to zero will spin up cluster in a single node mode
  • storage_bucket (str) – The storage bucket to use, setting to None lets dataproc generate a custom one for you
  • init_actions_uris (list[string]) – List of GCS uri’s containing dataproc initialization scripts
  • init_action_timeout (str) – Amount of time executable scripts in init_actions_uris has to complete
  • metadata (dict) – dict of key-value google compute engine metadata entries to add to all instances
  • image_version (str) – the version of software inside the Dataproc cluster
  • custom_image (str) – custom Dataproc image for more info see https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/guides/dataproc-images
  • properties (dict) – dict of properties to set on config files (e.g. spark-defaults.conf), see https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/reference/rest/v1/projects.regions.clusters#SoftwareConfig
  • master_machine_type (str) – Compute engine machine type to use for the master node
  • master_disk_type (str) – Type of the boot disk for the master node (default is pd-standard). Valid values: pd-ssd (Persistent Disk Solid State Drive) or pd-standard (Persistent Disk Hard Disk Drive).
  • master_disk_size (int) – Disk size for the master node
  • worker_machine_type (str) – Compute engine machine type to use for the worker nodes
  • worker_disk_type (str) – Type of the boot disk for the worker node (default is pd-standard). Valid values: pd-ssd (Persistent Disk Solid State Drive) or pd-standard (Persistent Disk Hard Disk Drive).
  • worker_disk_size (int) – Disk size for the worker nodes
  • num_preemptible_workers (int) – The # of preemptible worker nodes to spin up
  • labels (dict) – dict of labels to add to the cluster
  • zone (str) – The zone where the cluster will be located. (templated)
  • network_uri (str) – The network uri to be used for machine communication, cannot be specified with subnetwork_uri
  • subnetwork_uri (str) – The subnetwork uri to be used for machine communication, cannot be specified with network_uri
  • internal_ip_only (bool) – If true, all instances in the cluster will only have internal IP addresses. This can only be enabled for subnetwork enabled networks
  • tags (list[string]) – The GCE tags to add to all instances
  • region (str) – leave as ‘global’, might become relevant in the future. (templated)
  • gcp_conn_id (str) – The connection ID to use connecting to Google Cloud Platform.
  • delegate_to (str) – The account to impersonate, if any. For this to work, the service account making the request must have domain-wide delegation enabled.
  • service_account (str) – The service account of the dataproc instances.
  • service_account_scopes (list[string]) – The URIs of service account scopes to be included.
  • idle_delete_ttl (int) – The longest duration that cluster would keep alive while staying idle. Passing this threshold will cause cluster to be auto-deleted. A duration in seconds.
  • auto_delete_time (datetime.datetime) – The time when cluster will be auto-deleted.
  • auto_delete_ttl (int) – The life duration of cluster, the cluster will be auto-deleted at the end of this duration. A duration in seconds. (If auto_delete_time is set this parameter will be ignored)
  • customer_managed_key (str) – The customer-managed key used for disk encryption (projects/[PROJECT_STORING_KEYS]/locations/[LOCATION]/keyRings/[KEY_RING_NAME]/cryptoKeys/[KEY_NAME])
class airflow.contrib.operators.dataproc_operator.DataprocClusterScaleOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Scale, up or down, a cluster on Google Cloud Dataproc. The operator will wait until the cluster is re-scaled.

Example:

t1 = DataprocClusterScaleOperator(
        task_id='dataproc_scale',
        project_id='my-project',
        cluster_name='cluster-1',
        num_workers=10,
        num_preemptible_workers=10,
        graceful_decommission_timeout='1h',
        dag=dag)

See also

For more detail on about scaling clusters have a look at the reference: https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/configuring-clusters/scaling-clusters

Parameters:
  • cluster_name (str) – The name of the cluster to scale. (templated)
  • project_id (str) – The ID of the google cloud project in which the cluster runs. (templated)
  • region (str) – The region for the dataproc cluster. (templated)
  • gcp_conn_id (str) – The connection ID to use connecting to Google Cloud Platform.
  • num_workers (int) – The new number of workers
  • num_preemptible_workers (int) – The new number of preemptible workers
  • graceful_decommission_timeout (str) – Timeout for graceful YARN decomissioning. Maximum value is 1d
  • delegate_to (str) – The account to impersonate, if any. For this to work, the service account making the request must have domain-wide delegation enabled.
class airflow.contrib.operators.dataproc_operator.DataprocClusterDeleteOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Delete a cluster on Google Cloud Dataproc. The operator will wait until the cluster is destroyed.

Parameters:
  • cluster_name (str) – The name of the cluster to create. (templated)
  • project_id (str) – The ID of the google cloud project in which the cluster runs. (templated)
  • region (str) – leave as ‘global’, might become relevant in the future. (templated)
  • gcp_conn_id (str) – The connection ID to use connecting to Google Cloud Platform.
  • delegate_to (str) – The account to impersonate, if any. For this to work, the service account making the request must have domain-wide delegation enabled.
class airflow.contrib.operators.dataproc_operator.DataProcPigOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Start a Pig query Job on a Cloud DataProc cluster. The parameters of the operation will be passed to the cluster.

It’s a good practice to define dataproc_* parameters in the default_args of the dag like the cluster name and UDFs.

default_args = {
    'cluster_name': 'cluster-1',
    'dataproc_pig_jars': [
        'gs://example/udf/jar/datafu/1.2.0/datafu.jar',
        'gs://example/udf/jar/gpig/1.2/gpig.jar'
    ]
}

You can pass a pig script as string or file reference. Use variables to pass on variables for the pig script to be resolved on the cluster or use the parameters to be resolved in the script as template parameters.

Example:

t1 = DataProcPigOperator(
        task_id='dataproc_pig',
        query='a_pig_script.pig',
        variables={'out': 'gs://example/output/{{ds}}'},
        dag=dag)

See also

For more detail on about job submission have a look at the reference: https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/reference/rest/v1/projects.regions.jobs

Parameters:
  • query (str) – The query or reference to the query file (pg or pig extension). (templated)
  • query_uri (str) – The uri of a pig script on Cloud Storage.
  • variables (dict) – Map of named parameters for the query. (templated)
  • job_name (str) – The job name used in the DataProc cluster. This name by default is the task_id appended with the execution data, but can be templated. The name will always be appended with a random number to avoid name clashes. (templated)
  • cluster_name (str) – The name of the DataProc cluster. (templated)
  • dataproc_pig_properties (dict) – Map for the Pig properties. Ideal to put in default arguments
  • dataproc_pig_jars (list) – URIs to jars provisioned in Cloud Storage (example: for UDFs and libs) and are ideal to put in default arguments.
  • gcp_conn_id (str) – The connection ID to use connecting to Google Cloud Platform.
  • delegate_to (str) – The account to impersonate, if any. For this to work, the service account making the request must have domain-wide delegation enabled.
  • region (str) – The specified region where the dataproc cluster is created.
  • job_error_states (list) – Job states that should be considered error states. Any states in this list will result in an error being raised and failure of the task. Eg, if the CANCELLED state should also be considered a task failure, pass in ['ERROR', 'CANCELLED']. Possible values are currently only 'ERROR' and 'CANCELLED', but could change in the future. Defaults to ['ERROR'].
Variables:

dataproc_job_id (str) – The actual “jobId” as submitted to the Dataproc API. This is useful for identifying or linking to the job in the Google Cloud Console Dataproc UI, as the actual “jobId” submitted to the Dataproc API is appended with an 8 character random string.

class airflow.contrib.operators.dataproc_operator.DataProcHiveOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Start a Hive query Job on a Cloud DataProc cluster.

Parameters:
  • query (str) – The query or reference to the query file (q extension).
  • query_uri (str) – The uri of a hive script on Cloud Storage.
  • variables (dict) – Map of named parameters for the query.
  • job_name (str) – The job name used in the DataProc cluster. This name by default is the task_id appended with the execution data, but can be templated. The name will always be appended with a random number to avoid name clashes.
  • cluster_name (str) – The name of the DataProc cluster.
  • dataproc_hive_properties (dict) – Map for the Pig properties. Ideal to put in default arguments
  • dataproc_hive_jars (list) – URIs to jars provisioned in Cloud Storage (example: for UDFs and libs) and are ideal to put in default arguments.
  • gcp_conn_id (str) – The connection ID to use connecting to Google Cloud Platform.
  • delegate_to (str) – The account to impersonate, if any. For this to work, the service account making the request must have domain-wide delegation enabled.
  • region (str) – The specified region where the dataproc cluster is created.
  • job_error_states (list) – Job states that should be considered error states. Any states in this list will result in an error being raised and failure of the task. Eg, if the CANCELLED state should also be considered a task failure, pass in ['ERROR', 'CANCELLED']. Possible values are currently only 'ERROR' and 'CANCELLED', but could change in the future. Defaults to ['ERROR'].
Variables:

dataproc_job_id (str) – The actual “jobId” as submitted to the Dataproc API. This is useful for identifying or linking to the job in the Google Cloud Console Dataproc UI, as the actual “jobId” submitted to the Dataproc API is appended with an 8 character random string.

class airflow.contrib.operators.dataproc_operator.DataProcSparkSqlOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Start a Spark SQL query Job on a Cloud DataProc cluster.

Parameters:
  • query (str) – The query or reference to the query file (q extension). (templated)
  • query_uri (str) – The uri of a spark sql script on Cloud Storage.
  • variables (dict) – Map of named parameters for the query. (templated)
  • job_name (str) – The job name used in the DataProc cluster. This name by default is the task_id appended with the execution data, but can be templated. The name will always be appended with a random number to avoid name clashes. (templated)
  • cluster_name (str) – The name of the DataProc cluster. (templated)
  • dataproc_spark_properties (dict) – Map for the Pig properties. Ideal to put in default arguments
  • dataproc_spark_jars (list) – URIs to jars provisioned in Cloud Storage (example: for UDFs and libs) and are ideal to put in default arguments.
  • gcp_conn_id (str) – The connection ID to use connecting to Google Cloud Platform.
  • delegate_to (str) – The account to impersonate, if any. For this to work, the service account making the request must have domain-wide delegation enabled.
  • region (str) – The specified region where the dataproc cluster is created.
  • job_error_states (list) – Job states that should be considered error states. Any states in this list will result in an error being raised and failure of the task. Eg, if the CANCELLED state should also be considered a task failure, pass in ['ERROR', 'CANCELLED']. Possible values are currently only 'ERROR' and 'CANCELLED', but could change in the future. Defaults to ['ERROR'].
Variables:

dataproc_job_id (str) – The actual “jobId” as submitted to the Dataproc API. This is useful for identifying or linking to the job in the Google Cloud Console Dataproc UI, as the actual “jobId” submitted to the Dataproc API is appended with an 8 character random string.

class airflow.contrib.operators.dataproc_operator.DataProcSparkOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Start a Spark Job on a Cloud DataProc cluster.

Parameters:
  • main_jar (str) – URI of the job jar provisioned on Cloud Storage. (use this or the main_class, not both together).
  • main_class (str) – Name of the job class. (use this or the main_jar, not both together).
  • arguments (list) – Arguments for the job. (templated)
  • archives (list) – List of archived files that will be unpacked in the work directory. Should be stored in Cloud Storage.
  • files (list) – List of files to be copied to the working directory
  • job_name (str) – The job name used in the DataProc cluster. This name by default is the task_id appended with the execution data, but can be templated. The name will always be appended with a random number to avoid name clashes. (templated)
  • cluster_name (str) – The name of the DataProc cluster. (templated)
  • dataproc_spark_properties (dict) – Map for the Pig properties. Ideal to put in default arguments
  • dataproc_spark_jars (list) – URIs to jars provisioned in Cloud Storage (example: for UDFs and libs) and are ideal to put in default arguments.
  • gcp_conn_id (str) – The connection ID to use connecting to Google Cloud Platform.
  • delegate_to (str) – The account to impersonate, if any. For this to work, the service account making the request must have domain-wide delegation enabled.
  • region (str) – The specified region where the dataproc cluster is created.
  • job_error_states (list) – Job states that should be considered error states. Any states in this list will result in an error being raised and failure of the task. Eg, if the CANCELLED state should also be considered a task failure, pass in ['ERROR', 'CANCELLED']. Possible values are currently only 'ERROR' and 'CANCELLED', but could change in the future. Defaults to ['ERROR'].
Variables:

dataproc_job_id (str) – The actual “jobId” as submitted to the Dataproc API. This is useful for identifying or linking to the job in the Google Cloud Console Dataproc UI, as the actual “jobId” submitted to the Dataproc API is appended with an 8 character random string.

class airflow.contrib.operators.dataproc_operator.DataProcHadoopOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Start a Hadoop Job on a Cloud DataProc cluster.

Parameters:
  • main_jar (str) – URI of the job jar provisioned on Cloud Storage. (use this or the main_class, not both together).
  • main_class (str) – Name of the job class. (use this or the main_jar, not both together).
  • arguments (list) – Arguments for the job. (templated)
  • archives (list) – List of archived files that will be unpacked in the work directory. Should be stored in Cloud Storage.
  • files (list) – List of files to be copied to the working directory
  • job_name (str) – The job name used in the DataProc cluster. This name by default is the task_id appended with the execution data, but can be templated. The name will always be appended with a random number to avoid name clashes. (templated)
  • cluster_name (str) – The name of the DataProc cluster. (templated)
  • dataproc_hadoop_properties (dict) – Map for the Pig properties. Ideal to put in default arguments
  • dataproc_hadoop_jars (list) – URIs to jars provisioned in Cloud Storage (example: for UDFs and libs) and are ideal to put in default arguments.
  • gcp_conn_id (str) – The connection ID to use connecting to Google Cloud Platform.
  • delegate_to (str) – The account to impersonate, if any. For this to work, the service account making the request must have domain-wide delegation enabled.
  • region (str) – The specified region where the dataproc cluster is created.
  • job_error_states (list) – Job states that should be considered error states. Any states in this list will result in an error being raised and failure of the task. Eg, if the CANCELLED state should also be considered a task failure, pass in ['ERROR', 'CANCELLED']. Possible values are currently only 'ERROR' and 'CANCELLED', but could change in the future. Defaults to ['ERROR'].
Variables:

dataproc_job_id (str) – The actual “jobId” as submitted to the Dataproc API. This is useful for identifying or linking to the job in the Google Cloud Console Dataproc UI, as the actual “jobId” submitted to the Dataproc API is appended with an 8 character random string.

class airflow.contrib.operators.dataproc_operator.DataProcPySparkOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Start a PySpark Job on a Cloud DataProc cluster.

Parameters:
  • main (str) – [Required] The Hadoop Compatible Filesystem (HCFS) URI of the main Python file to use as the driver. Must be a .py file.
  • arguments (list) – Arguments for the job. (templated)
  • archives (list) – List of archived files that will be unpacked in the work directory. Should be stored in Cloud Storage.
  • files (list) – List of files to be copied to the working directory
  • pyfiles (list) – List of Python files to pass to the PySpark framework. Supported file types: .py, .egg, and .zip
  • job_name (str) – The job name used in the DataProc cluster. This name by default is the task_id appended with the execution data, but can be templated. The name will always be appended with a random number to avoid name clashes. (templated)
  • cluster_name (str) – The name of the DataProc cluster.
  • dataproc_pyspark_properties (dict) – Map for the Pig properties. Ideal to put in default arguments
  • dataproc_pyspark_jars (list) – URIs to jars provisioned in Cloud Storage (example: for UDFs and libs) and are ideal to put in default arguments.
  • gcp_conn_id (str) – The connection ID to use connecting to Google Cloud Platform.
  • delegate_to (str) – The account to impersonate, if any. For this to work, the service account making the request must have domain-wide delegation enabled.
  • region (str) – The specified region where the dataproc cluster is created.
  • job_error_states (list) – Job states that should be considered error states. Any states in this list will result in an error being raised and failure of the task. Eg, if the CANCELLED state should also be considered a task failure, pass in ['ERROR', 'CANCELLED']. Possible values are currently only 'ERROR' and 'CANCELLED', but could change in the future. Defaults to ['ERROR'].
Variables:

dataproc_job_id (str) – The actual “jobId” as submitted to the Dataproc API. This is useful for identifying or linking to the job in the Google Cloud Console Dataproc UI, as the actual “jobId” submitted to the Dataproc API is appended with an 8 character random string.

class airflow.contrib.operators.dataproc_operator.DataprocWorkflowTemplateBaseOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

class airflow.contrib.operators.dataproc_operator.DataprocWorkflowTemplateInstantiateOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.contrib.operators.dataproc_operator.DataprocWorkflowTemplateBaseOperator

Instantiate a WorkflowTemplate on Google Cloud Dataproc. The operator will wait until the WorkflowTemplate is finished executing.

Parameters:
  • template_id (str) – The id of the template. (templated)
  • project_id (str) – The ID of the google cloud project in which the template runs
  • region (str) – leave as ‘global’, might become relevant in the future
  • gcp_conn_id (str) – The connection ID to use connecting to Google Cloud Platform.
  • delegate_to (str) – The account to impersonate, if any. For this to work, the service account making the request must have domain-wide delegation enabled.
class airflow.contrib.operators.dataproc_operator.DataprocWorkflowTemplateInstantiateInlineOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.contrib.operators.dataproc_operator.DataprocWorkflowTemplateBaseOperator

Instantiate a WorkflowTemplate Inline on Google Cloud Dataproc. The operator will wait until the WorkflowTemplate is finished executing.

Parameters:
  • template (map) – The template contents. (templated)
  • project_id (str) – The ID of the google cloud project in which the template runs
  • region (str) – leave as ‘global’, might become relevant in the future
  • gcp_conn_id (str) – The connection ID to use connecting to Google Cloud Platform.
  • delegate_to (str) – The account to impersonate, if any. For this to work, the service account making the request must have domain-wide delegation enabled.
class airflow.contrib.operators.datastore_export_operator.DatastoreExportOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Export entities from Google Cloud Datastore to Cloud Storage

Parameters:
  • bucket (str) – name of the cloud storage bucket to backup data
  • namespace (str) – optional namespace path in the specified Cloud Storage bucket to backup data. If this namespace does not exist in GCS, it will be created.
  • datastore_conn_id (str) – the name of the Datastore connection id to use
  • cloud_storage_conn_id (str) – the name of the cloud storage connection id to force-write backup
  • delegate_to (str) – The account to impersonate, if any. For this to work, the service account making the request must have domain-wide delegation enabled.
  • entity_filter (dict) – description of what data from the project is included in the export, refer to https://cloud.google.com/datastore/docs/reference/rest/Shared.Types/EntityFilter
  • labels (dict) – client-assigned labels for cloud storage
  • polling_interval_in_seconds (int) – number of seconds to wait before polling for execution status again
  • overwrite_existing (bool) – if the storage bucket + namespace is not empty, it will be emptied prior to exports. This enables overwriting existing backups.
  • xcom_push (bool) – push operation name to xcom for reference
class airflow.contrib.operators.datastore_import_operator.DatastoreImportOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Import entities from Cloud Storage to Google Cloud Datastore

Parameters:
  • bucket (str) – container in Cloud Storage to store data
  • file (str) – path of the backup metadata file in the specified Cloud Storage bucket. It should have the extension .overall_export_metadata
  • namespace (str) – optional namespace of the backup metadata file in the specified Cloud Storage bucket.
  • entity_filter (dict) – description of what data from the project is included in the export, refer to https://cloud.google.com/datastore/docs/reference/rest/Shared.Types/EntityFilter
  • labels (dict) – client-assigned labels for cloud storage
  • datastore_conn_id (str) – the name of the connection id to use
  • delegate_to (str) – The account to impersonate, if any. For this to work, the service account making the request must have domain-wide delegation enabled.
  • polling_interval_in_seconds (int) – number of seconds to wait before polling for execution status again
  • xcom_push (bool) – push operation name to xcom for reference
class airflow.contrib.operators.discord_webhook_operator.DiscordWebhookOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.operators.http_operator.SimpleHttpOperator

This operator allows you to post messages to Discord using incoming webhooks. Takes a Discord connection ID with a default relative webhook endpoint. The default endpoint can be overridden using the webhook_endpoint parameter (https://discordapp.com/developers/docs/resources/webhook).

Each Discord webhook can be pre-configured to use a specific username and avatar_url. You can override these defaults in this operator.

Parameters:
  • http_conn_id (str) – Http connection ID with host as “https://discord.com/api/” and default webhook endpoint in the extra field in the form of {“webhook_endpoint”: “webhooks/{webhook.id}/{webhook.token}”}
  • webhook_endpoint (str) – Discord webhook endpoint in the form of “webhooks/{webhook.id}/{webhook.token}”
  • message (str) – The message you want to send to your Discord channel (max 2000 characters). (templated)
  • username (str) – Override the default username of the webhook. (templated)
  • avatar_url (str) – Override the default avatar of the webhook
  • tts (bool) – Is a text-to-speech message
  • proxy (str) – Proxy to use to make the Discord webhook call
execute(context)[source]

Call the DiscordWebhookHook to post message

class airflow.contrib.operators.druid_operator.DruidOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Allows to submit a task directly to druid

Parameters:
  • json_index_file (str) – The filepath to the druid index specification
  • druid_ingest_conn_id (str) – The connection id of the Druid overlord which accepts index jobs
class airflow.contrib.operators.ecs_operator.ECSOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Execute a task on AWS EC2 Container Service

Parameters:
  • task_definition (str) – the task definition name on EC2 Container Service
  • cluster (str) – the cluster name on EC2 Container Service
  • overrides (dict) – the same parameter that boto3 will receive (templated): http://boto3.readthedocs.org/en/latest/reference/services/ecs.html#ECS.Client.run_task
  • aws_conn_id (str) – connection id of AWS credentials / region name. If None, credential boto3 strategy will be used (http://boto3.readthedocs.io/en/latest/guide/configuration.html).
  • region_name (str) – region name to use in AWS Hook. Override the region_name in connection (if provided)
  • launch_type (str) – the launch type on which to run your task (‘EC2’ or ‘FARGATE’)
  • group (str) – the name of the task group associated with the task
  • placement_constraints (list) – an array of placement constraint objects to use for the task
  • platform_version (str) – the platform version on which your task is running
  • network_configuration (dict) – the network configuration for the task
class airflow.contrib.operators.emr_add_steps_operator.EmrAddStepsOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

An operator that adds steps to an existing EMR job_flow.

Parameters:
  • job_flow_id (str) – id of the JobFlow to add steps to. (templated)
  • aws_conn_id (str) – aws connection to uses
  • steps (list) – boto3 style steps to be added to the jobflow. (templated)
class airflow.contrib.operators.emr_create_job_flow_operator.EmrCreateJobFlowOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Creates an EMR JobFlow, reading the config from the EMR connection. A dictionary of JobFlow overrides can be passed that override the config from the connection.

Parameters:
  • aws_conn_id (str) – aws connection to uses
  • emr_conn_id (str) – emr connection to use
  • job_flow_overrides (dict) – boto3 style arguments to override emr_connection extra. (templated)
class airflow.contrib.operators.emr_terminate_job_flow_operator.EmrTerminateJobFlowOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Operator to terminate EMR JobFlows.

Parameters:
  • job_flow_id (str) – id of the JobFlow to terminate. (templated)
  • aws_conn_id (str) – aws connection to uses
class airflow.contrib.operators.file_to_gcs.FileToGoogleCloudStorageOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Uploads a file to Google Cloud Storage. Optionally can compress the file for upload.

Parameters:
  • src (str) – Path to the local file. (templated)
  • dst (str) – Destination path within the specified bucket. (templated)
  • bucket (str) – The bucket to upload to. (templated)
  • google_cloud_storage_conn_id (str) – The Airflow connection ID to upload with
  • mime_type (str) – The mime-type string
  • delegate_to (str) – The account to impersonate, if any
  • gzip (bool) – Allows for file to be compressed and uploaded as gzip
execute(context)[source]

Uploads the file to Google cloud storage

class airflow.contrib.operators.gcs_download_operator.GoogleCloudStorageDownloadOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Downloads a file from Google Cloud Storage.

Parameters:
  • bucket (str) – The Google cloud storage bucket where the object is. (templated)
  • object (str) – The name of the object to download in the Google cloud storage bucket. (templated)
  • filename (str) – The file path on the local file system (where the operator is being executed) that the file should be downloaded to. (templated) If no filename passed, the downloaded data will not be stored on the local file system.
  • store_to_xcom_key (str) – If this param is set, the operator will push the contents of the downloaded file to XCom with the key set in this parameter. If not set, the downloaded data will not be pushed to XCom. (templated)
  • google_cloud_storage_conn_id (str) – The connection ID to use when connecting to Google cloud storage.
  • delegate_to (str) – The account to impersonate, if any. For this to work, the service account making the request must have domain-wide delegation enabled.
class airflow.contrib.operators.gcs_list_operator.GoogleCloudStorageListOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

List all objects from the bucket with the give string prefix and delimiter in name.

This operator returns a python list with the name of objects which can be used by
xcom in the downstream task.
Parameters:
  • bucket (str) – The Google cloud storage bucket to find the objects. (templated)
  • prefix (str) – Prefix string which filters objects whose name begin with this prefix. (templated)
  • delimiter (str) – The delimiter by which you want to filter the objects. (templated) For e.g to lists the CSV files from in a directory in GCS you would use delimiter=’.csv’.
  • google_cloud_storage_conn_id (str) – The connection ID to use when connecting to Google cloud storage.
  • delegate_to (str) – The account to impersonate, if any. For this to work, the service account making the request must have domain-wide delegation enabled.
Example:

The following Operator would list all the Avro files from sales/sales-2017 folder in data bucket.

GCS_Files = GoogleCloudStorageListOperator(
    task_id='GCS_Files',
    bucket='data',
    prefix='sales/sales-2017/',
    delimiter='.avro',
    google_cloud_storage_conn_id=google_cloud_conn_id
)
class airflow.contrib.operators.gcs_operator.GoogleCloudStorageCreateBucketOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Creates a new bucket. Google Cloud Storage uses a flat namespace, so you can’t create a bucket with a name that is already in use.

See also

For more information, see Bucket Naming Guidelines: https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucketnaming.html#requirements

Parameters:
  • bucket_name (str) – The name of the bucket. (templated)
  • storage_class (str) –

    This defines how objects in the bucket are stored and determines the SLA and the cost of storage (templated). Values include

    • MULTI_REGIONAL
    • REGIONAL
    • STANDARD
    • NEARLINE
    • COLDLINE.

    If this value is not specified when the bucket is created, it will default to STANDARD.

  • location (str) –

    The location of the bucket. (templated) Object data for objects in the bucket resides in physical storage within this region. Defaults to US.

  • project_id (str) – The ID of the GCP Project. (templated)
  • labels (dict) – User-provided labels, in key/value pairs.
  • google_cloud_storage_conn_id (str) – The connection ID to use when connecting to Google cloud storage.
  • delegate_to (str) – The account to impersonate, if any. For this to work, the service account making the request must have domain-wide delegation enabled.
Example:

The following Operator would create a new bucket test-bucket with MULTI_REGIONAL storage class in EU region

CreateBucket = GoogleCloudStorageCreateBucketOperator(
    task_id='CreateNewBucket',
    bucket_name='test-bucket',
    storage_class='MULTI_REGIONAL',
    location='EU',
    labels={'env': 'dev', 'team': 'airflow'},
    google_cloud_storage_conn_id='airflow-service-account'
)
class airflow.contrib.operators.gcs_to_bq.GoogleCloudStorageToBigQueryOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Loads files from Google cloud storage into BigQuery.

The schema to be used for the BigQuery table may be specified in one of two ways. You may either directly pass the schema fields in, or you may point the operator to a Google cloud storage object name. The object in Google cloud storage must be a JSON file with the schema fields in it.

Parameters:
  • bucket (str) – The bucket to load from. (templated)
  • source_objects (list of str) – List of Google cloud storage URIs to load from. (templated) If source_format is ‘DATASTORE_BACKUP’, the list must only contain a single URI.
  • destination_project_dataset_table (str) – The dotted (<project>.)<dataset>.<table> BigQuery table to load data into. If <project> is not included, project will be the project defined in the connection json. (templated)
  • schema_fields (list) – If set, the schema field list as defined here: https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/reference/v2/jobs#configuration.load Should not be set when source_format is ‘DATASTORE_BACKUP’.
  • schema_object (str) – If set, a GCS object path pointing to a .json file that contains the schema for the table. (templated)
  • source_format (str) – File format to export.
  • compression (str) – [Optional] The compression type of the data source. Possible values include GZIP and NONE. The default value is NONE. This setting is ignored for Google Cloud Bigtable, Google Cloud Datastore backups and Avro formats.
  • create_disposition (str) – The create disposition if the table doesn’t exist.
  • skip_leading_rows (int) – Number of rows to skip when loading from a CSV.
  • write_disposition (str) – The write disposition if the table already exists.
  • field_delimiter (str) – The delimiter to use when loading from a CSV.
  • max_bad_records (int) – The maximum number of bad records that BigQuery can ignore when running the job.
  • quote_character (str) – The value that is used to quote data sections in a CSV file.
  • ignore_unknown_values (bool) – [Optional] Indicates if BigQuery should allow extra values that are not represented in the table schema. If true, the extra values are ignored. If false, records with extra columns are treated as bad records, and if there are too many bad records, an invalid error is returned in the job result.
  • allow_quoted_newlines (bool) – Whether to allow quoted newlines (true) or not (false).
  • allow_jagged_rows (bool) – Accept rows that are missing trailing optional columns. The missing values are treated as nulls. If false, records with missing trailing columns are treated as bad records, and if there are too many bad records, an invalid error is returned in the job result. Only applicable to CSV, ignored for other formats.
  • max_id_key (str) – If set, the name of a column in the BigQuery table that’s to be loaded. This will be used to select the MAX value from BigQuery after the load occurs. The results will be returned by the execute() command, which in turn gets stored in XCom for future operators to use. This can be helpful with incremental loads–during future executions, you can pick up from the max ID.
  • bigquery_conn_id (str) – Reference to a specific BigQuery hook.
  • google_cloud_storage_conn_id (str) – Reference to a specific Google cloud storage hook.
  • delegate_to (str) – The account to impersonate, if any. For this to work, the service account making the request must have domain-wide delegation enabled.
  • schema_update_options (list) – Allows the schema of the destination table to be updated as a side effect of the load job.
  • src_fmt_configs (dict) – configure optional fields specific to the source format
  • external_table (bool) – Flag to specify if the destination table should be a BigQuery external table. Default Value is False.
  • time_partitioning (dict) – configure optional time partitioning fields i.e. partition by field, type and expiration as per API specifications. Note that ‘field’ is not available in concurrency with dataset.table$partition.
  • cluster_fields (list of str) – Request that the result of this load be stored sorted by one or more columns. This is only available in conjunction with time_partitioning. The order of columns given determines the sort order. Not applicable for external tables.
class airflow.contrib.operators.gcs_to_gcs.GoogleCloudStorageToGoogleCloudStorageOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Copies objects from a bucket to another, with renaming if requested.

Parameters:
  • source_bucket (str) – The source Google cloud storage bucket where the object is. (templated)
  • source_object (str) – The source name of the object to copy in the Google cloud storage bucket. (templated) You can use only one wildcard for objects (filenames) within your bucket. The wildcard can appear inside the object name or at the end of the object name. Appending a wildcard to the bucket name is unsupported.
  • destination_bucket (str) – The destination Google cloud storage bucket where the object should be. (templated)
  • destination_object (str) – The destination name of the object in the destination Google cloud storage bucket. (templated) If a wildcard is supplied in the source_object argument, this is the prefix that will be prepended to the final destination objects’ paths. Note that the source path’s part before the wildcard will be removed; if it needs to be retained it should be appended to destination_object. For example, with prefix foo/* and destination_object blah/, the file foo/baz will be copied to blah/baz; to retain the prefix write the destination_object as e.g. blah/foo, in which case the copied file will be named blah/foo/baz.
  • move_object (bool) – When move object is True, the object is moved instead of copied to the new location. This is the equivalent of a mv command as opposed to a cp command.
  • google_cloud_storage_conn_id (str) – The connection ID to use when connecting to Google cloud storage.
  • delegate_to (str) – The account to impersonate, if any. For this to work, the service account making the request must have domain-wide delegation enabled.
  • last_modified_time (datetime) – When specified, if the object(s) were modified after last_modified_time, they will be copied/moved. If tzinfo has not been set, UTC will be assumed.
Examples:

The following Operator would copy a single file named sales/sales-2017/january.avro in the data bucket to the file named copied_sales/2017/january-backup.avro in the data_backup bucket

copy_single_file = GoogleCloudStorageToGoogleCloudStorageOperator(
    task_id='copy_single_file',
    source_bucket='data',
    source_object='sales/sales-2017/january.avro',
    destination_bucket='data_backup',
    destination_object='copied_sales/2017/january-backup.avro',
    google_cloud_storage_conn_id=google_cloud_conn_id
)

The following Operator would copy all the Avro files from sales/sales-2017 folder (i.e. with names starting with that prefix) in data bucket to the copied_sales/2017 folder in the data_backup bucket.

copy_files = GoogleCloudStorageToGoogleCloudStorageOperator(
    task_id='copy_files',
    source_bucket='data',
    source_object='sales/sales-2017/*.avro',
    destination_bucket='data_backup',
    destination_object='copied_sales/2017/',
    google_cloud_storage_conn_id=google_cloud_conn_id
)

The following Operator would move all the Avro files from sales/sales-2017 folder (i.e. with names starting with that prefix) in data bucket to the same folder in the data_backup bucket, deleting the original files in the process.

move_files = GoogleCloudStorageToGoogleCloudStorageOperator(
    task_id='move_files',
    source_bucket='data',
    source_object='sales/sales-2017/*.avro',
    destination_bucket='data_backup',
    move_object=True,
    google_cloud_storage_conn_id=google_cloud_conn_id
)
class airflow.contrib.operators.gcs_to_gcs_transfer_operator.GoogleCloudStorageToGoogleCloudStorageTransferOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Copies objects from a bucket to another using the GCP Storage Transfer Service.

Parameters:

Example:

gcs_to_gcs_transfer_op = GoogleCloudStorageToGoogleCloudStorageTransferOperator(
     task_id='gcs_to_gcs_transfer_example',
     source_bucket='my-source-bucket',
     destination_bucket='my-destination-bucket',
     project_id='my-gcp-project',
     dag=my_dag)
class airflow.contrib.operators.gcs_to_s3.GoogleCloudStorageToS3Operator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.contrib.operators.gcs_list_operator.GoogleCloudStorageListOperator

Synchronizes a Google Cloud Storage bucket with an S3 bucket.

Parameters:
  • bucket (str) – The Google Cloud Storage bucket to find the objects. (templated)
  • prefix (str) – Prefix string which filters objects whose name begin with this prefix. (templated)
  • delimiter (str) – The delimiter by which you want to filter the objects. (templated) For e.g to lists the CSV files from in a directory in GCS you would use delimiter=’.csv’.
  • google_cloud_storage_conn_id (str) – The connection ID to use when connecting to Google Cloud Storage.
  • delegate_to (str) – The account to impersonate, if any. For this to work, the service account making the request must have domain-wide delegation enabled.
  • dest_aws_conn_id (str) – The destination S3 connection
  • dest_s3_key (str) – The base S3 key to be used to store the files. (templated)
  • dest_verify (bool or str) –

    Whether or not to verify SSL certificates for S3 connection. By default SSL certificates are verified. You can provide the following values:

    • False: do not validate SSL certificates. SSL will still be used
      (unless use_ssl is False), but SSL certificates will not be verified.
    • path/to/cert/bundle.pem: A filename of the CA cert bundle to uses.
      You can specify this argument if you want to use a different CA cert bundle than the one used by botocore.
class airflow.contrib.operators.hipchat_operator.HipChatAPIOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Base HipChat Operator. All derived HipChat operators reference from HipChat’s official REST API documentation at https://www.hipchat.com/docs/apiv2. Before using any HipChat API operators you need to get an authentication token at https://www.hipchat.com/docs/apiv2/auth. In the future additional HipChat operators will be derived from this class as well.

Parameters:
  • token (str) – HipChat REST API authentication token
  • base_url (str) – HipChat REST API base url.
prepare_request()[source]

Used by the execute function. Set the request method, url, and body of HipChat’s REST API call. Override in child class. Each HipChatAPI child operator is responsible for having a prepare_request method call which sets self.method, self.url, and self.body.

class airflow.contrib.operators.hipchat_operator.HipChatAPISendRoomNotificationOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.contrib.operators.hipchat_operator.HipChatAPIOperator

Send notification to a specific HipChat room. More info: https://www.hipchat.com/docs/apiv2/method/send_room_notification

Parameters:
  • room_id (str) – Room in which to send notification on HipChat. (templated)
  • message (str) – The message body. (templated)
  • frm (str) – Label to be shown in addition to sender’s name
  • message_format (str) – How the notification is rendered: html or text
  • color (str) – Background color of the msg: yellow, green, red, purple, gray, or random
  • attach_to (str) – The message id to attach this notification to
  • notify (bool) – Whether this message should trigger a user notification
  • card (dict) – HipChat-defined card object
prepare_request()[source]

Used by the execute function. Set the request method, url, and body of HipChat’s REST API call. Override in child class. Each HipChatAPI child operator is responsible for having a prepare_request method call which sets self.method, self.url, and self.body.

class airflow.contrib.operators.hive_to_dynamodb.HiveToDynamoDBTransferOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Moves data from Hive to DynamoDB, note that for now the data is loaded into memory before being pushed to DynamoDB, so this operator should be used for smallish amount of data.

Parameters:
  • sql (str) – SQL query to execute against the hive database. (templated)
  • table_name (str) – target DynamoDB table
  • table_keys (list) – partition key and sort key
  • pre_process (function) – implement pre-processing of source data
  • pre_process_args (list) – list of pre_process function arguments
  • pre_process_kwargs (dict) – dict of pre_process function arguments
  • region_name (str) – aws region name (example: us-east-1)
  • schema (str) – hive database schema
  • hiveserver2_conn_id (str) – source hive connection
  • aws_conn_id (str) – aws connection
class airflow.contrib.operators.mlengine_operator.MLEngineBatchPredictionOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Start a Google Cloud ML Engine prediction job.

NOTE: For model origin, users should consider exactly one from the three options below: 1. Populate ‘uri’ field only, which should be a GCS location that points to a tensorflow savedModel directory. 2. Populate ‘model_name’ field only, which refers to an existing model, and the default version of the model will be used. 3. Populate both ‘model_name’ and ‘version_name’ fields, which refers to a specific version of a specific model.

In options 2 and 3, both model and version name should contain the minimal identifier. For instance, call

MLEngineBatchPredictionOperator(
    ...,
    model_name='my_model',
    version_name='my_version',
    ...)

if the desired model version is “projects/my_project/models/my_model/versions/my_version”.

See https://cloud.google.com/ml-engine/reference/rest/v1/projects.jobs for further documentation on the parameters.

Parameters:
  • project_id (str) – The Google Cloud project name where the prediction job is submitted. (templated)
  • job_id (str) – A unique id for the prediction job on Google Cloud ML Engine. (templated)
  • data_format (str) – The format of the input data. It will default to ‘DATA_FORMAT_UNSPECIFIED’ if is not provided or is not one of [“TEXT”, “TF_RECORD”, “TF_RECORD_GZIP”].
  • input_paths (list of string) – A list of GCS paths of input data for batch prediction. Accepting wildcard operator *, but only at the end. (templated)
  • output_path (str) – The GCS path where the prediction results are written to. (templated)
  • region (str) – The Google Compute Engine region to run the prediction job in. (templated)
  • model_name (str) – The Google Cloud ML Engine model to use for prediction. If version_name is not provided, the default version of this model will be used. Should not be None if version_name is provided. Should be None if uri is provided. (templated)
  • version_name (str) – The Google Cloud ML Engine model version to use for prediction. Should be None if uri is provided. (templated)
  • uri (str) – The GCS path of the saved model to use for prediction. Should be None if model_name is provided. It should be a GCS path pointing to a tensorflow SavedModel. (templated)
  • max_worker_count (int) – The maximum number of workers to be used for parallel processing. Defaults to 10 if not specified.
  • runtime_version (str) – The Google Cloud ML Engine runtime version to use for batch prediction.
  • gcp_conn_id (str) – The connection ID used for connection to Google Cloud Platform.
  • delegate_to (str) – The account to impersonate, if any. For this to work, the service account making the request must have doamin-wide delegation enabled.
Raises:
ValueError: if a unique model/version origin cannot be determined.
class airflow.contrib.operators.mlengine_operator.MLEngineModelOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Operator for managing a Google Cloud ML Engine model.

Parameters:
  • project_id (str) – The Google Cloud project name to which MLEngine model belongs. (templated)
  • model (dict) –

    A dictionary containing the information about the model. If the operation is create, then the model parameter should contain all the information about this model such as name.

    If the operation is get, the model parameter should contain the name of the model.

  • operation (str) –

    The operation to perform. Available operations are:

    • create: Creates a new model as provided by the model parameter.
    • get: Gets a particular model where the name is specified in model.
  • gcp_conn_id (str) – The connection ID to use when fetching connection info.
  • delegate_to (str) – The account to impersonate, if any. For this to work, the service account making the request must have domain-wide delegation enabled.
class airflow.contrib.operators.mlengine_operator.MLEngineVersionOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Operator for managing a Google Cloud ML Engine version.

Parameters:
  • project_id (str) – The Google Cloud project name to which MLEngine model belongs.
  • model_name (str) – The name of the Google Cloud ML Engine model that the version belongs to. (templated)
  • version_name (str) – A name to use for the version being operated upon. If not None and the version argument is None or does not have a value for the name key, then this will be populated in the payload for the name key. (templated)
  • version (dict) – A dictionary containing the information about the version. If the operation is create, version should contain all the information about this version such as name, and deploymentUrl. If the operation is get or delete, the version parameter should contain the name of the version. If it is None, the only operation possible would be list. (templated)
  • operation (str) –

    The operation to perform. Available operations are:

    • create: Creates a new version in the model specified by model_name, in which case the version parameter should contain all the information to create that version (e.g. name, deploymentUrl).
    • get: Gets full information of a particular version in the model specified by model_name. The name of the version should be specified in the version parameter.
    • list: Lists all available versions of the model specified by model_name.
    • delete: Deletes the version specified in version parameter from the model specified by model_name). The name of the version should be specified in the version parameter.
  • gcp_conn_id (str) – The connection ID to use when fetching connection info.
  • delegate_to (str) – The account to impersonate, if any. For this to work, the service account making the request must have domain-wide delegation enabled.
class airflow.contrib.operators.mlengine_operator.MLEngineTrainingOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Operator for launching a MLEngine training job.

Parameters:
  • project_id (str) – The Google Cloud project name within which MLEngine training job should run (templated).
  • job_id (str) – A unique templated id for the submitted Google MLEngine training job. (templated)
  • package_uris (str) – A list of package locations for MLEngine training job, which should include the main training program + any additional dependencies. (templated)
  • training_python_module (str) – The Python module name to run within MLEngine training job after installing ‘package_uris’ packages. (templated)
  • training_args (str) – A list of templated command line arguments to pass to the MLEngine training program. (templated)
  • region (str) – The Google Compute Engine region to run the MLEngine training job in (templated).
  • scale_tier (str) – Resource tier for MLEngine training job. (templated)
  • master_type (str) – Cloud ML Engine machine name. Must be set when scale_tier is CUSTOM. (templated)
  • runtime_version (str) – The Google Cloud ML runtime version to use for training. (templated)
  • python_version (str) – The version of Python used in training. (templated)
  • job_dir (str) – A Google Cloud Storage path in which to store training outputs and other data needed for training. (templated)
  • gcp_conn_id (str) – The connection ID to use when fetching connection info.
  • delegate_to (str) – The account to impersonate, if any. For this to work, the service account making the request must have domain-wide delegation enabled.
  • mode (str) – Can be one of ‘DRY_RUN’/’CLOUD’. In ‘DRY_RUN’ mode, no real training job will be launched, but the MLEngine training job request will be printed out. In ‘CLOUD’ mode, a real MLEngine training job creation request will be issued.
class airflow.contrib.operators.mongo_to_s3.MongoToS3Operator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Mongo -> S3

A more specific baseOperator meant to move data from mongo via pymongo to s3 via boto

things to note
.execute() is written to depend on .transform() .transform() is meant to be extended by child classes to perform transformations unique to those operators needs
execute(context)[source]

Executed by task_instance at runtime

static transform(docs)[source]
Processes pyMongo cursor and returns an iterable with each element being
a JSON serializable dictionary

Base transform() assumes no processing is needed ie. docs is a pyMongo cursor of documents and cursor just needs to be passed through

Override this method for custom transformations

class airflow.contrib.operators.mysql_to_gcs.MySqlToGoogleCloudStorageOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Copy data from MySQL to Google cloud storage in JSON format.

Parameters:
  • sql (str) – The SQL to execute on the MySQL table.
  • bucket (str) – The bucket to upload to.
  • filename (str) – The filename to use as the object name when uploading to Google cloud storage. A {} should be specified in the filename to allow the operator to inject file numbers in cases where the file is split due to size.
  • schema_filename (str) – If set, the filename to use as the object name when uploading a .json file containing the BigQuery schema fields for the table that was dumped from MySQL.
  • approx_max_file_size_bytes (long) – This operator supports the ability to split large table dumps into multiple files (see notes in the filenamed param docs above). Google cloud storage allows for files to be a maximum of 4GB. This param allows developers to specify the file size of the splits.
  • mysql_conn_id (str) – Reference to a specific MySQL hook.
  • google_cloud_storage_conn_id (str) – Reference to a specific Google cloud storage hook.
  • schema (str or list) – The schema to use, if any. Should be a list of dict or a str. Pass a string if using Jinja template, otherwise, pass a list of dict. Examples could be seen: https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs /schemas#specifying_a_json_schema_file
  • delegate_to (str) – The account to impersonate, if any. For this to work, the service account making the request must have domain-wide delegation enabled.
classmethod type_map(mysql_type)[source]

Helper function that maps from MySQL fields to BigQuery fields. Used when a schema_filename is set.

class airflow.contrib.operators.postgres_to_gcs_operator.PostgresToGoogleCloudStorageOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Copy data from Postgres to Google Cloud Storage in JSON format.

classmethod convert_types(value)[source]

Takes a value from Postgres, and converts it to a value that’s safe for JSON/Google Cloud Storage/BigQuery. Dates are converted to UTC seconds. Decimals are converted to floats. Times are converted to seconds.

classmethod type_map(postgres_type)[source]

Helper function that maps from Postgres fields to BigQuery fields. Used when a schema_filename is set.

class airflow.contrib.operators.pubsub_operator.PubSubTopicCreateOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Create a PubSub topic.

By default, if the topic already exists, this operator will not cause the DAG to fail.

with DAG('successful DAG') as dag:
    (
        dag
        >> PubSubTopicCreateOperator(project='my-project',
                                     topic='my_new_topic')
        >> PubSubTopicCreateOperator(project='my-project',
                                     topic='my_new_topic')
    )

The operator can be configured to fail if the topic already exists.

with DAG('failing DAG') as dag:
    (
        dag
        >> PubSubTopicCreateOperator(project='my-project',
                                     topic='my_new_topic')
        >> PubSubTopicCreateOperator(project='my-project',
                                     topic='my_new_topic',
                                     fail_if_exists=True)
    )

Both project and topic are templated so you can use variables in them.

class airflow.contrib.operators.pubsub_operator.PubSubTopicDeleteOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Delete a PubSub topic.

By default, if the topic does not exist, this operator will not cause the DAG to fail.

with DAG('successful DAG') as dag:
    (
        dag
        >> PubSubTopicDeleteOperator(project='my-project',
                                     topic='non_existing_topic')
    )

The operator can be configured to fail if the topic does not exist.

with DAG('failing DAG') as dag:
    (
        dag
        >> PubSubTopicCreateOperator(project='my-project',
                                     topic='non_existing_topic',
                                     fail_if_not_exists=True)
    )

Both project and topic are templated so you can use variables in them.

class airflow.contrib.operators.pubsub_operator.PubSubSubscriptionCreateOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Create a PubSub subscription.

By default, the subscription will be created in topic_project. If subscription_project is specified and the GCP credentials allow, the Subscription can be created in a different project from its topic.

By default, if the subscription already exists, this operator will not cause the DAG to fail. However, the topic must exist in the project.

with DAG('successful DAG') as dag:
    (
        dag
        >> PubSubSubscriptionCreateOperator(
            topic_project='my-project', topic='my-topic',
            subscription='my-subscription')
        >> PubSubSubscriptionCreateOperator(
            topic_project='my-project', topic='my-topic',
            subscription='my-subscription')
    )

The operator can be configured to fail if the subscription already exists.

with DAG('failing DAG') as dag:
    (
        dag
        >> PubSubSubscriptionCreateOperator(
            topic_project='my-project', topic='my-topic',
            subscription='my-subscription')
        >> PubSubSubscriptionCreateOperator(
            topic_project='my-project', topic='my-topic',
            subscription='my-subscription', fail_if_exists=True)
    )

Finally, subscription is not required. If not passed, the operator will generated a universally unique identifier for the subscription’s name.

with DAG('DAG') as dag:
    (
        dag >> PubSubSubscriptionCreateOperator(
            topic_project='my-project', topic='my-topic')
    )

topic_project, topic, subscription, and subscription are templated so you can use variables in them.

class airflow.contrib.operators.pubsub_operator.PubSubSubscriptionDeleteOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Delete a PubSub subscription.

By default, if the subscription does not exist, this operator will not cause the DAG to fail.

with DAG('successful DAG') as dag:
    (
        dag
        >> PubSubSubscriptionDeleteOperator(project='my-project',
                                            subscription='non-existing')
    )

The operator can be configured to fail if the subscription already exists.

with DAG('failing DAG') as dag:
    (
        dag
        >> PubSubSubscriptionDeleteOperator(
             project='my-project', subscription='non-existing',
             fail_if_not_exists=True)
    )

project, and subscription are templated so you can use variables in them.

class airflow.contrib.operators.pubsub_operator.PubSubPublishOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Publish messages to a PubSub topic.

Each Task publishes all provided messages to the same topic in a single GCP project. If the topic does not exist, this task will fail.

from base64 import b64encode as b64e

m1 = {'data': b64e('Hello, World!'),
      'attributes': {'type': 'greeting'}
     }
m2 = {'data': b64e('Knock, knock')}
m3 = {'attributes': {'foo': ''}}

t1 = PubSubPublishOperator(
    project='my-project',topic='my_topic',
    messages=[m1, m2, m3],
    create_topic=True,
    dag=dag)

project , topic, and messages are templated so you can use variables in them.

class airflow.contrib.operators.qubole_check_operator.QuboleCheckOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.operators.check_operator.CheckOperator, airflow.contrib.operators.qubole_operator.QuboleOperator

Performs checks against Qubole Commands. QuboleCheckOperator expects a command that will be executed on QDS. By default, each value on first row of the result of this Qubole Command is evaluated using python bool casting. If any of the values return False, the check is failed and errors out.

Note that Python bool casting evals the following as False:

  • False
  • 0
  • Empty string ("")
  • Empty list ([])
  • Empty dictionary or set ({})

Given a query like SELECT COUNT(*) FROM foo, it will fail only if the count == 0. You can craft much more complex query that could, for instance, check that the table has the same number of rows as the source table upstream, or that the count of today’s partition is greater than yesterday’s partition, or that a set of metrics are less than 3 standard deviation for the 7 day average.

This operator can be used as a data quality check in your pipeline, and depending on where you put it in your DAG, you have the choice to stop the critical path, preventing from publishing dubious data, or on the side and receive email alerts without stopping the progress of the DAG.

Parameters:qubole_conn_id (str) – Connection id which consists of qds auth_token

kwargs:

Arguments specific to Qubole command can be referred from QuboleOperator docs.

results_parser_callable:
 This is an optional parameter to extend the flexibility of parsing the results of Qubole command to the users. This is a python callable which can hold the logic to parse list of rows returned by Qubole command. By default, only the values on first row are used for performing checks. This callable should return a list of records on which the checks have to be performed.

Note

All fields in common with template fields of QuboleOperator and CheckOperator are template-supported.

class airflow.contrib.operators.qubole_check_operator.QuboleValueCheckOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.operators.check_operator.ValueCheckOperator, airflow.contrib.operators.qubole_operator.QuboleOperator

Performs a simple value check using Qubole command. By default, each value on the first row of this Qubole command is compared with a pre-defined value. The check fails and errors out if the output of the command is not within the permissible limit of expected value.

Parameters:
  • qubole_conn_id (str) – Connection id which consists of qds auth_token
  • pass_value (str/int/float) – Expected value of the query results.
  • tolerance (int/float) – Defines the permissible pass_value range, for example if tolerance is 2, the Qubole command output can be anything between -2*pass_value and 2*pass_value, without the operator erring out.

kwargs:

Arguments specific to Qubole command can be referred from QuboleOperator docs.

results_parser_callable:
 This is an optional parameter to extend the flexibility of parsing the results of Qubole command to the users. This is a python callable which can hold the logic to parse list of rows returned by Qubole command. By default, only the values on first row are used for performing checks. This callable should return a list of records on which the checks have to be performed.

Note

All fields in common with template fields of QuboleOperator and ValueCheckOperator are template-supported.

class airflow.contrib.operators.qubole_operator.QuboleOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Execute tasks (commands) on QDS (https://qubole.com).

Parameters:qubole_conn_id (str) – Connection id which consists of qds auth_token
kwargs:
command_type:type of command to be executed, e.g. hivecmd, shellcmd, hadoopcmd
tags:array of tags to be assigned with the command
cluster_label:cluster label on which the command will be executed
name:name to be given to command
notify:whether to send email on command completion or not (default is False)

Arguments specific to command types

hivecmd:
query:inline query statement
script_location:
 s3 location containing query statement
sample_size:size of sample in bytes on which to run query
macros:macro values which were used in query
sample_size:size of sample in bytes on which to run query
hive-version:Specifies the hive version to be used. eg: 0.13,1.2,etc.
prestocmd:
query:inline query statement
script_location:
 s3 location containing query statement
macros:macro values which were used in query
hadoopcmd:
sub_commnad:must be one these [“jar”, “s3distcp”, “streaming”] followed by 1 or more args
shellcmd:
script:inline command with args
script_location:
 s3 location containing query statement
files:list of files in s3 bucket as file1,file2 format. These files will be copied into the working directory where the qubole command is being executed.
archives:list of archives in s3 bucket as archive1,archive2 format. These will be unarchived intothe working directory where the qubole command is being executed
parameters:any extra args which need to be passed to script (only when script_location is supplied)
pigcmd:
script:inline query statement (latin_statements)
script_location:
 s3 location containing pig query
parameters:any extra args which need to be passed to script (only when script_location is supplied
sparkcmd:
program:the complete Spark Program in Scala, SQL, Command, R, or Python
cmdline:spark-submit command line, all required information must be specify in cmdline itself.
sql:inline sql query
script_location:
 s3 location containing query statement
language:language of the program, Scala, SQL, Command, R, or Python
app_id:ID of an Spark job server app
arguments:spark-submit command line arguments
user_program_arguments:
 arguments that the user program takes in
macros:macro values which were used in query
note_id:Id of the Notebook to run
dbtapquerycmd:
db_tap_id:data store ID of the target database, in Qubole.
query:inline query statement
macros:macro values which were used in query
dbexportcmd:
mode:Can be 1 for Hive export or 2 for HDFS/S3 export
schema:Db schema name assumed accordingly by database if not specified
hive_table:Name of the hive table
partition_spec:partition specification for Hive table.
dbtap_id:data store ID of the target database, in Qubole.
db_table:name of the db table
db_update_mode:allowinsert or updateonly
db_update_keys:columns used to determine the uniqueness of rows
export_dir:HDFS/S3 location from which data will be exported.
fields_terminated_by:
 hex of the char used as column separator in the dataset
use_customer_cluster:
 To use cluster to run command
customer_cluster_label:
 the label of the cluster to run the command on
additional_options:
 Additional Sqoop options which are needed enclose options in double or single quotes e.g. ‘–map-column-hive id=int,data=string’
dbimportcmd:
mode:1 (simple), 2 (advance)
hive_table:Name of the hive table
schema:Db schema name assumed accordingly by database if not specified
hive_serde:Output format of the Hive Table
dbtap_id:data store ID of the target database, in Qubole.
db_table:name of the db table
where_clause:where clause, if any
parallelism:number of parallel db connections to use for extracting data
extract_query:SQL query to extract data from db. $CONDITIONS must be part of the where clause.
boundary_query:Query to be used get range of row IDs to be extracted
split_column:Column used as row ID to split data into ranges (mode 2)
use_customer_cluster:
 To use cluster to run command
customer_cluster_label:
 the label of the cluster to run the command on
additional_options:
 Additional Sqoop options which are needed enclose options in double or single quotes

Note

Following fields are template-supported : query, script_location, sub_command, script, files, archives, program, cmdline, sql, where_clause, extract_query, boundary_query, macros, tags, name, parameters, dbtap_id, hive_table, db_table, split_column, note_id, db_update_keys, export_dir, partition_spec, qubole_conn_id, arguments, user_program_arguments.

You can also use .txt files for template driven use cases.

Note

In QuboleOperator there is a default handler for task failures and retries, which generally kills the command running at QDS for the corresponding task instance. You can override this behavior by providing your own failure and retry handler in task definition.

class airflow.contrib.operators.s3_copy_object_operator.S3CopyObjectOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Creates a copy of an object that is already stored in S3.

Note: the S3 connection used here needs to have access to both source and destination bucket/key.

Parameters:
  • source_bucket_key (str) –

    The key of the source object.

    It can be either full s3:// style url or relative path from root level.

    When it’s specified as a full s3:// url, please omit source_bucket_name.

  • dest_bucket_key (str) –

    The key of the object to copy to.

    The convention to specify dest_bucket_key is the same as source_bucket_key.

  • source_bucket_name (str) –

    Name of the S3 bucket where the source object is in.

    It should be omitted when source_bucket_key is provided as a full s3:// url.

  • dest_bucket_name (str) –

    Name of the S3 bucket to where the object is copied.

    It should be omitted when dest_bucket_key is provided as a full s3:// url.

  • source_version_id (str) – Version ID of the source object (OPTIONAL)
  • aws_conn_id (str) – Connection id of the S3 connection to use
  • verify (bool or str) –

    Whether or not to verify SSL certificates for S3 connection. By default SSL certificates are verified.

    You can provide the following values:

    • False: do not validate SSL certificates. SSL will still be used,
      but SSL certificates will not be verified.
    • path/to/cert/bundle.pem: A filename of the CA cert bundle to uses.
      You can specify this argument if you want to use a different CA cert bundle than the one used by botocore.
class airflow.contrib.operators.s3_delete_objects_operator.S3DeleteObjectsOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

To enable users to delete single object or multiple objects from a bucket using a single HTTP request.

Users may specify up to 1000 keys to delete.

Parameters:
  • bucket (str) – Name of the bucket in which you are going to delete object(s)
  • keys (str or list) –

    The key(s) to delete from S3 bucket.

    When keys is a string, it’s supposed to be the key name of the single object to delete.

    When keys is a list, it’s supposed to be the list of the keys to delete.

    You may specify up to 1000 keys.

  • aws_conn_id (str) – Connection id of the S3 connection to use
  • verify (bool or str) –

    Whether or not to verify SSL certificates for S3 connection. By default SSL certificates are verified.

    You can provide the following values:

    • False: do not validate SSL certificates. SSL will still be used,
      but SSL certificates will not be verified.
    • path/to/cert/bundle.pem: A filename of the CA cert bundle to uses.
      You can specify this argument if you want to use a different CA cert bundle than the one used by botocore.
class airflow.contrib.operators.s3_list_operator.S3ListOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

List all objects from the bucket with the given string prefix in name.

This operator returns a python list with the name of objects which can be used by xcom in the downstream task.

Parameters:
  • bucket (str) – The S3 bucket where to find the objects. (templated)
  • prefix (str) – Prefix string to filters the objects whose name begin with such prefix. (templated)
  • delimiter (str) – the delimiter marks key hierarchy. (templated)
  • aws_conn_id (str) – The connection ID to use when connecting to S3 storage.
  • verify (bool or str) –

    Whether or not to verify SSL certificates for S3 connection. By default SSL certificates are verified. You can provide the following values:

    • False: do not validate SSL certificates. SSL will still be used
      (unless use_ssl is False), but SSL certificates will not be verified.
    • path/to/cert/bundle.pem: A filename of the CA cert bundle to uses.
      You can specify this argument if you want to use a different CA cert bundle than the one used by botocore.
Example:

The following operator would list all the files (excluding subfolders) from the S3 customers/2018/04/ key in the data bucket.

s3_file = S3ListOperator(
    task_id='list_3s_files',
    bucket='data',
    prefix='customers/2018/04/',
    delimiter='/',
    aws_conn_id='aws_customers_conn'
)
class airflow.contrib.operators.s3_to_gcs_operator.S3ToGoogleCloudStorageOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.contrib.operators.s3_list_operator.S3ListOperator

Synchronizes an S3 key, possibly a prefix, with a Google Cloud Storage destination path.

Parameters:
  • bucket (str) – The S3 bucket where to find the objects. (templated)
  • prefix (str) – Prefix string which filters objects whose name begin with such prefix. (templated)
  • delimiter (str) – the delimiter marks key hierarchy. (templated)
  • aws_conn_id (str) – The source S3 connection
  • verify (bool or str) –

    Whether or not to verify SSL certificates for S3 connection. By default SSL certificates are verified. You can provide the following values:

    • False: do not validate SSL certificates. SSL will still be used
      (unless use_ssl is False), but SSL certificates will not be verified.
    • path/to/cert/bundle.pem: A filename of the CA cert bundle to uses.
      You can specify this argument if you want to use a different CA cert bundle than the one used by botocore.
  • dest_gcs_conn_id (str) – The destination connection ID to use when connecting to Google Cloud Storage.
  • dest_gcs (str) – The destination Google Cloud Storage bucket and prefix where you want to store the files. (templated)
  • delegate_to (str) – The account to impersonate, if any. For this to work, the service account making the request must have domain-wide delegation enabled.
  • replace (bool) – Whether you want to replace existing destination files or not.

Example:

s3_to_gcs_op = S3ToGoogleCloudStorageOperator(
     task_id='s3_to_gcs_example',
     bucket='my-s3-bucket',
     prefix='data/customers-201804',
     dest_gcs_conn_id='google_cloud_default',
     dest_gcs='gs://my.gcs.bucket/some/customers/',
     replace=False,
     dag=my-dag)

Note that bucket, prefix, delimiter and dest_gcs are templated, so you can use variables in them if you wish.

class airflow.contrib.operators.s3_to_gcs_transfer_operator.S3ToGoogleCloudStorageTransferOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Synchronizes an S3 bucket with a Google Cloud Storage bucket using the GCP Storage Transfer Service.

Parameters:
  • s3_bucket (str) – The S3 bucket where to find the objects. (templated)
  • gcs_bucket (str) – The destination Google Cloud Storage bucket where you want to store the files. (templated)
  • project_id (str) – Optional ID of the Google Cloud Platform Console project that owns the job
  • aws_conn_id (str) – The source S3 connection
  • gcp_conn_id (str) – The destination connection ID to use when connecting to Google Cloud Storage.
  • delegate_to (str) – The account to impersonate, if any. For this to work, the service account making the request must have domain-wide delegation enabled.
  • description (str) – Optional transfer service job description
  • schedule (dict) – Optional transfer service schedule; see https://cloud.google.com/storage-transfer/docs/reference/rest/v1/transferJobs. If not set, run transfer job once as soon as the operator runs
  • object_conditions (dict) – Optional transfer service object conditions; see https://cloud.google.com/storage-transfer/docs/reference/rest/v1/TransferSpec
  • transfer_options (dict) – Optional transfer service transfer options; see https://cloud.google.com/storage-transfer/docs/reference/rest/v1/TransferSpec
  • wait (bool) – Wait for transfer to finish

Example:

s3_to_gcs_transfer_op = S3ToGoogleCloudStorageTransferOperator(
     task_id='s3_to_gcs_transfer_example',
     s3_bucket='my-s3-bucket',
     project_id='my-gcp-project',
     gcs_bucket='my-gcs-bucket',
     dag=my_dag)
class airflow.contrib.operators.sagemaker_base_operator.SageMakerBaseOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

This is the base operator for all SageMaker operators.

Parameters:
  • config (dict) – The configuration necessary to start a training job (templated)
  • aws_conn_id (str) – The AWS connection ID to use.
class airflow.contrib.operators.sagemaker_endpoint_operator.SageMakerEndpointOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.contrib.operators.sagemaker_base_operator.SageMakerBaseOperator

Create a SageMaker endpoint.

This operator returns The ARN of the endpoint created in Amazon SageMaker

Parameters:
  • config (dict) –

    The configuration necessary to create an endpoint.

    If you need to create a SageMaker endpoint based on an existed SageMaker model and an existed SageMaker endpoint config:

    config = endpoint_configuration;
    

    If you need to create all of SageMaker model, SageMaker endpoint-config and SageMaker endpoint:

    config = {
        'Model': model_configuration,
        'EndpointConfig': endpoint_config_configuration,
        'Endpoint': endpoint_configuration
    }
    

    For details of the configuration parameter of model_configuration see SageMaker.Client.create_model()

    For details of the configuration parameter of endpoint_config_configuration see SageMaker.Client.create_endpoint_config()

    For details of the configuration parameter of endpoint_configuration see SageMaker.Client.create_endpoint()

  • aws_conn_id (str) – The AWS connection ID to use.
  • wait_for_completion (bool) – Whether the operator should wait until the endpoint creation finishes.
  • check_interval (int) – If wait is set to True, this is the time interval, in seconds, that this operation waits before polling the status of the endpoint creation.
  • max_ingestion_time (int) – If wait is set to True, this operation fails if the endpoint creation doesn’t finish within max_ingestion_time seconds. If you set this parameter to None it never times out.
  • operation (str) – Whether to create an endpoint or update an endpoint. Must be either ‘create or ‘update’.
class airflow.contrib.operators.sagemaker_endpoint_config_operator.SageMakerEndpointConfigOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.contrib.operators.sagemaker_base_operator.SageMakerBaseOperator

Create a SageMaker endpoint config.

This operator returns The ARN of the endpoint config created in Amazon SageMaker

Parameters:
  • config (dict) –

    The configuration necessary to create an endpoint config.

    For details of the configuration parameter see SageMaker.Client.create_endpoint_config()

  • aws_conn_id (str) – The AWS connection ID to use.
class airflow.contrib.operators.sagemaker_model_operator.SageMakerModelOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.contrib.operators.sagemaker_base_operator.SageMakerBaseOperator

Create a SageMaker model.

This operator returns The ARN of the model created in Amazon SageMaker

Parameters:
  • config (dict) –

    The configuration necessary to create a model.

    For details of the configuration parameter see SageMaker.Client.create_model()

  • aws_conn_id (str) – The AWS connection ID to use.
class airflow.contrib.operators.sagemaker_training_operator.SageMakerTrainingOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.contrib.operators.sagemaker_base_operator.SageMakerBaseOperator

Initiate a SageMaker training job.

This operator returns The ARN of the training job created in Amazon SageMaker.

Parameters:
  • config (dict) –

    The configuration necessary to start a training job (templated).

    For details of the configuration parameter see SageMaker.Client.create_training_job()

  • aws_conn_id (str) – The AWS connection ID to use.
  • wait_for_completion (bool) – If wait is set to True, the time interval, in seconds, that the operation waits to check the status of the training job.
  • print_log (bool) – if the operator should print the cloudwatch log during training
  • check_interval (int) – if wait is set to be true, this is the time interval in seconds which the operator will check the status of the training job
  • max_ingestion_time (int) – If wait is set to True, the operation fails if the training job doesn’t finish within max_ingestion_time seconds. If you set this parameter to None, the operation does not timeout.
class airflow.contrib.operators.sagemaker_transform_operator.SageMakerTransformOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.contrib.operators.sagemaker_base_operator.SageMakerBaseOperator

Initiate a SageMaker transform job.

This operator returns The ARN of the model created in Amazon SageMaker.

Parameters:
  • config (dict) –

    The configuration necessary to start a transform job (templated).

    If you need to create a SageMaker transform job based on an existed SageMaker model:

    config = transform_config
    

    If you need to create both SageMaker model and SageMaker Transform job:

    config = {
        'Model': model_config,
        'Transform': transform_config
    }
    

    For details of the configuration parameter of transform_config see SageMaker.Client.create_transform_job()

    For details of the configuration parameter of model_config, See: SageMaker.Client.create_model()

  • aws_conn_id (string) – The AWS connection ID to use.
  • wait_for_completion (bool) – Set to True to wait until the transform job finishes.
  • check_interval (int) – If wait is set to True, the time interval, in seconds, that this operation waits to check the status of the transform job.
  • max_ingestion_time (int) – If wait is set to True, the operation fails if the transform job doesn’t finish within max_ingestion_time seconds. If you set this parameter to None, the operation does not timeout.
class airflow.contrib.operators.sagemaker_tuning_operator.SageMakerTuningOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.contrib.operators.sagemaker_base_operator.SageMakerBaseOperator

Initiate a SageMaker hyperparameter tuning job.

This operator returns The ARN of the tuning job created in Amazon SageMaker.

Parameters:
  • config (dict) –

    The configuration necessary to start a tuning job (templated).

    For details of the configuration parameter see SageMaker.Client.create_hyper_parameter_tuning_job()

  • aws_conn_id (str) – The AWS connection ID to use.
  • wait_for_completion (bool) – Set to True to wait until the tuning job finishes.
  • check_interval (int) – If wait is set to True, the time interval, in seconds, that this operation waits to check the status of the tuning job.
  • max_ingestion_time (int) – If wait is set to True, the operation fails if the tuning job doesn’t finish within max_ingestion_time seconds. If you set this parameter to None, the operation does not timeout.
class airflow.contrib.operators.sftp_operator.SFTPOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

SFTPOperator for transferring files from remote host to local or vice a versa. This operator uses ssh_hook to open sftp transport channel that serve as basis for file transfer.

Parameters:
  • ssh_hook (SSHHook) – predefined ssh_hook to use for remote execution. Either ssh_hook or ssh_conn_id needs to be provided.
  • ssh_conn_id (str) – connection id from airflow Connections. ssh_conn_id will be ingored if ssh_hook is provided.
  • remote_host (str) – remote host to connect (templated) Nullable. If provided, it will replace the remote_host which was defined in ssh_hook or predefined in the connection of ssh_conn_id.
  • local_filepath (str) – local file path to get or put. (templated)
  • remote_filepath (str) – remote file path to get or put. (templated)
  • operation (str) – specify operation ‘get’ or ‘put’, defaults to put
  • confirm (bool) – specify if the SFTP operation should be confirmed, defaults to True
  • create_intermediate_dirs (bool) –

    create missing intermediate directories when copying from remote to local and vice-versa. Default is False.

    Example: The following task would copy file.txt to the remote host at /tmp/tmp1/tmp2/ while creating tmp,``tmp1`` and tmp2 if they don’t exist. If the parameter is not passed it would error as the directory does not exist.

    put_file = SFTPOperator(
        task_id="test_sftp",
        ssh_conn_id="ssh_default",
        local_filepath="/tmp/file.txt",
        remote_filepath="/tmp/tmp1/tmp2/file.txt",
        operation="put",
        create_intermediate_dirs=True,
        dag=dag
    )
    
class airflow.contrib.operators.slack_webhook_operator.SlackWebhookOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.operators.http_operator.SimpleHttpOperator

This operator allows you to post messages to Slack using incoming webhooks. Takes both Slack webhook token directly and connection that has Slack webhook token. If both supplied, Slack webhook token will be used.

Each Slack webhook token can be pre-configured to use a specific channel, username and icon. You can override these defaults in this hook.

Parameters:
  • http_conn_id (str) – connection that has Slack webhook token in the extra field
  • webhook_token (str) – Slack webhook token
  • message (str) – The message you want to send on Slack
  • attachments (list) – The attachments to send on Slack. Should be a list of dictionaries representing Slack attachments.
  • channel (str) – The channel the message should be posted to
  • username (str) – The username to post to slack with
  • icon_emoji (str) – The emoji to use as icon for the user posting to Slack
  • link_names (bool) – Whether or not to find and link channel and usernames in your message
  • proxy (str) – Proxy to use to make the Slack webhook call
execute(context)[source]

Call the SlackWebhookHook to post the provided Slack message

class airflow.contrib.operators.sns_publish_operator.SnsPublishOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Publish a message to Amazon SNS.

Parameters:
  • aws_conn_id (str) – aws connection to use
  • target_arn (str) – either a TopicArn or an EndpointArn
  • message (str) – the default message you want to send (templated)
class airflow.contrib.operators.spark_jdbc_operator.SparkJDBCOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.contrib.operators.spark_submit_operator.SparkSubmitOperator

This operator extends the SparkSubmitOperator specifically for performing data transfers to/from JDBC-based databases with Apache Spark. As with the SparkSubmitOperator, it assumes that the “spark-submit” binary is available on the PATH.

Parameters:
  • spark_app_name (str) – Name of the job (default airflow-spark-jdbc)
  • spark_conn_id (str) – Connection id as configured in Airflow administration
  • spark_conf (dict) – Any additional Spark configuration properties
  • spark_py_files (str) – Additional python files used (.zip, .egg, or .py)
  • spark_files (str) – Additional files to upload to the container running the job
  • spark_jars (str) – Additional jars to upload and add to the driver and executor classpath
  • num_executors (int) – number of executor to run. This should be set so as to manage the number of connections made with the JDBC database
  • executor_cores (int) – Number of cores per executor
  • executor_memory (str) – Memory per executor (e.g. 1000M, 2G)
  • driver_memory (str) – Memory allocated to the driver (e.g. 1000M, 2G)
  • verbose (bool) – Whether to pass the verbose flag to spark-submit for debugging
  • keytab (str) – Full path to the file that contains the keytab
  • principal (str) – The name of the kerberos principal used for keytab
  • cmd_type (str) – Which way the data should flow. 2 possible values: spark_to_jdbc: data written by spark from metastore to jdbc jdbc_to_spark: data written by spark from jdbc to metastore
  • jdbc_table (str) – The name of the JDBC table
  • jdbc_conn_id (str) – Connection id used for connection to JDBC database
  • jdbc_driver (str) – Name of the JDBC driver to use for the JDBC connection. This driver (usually a jar) should be passed in the ‘jars’ parameter
  • metastore_table (str) – The name of the metastore table,
  • jdbc_truncate (bool) – (spark_to_jdbc only) Whether or not Spark should truncate or drop and recreate the JDBC table. This only takes effect if ‘save_mode’ is set to Overwrite. Also, if the schema is different, Spark cannot truncate, and will drop and recreate
  • save_mode (str) – The Spark save-mode to use (e.g. overwrite, append, etc.)
  • save_format (str) – (jdbc_to_spark-only) The Spark save-format to use (e.g. parquet)
  • batch_size (int) – (spark_to_jdbc only) The size of the batch to insert per round trip to the JDBC database. Defaults to 1000
  • fetch_size (int) – (jdbc_to_spark only) The size of the batch to fetch per round trip from the JDBC database. Default depends on the JDBC driver
  • num_partitions (int) – The maximum number of partitions that can be used by Spark simultaneously, both for spark_to_jdbc and jdbc_to_spark operations. This will also cap the number of JDBC connections that can be opened
  • partition_column (str) – (jdbc_to_spark-only) A numeric column to be used to partition the metastore table by. If specified, you must also specify: num_partitions, lower_bound, upper_bound
  • lower_bound (int) – (jdbc_to_spark-only) Lower bound of the range of the numeric partition column to fetch. If specified, you must also specify: num_partitions, partition_column, upper_bound
  • upper_bound (int) – (jdbc_to_spark-only) Upper bound of the range of the numeric partition column to fetch. If specified, you must also specify: num_partitions, partition_column, lower_bound
  • create_table_column_types – (spark_to_jdbc-only) The database column data types to use instead of the defaults, when creating the table. Data type information should be specified in the same format as CREATE TABLE columns syntax (e.g: “name CHAR(64), comments VARCHAR(1024)”). The specified types should be valid spark sql data types.
execute(context)[source]

Call the SparkSubmitHook to run the provided spark job

class airflow.contrib.operators.spark_sql_operator.SparkSqlOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Execute Spark SQL query

Parameters:
  • sql (str) – The SQL query to execute. (templated)
  • conf (str (format: PROP=VALUE)) – arbitrary Spark configuration property
  • conn_id (str) – connection_id string
  • total_executor_cores (int) – (Standalone & Mesos only) Total cores for all executors (Default: all the available cores on the worker)
  • executor_cores (int) – (Standalone & YARN only) Number of cores per executor (Default: 2)
  • executor_memory (str) – Memory per executor (e.g. 1000M, 2G) (Default: 1G)
  • keytab (str) – Full path to the file that contains the keytab
  • master (str) – spark://host:port, mesos://host:port, yarn, or local
  • name (str) – Name of the job
  • num_executors (int) – Number of executors to launch
  • verbose (bool) – Whether to pass the verbose flag to spark-sql
  • yarn_queue (str) – The YARN queue to submit to (Default: “default”)
execute(context)[source]

Call the SparkSqlHook to run the provided sql query

class airflow.contrib.operators.spark_submit_operator.SparkSubmitOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

This hook is a wrapper around the spark-submit binary to kick off a spark-submit job. It requires that the “spark-submit” binary is in the PATH or the spark-home is set in the extra on the connection.

Parameters:
  • application (str) – The application that submitted as a job, either jar or py file. (templated)
  • conf (dict) – Arbitrary Spark configuration properties
  • conn_id (str) – The connection id as configured in Airflow administration. When an invalid connection_id is supplied, it will default to yarn.
  • files (str) – Upload additional files to the executor running the job, separated by a comma. Files will be placed in the working directory of each executor. For example, serialized objects.
  • py_files (str) – Additional python files used by the job, can be .zip, .egg or .py.
  • jars (str) – Submit additional jars to upload and place them in executor classpath.
  • driver_classpath (str) – Additional, driver-specific, classpath settings.
  • java_class (str) – the main class of the Java application
  • packages (str) – Comma-separated list of maven coordinates of jars to include on the driver and executor classpaths. (templated)
  • exclude_packages (str) – Comma-separated list of maven coordinates of jars to exclude while resolving the dependencies provided in ‘packages’
  • repositories (str) – Comma-separated list of additional remote repositories to search for the maven coordinates given with ‘packages’
  • total_executor_cores (int) – (Standalone & Mesos only) Total cores for all executors (Default: all the available cores on the worker)
  • executor_cores (int) – (Standalone & YARN only) Number of cores per executor (Default: 2)
  • executor_memory (str) – Memory per executor (e.g. 1000M, 2G) (Default: 1G)
  • driver_memory (str) – Memory allocated to the driver (e.g. 1000M, 2G) (Default: 1G)
  • keytab (str) – Full path to the file that contains the keytab
  • principal (str) – The name of the kerberos principal used for keytab
  • name (str) – Name of the job (default airflow-spark). (templated)
  • num_executors (int) – Number of executors to launch
  • application_args (list) – Arguments for the application being submitted
  • env_vars (dict) – Environment variables for spark-submit. It supports yarn and k8s mode too.
  • verbose (bool) – Whether to pass the verbose flag to spark-submit process for debugging
execute(context)[source]

Call the SparkSubmitHook to run the provided spark job

class airflow.contrib.operators.sqoop_operator.SqoopOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Execute a Sqoop job. Documentation for Apache Sqoop can be found here:

execute(context)[source]

Execute sqoop job

class airflow.contrib.operators.ssh_operator.SSHOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

SSHOperator to execute commands on given remote host using the ssh_hook.

Parameters:
  • ssh_hook (SSHHook) – predefined ssh_hook to use for remote execution. Either ssh_hook or ssh_conn_id needs to be provided.
  • ssh_conn_id (str) – connection id from airflow Connections. ssh_conn_id will be ingored if ssh_hook is provided.
  • remote_host (str) – remote host to connect (templated) Nullable. If provided, it will replace the remote_host which was defined in ssh_hook or predefined in the connection of ssh_conn_id.
  • command (str) – command to execute on remote host. (templated)
  • timeout (int) – timeout (in seconds) for executing the command.
  • do_xcom_push (bool) – return the stdout which also get set in xcom by airflow platform
class airflow.contrib.operators.vertica_operator.VerticaOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Executes sql code in a specific Vertica database

Parameters:
  • vertica_conn_id (str) – reference to a specific Vertica database
  • sql (Can receive a str representing a sql statement, a list of str (sql statements), or reference to a template file. Template reference are recognized by str ending in '.sql') – the sql code to be executed. (templated)
class airflow.contrib.operators.vertica_to_hive.VerticaToHiveTransfer(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.models.BaseOperator

Moves data from Vertica to Hive. The operator runs your query against Vertica, stores the file locally before loading it into a Hive table. If the create or recreate arguments are set to True, a CREATE TABLE and DROP TABLE statements are generated. Hive data types are inferred from the cursor’s metadata. Note that the table generated in Hive uses STORED AS textfile which isn’t the most efficient serialization format. If a large amount of data is loaded and/or if the table gets queried considerably, you may want to use this operator only to stage the data into a temporary table before loading it into its final destination using a HiveOperator.

Parameters:
  • sql (str) – SQL query to execute against the Vertica database. (templated)
  • hive_table (str) – target Hive table, use dot notation to target a specific database. (templated)
  • create (bool) – whether to create the table if it doesn’t exist
  • recreate (bool) – whether to drop and recreate the table at every execution
  • partition (dict) – target partition as a dict of partition columns and values. (templated)
  • delimiter (str) – field delimiter in the file
  • vertica_conn_id (str) – source Vertica connection
  • hive_conn_id (str) – destination hive connection
Sensors
class airflow.contrib.sensors.aws_athena_sensor.AthenaSensor(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.sensors.base_sensor_operator.BaseSensorOperator

Asks for the state of the Query until it reaches a failure state or success state. If it fails, failing the task.

Parameters:
  • query_execution_id (str) – query_execution_id to check the state of
  • max_retires (int) – Number of times to poll for query state before returning the current state, defaults to None
  • aws_conn_id (str) – aws connection to use, defaults to ‘aws_default’
  • sleep_time (int) – Time to wait between two consecutive call to check query status on athena, defaults to 10
poke(context)[source]

Function that the sensors defined while deriving this class should override.

class airflow.contrib.sensors.aws_glue_catalog_partition_sensor.AwsGlueCatalogPartitionSensor(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.sensors.base_sensor_operator.BaseSensorOperator

Waits for a partition to show up in AWS Glue Catalog.

Parameters:
  • table_name (str) – The name of the table to wait for, supports the dot notation (my_database.my_table)
  • expression (str) – The partition clause to wait for. This is passed as is to the AWS Glue Catalog API’s get_partitions function, and supports SQL like notation as in ds='2015-01-01' AND type='value' and comparison operators as in "ds>=2015-01-01". See https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/aws-glue-api-catalog-partitions.html #aws-glue-api-catalog-partitions-GetPartitions
  • aws_conn_id (str) – ID of the Airflow connection where credentials and extra configuration are stored
  • region_name (str) – Optional aws region name (example: us-east-1). Uses region from connection if not specified.
  • database_name (str) – The name of the catalog database where the partitions reside.
  • poke_interval (int) – Time in seconds that the job should wait in between each tries
get_hook()[source]

Gets the AwsGlueCatalogHook

poke(context)[source]

Checks for existence of the partition in the AWS Glue Catalog table

class airflow.contrib.sensors.aws_redshift_cluster_sensor.AwsRedshiftClusterSensor(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.sensors.base_sensor_operator.BaseSensorOperator

Waits for a Redshift cluster to reach a specific status.

Parameters:
  • cluster_identifier (str) – The identifier for the cluster being pinged.
  • target_status (str) – The cluster status desired.
poke(context)[source]

Function that the sensors defined while deriving this class should override.

class airflow.contrib.sensors.bash_sensor.BashSensor(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.sensors.base_sensor_operator.BaseSensorOperator

Executes a bash command/script and returns True if and only if the return code is 0.

Parameters:
  • bash_command (str) – The command, set of commands or reference to a bash script (must be ‘.sh’) to be executed.
  • env (dict) – If env is not None, it must be a mapping that defines the environment variables for the new process; these are used instead of inheriting the current process environment, which is the default behavior. (templated)
  • output_encoding (str) – output encoding of bash command.
poke(context)[source]

Execute the bash command in a temporary directory which will be cleaned afterwards

class airflow.contrib.sensors.bigquery_sensor.BigQueryTableSensor(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.sensors.base_sensor_operator.BaseSensorOperator

Checks for the existence of a table in Google Bigquery.

Parameters:
  • project_id (str) – The Google cloud project in which to look for the table. The connection supplied to the hook must provide access to the specified project.
  • dataset_id (str) – The name of the dataset in which to look for the table. storage bucket.
  • table_id (str) – The name of the table to check the existence of.
  • bigquery_conn_id (str) – The connection ID to use when connecting to Google BigQuery.
  • delegate_to (str) – The account to impersonate, if any. For this to work, the service account making the request must have domain-wide delegation enabled.
poke(context)[source]

Function that the sensors defined while deriving this class should override.

class airflow.contrib.sensors.cassandra_record_sensor.CassandraRecordSensor(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.sensors.base_sensor_operator.BaseSensorOperator

Checks for the existence of a record in a Cassandra cluster.

For example, if you want to wait for a record that has values ‘v1’ and ‘v2’ for each primary keys ‘p1’ and ‘p2’ to be populated in keyspace ‘k’ and table ‘t’, instantiate it as follows:

>>> cassandra_sensor = CassandraRecordSensor(table="k.t",
...                                          keys={"p1": "v1", "p2": "v2"},
...                                          cassandra_conn_id="cassandra_default",
...                                          task_id="cassandra_sensor")
poke(context)[source]

Function that the sensors defined while deriving this class should override.

class airflow.contrib.sensors.cassandra_table_sensor.CassandraTableSensor(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.sensors.base_sensor_operator.BaseSensorOperator

Checks for the existence of a table in a Cassandra cluster.

For example, if you want to wait for a table called ‘t’ to be created in a keyspace ‘k’, instantiate it as follows:

>>> cassandra_sensor = CassandraTableSensor(table="k.t",
...                                         cassandra_conn_id="cassandra_default",
...                                         task_id="cassandra_sensor")
poke(context)[source]

Function that the sensors defined while deriving this class should override.

class airflow.contrib.sensors.emr_base_sensor.EmrBaseSensor(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.sensors.base_sensor_operator.BaseSensorOperator

Contains general sensor behavior for EMR. Subclasses should implement get_emr_response() and state_from_response() methods. Subclasses should also implement NON_TERMINAL_STATES and FAILED_STATE constants.

poke(context)[source]

Function that the sensors defined while deriving this class should override.

class airflow.contrib.sensors.emr_job_flow_sensor.EmrJobFlowSensor(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.contrib.sensors.emr_base_sensor.EmrBaseSensor

Asks for the state of the JobFlow until it reaches a terminal state. If it fails the sensor errors, failing the task.

Parameters:job_flow_id (str) – job_flow_id to check the state of
class airflow.contrib.sensors.emr_step_sensor.EmrStepSensor(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.contrib.sensors.emr_base_sensor.EmrBaseSensor

Asks for the state of the step until it reaches a terminal state. If it fails the sensor errors, failing the task.

Parameters:
  • job_flow_id (str) – job_flow_id which contains the step check the state of
  • step_id (str) – step to check the state of
class airflow.contrib.sensors.file_sensor.FileSensor(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.sensors.base_sensor_operator.BaseSensorOperator

Waits for a file or folder to land in a filesystem.

If the path given is a directory then this sensor will only return true if any files exist inside it (either directly, or within a subdirectory)

Parameters:
  • fs_conn_id (str) – reference to the File (path) connection id
  • filepath – File or folder name (relative to the base path set within the connection)
poke(context)[source]

Function that the sensors defined while deriving this class should override.

class airflow.contrib.sensors.ftp_sensor.FTPSensor(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.sensors.base_sensor_operator.BaseSensorOperator

Waits for a file or directory to be present on FTP.

poke(context)[source]

Function that the sensors defined while deriving this class should override.

template_fields = ('path',)

Errors that are transient in nature, and where action can be retried

class airflow.contrib.sensors.ftp_sensor.FTPSSensor(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.contrib.sensors.ftp_sensor.FTPSensor

Waits for a file or directory to be present on FTP over SSL.

class airflow.contrib.sensors.gcs_sensor.GoogleCloudStorageObjectSensor(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.sensors.base_sensor_operator.BaseSensorOperator

Checks for the existence of a file in Google Cloud Storage.

Parameters:
  • bucket (str) – The Google cloud storage bucket where the object is.
  • object (str) – The name of the object to check in the Google cloud storage bucket.
  • google_cloud_conn_id (str) – The connection ID to use when connecting to Google cloud storage.
  • delegate_to (str) – The account to impersonate, if any. For this to work, the service account making the request must have domain-wide delegation enabled.
poke(context)[source]

Function that the sensors defined while deriving this class should override.

class airflow.contrib.sensors.gcs_sensor.GoogleCloudStorageObjectUpdatedSensor(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.sensors.base_sensor_operator.BaseSensorOperator

Checks if an object is updated in Google Cloud Storage.

Parameters:
  • bucket (str) – The Google cloud storage bucket where the object is.
  • object (str) – The name of the object to download in the Google cloud storage bucket.
  • ts_func (function) – Callback for defining the update condition. The default callback returns execution_date + schedule_interval. The callback takes the context as parameter.
  • google_cloud_conn_id (str) – The connection ID to use when connecting to Google cloud storage.
  • delegate_to (str) – The account to impersonate, if any. For this to work, the service account making the request must have domain-wide delegation enabled.
poke(context)[source]

Function that the sensors defined while deriving this class should override.

class airflow.contrib.sensors.gcs_sensor.GoogleCloudStoragePrefixSensor(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.sensors.base_sensor_operator.BaseSensorOperator

Checks for the existence of a files at prefix in Google Cloud Storage bucket.

Parameters:
  • bucket (str) – The Google cloud storage bucket where the object is.
  • prefix (str) – The name of the prefix to check in the Google cloud storage bucket.
  • google_cloud_conn_id (str) – The connection ID to use when connecting to Google cloud storage.
  • delegate_to (str) – The account to impersonate, if any. For this to work, the service account making the request must have domain-wide delegation enabled.
poke(context)[source]

Function that the sensors defined while deriving this class should override.

class airflow.contrib.sensors.hdfs_sensor.HdfsSensorFolder(be_empty=False, *args, **kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.sensors.hdfs_sensor.HdfsSensor

poke(context)[source]

poke for a non empty directory

Returns:Bool depending on the search criteria
class airflow.contrib.sensors.hdfs_sensor.HdfsSensorRegex(regex, *args, **kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.sensors.hdfs_sensor.HdfsSensor

poke(context)[source]

poke matching files in a directory with self.regex

Returns:Bool depending on the search criteria
class airflow.contrib.sensors.imap_attachment_sensor.ImapAttachmentSensor(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.sensors.base_sensor_operator.BaseSensorOperator

Waits for a specific attachment on a mail server.

Parameters:
  • attachment_name (str) – The name of the attachment that will be checked.
  • check_regex (bool) – If set to True the attachment’s name will be parsed as regular expression. Through this you can get a broader set of attachments that it will look for than just only the equality of the attachment name. The default value is False.
  • mail_folder (str) – The mail folder in where to search for the attachment. The default value is ‘INBOX’.
  • conn_id (str) – The connection to run the sensor against. The default value is ‘imap_default’.
poke(context)[source]

Pokes for a mail attachment on the mail server.

Parameters:context (dict) – The context that is being provided when poking.
Returns:True if attachment with the given name is present and False if not.
Return type:bool
class airflow.contrib.sensors.pubsub_sensor.PubSubPullSensor(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.sensors.base_sensor_operator.BaseSensorOperator

Pulls messages from a PubSub subscription and passes them through XCom.

This sensor operator will pull up to max_messages messages from the specified PubSub subscription. When the subscription returns messages, the poke method’s criteria will be fulfilled and the messages will be returned from the operator and passed through XCom for downstream tasks.

If ack_messages is set to True, messages will be immediately acknowledged before being returned, otherwise, downstream tasks will be responsible for acknowledging them.

project and subscription are templated so you can use variables in them.

execute(context)[source]

Overridden to allow messages to be passed

poke(context)[source]

Function that the sensors defined while deriving this class should override.

class airflow.contrib.sensors.python_sensor.PythonSensor(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.sensors.base_sensor_operator.BaseSensorOperator

Waits for a Python callable to return True.

User could put input argument in templates_dict
e.g templates_dict = {‘start_ds’: 1970}

and access the argument by calling kwargs[‘templates_dict’][‘start_ds’] in the the callable

Parameters:
  • python_callable (python callable) – A reference to an object that is callable
  • op_kwargs (dict) – a dictionary of keyword arguments that will get unpacked in your function
  • op_args (list) – a list of positional arguments that will get unpacked when calling your callable
  • provide_context (bool) – if set to true, Airflow will pass a set of keyword arguments that can be used in your function. This set of kwargs correspond exactly to what you can use in your jinja templates. For this to work, you need to define **kwargs in your function header.
  • templates_dict (dict of str) – a dictionary where the values are templates that will get templated by the Airflow engine sometime between __init__ and execute takes place and are made available in your callable’s context after the template has been applied.
poke(context)[source]

Function that the sensors defined while deriving this class should override.

class airflow.contrib.sensors.qubole_sensor.QuboleSensor(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.sensors.base_sensor_operator.BaseSensorOperator

Base class for all Qubole Sensors

poke(context)[source]

Function that the sensors defined while deriving this class should override.

class airflow.contrib.sensors.sagemaker_base_sensor.SageMakerBaseSensor(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.sensors.base_sensor_operator.BaseSensorOperator

Contains general sensor behavior for SageMaker. Subclasses should implement get_sagemaker_response() and state_from_response() methods. Subclasses should also implement NON_TERMINAL_STATES and FAILED_STATE methods.

poke(context)[source]

Function that the sensors defined while deriving this class should override.

class airflow.contrib.sensors.sagemaker_endpoint_sensor.SageMakerEndpointSensor(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.contrib.sensors.sagemaker_base_sensor.SageMakerBaseSensor

Asks for the state of the endpoint state until it reaches a terminal state. If it fails the sensor errors, the task fails.

Parameters:job_name (str) – job_name of the endpoint instance to check the state of
class airflow.contrib.sensors.sagemaker_training_sensor.SageMakerTrainingSensor(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.contrib.sensors.sagemaker_base_sensor.SageMakerBaseSensor

Asks for the state of the training state until it reaches a terminal state. If it fails the sensor errors, failing the task.

Parameters:
  • job_name (str) – name of the SageMaker training job to check the state of
  • print_log (bool) – if the operator should print the cloudwatch log
class airflow.contrib.sensors.sagemaker_transform_sensor.SageMakerTransformSensor(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.contrib.sensors.sagemaker_base_sensor.SageMakerBaseSensor

Asks for the state of the transform state until it reaches a terminal state. The sensor will error if the job errors, throwing a AirflowException containing the failure reason.

Parameters:job_name (string) – job_name of the transform job instance to check the state of
class airflow.contrib.sensors.sagemaker_tuning_sensor.SageMakerTuningSensor(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.contrib.sensors.sagemaker_base_sensor.SageMakerBaseSensor

Asks for the state of the tuning state until it reaches a terminal state. The sensor will error if the job errors, throwing a AirflowException containing the failure reason.

Parameters:job_name (str) – job_name of the tuning instance to check the state of
class airflow.contrib.sensors.sftp_sensor.SFTPSensor(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.sensors.base_sensor_operator.BaseSensorOperator

Waits for a file or directory to be present on SFTP.

Parameters:
  • path (str) – Remote file or directory path
  • sftp_conn_id (str) – The connection to run the sensor against
poke(context)[source]

Function that the sensors defined while deriving this class should override.

class airflow.contrib.sensors.weekday_sensor.DayOfWeekSensor(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.sensors.base_sensor_operator.BaseSensorOperator

Waits until the first specified day of the week. For example, if the execution day of the task is ‘2018-12-22’ (Saturday) and you pass ‘FRIDAY’, the task will wait until next Friday.

Example (with single day):

weekend_check = DayOfWeekSensor(
    task_id='weekend_check',
    week_day='Saturday',
    use_task_execution_day=True,
    dag=dag)

Example (with multiple day using set):

weekend_check = DayOfWeekSensor(
    task_id='weekend_check',
    week_day={'Saturday', 'Sunday'},
    use_task_execution_day=True,
    dag=dag)

Example (with WeekDay enum):

# import WeekDay Enum
from airflow.contrib.utils.weekday import WeekDay

weekend_check = DayOfWeekSensor(
    task_id='weekend_check',
    week_day={WeekDay.SATURDAY, WeekDay.SUNDAY},
    use_task_execution_day=True,
    dag=dag)
Parameters:
  • week_day (set or str or WeekDay) –

    Day of the week to check (full name). Optionally, a set of days can also be provided using a set. Example values:

    • "MONDAY",
    • {"Saturday", "Sunday"}
    • {WeekDay.TUESDAY}
    • {WeekDay.SATURDAY, WeekDay.SUNDAY}
  • use_task_execution_day (bool) – If True, uses task’s execution day to compare with week_day. Execution Date is Useful for backfilling. If False, uses system’s day of the week. Useful when you don’t want to run anything on weekdays on the system.
poke(context)[source]

Function that the sensors defined while deriving this class should override.

Macros

Here’s a list of variables and macros that can be used in templates

Default Variables

The Airflow engine passes a few variables by default that are accessible in all templates

Variable Description
{{ ds }} the execution date as YYYY-MM-DD
{{ ds_nodash }} the execution date as YYYYMMDD
{{ prev_ds }} the previous execution date as YYYY-MM-DD if {{ ds }} is 2018-01-08 and schedule_interval is @weekly, {{ prev_ds }} will be 2016-01-01
{{ prev_ds_nodash }} the previous execution date as YYYYMMDD if exists, else ``None`
{{ next_ds }} the next execution date as YYYY-MM-DD if {{ ds }} is 2018-01-01 and schedule_interval is @weekly, {{ next_ds }} will be 2018-01-08
{{ next_ds_nodash }} the next execution date as YYYYMMDD if exists, else ``None`
{{ yesterday_ds }} the day before the execution date as YYYY-MM-DD
{{ yesterday_ds_nodash }} the day before the execution date as YYYYMMDD
{{ tomorrow_ds }} the day after the execution date as YYYY-MM-DD
{{ tomorrow_ds_nodash }} the day after the execution date as YYYYMMDD
{{ ts }} same as execution_date.isoformat(). Example: 2018-01-01T00:00:00+00:00
{{ ts_nodash }} same as ts without -, : and TimeZone info. Example: 20180101T000000
{{ ts_nodash_with_tz }} same as ts without - and :. Example: 20180101T000000+0000
{{ execution_date }} the execution_date, (datetime.datetime)
{{ prev_execution_date }} the previous execution date (if available) (datetime.datetime)
{{ next_execution_date }} the next execution date (datetime.datetime)
{{ dag }} the DAG object
{{ task }} the Task object
{{ macros }} a reference to the macros package, described below
{{ task_instance }} the task_instance object
{{ end_date }} same as {{ ds }}
{{ latest_date }} same as {{ ds }}
{{ ti }} same as {{ task_instance }}
{{ params }} a reference to the user-defined params dictionary which can be overridden by the dictionary passed through trigger_dag -c if you enabled dag_run_conf_overrides_params` in ``airflow.cfg
{{ var.value.my_var }} global defined variables represented as a dictionary
{{ var.json.my_var.path }} global defined variables represented as a dictionary with deserialized JSON object, append the path to the key within the JSON object
{{ task_instance_key_str }} a unique, human-readable key to the task instance formatted {dag_id}_{task_id}_{ds}
{{ conf }} the full configuration object located at airflow.configuration.conf which represents the content of your airflow.cfg
{{ run_id }} the run_id of the current DAG run
{{ dag_run }} a reference to the DagRun object
{{ test_mode }} whether the task instance was called using the CLI’s test subcommand

Note that you can access the object’s attributes and methods with simple dot notation. Here are some examples of what is possible: {{ task.owner }}, {{ task.task_id }}, {{ ti.hostname }}, … Refer to the models documentation for more information on the objects’ attributes and methods.

The var template variable allows you to access variables defined in Airflow’s UI. You can access them as either plain-text or JSON. If you use JSON, you are also able to walk nested structures, such as dictionaries like: {{ var.json.my_dict_var.key1 }}

Macros

Macros are a way to expose objects to your templates and live under the macros namespace in your templates.

A few commonly used libraries and methods are made available.

Variable Description
macros.datetime The standard lib’s datetime.datetime
macros.timedelta The standard lib’s datetime.timedelta
macros.dateutil A reference to the dateutil package
macros.time The standard lib’s time
macros.uuid The standard lib’s uuid
macros.random The standard lib’s random

Some airflow specific macros are also defined:

airflow.macros.ds_add(ds, days)[source]

Add or subtract days from a YYYY-MM-DD

Parameters:
  • ds (str) – anchor date in YYYY-MM-DD format to add to
  • days (int) – number of days to add to the ds, you can use negative values
>>> ds_add('2015-01-01', 5)
'2015-01-06'
>>> ds_add('2015-01-06', -5)
'2015-01-01'
airflow.macros.ds_format(ds, input_format, output_format)[source]

Takes an input string and outputs another string as specified in the output format

Parameters:
  • ds (str) – input string which contains a date
  • input_format (str) – input string format. E.g. %Y-%m-%d
  • output_format (str) – output string format E.g. %Y-%m-%d
>>> ds_format('2015-01-01', "%Y-%m-%d", "%m-%d-%y")
'01-01-15'
>>> ds_format('1/5/2015', "%m/%d/%Y",  "%Y-%m-%d")
'2015-01-05'
airflow.macros.random() → x in the interval [0, 1).
airflow.macros.hive.closest_ds_partition(table, ds, before=True, schema='default', metastore_conn_id='metastore_default')[source]

This function finds the date in a list closest to the target date. An optional parameter can be given to get the closest before or after.

Parameters:
  • table (str) – A hive table name
  • ds (datetime.date list) – A datestamp %Y-%m-%d e.g. yyyy-mm-dd
  • before (bool or None) – closest before (True), after (False) or either side of ds
Returns:

The closest date

Return type:

str or None

>>> tbl = 'airflow.static_babynames_partitioned'
>>> closest_ds_partition(tbl, '2015-01-02')
'2015-01-01'
airflow.macros.hive.max_partition(table, schema='default', field=None, filter_map=None, metastore_conn_id='metastore_default')[source]

Gets the max partition for a table.

Parameters:
  • schema (str) – The hive schema the table lives in
  • table (str) – The hive table you are interested in, supports the dot notation as in “my_database.my_table”, if a dot is found, the schema param is disregarded
  • metastore_conn_id (str) – The hive connection you are interested in. If your default is set you don’t need to use this parameter.
  • filter_map (map) – partition_key:partition_value map used for partition filtering, e.g. {‘key1’: ‘value1’, ‘key2’: ‘value2’}. Only partitions matching all partition_key:partition_value pairs will be considered as candidates of max partition.
  • field (str) – the field to get the max value from. If there’s only one partition field, this will be inferred
>>> max_partition('airflow.static_babynames_partitioned')
'2015-01-01'

Models

Models are built on top of the SQLAlchemy ORM Base class, and instances are persisted in the database.

class airflow.models.BaseOperator(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.utils.log.logging_mixin.LoggingMixin

Abstract base class for all operators. Since operators create objects that become nodes in the dag, BaseOperator contains many recursive methods for dag crawling behavior. To derive this class, you are expected to override the constructor as well as the ‘execute’ method.

Operators derived from this class should perform or trigger certain tasks synchronously (wait for completion). Example of operators could be an operator that runs a Pig job (PigOperator), a sensor operator that waits for a partition to land in Hive (HiveSensorOperator), or one that moves data from Hive to MySQL (Hive2MySqlOperator). Instances of these operators (tasks) target specific operations, running specific scripts, functions or data transfers.

This class is abstract and shouldn’t be instantiated. Instantiating a class derived from this one results in the creation of a task object, which ultimately becomes a node in DAG objects. Task dependencies should be set by using the set_upstream and/or set_downstream methods.

Parameters:
  • task_id (str) – a unique, meaningful id for the task
  • owner (str) – the owner of the task, using the unix username is recommended
  • retries (int) – the number of retries that should be performed before failing the task
  • retry_delay (timedelta) – delay between retries
  • retry_exponential_backoff (bool) – allow progressive longer waits between retries by using exponential backoff algorithm on retry delay (delay will be converted into seconds)
  • max_retry_delay (timedelta) – maximum delay interval between retries
  • start_date (datetime) – The start_date for the task, determines the execution_date for the first task instance. The best practice is to have the start_date rounded to your DAG’s schedule_interval. Daily jobs have their start_date some day at 00:00:00, hourly jobs have their start_date at 00:00 of a specific hour. Note that Airflow simply looks at the latest execution_date and adds the schedule_interval to determine the next execution_date. It is also very important to note that different tasks’ dependencies need to line up in time. If task A depends on task B and their start_date are offset in a way that their execution_date don’t line up, A’s dependencies will never be met. If you are looking to delay a task, for example running a daily task at 2AM, look into the TimeSensor and TimeDeltaSensor. We advise against using dynamic start_date and recommend using fixed ones. Read the FAQ entry about start_date for more information.
  • end_date (datetime) – if specified, the scheduler won’t go beyond this date
  • depends_on_past (bool) – when set to true, task instances will run sequentially while relying on the previous task’s schedule to succeed. The task instance for the start_date is allowed to run.
  • wait_for_downstream (bool) – when set to true, an instance of task X will wait for tasks immediately downstream of the previous instance of task X to finish successfully before it runs. This is useful if the different instances of a task X alter the same asset, and this asset is used by tasks downstream of task X. Note that depends_on_past is forced to True wherever wait_for_downstream is used.
  • queue (str) – which queue to target when running this job. Not all executors implement queue management, the CeleryExecutor does support targeting specific queues.
  • dag (DAG) – a reference to the dag the task is attached to (if any)
  • priority_weight (int) – priority weight of this task against other task. This allows the executor to trigger higher priority tasks before others when things get backed up. Set priority_weight as a higher number for more important tasks.
  • weight_rule (str) – weighting method used for the effective total priority weight of the task. Options are: { downstream | upstream | absolute } default is downstream When set to downstream the effective weight of the task is the aggregate sum of all downstream descendants. As a result, upstream tasks will have higher weight and will be scheduled more aggressively when using positive weight values. This is useful when you have multiple dag run instances and desire to have all upstream tasks to complete for all runs before each dag can continue processing downstream tasks. When set to upstream the effective weight is the aggregate sum of all upstream ancestors. This is the opposite where downtream tasks have higher weight and will be scheduled more aggressively when using positive weight values. This is useful when you have multiple dag run instances and prefer to have each dag complete before starting upstream tasks of other dags. When set to absolute, the effective weight is the exact priority_weight specified without additional weighting. You may want to do this when you know exactly what priority weight each task should have. Additionally, when set to absolute, there is bonus effect of significantly speeding up the task creation process as for very large DAGS. Options can be set as string or using the constants defined in the static class airflow.utils.WeightRule
  • pool (str) – the slot pool this task should run in, slot pools are a way to limit concurrency for certain tasks
  • sla (datetime.timedelta) – time by which the job is expected to succeed. Note that this represents the timedelta after the period is closed. For example if you set an SLA of 1 hour, the scheduler would send an email soon after 1:00AM on the 2016-01-02 if the 2016-01-01 instance has not succeeded yet. The scheduler pays special attention for jobs with an SLA and sends alert emails for sla misses. SLA misses are also recorded in the database for future reference. All tasks that share the same SLA time get bundled in a single email, sent soon after that time. SLA notification are sent once and only once for each task instance.
  • execution_timeout (datetime.timedelta) – max time allowed for the execution of this task instance, if it goes beyond it will raise and fail.
  • on_failure_callback (callable) – a function to be called when a task instance of this task fails. a context dictionary is passed as a single parameter to this function. Context contains references to related objects to the task instance and is documented under the macros section of the API.
  • on_retry_callback (callable) – much like the on_failure_callback except that it is executed when retries occur.
  • on_success_callback (callable) – much like the on_failure_callback except that it is executed when the task succeeds.
  • trigger_rule (str) – defines the rule by which dependencies are applied for the task to get triggered. Options are: { all_success | all_failed | all_done | one_success | one_failed | none_failed | dummy} default is all_success. Options can be set as string or using the constants defined in the static class airflow.utils.TriggerRule
  • resources (dict) – A map of resource parameter names (the argument names of the Resources constructor) to their values.
  • run_as_user (str) – unix username to impersonate while running the task
  • task_concurrency (int) – When set, a task will be able to limit the concurrent runs across execution_dates
  • executor_config (dict) –

    Additional task-level configuration parameters that are interpreted by a specific executor. Parameters are namespaced by the name of executor.

    Example: to run this task in a specific docker container through the KubernetesExecutor

    MyOperator(...,
        executor_config={
        "KubernetesExecutor":
            {"image": "myCustomDockerImage"}
            }
    )
    
  • do_xcom_push (bool) – if True, an XCom is pushed containing the Operator’s result
clear(**kwargs)[source]

Clears the state of task instances associated with the task, following the parameters specified.

dag

Returns the Operator’s DAG if set, otherwise raises an error

deps

Returns the list of dependencies for the operator. These differ from execution context dependencies in that they are specific to tasks and can be extended/overridden by subclasses.

downstream_list

@property: list of tasks directly downstream

execute(context)[source]

This is the main method to derive when creating an operator. Context is the same dictionary used as when rendering jinja templates.

Refer to get_template_context for more context.

get_direct_relative_ids(upstream=False)[source]

Get the direct relative ids to the current task, upstream or downstream.

get_direct_relatives(upstream=False)[source]

Get the direct relatives to the current task, upstream or downstream.

get_flat_relative_ids(upstream=False, found_descendants=None)[source]

Get a flat list of relatives’ ids, either upstream or downstream.

get_flat_relatives(upstream=False)[source]

Get a flat list of relatives, either upstream or downstream.

get_task_instances(session, start_date=None, end_date=None)[source]

Get a set of task instance related to this task for a specific date range.

has_dag()[source]

Returns True if the Operator has been assigned to a DAG.

on_kill()[source]

Override this method to cleanup subprocesses when a task instance gets killed. Any use of the threading, subprocess or multiprocessing module within an operator needs to be cleaned up or it will leave ghost processes behind.

post_execute(context, *args, **kwargs)[source]

This hook is triggered right after self.execute() is called. It is passed the execution context and any results returned by the operator.

pre_execute(context, *args, **kwargs)[source]

This hook is triggered right before self.execute() is called.

prepare_template()[source]

Hook that is triggered after the templated fields get replaced by their content. If you need your operator to alter the content of the file before the template is rendered, it should override this method to do so.

render_template(attr, content, context)[source]

Renders a template either from a file or directly in a field, and returns the rendered result.

render_template_from_field(attr, content, context, jinja_env)[source]

Renders a template from a field. If the field is a string, it will simply render the string and return the result. If it is a collection or nested set of collections, it will traverse the structure and render all strings in it.

run(start_date=None, end_date=None, ignore_first_depends_on_past=False, ignore_ti_state=False, mark_success=False)[source]

Run a set of task instances for a date range.

schedule_interval

The schedule interval of the DAG always wins over individual tasks so that tasks within a DAG always line up. The task still needs a schedule_interval as it may not be attached to a DAG.

set_downstream(task_or_task_list)[source]

Set a task or a task list to be directly downstream from the current task.

set_upstream(task_or_task_list)[source]

Set a task or a task list to be directly upstream from the current task.

upstream_list

@property: list of tasks directly upstream

xcom_pull(context, task_ids=None, dag_id=None, key=u'return_value', include_prior_dates=None)[source]

See TaskInstance.xcom_pull()

xcom_push(context, key, value, execution_date=None)[source]

See TaskInstance.xcom_push()

class airflow.models.Chart(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: sqlalchemy.ext.declarative.api.Base

class airflow.models.DAG(dag_id, description=u'', schedule_interval=datetime.timedelta(1), start_date=None, end_date=None, full_filepath=None, template_searchpath=None, user_defined_macros=None, user_defined_filters=None, default_args=None, concurrency=16, max_active_runs=16, dagrun_timeout=None, sla_miss_callback=None, default_view=None, orientation='LR', catchup=True, on_success_callback=None, on_failure_callback=None, params=None)[source]

Bases: airflow.dag.base_dag.BaseDag, airflow.utils.log.logging_mixin.LoggingMixin

A dag (directed acyclic graph) is a collection of tasks with directional dependencies. A dag also has a schedule, a start date and an end date (optional). For each schedule, (say daily or hourly), the DAG needs to run each individual tasks as their dependencies are met. Certain tasks have the property of depending on their own past, meaning that they can’t run until their previous schedule (and upstream tasks) are completed.

DAGs essentially act as namespaces for tasks. A task_id can only be added once to a DAG.

Parameters:
  • dag_id (str) – The id of the DAG
  • description (str) – The description for the DAG to e.g. be shown on the webserver
  • schedule_interval (datetime.timedelta or dateutil.relativedelta.relativedelta or str that acts as a cron expression) – Defines how often that DAG runs, this timedelta object gets added to your latest task instance’s execution_date to figure out the next schedule
  • start_date (datetime.datetime) – The timestamp from which the scheduler will attempt to backfill
  • end_date (datetime.datetime) – A date beyond which your DAG won’t run, leave to None for open ended scheduling
  • template_searchpath (str or list of stings) – This list of folders (non relative) defines where jinja will look for your templates. Order matters. Note that jinja/airflow includes the path of your DAG file by default
  • user_defined_macros (dict) – a dictionary of macros that will be exposed in your jinja templates. For example, passing dict(foo='bar') to this argument allows you to {{ foo }} in all jinja templates related to this DAG. Note that you can pass any type of object here.
  • user_defined_filters (dict) – a dictionary of filters that will be exposed in your jinja templates. For example, passing dict(hello=lambda name: 'Hello %s' % name) to this argument allows you to {{ 'world' | hello }} in all jinja templates related to this DAG.
  • default_args (dict) – A dictionary of default parameters to be used as constructor keyword parameters when initialising operators. Note that operators have the same hook, and precede those defined here, meaning that if your dict contains ‘depends_on_past’: True here and ‘depends_on_past’: False in the operator’s call default_args, the actual value will be False.
  • params (dict) – a dictionary of DAG level parameters that are made accessible in templates, namespaced under params. These params can be overridden at the task level.
  • concurrency (int) – the number of task instances allowed to run concurrently
  • max_active_runs (int) – maximum number of active DAG runs, beyond this number of DAG runs in a running state, the scheduler won’t create new active DAG runs
  • dagrun_timeout (datetime.timedelta) – specify how long a DagRun should be up before timing out / failing, so that new DagRuns can be created
  • sla_miss_callback (types.FunctionType) – specify a function to call when reporting SLA timeouts.
  • default_view (str) – Specify DAG default view (tree, graph, duration, gantt, landing_times)
  • orientation (str) – Specify DAG orientation in graph view (LR, TB, RL, BT)
  • catchup (bool) – Perform scheduler catchup (or only run latest)? Defaults to True
  • on_failure_callback (callable) – A function to be called when a DagRun of this dag fails. A context dictionary is passed as a single parameter to this function.
  • on_success_callback (callable) – Much like the on_failure_callback except that it is executed when the dag succeeds.
add_task(task)[source]

Add a task to the DAG

Parameters:task (task) – the task you want to add
add_tasks(tasks)[source]

Add a list of tasks to the DAG

Parameters:tasks (list of tasks) – a lit of tasks you want to add
clear(**kwargs)[source]

Clears a set of task instances associated with the current dag for a specified date range.

cli()[source]

Exposes a CLI specific to this DAG

concurrency_reached

Returns a boolean indicating whether the concurrency limit for this DAG has been reached

create_dagrun(**kwargs)[source]

Creates a dag run from this dag including the tasks associated with this dag. Returns the dag run.

Parameters:
  • run_id (str) – defines the the run id for this dag run
  • execution_date (datetime) – the execution date of this dag run
  • state (State) – the state of the dag run
  • start_date (datetime) – the date this dag run should be evaluated
  • external_trigger (bool) – whether this dag run is externally triggered
  • session (Session) – database session
static deactivate_stale_dags(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Deactivate any DAGs that were last touched by the scheduler before the expiration date. These DAGs were likely deleted.

Parameters:expiration_date (datetime) – set inactive DAGs that were touched before this time
Returns:None
static deactivate_unknown_dags(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Given a list of known DAGs, deactivate any other DAGs that are marked as active in the ORM

Parameters:active_dag_ids (list[unicode]) – list of DAG IDs that are active
Returns:None
filepath

File location of where the dag object is instantiated

folder

Folder location of where the dag object is instantiated

following_schedule(dttm)[source]

Calculates the following schedule for this dag in UTC.

Parameters:dttm – utc datetime
Returns:utc datetime
get_active_runs(**kwargs)[source]

Returns a list of dag run execution dates currently running

Parameters:session
Returns:List of execution dates
get_dagrun(**kwargs)[source]

Returns the dag run for a given execution date if it exists, otherwise none.

Parameters:
  • execution_date – The execution date of the DagRun to find.
  • session
Returns:

The DagRun if found, otherwise None.

get_default_view()[source]

This is only there for backward compatible jinja2 templates

get_num_active_runs(**kwargs)[source]

Returns the number of active “running” dag runs

Parameters:
  • external_trigger (bool) – True for externally triggered active dag runs
  • session
Returns:

number greater than 0 for active dag runs

static get_num_task_instances(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Returns the number of task instances in the given DAG.

Parameters:
  • session – ORM session
  • dag_id (unicode) – ID of the DAG to get the task concurrency of
  • task_ids (list[unicode]) – A list of valid task IDs for the given DAG
  • states (list[state]) – A list of states to filter by if supplied
Returns:

The number of running tasks

Return type:

int

get_run_dates(start_date, end_date=None)[source]

Returns a list of dates between the interval received as parameter using this dag’s schedule interval. Returned dates can be used for execution dates.

Parameters:
  • start_date (datetime) – the start date of the interval
  • end_date (datetime) – the end date of the interval, defaults to timezone.utcnow()
Returns:

a list of dates within the interval following the dag’s schedule

Return type:

list

get_template_env()[source]

Returns a jinja2 Environment while taking into account the DAGs template_searchpath, user_defined_macros and user_defined_filters

handle_callback(**kwargs)[source]

Triggers the appropriate callback depending on the value of success, namely the on_failure_callback or on_success_callback. This method gets the context of a single TaskInstance part of this DagRun and passes that to the callable along with a ‘reason’, primarily to differentiate DagRun failures. .. note:

The logs end up in $AIRFLOW_HOME/logs/scheduler/latest/PROJECT/DAG_FILE.py.log
Parameters:
  • dagrun – DagRun object
  • success – Flag to specify if failure or success callback should be called
  • reason – Completion reason
  • session – Database session
is_fixed_time_schedule()[source]

Figures out if the DAG schedule has a fixed time (e.g. 3 AM).

Returns:True if the schedule has a fixed time, False if not.
is_paused

Returns a boolean indicating whether this DAG is paused

latest_execution_date

Returns the latest date for which at least one dag run exists

normalize_schedule(dttm)[source]

Returns dttm + interval unless dttm is first interval then it returns dttm

previous_schedule(dttm)[source]

Calculates the previous schedule for this dag in UTC

Parameters:dttm – utc datetime
Returns:utc datetime
run(start_date=None, end_date=None, mark_success=False, local=False, executor=None, donot_pickle=False, ignore_task_deps=False, ignore_first_depends_on_past=False, pool=None, delay_on_limit_secs=1.0, verbose=False, conf=None, rerun_failed_tasks=False)[source]

Runs the DAG.

Parameters:
  • start_date (datetime) – the start date of the range to run
  • end_date (datetime) – the end date of the range to run
  • mark_success (bool) – True to mark jobs as succeeded without running them
  • local (bool) – True to run the tasks using the LocalExecutor
  • executor (BaseExecutor) – The executor instance to run the tasks
  • donot_pickle (bool) – True to avoid pickling DAG object and send to workers
  • ignore_task_deps (bool) – True to skip upstream tasks
  • ignore_first_depends_on_past (bool) – True to ignore depends_on_past dependencies for the first set of tasks only
  • pool (str) – Resource pool to use
  • delay_on_limit_secs (float) – Time in seconds to wait before next attempt to run dag run when max_active_runs limit has been reached
  • verbose (bool) – Make logging output more verbose
  • conf (dict) – user defined dictionary passed from CLI
set_dependency(upstream_task_id, downstream_task_id)[source]

Simple utility method to set dependency between two tasks that already have been added to the DAG using add_task()

sub_dag(task_regex, include_downstream=False, include_upstream=True)[source]

Returns a subset of the current dag as a deep copy of the current dag based on a regex that should match one or many tasks, and includes upstream and downstream neighbours based on the flag passed.

subdags

Returns a list of the subdag objects associated to this DAG

sync_to_db(**kwargs)[source]

Save attributes about this DAG to the DB. Note that this method can be called for both DAGs and SubDAGs. A SubDag is actually a SubDagOperator.

Parameters:
  • dag (DAG) – the DAG object to save to the DB
  • sync_time (datetime) – The time that the DAG should be marked as sync’ed
Returns:

None

test_cycle()[source]

Check to see if there are any cycles in the DAG. Returns False if no cycle found, otherwise raises exception.

topological_sort()[source]

Sorts tasks in topographical order, such that a task comes after any of its upstream dependencies.

Heavily inspired by: http://blog.jupo.org/2012/04/06/topological-sorting-acyclic-directed-graphs/

Returns:list of tasks in topological order
tree_view()[source]

Shows an ascii tree representation of the DAG

class airflow.models.DagBag(dag_folder=None, executor=None, include_examples=True)[source]

Bases: airflow.dag.base_dag.BaseDagBag, airflow.utils.log.logging_mixin.LoggingMixin

A dagbag is a collection of dags, parsed out of a folder tree and has high level configuration settings, like what database to use as a backend and what executor to use to fire off tasks. This makes it easier to run distinct environments for say production and development, tests, or for different teams or security profiles. What would have been system level settings are now dagbag level so that one system can run multiple, independent settings sets.

Parameters:
  • dag_folder (unicode) – the folder to scan to find DAGs
  • executor – the executor to use when executing task instances in this DagBag
  • include_examples (bool) – whether to include the examples that ship with airflow or not
  • has_logged – an instance boolean that gets flipped from False to True after a file has been skipped. This is to prevent overloading the user with logging messages about skipped files. Therefore only once per DagBag is a file logged being skipped.
bag_dag(dag, parent_dag, root_dag)[source]

Adds the DAG into the bag, recurses into sub dags. Throws AirflowDagCycleException if a cycle is detected in this dag or its subdags

collect_dags(dag_folder=None, only_if_updated=True, include_examples=True)[source]

Given a file path or a folder, this method looks for python modules, imports them and adds them to the dagbag collection.

Note that if a .airflowignore file is found while processing the directory, it will behave much like a .gitignore, ignoring files that match any of the regex patterns specified in the file.

Note: The patterns in .airflowignore are treated as un-anchored regexes, not shell-like glob patterns.

dagbag_report()[source]

Prints a report around DagBag loading stats

get_dag(dag_id)[source]

Gets the DAG out of the dictionary, and refreshes it if expired

kill_zombies(**kwargs)[source]

Fail given zombie tasks, which are tasks that haven’t had a heartbeat for too long, in the current DagBag.

Parameters:
  • zombies (SimpleTaskInstance) – zombie task instances to kill.
  • session – DB session.

:type Session.

process_file(filepath, only_if_updated=True, safe_mode=True)[source]

Given a path to a python module or zip file, this method imports the module and look for dag objects within it.

size()[source]
Returns:the amount of dags contained in this dagbag
class airflow.models.DagModel(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: sqlalchemy.ext.declarative.api.Base

create_dagrun(**kwargs)[source]

Creates a dag run from this dag including the tasks associated with this dag. Returns the dag run.

Parameters:
  • run_id (str) – defines the the run id for this dag run
  • execution_date (datetime) – the execution date of this dag run
  • state (State) – the state of the dag run
  • start_date (datetime) – the date this dag run should be evaluated
  • external_trigger (bool) – whether this dag run is externally triggered
  • session (Session) – database session
class airflow.models.DagRun(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: sqlalchemy.ext.declarative.api.Base, airflow.utils.log.logging_mixin.LoggingMixin

DagRun describes an instance of a Dag. It can be created by the scheduler (for regular runs) or by an external trigger

static find(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Returns a set of dag runs for the given search criteria.

Parameters:
  • dag_id (int, list) – the dag_id to find dag runs for
  • run_id (str) – defines the the run id for this dag run
  • execution_date (datetime) – the execution date
  • state (State) – the state of the dag run
  • external_trigger (bool) – whether this dag run is externally triggered
  • no_backfills – return no backfills (True), return all (False).

Defaults to False :type no_backfills: bool :param session: database session :type session: Session

get_dag()[source]

Returns the Dag associated with this DagRun.

Returns:DAG
classmethod get_latest_runs(**kwargs)[source]

Returns the latest DagRun for each DAG.

get_previous_dagrun(**kwargs)[source]

The previous DagRun, if there is one

get_previous_scheduled_dagrun(**kwargs)[source]

The previous, SCHEDULED DagRun, if there is one

static get_run(session, dag_id, execution_date)[source]
Parameters:
  • dag_id (unicode) – DAG ID
  • execution_date (datetime) – execution date
Returns:

DagRun corresponding to the given dag_id and execution date

if one exists. None otherwise. :rtype: DagRun

get_task_instance(**kwargs)[source]

Returns the task instance specified by task_id for this dag run

Parameters:task_id – the task id
get_task_instances(**kwargs)[source]

Returns the task instances for this dag run

refresh_from_db(**kwargs)[source]

Reloads the current dagrun from the database :param session: database session

update_state(**kwargs)[source]

Determines the overall state of the DagRun based on the state of its TaskInstances.

Returns:State
verify_integrity(**kwargs)[source]

Verifies the DagRun by checking for removed tasks or tasks that are not in the database yet. It will set state to removed or add the task if required.

exception airflow.models.InvalidFernetToken[source]

Bases: exceptions.Exception

class airflow.models.KubeResourceVersion(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: sqlalchemy.ext.declarative.api.Base

class airflow.models.KubeWorkerIdentifier(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: sqlalchemy.ext.declarative.api.Base

class airflow.models.Log(event, task_instance, owner=None, extra=None, **kwargs)[source]

Bases: sqlalchemy.ext.declarative.api.Base

Used to actively log events to the database

class airflow.models.NullFernet[source]

Bases: future.types.newobject.newobject

A “Null” encryptor class that doesn’t encrypt or decrypt but that presents a similar interface to Fernet.

The purpose of this is to make the rest of the code not have to know the difference, and to only display the message once, not 20 times when airflow initdb is ran.

class airflow.models.Pool(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: sqlalchemy.ext.declarative.api.Base

open_slots(**kwargs)[source]

Returns the number of slots open at the moment

queued_slots(**kwargs)[source]

Returns the number of slots used at the moment

used_slots(**kwargs)[source]

Returns the number of slots used at the moment

class airflow.models.SlaMiss(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: sqlalchemy.ext.declarative.api.Base

Model that stores a history of the SLA that have been missed. It is used to keep track of SLA failures over time and to avoid double triggering alert emails.

class airflow.models.TaskFail(task, execution_date, start_date, end_date)[source]

Bases: sqlalchemy.ext.declarative.api.Base

TaskFail tracks the failed run durations of each task instance.

class airflow.models.TaskInstance(task, execution_date, state=None)[source]

Bases: sqlalchemy.ext.declarative.api.Base, airflow.utils.log.logging_mixin.LoggingMixin

Task instances store the state of a task instance. This table is the authority and single source of truth around what tasks have run and the state they are in.

The SqlAlchemy model doesn’t have a SqlAlchemy foreign key to the task or dag model deliberately to have more control over transactions.

Database transactions on this table should insure double triggers and any confusion around what task instances are or aren’t ready to run even while multiple schedulers may be firing task instances.

are_dependencies_met(**kwargs)[source]

Returns whether or not all the conditions are met for this task instance to be run given the context for the dependencies (e.g. a task instance being force run from the UI will ignore some dependencies).

Parameters:
  • dep_context (DepContext) – The execution context that determines the dependencies that should be evaluated.
  • session (Session) – database session
  • verbose (bool) – whether log details on failed dependencies on info or debug log level
are_dependents_done(**kwargs)[source]

Checks whether the dependents of this task instance have all succeeded. This is meant to be used by wait_for_downstream.

This is useful when you do not want to start processing the next schedule of a task until the dependents are done. For instance, if the task DROPs and recreates a table.

clear_xcom_data(**kwargs)[source]

Clears all XCom data from the database for the task instance

command(mark_success=False, ignore_all_deps=False, ignore_depends_on_past=False, ignore_task_deps=False, ignore_ti_state=False, local=False, pickle_id=None, raw=False, job_id=None, pool=None, cfg_path=None)[source]

Returns a command that can be executed anywhere where airflow is installed. This command is part of the message sent to executors by the orchestrator.

command_as_list(mark_success=False, ignore_all_deps=False, ignore_task_deps=False, ignore_depends_on_past=False, ignore_ti_state=False, local=False, pickle_id=None, raw=False, job_id=None, pool=None, cfg_path=None)[source]

Returns a command that can be executed anywhere where airflow is installed. This command is part of the message sent to executors by the orchestrator.

current_state(**kwargs)[source]

Get the very latest state from the database, if a session is passed, we use and looking up the state becomes part of the session, otherwise a new session is used.

error(**kwargs)[source]

Forces the task instance’s state to FAILED in the database.

static generate_command(dag_id, task_id, execution_date, mark_success=False, ignore_all_deps=False, ignore_depends_on_past=False, ignore_task_deps=False, ignore_ti_state=False, local=False, pickle_id=None, file_path=None, raw=False, job_id=None, pool=None, cfg_path=None)[source]

Generates the shell command required to execute this task instance.

Parameters:
  • dag_id (unicode) – DAG ID
  • task_id (unicode) – Task ID
  • execution_date (datetime) – Execution date for the task
  • mark_success (bool) – Whether to mark the task as successful
  • ignore_all_deps (bool) – Ignore all ignorable dependencies. Overrides the other ignore_* parameters.
  • ignore_depends_on_past (bool) – Ignore depends_on_past parameter of DAGs (e.g. for Backfills)
  • ignore_task_deps (bool) – Ignore task-specific dependencies such as depends_on_past and trigger rule
  • ignore_ti_state (bool) – Ignore the task instance’s previous failure/success
  • local (bool) – Whether to run the task locally
  • pickle_id (unicode) – If the DAG was serialized to the DB, the ID associated with the pickled DAG
  • file_path – path to the file containing the DAG definition
  • raw – raw mode (needs more details)
  • job_id – job ID (needs more details)
  • pool (unicode) – the Airflow pool that the task should run in
  • cfg_path (basestring) – the Path to the configuration file
Returns:

shell command that can be used to run the task instance

get_dagrun(**kwargs)[source]

Returns the DagRun for this TaskInstance

Parameters:session
Returns:DagRun
init_on_load()[source]

Initialize the attributes that aren’t stored in the DB.

init_run_context(raw=False)[source]

Sets the log context.

is_eligible_to_retry()[source]

Is task instance is eligible for retry

is_premature

Returns whether a task is in UP_FOR_RETRY state and its retry interval has elapsed.

key

Returns a tuple that identifies the task instance uniquely

next_retry_datetime()[source]

Get datetime of the next retry if the task instance fails. For exponential backoff, retry_delay is used as base and will be converted to seconds.

pool_full(**kwargs)[source]

Returns a boolean as to whether the slot pool has room for this task to run

previous_ti

The task instance for the task that ran before this task instance

ready_for_retry()[source]

Checks on whether the task instance is in the right state and timeframe to be retried.

refresh_from_db(**kwargs)[source]

Refreshes the task instance from the database based on the primary key

Parameters:lock_for_update – if True, indicates that the database should lock the TaskInstance (issuing a FOR UPDATE clause) until the session is committed.
try_number

Return the try number that this task number will be when it is actually run.

If the TI is currently running, this will match the column in the databse, in all othercases this will be incremenetd

xcom_pull(task_ids=None, dag_id=None, key=u'return_value', include_prior_dates=False)[source]

Pull XComs that optionally meet certain criteria.

The default value for key limits the search to XComs that were returned by other tasks (as opposed to those that were pushed manually). To remove this filter, pass key=None (or any desired value).

If a single task_id string is provided, the result is the value of the most recent matching XCom from that task_id. If multiple task_ids are provided, a tuple of matching values is returned. None is returned whenever no matches are found.

Parameters:
  • key (str) – A key for the XCom. If provided, only XComs with matching keys will be returned. The default key is ‘return_value’, also available as a constant XCOM_RETURN_KEY. This key is automatically given to XComs returned by tasks (as opposed to being pushed manually). To remove the filter, pass key=None.
  • task_ids (str or iterable of strings (representing task_ids)) – Only XComs from tasks with matching ids will be pulled. Can pass None to remove the filter.
  • dag_id (str) – If provided, only pulls XComs from this DAG. If None (default), the DAG of the calling task is used.
  • include_prior_dates (bool) – If False, only XComs from the current execution_date are returned. If True, XComs from previous dates are returned as well.
xcom_push(key, value, execution_date=None)[source]

Make an XCom available for tasks to pull.

Parameters:
  • key (str) – A key for the XCom
  • value (any pickleable object) – A value for the XCom. The value is pickled and stored in the database.
  • execution_date (datetime) – if provided, the XCom will not be visible until this date. This can be used, for example, to send a message to a task on a future date without it being immediately visible.
class airflow.models.TaskReschedule(task, execution_date, try_number, start_date, end_date, reschedule_date)[source]

Bases: sqlalchemy.ext.declarative.api.Base

TaskReschedule tracks rescheduled task instances.

static find_for_task_instance(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Returns all task reschedules for the task instance and try number, in ascending order.

Parameters:task_instance (TaskInstance) – the task instance to find task reschedules for
class airflow.models.User(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: sqlalchemy.ext.declarative.api.Base

class airflow.models.Variable(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: sqlalchemy.ext.declarative.api.Base, airflow.utils.log.logging_mixin.LoggingMixin

classmethod setdefault(key, default, deserialize_json=False)[source]

Like a Python builtin dict object, setdefault returns the current value for a key, and if it isn’t there, stores the default value and returns it.

Parameters:
  • key (String) – Dict key for this Variable
  • default – Default value to set and return if the variable

isn’t already in the DB :type default: Mixed :param deserialize_json: Store this as a JSON encoded value in the DB

and un-encode it when retrieving a value
Returns:Mixed
class airflow.models.XCom(**kwargs)[source]

Bases: sqlalchemy.ext.declarative.api.Base, airflow.utils.log.logging_mixin.LoggingMixin

Base class for XCom objects.

classmethod get_many(**kwargs)[source]

Retrieve an XCom value, optionally meeting certain criteria TODO: “pickling” has been deprecated and JSON is preferred.

“pickling” will be removed in Airflow 2.0.
classmethod get_one(**kwargs)[source]

Retrieve an XCom value, optionally meeting certain criteria. TODO: “pickling” has been deprecated and JSON is preferred.

“pickling” will be removed in Airflow 2.0.
Returns:XCom value
classmethod set(**kwargs)[source]

Store an XCom value. TODO: “pickling” has been deprecated and JSON is preferred.

“pickling” will be removed in Airflow 2.0.
Returns:None
airflow.models.clear_task_instances(tis, session, activate_dag_runs=True, dag=None)[source]

Clears a set of task instances, but makes sure the running ones get killed.

Parameters:
  • tis – a list of task instances
  • session – current session
  • activate_dag_runs – flag to check for active dag run
  • dag – DAG object
airflow.models.get_fernet()[source]

Deferred load of Fernet key.

This function could fail either because Cryptography is not installed or because the Fernet key is invalid.

Returns:Fernet object
Raises:AirflowException if there’s a problem trying to load Fernet
airflow.models.get_last_dagrun(dag_id, session, include_externally_triggered=False)[source]

Returns the last dag run for a dag, None if there was none. Last dag run can be any type of run eg. scheduled or backfilled. Overridden DagRuns are ignored.

Hooks

Hooks are interfaces to external platforms and databases, implementing a common interface when possible and acting as building blocks for operators.

class airflow.hooks.dbapi_hook.DbApiHook(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.hooks.base_hook.BaseHook

Abstract base class for sql hooks.

bulk_dump(table, tmp_file)[source]

Dumps a database table into a tab-delimited file

Parameters:
  • table (str) – The name of the source table
  • tmp_file (str) – The path of the target file
bulk_load(table, tmp_file)[source]

Loads a tab-delimited file into a database table

Parameters:
  • table (str) – The name of the target table
  • tmp_file (str) – The path of the file to load into the table
get_autocommit(conn)[source]

Get autocommit setting for the provided connection. Return True if conn.autocommit is set to True. Return False if conn.autocommit is not set or set to False or conn does not support autocommit.

Parameters:conn (connection object.) – Connection to get autocommit setting from.
Returns:connection autocommit setting.

:rtype bool.

get_conn()[source]

Returns a connection object

get_cursor()[source]

Returns a cursor

get_first(sql, parameters=None)[source]

Executes the sql and returns the first resulting row.

Parameters:
  • sql (str or list) – the sql statement to be executed (str) or a list of sql statements to execute
  • parameters (mapping or iterable) – The parameters to render the SQL query with.
get_pandas_df(sql, parameters=None)[source]

Executes the sql and returns a pandas dataframe

Parameters:
  • sql (str or list) – the sql statement to be executed (str) or a list of sql statements to execute
  • parameters (mapping or iterable) – The parameters to render the SQL query with.
get_records(sql, parameters=None)[source]

Executes the sql and returns a set of records.

Parameters:
  • sql (str or list) – the sql statement to be executed (str) or a list of sql statements to execute
  • parameters (mapping or iterable) – The parameters to render the SQL query with.
insert_rows(table, rows, target_fields=None, commit_every=1000, replace=False)[source]

A generic way to insert a set of tuples into a table, a new transaction is created every commit_every rows

Parameters:
  • table (str) – Name of the target table
  • rows (iterable of tuples) – The rows to insert into the table
  • target_fields (iterable of strings) – The names of the columns to fill in the table
  • commit_every (int) – The maximum number of rows to insert in one transaction. Set to 0 to insert all rows in one transaction.
  • replace (bool) – Whether to replace instead of insert
run(sql, autocommit=False, parameters=None)[source]

Runs a command or a list of commands. Pass a list of sql statements to the sql parameter to get them to execute sequentially

Parameters:
  • sql (str or list) – the sql statement to be executed (str) or a list of sql statements to execute
  • autocommit (bool) – What to set the connection’s autocommit setting to before executing the query.
  • parameters (mapping or iterable) – The parameters to render the SQL query with.
set_autocommit(conn, autocommit)[source]

Sets the autocommit flag on the connection

class airflow.hooks.docker_hook.DockerHook(docker_conn_id='docker_default', base_url=None, version=None, tls=None)[source]

Bases: airflow.hooks.base_hook.BaseHook, airflow.utils.log.logging_mixin.LoggingMixin

Interact with a private Docker registry.

Parameters:docker_conn_id (str) – ID of the Airflow connection where credentials and extra configuration are stored
class airflow.hooks.hive_hooks.HiveCliHook(hive_cli_conn_id=u'hive_cli_default', run_as=None, mapred_queue=None, mapred_queue_priority=None, mapred_job_name=None)[source]

Bases: airflow.hooks.base_hook.BaseHook

Simple wrapper around the hive CLI.

It also supports the beeline a lighter CLI that runs JDBC and is replacing the heavier traditional CLI. To enable beeline, set the use_beeline param in the extra field of your connection as in { "use_beeline": true }

Note that you can also set default hive CLI parameters using the hive_cli_params to be used in your connection as in {"hive_cli_params": "-hiveconf mapred.job.tracker=some.jobtracker:444"} Parameters passed here can be overridden by run_cli’s hive_conf param

The extra connection parameter auth gets passed as in the jdbc connection string as is.

Parameters:
  • mapred_queue (str) – queue used by the Hadoop Scheduler (Capacity or Fair)
  • mapred_queue_priority (str) – priority within the job queue. Possible settings include: VERY_HIGH, HIGH, NORMAL, LOW, VERY_LOW
  • mapred_job_name (str) – This name will appear in the jobtracker. This can make monitoring easier.
load_df(df, table, field_dict=None, delimiter=u', ', encoding=u'utf8', pandas_kwargs=None, **kwargs)[source]

Loads a pandas DataFrame into hive.

Hive data types will be inferred if not passed but column names will not be sanitized.

Parameters:
  • df (DataFrame) – DataFrame to load into a Hive table
  • table (str) – target Hive table, use dot notation to target a specific database
  • field_dict (OrderedDict) – mapping from column name to hive data type. Note that it must be OrderedDict so as to keep columns’ order.
  • delimiter (str) – field delimiter in the file
  • encoding (str) – str encoding to use when writing DataFrame to file
  • pandas_kwargs (dict) – passed to DataFrame.to_csv
  • kwargs – passed to self.load_file
load_file(filepath, table, delimiter=u', ', field_dict=None, create=True, overwrite=True, partition=None, recreate=False, tblproperties=None)[source]

Loads a local file into Hive

Note that the table generated in Hive uses STORED AS textfile which isn’t the most efficient serialization format. If a large amount of data is loaded and/or if the tables gets queried considerably, you may want to use this operator only to stage the data into a temporary table before loading it into its final destination using a HiveOperator.

Parameters:
  • filepath (str) – local filepath of the file to load
  • table (str) – target Hive table, use dot notation to target a specific database
  • delimiter (str) – field delimiter in the file
  • field_dict (OrderedDict) – A dictionary of the fields name in the file as keys and their Hive types as values. Note that it must be OrderedDict so as to keep columns’ order.
  • create (bool) – whether to create the table if it doesn’t exist
  • overwrite (bool) – whether to overwrite the data in table or partition
  • partition (dict) – target partition as a dict of partition columns and values
  • recreate (bool) – whether to drop and recreate the table at every execution
  • tblproperties (dict) – TBLPROPERTIES of the hive table being created
run_cli(hql, schema=None, verbose=True, hive_conf=None)[source]

Run an hql statement using the hive cli. If hive_conf is specified it should be a dict and the entries will be set as key/value pairs in HiveConf

Parameters:hive_conf (dict) – if specified these key value pairs will be passed to hive as -hiveconf "key"="value". Note that they will be passed after the hive_cli_params and thus will override whatever values are specified in the database.
>>> hh = HiveCliHook()
>>> result = hh.run_cli("USE airflow;")
>>> ("OK" in result)
True
test_hql(hql)[source]

Test an hql statement using the hive cli and EXPLAIN

class airflow.hooks.hive_hooks.HiveMetastoreHook(metastore_conn_id=u'metastore_default')[source]

Bases: airflow.hooks.base_hook.BaseHook

Wrapper to interact with the Hive Metastore

check_for_named_partition(schema, table, partition_name)[source]

Checks whether a partition with a given name exists

Parameters:
  • schema (str) – Name of hive schema (database) @table belongs to
  • table – Name of hive table @partition belongs to
Partition:

Name of the partitions to check for (eg a=b/c=d)

Return type:

bool

>>> hh = HiveMetastoreHook()
>>> t = 'static_babynames_partitioned'
>>> hh.check_for_named_partition('airflow', t, "ds=2015-01-01")
True
>>> hh.check_for_named_partition('airflow', t, "ds=xxx")
False
check_for_partition(schema, table, partition)[source]

Checks whether a partition exists

Parameters:
  • schema (str) – Name of hive schema (database) @table belongs to
  • table – Name of hive table @partition belongs to
Partition:

Expression that matches the partitions to check for (eg a = ‘b’ AND c = ‘d’)

Return type:

bool

>>> hh = HiveMetastoreHook()
>>> t = 'static_babynames_partitioned'
>>> hh.check_for_partition('airflow', t, "ds='2015-01-01'")
True
get_databases(pattern=u'*')[source]

Get a metastore table object

get_metastore_client()[source]

Returns a Hive thrift client.

get_partitions(schema, table_name, filter=None)[source]

Returns a list of all partitions in a table. Works only for tables with less than 32767 (java short max val). For subpartitioned table, the number might easily exceed this.

>>> hh = HiveMetastoreHook()
>>> t = 'static_babynames_partitioned'
>>> parts = hh.get_partitions(schema='airflow', table_name=t)
>>> len(parts)
1
>>> parts
[{'ds': '2015-01-01'}]
get_table(table_name, db=u'default')[source]

Get a metastore table object

>>> hh = HiveMetastoreHook()
>>> t = hh.get_table(db='airflow', table_name='static_babynames')
>>> t.tableName
'static_babynames'
>>> [col.name for col in t.sd.cols]
['state', 'year', 'name', 'gender', 'num']
get_tables(db, pattern=u'*')[source]

Get a metastore table object

max_partition(schema, table_name, field=None, filter_map=None)[source]

Returns the maximum value for all partitions with given field in a table. If only one partition key exist in the table, the key will be used as field. filter_map should be a partition_key:partition_value map and will be used to filter out partitions.

Parameters:
  • schema (str) – schema name.
  • table_name (str) – table name.
  • field (str) – partition key to get max partition from.
  • filter_map (map) – partition_key:partition_value map used for partition filtering.
>>> hh = HiveMetastoreHook()
>>> filter_map = {'ds': '2015-01-01', 'ds': '2014-01-01'}
>>> t = 'static_babynames_partitioned'
>>> hh.max_partition(schema='airflow',        ... table_name=t, field='ds', filter_map=filter_map)
'2015-01-01'
table_exists(table_name, db=u'default')[source]

Check if table exists

>>> hh = HiveMetastoreHook()
>>> hh.table_exists(db='airflow', table_name='static_babynames')
True
>>> hh.table_exists(db='airflow', table_name='does_not_exist')
False
class airflow.hooks.hive_hooks.HiveServer2Hook(hiveserver2_conn_id=u'hiveserver2_default')[source]

Bases: airflow.hooks.base_hook.BaseHook

Wrapper around the pyhive library

Note that the default authMechanism is PLAIN, to override it you can specify it in the extra of your connection in the UI as in

get_pandas_df(hql, schema=u'default')[source]

Get a pandas dataframe from a Hive query

>>> hh = HiveServer2Hook()
>>> sql = "SELECT * FROM airflow.static_babynames LIMIT 100"
>>> df = hh.get_pandas_df(sql)
>>> len(df.index)
100
get_records(hql, schema=u'default', hive_conf=None)[source]

Get a set of records from a Hive query.

>>> hh = HiveServer2Hook()
>>> sql = "SELECT * FROM airflow.static_babynames LIMIT 100"
>>> len(hh.get_records(sql))
100
get_results(hql, schema=u'default', fetch_size=None, hive_conf=None)[source]

Get results of the provided hql in target schema. :param hql: hql to be executed. :param schema: target schema, default to ‘default’. :param fetch_size max size of result to fetch. :param hive_conf: hive_conf to execute alone with the hql. :return: results of hql execution.

to_csv(hql, csv_filepath, schema=u'default', delimiter=u', ', lineterminator=u'\r\n', output_header=True, fetch_size=1000, hive_conf=None)[source]

Execute hql in target schema and write results to a csv file. :param hql: hql to be executed. :param csv_filepath: filepath of csv to write results into. :param schema: target schema, default to ‘default’. :param delimiter: delimiter of the csv file. :param lineterminator: lineterminator of the csv file. :param output_header: header of the csv file. :param fetch_size: number of result rows to write into the csv file. :param hive_conf: hive_conf to execute alone with the hql. :return:

airflow.hooks.hive_hooks.get_context_from_env_var()[source]

Extract context from env variable, e.g. dag_id, task_id and execution_date, so that they can be used inside BashOperator and PythonOperator. :return: The context of interest.

class airflow.hooks.http_hook.HttpHook(method='POST', http_conn_id='http_default')[source]

Bases: airflow.hooks.base_hook.BaseHook

Interact with HTTP servers. :param http_conn_id: connection that has the base API url i.e https://www.google.com/

and optional authentication credentials. Default headers can also be specified in the Extra field in json format.
Parameters:method (str) – the API method to be called
check_response(response)[source]

Checks the status code and raise an AirflowException exception on non 2XX or 3XX status codes :param response: A requests response object :type response: requests.response

get_conn(headers=None)[source]

Returns http session for use with requests :param headers: additional headers to be passed through as a dictionary :type headers: dict

run(endpoint, data=None, headers=None, extra_options=None)[source]

Performs the request :param endpoint: the endpoint to be called i.e. resource/v1/query? :type endpoint: str :param data: payload to be uploaded or request parameters :type data: dict :param headers: additional headers to be passed through as a dictionary :type headers: dict :param extra_options: additional options to be used when executing the request

i.e. {‘check_response’: False} to avoid checking raising exceptions on non 2XX or 3XX status codes
run_and_check(session, prepped_request, extra_options)[source]

Grabs extra options like timeout and actually runs the request, checking for the result :param session: the session to be used to execute the request :type session: requests.Session :param prepped_request: the prepared request generated in run() :type prepped_request: session.prepare_request :param extra_options: additional options to be used when executing the request

i.e. {‘check_response’: False} to avoid checking raising exceptions on non 2XX or 3XX status codes
run_with_advanced_retry(_retry_args, *args, **kwargs)[source]

Runs Hook.run() with a Tenacity decorator attached to it. This is useful for connectors which might be disturbed by intermittent issues and should not instantly fail. :param _retry_args: Arguments which define the retry behaviour.

See Tenacity documentation at https://github.com/jd/tenacity
Example: ::

hook = HttpHook(http_conn_id=’my_conn’,method=’GET’) retry_args = dict(

wait=tenacity.wait_exponential(), stop=tenacity.stop_after_attempt(10), retry=requests.exceptions.ConnectionError

) hook.run_with_advanced_retry(

endpoint=’v1/test’, _retry_args=retry_args

)

class airflow.hooks.druid_hook.DruidDbApiHook(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.hooks.dbapi_hook.DbApiHook

Interact with Druid broker

This hook is purely for users to query druid broker. For ingestion, please use druidHook.

get_conn()[source]

Establish a connection to druid broker.

get_pandas_df(sql, parameters=None)[source]

Executes the sql and returns a pandas dataframe

Parameters:
  • sql (str or list) – the sql statement to be executed (str) or a list of sql statements to execute
  • parameters (mapping or iterable) – The parameters to render the SQL query with.
get_uri()[source]

Get the connection uri for druid broker.

e.g: druid://localhost:8082/druid/v2/sql/

insert_rows(table, rows, target_fields=None, commit_every=1000)[source]

A generic way to insert a set of tuples into a table, a new transaction is created every commit_every rows

Parameters:
  • table (str) – Name of the target table
  • rows (iterable of tuples) – The rows to insert into the table
  • target_fields (iterable of strings) – The names of the columns to fill in the table
  • commit_every (int) – The maximum number of rows to insert in one transaction. Set to 0 to insert all rows in one transaction.
  • replace (bool) – Whether to replace instead of insert
set_autocommit(conn, autocommit)[source]

Sets the autocommit flag on the connection

class airflow.hooks.druid_hook.DruidHook(druid_ingest_conn_id='druid_ingest_default', timeout=1, max_ingestion_time=None)[source]

Bases: airflow.hooks.base_hook.BaseHook

Connection to Druid overlord for ingestion

Parameters:
  • druid_ingest_conn_id (str) – The connection id to the Druid overlord machine which accepts index jobs
  • timeout (int) – The interval between polling the Druid job for the status of the ingestion job. Must be greater than or equal to 1
  • max_ingestion_time (int) – The maximum ingestion time before assuming the job failed
class airflow.hooks.hdfs_hook.HDFSHook(hdfs_conn_id='hdfs_default', proxy_user=None, autoconfig=False)[source]

Bases: airflow.hooks.base_hook.BaseHook

Interact with HDFS. This class is a wrapper around the snakebite library.

Parameters:
  • hdfs_conn_id – Connection id to fetch connection info
  • proxy_user (str) – effective user for HDFS operations
  • autoconfig (bool) – use snakebite’s automatically configured client
get_conn()[source]

Returns a snakebite HDFSClient object.

class airflow.hooks.mssql_hook.MsSqlHook(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.hooks.dbapi_hook.DbApiHook

Interact with Microsoft SQL Server.

get_autocommit(conn)[source]

Get autocommit setting for the provided connection. Return True if conn.autocommit is set to True. Return False if conn.autocommit is not set or set to False or conn does not support autocommit.

Parameters:conn (connection object.) – Connection to get autocommit setting from.
Returns:connection autocommit setting.

:rtype bool.

get_conn()[source]

Returns a mssql connection object

set_autocommit(conn, autocommit)[source]

Sets the autocommit flag on the connection

class airflow.hooks.mysql_hook.MySqlHook(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.hooks.dbapi_hook.DbApiHook

Interact with MySQL.

You can specify charset in the extra field of your connection as {"charset": "utf8"}. Also you can choose cursor as {"cursor": "SSCursor"}. Refer to the MySQLdb.cursors for more details.

bulk_dump(table, tmp_file)[source]

Dumps a database table into a tab-delimited file

bulk_load(table, tmp_file)[source]

Loads a tab-delimited file into a database table

get_autocommit(conn)[source]

MySql connection gets autocommit in a different way.

Parameters:conn (connection object.) – connection to get autocommit setting from.
Returns:connection autocommit setting

:rtype bool

get_conn()[source]

Returns a mysql connection object

set_autocommit(conn, autocommit)[source]

MySql connection sets autocommit in a different way.

class airflow.hooks.pig_hook.PigCliHook(pig_cli_conn_id='pig_cli_default')[source]

Bases: airflow.hooks.base_hook.BaseHook

Simple wrapper around the pig CLI.

Note that you can also set default pig CLI properties using the pig_properties to be used in your connection as in {"pig_properties": "-Dpig.tmpfilecompression=true"}

run_cli(pig, verbose=True)[source]

Run an pig script using the pig cli

>>> ph = PigCliHook()
>>> result = ph.run_cli("ls /;")
>>> ("hdfs://" in result)
True
class airflow.hooks.postgres_hook.PostgresHook(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.hooks.dbapi_hook.DbApiHook

Interact with Postgres. You can specify ssl parameters in the extra field of your connection as {"sslmode": "require", "sslcert": "/path/to/cert.pem", etc}.

Note: For Redshift, use keepalives_idle in the extra connection parameters and set it to less than 300 seconds.

bulk_dump(table, tmp_file)[source]

Dumps a database table into a tab-delimited file

bulk_load(table, tmp_file)[source]

Loads a tab-delimited file into a database table

copy_expert(sql, filename, open=<built-in function open>)[source]

Executes SQL using psycopg2 copy_expert method. Necessary to execute COPY command without access to a superuser.

Note: if this method is called with a “COPY FROM” statement and the specified input file does not exist, it creates an empty file and no data is loaded, but the operation succeeds. So if users want to be aware when the input file does not exist, they have to check its existence by themselves.

get_conn()[source]

Returns a connection object

class airflow.hooks.presto_hook.PrestoHook(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.hooks.dbapi_hook.DbApiHook

Interact with Presto through PyHive!

>>> ph = PrestoHook()
>>> sql = "SELECT count(1) AS num FROM airflow.static_babynames"
>>> ph.get_records(sql)
[[340698]]
get_conn()[source]

Returns a connection object

get_first(hql, parameters=None)[source]

Returns only the first row, regardless of how many rows the query returns.

get_pandas_df(hql, parameters=None)[source]

Get a pandas dataframe from a sql query.

get_records(hql, parameters=None)[source]

Get a set of records from Presto

insert_rows(table, rows, target_fields=None)[source]

A generic way to insert a set of tuples into a table.

Parameters:
  • table (str) – Name of the target table
  • rows (iterable of tuples) – The rows to insert into the table
  • target_fields (iterable of strings) – The names of the columns to fill in the table
run(hql, parameters=None)[source]

Execute the statement against Presto. Can be used to create views.

class airflow.hooks.S3_hook.S3Hook(aws_conn_id='aws_default', verify=None)[source]

Bases: airflow.contrib.hooks.aws_hook.AwsHook

Interact with AWS S3, using the boto3 library.

check_for_bucket(bucket_name)[source]

Check if bucket_name exists.

Parameters:bucket_name (str) – the name of the bucket
check_for_key(key, bucket_name=None)[source]

Checks if a key exists in a bucket

Parameters:
  • key (str) – S3 key that will point to the file
  • bucket_name (str) – Name of the bucket in which the file is stored
check_for_prefix(bucket_name, prefix, delimiter)[source]

Checks that a prefix exists in a bucket

Parameters:
  • bucket_name (str) – the name of the bucket
  • prefix (str) – a key prefix
  • delimiter (str) – the delimiter marks key hierarchy.
check_for_wildcard_key(wildcard_key, bucket_name=None, delimiter='')[source]

Checks that a key matching a wildcard expression exists in a bucket

Parameters:
  • wildcard_key (str) – the path to the key
  • bucket_name (str) – the name of the bucket
  • delimiter (str) – the delimiter marks key hierarchy
copy_object(source_bucket_key, dest_bucket_key, source_bucket_name=None, dest_bucket_name=None, source_version_id=None)[source]

Creates a copy of an object that is already stored in S3.

Note: the S3 connection used here needs to have access to both source and destination bucket/key.

Parameters:
  • source_bucket_key (str) –

    The key of the source object.

    It can be either full s3:// style url or relative path from root level.

    When it’s specified as a full s3:// url, please omit source_bucket_name.

  • dest_bucket_key (str) –

    The key of the object to copy to.

    The convention to specify dest_bucket_key is the same as source_bucket_key.

  • source_bucket_name (str) –

    Name of the S3 bucket where the source object is in.

    It should be omitted when source_bucket_key is provided as a full s3:// url.

  • dest_bucket_name (str) –

    Name of the S3 bucket to where the object is copied.

    It should be omitted when dest_bucket_key is provided as a full s3:// url.

  • source_version_id (str) – Version ID of the source object (OPTIONAL)
create_bucket(bucket_name, region_name=None)[source]

Creates an Amazon S3 bucket.

Parameters:
  • bucket_name (str) – The name of the bucket
  • region_name (str) – The name of the aws region in which to create the bucket.
delete_objects(bucket, keys)[source]
Parameters:
  • bucket (str) – Name of the bucket in which you are going to delete object(s)
  • keys (str or list) –

    The key(s) to delete from S3 bucket.

    When keys is a string, it’s supposed to be the key name of the single object to delete.

    When keys is a list, it’s supposed to be the list of the keys to delete.

get_bucket(bucket_name)[source]

Returns a boto3.S3.Bucket object

Parameters:bucket_name (str) – the name of the bucket
get_key(key, bucket_name=None)[source]

Returns a boto3.s3.Object

Parameters:
  • key (str) – the path to the key
  • bucket_name (str) – the name of the bucket
get_wildcard_key(wildcard_key, bucket_name=None, delimiter='')[source]

Returns a boto3.s3.Object object matching the wildcard expression

Parameters:
  • wildcard_key (str) – the path to the key
  • bucket_name (str) – the name of the bucket
  • delimiter (str) – the delimiter marks key hierarchy
list_keys(bucket_name, prefix='', delimiter='', page_size=None, max_items=None)[source]

Lists keys in a bucket under prefix and not containing delimiter

Parameters:
  • bucket_name (str) – the name of the bucket
  • prefix (str) – a key prefix
  • delimiter (str) – the delimiter marks key hierarchy.
  • page_size (int) – pagination size
  • max_items (int) – maximum items to return
list_prefixes(bucket_name, prefix='', delimiter='', page_size=None, max_items=None)[source]

Lists prefixes in a bucket under prefix

Parameters:
  • bucket_name (str) – the name of the bucket
  • prefix (str) – a key prefix
  • delimiter (str) – the delimiter marks key hierarchy.
  • page_size (int) – pagination size
  • max_items (int) – maximum items to return
load_bytes(bytes_data, key, bucket_name=None, replace=False, encrypt=False)[source]

Loads bytes to S3

This is provided as a convenience to drop a string in S3. It uses the boto infrastructure to ship a file to s3.

Parameters:
  • bytes_data (bytes) – bytes to set as content for the key.
  • key (str) – S3 key that will point to the file
  • bucket_name (str) – Name of the bucket in which to store the file
  • replace (bool) – A flag to decide whether or not to overwrite the key if it already exists
  • encrypt (bool) – If True, the file will be encrypted on the server-side by S3 and will be stored in an encrypted form while at rest in S3.
load_file(filename, key, bucket_name=None, replace=False, encrypt=False)[source]

Loads a local file to S3

Parameters:
  • filename (str) – name of the file to load.
  • key (str) – S3 key that will point to the file
  • bucket_name (str) – Name of the bucket in which to store the file
  • replace (bool) – A flag to decide whether or not to overwrite the key if it already exists. If replace is False and the key exists, an error will be raised.
  • encrypt (bool) – If True, the file will be encrypted on the server-side by S3 and will be stored in an encrypted form while at rest in S3.
load_file_obj(file_obj, key, bucket_name=None, replace=False, encrypt=False)[source]

Loads a file object to S3

Parameters:
  • file_obj (file-like object) – The file-like object to set as the content for the S3 key.
  • key (str) – S3 key that will point to the file
  • bucket_name (str) – Name of the bucket in which to store the file
  • replace (bool) – A flag that indicates whether to overwrite the key if it already exists.
  • encrypt (bool) – If True, S3 encrypts the file on the server, and the file is stored in encrypted form at rest in S3.
load_string(string_data, key, bucket_name=None, replace=False, encrypt=False, encoding='utf-8')[source]

Loads a string to S3

This is provided as a convenience to drop a string in S3. It uses the boto infrastructure to ship a file to s3.

Parameters:
  • string_data (str) – str to set as content for the key.
  • key (str) – S3 key that will point to the file
  • bucket_name (str) – Name of the bucket in which to store the file
  • replace (bool) – A flag to decide whether or not to overwrite the key if it already exists
  • encrypt (bool) – If True, the file will be encrypted on the server-side by S3 and will be stored in an encrypted form while at rest in S3.
read_key(key, bucket_name=None)[source]

Reads a key from S3

Parameters:
  • key (str) – S3 key that will point to the file
  • bucket_name (str) – Name of the bucket in which the file is stored
select_key(key, bucket_name=None, expression='SELECT * FROM S3Object', expression_type='SQL', input_serialization=None, output_serialization=None)[source]

Reads a key with S3 Select.

Parameters:
  • key (str) – S3 key that will point to the file
  • bucket_name (str) – Name of the bucket in which the file is stored
  • expression (str) – S3 Select expression
  • expression_type (str) – S3 Select expression type
  • input_serialization (dict) – S3 Select input data serialization format
  • output_serialization (dict) – S3 Select output data serialization format
Returns:

retrieved subset of original data by S3 Select

Return type:

str

class airflow.hooks.slack_hook.SlackHook(token=None, slack_conn_id=None)[source]

Bases: airflow.hooks.base_hook.BaseHook

Interact with Slack, using slackclient library.

class airflow.hooks.sqlite_hook.SqliteHook(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.hooks.dbapi_hook.DbApiHook

Interact with SQLite.

get_conn()[source]

Returns a sqlite connection object

Community contributed hooks
class airflow.contrib.hooks.aws_athena_hook.AWSAthenaHook(aws_conn_id='aws_default', sleep_time=30, *args, **kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.contrib.hooks.aws_hook.AwsHook

Interact with AWS Athena to run, poll queries and return query results

Parameters:
  • aws_conn_id (str) – aws connection to use.
  • sleep_time (int) – Time to wait between two consecutive call to check query status on athena
check_query_status(query_execution_id)[source]

Fetch the status of submitted athena query. Returns None or one of valid query states.

Parameters:query_execution_id (str) – Id of submitted athena query
Returns:str
get_conn()[source]

check if aws conn exists already or create one and return it

Returns:boto3 session
get_query_results(query_execution_id)[source]

Fetch submitted athena query results. returns none if query is in intermediate state or failed/cancelled state else dict of query output

Parameters:query_execution_id (str) – Id of submitted athena query
Returns:dict
poll_query_status(query_execution_id, max_tries=None)[source]

Poll the status of submitted athena query until query state reaches final state. Returns one of the final states

Parameters:
  • query_execution_id (str) – Id of submitted athena query
  • max_tries (int) – Number of times to poll for query state before function exits
Returns:

str

run_query(query, query_context, result_configuration, client_request_token=None)[source]

Run Presto query on athena with provided config and return submitted query_execution_id

Parameters:
  • query (str) – Presto query to run
  • query_context (dict) – Context in which query need to be run
  • result_configuration (dict) – Dict with path to store results in and config related to encryption
  • client_request_token (str) – Unique token created by user to avoid multiple executions of same query
Returns:

str

stop_query(query_execution_id)[source]

Cancel the submitted athena query

Parameters:query_execution_id (str) – Id of submitted athena query
Returns:dict
class airflow.contrib.hooks.aws_dynamodb_hook.AwsDynamoDBHook(table_keys=None, table_name=None, region_name=None, *args, **kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.contrib.hooks.aws_hook.AwsHook

Interact with AWS DynamoDB.

Parameters:
  • table_keys (list) – partition key and sort key
  • table_name (str) – target DynamoDB table
  • region_name (str) – aws region name (example: us-east-1)
write_batch_data(items)[source]

Write batch items to dynamodb table with provisioned throughout capacity.

class airflow.contrib.hooks.aws_firehose_hook.AwsFirehoseHook(delivery_stream, region_name=None, *args, **kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.contrib.hooks.aws_hook.AwsHook

Interact with AWS Kinesis Firehose. :param delivery_stream: Name of the delivery stream :type delivery_stream: str :param region_name: AWS region name (example: us-east-1) :type region_name: str

get_conn()[source]

Returns AwsHook connection object.

put_records(records)[source]

Write batch records to Kinesis Firehose

class airflow.contrib.hooks.aws_glue_catalog_hook.AwsGlueCatalogHook(aws_conn_id='aws_default', region_name=None, *args, **kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.contrib.hooks.aws_hook.AwsHook

Interact with AWS Glue Catalog

Parameters:
  • aws_conn_id (str) – ID of the Airflow connection where credentials and extra configuration are stored
  • region_name (str) – aws region name (example: us-east-1)
check_for_partition(database_name, table_name, expression)[source]

Checks whether a partition exists

Parameters:
  • database_name (str) – Name of hive database (schema) @table belongs to
  • table_name (str) – Name of hive table @partition belongs to
Expression:

Expression that matches the partitions to check for (eg a = ‘b’ AND c = ‘d’)

Return type:

bool

>>> hook = AwsGlueCatalogHook()
>>> t = 'static_babynames_partitioned'
>>> hook.check_for_partition('airflow', t, "ds='2015-01-01'")
True
get_conn()[source]

Returns glue connection object.

get_partitions(database_name, table_name, expression='', page_size=None, max_items=None)[source]

Retrieves the partition values for a table.

Parameters:
Returns:

set of partition values where each value is a tuple since a partition may be composed of multiple columns. For example:

{(‘2018-01-01’,‘1’), (‘2018-01-01’,‘2’)}

class airflow.contrib.hooks.aws_hook.AwsHook(aws_conn_id='aws_default', verify=None)[source]

Bases: airflow.hooks.base_hook.BaseHook

Interact with AWS. This class is a thin wrapper around the boto3 python library.

expand_role(role)[source]

If the IAM role is a role name, get the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the role. If IAM role is already an IAM role ARN, no change is made.

Parameters:role – IAM role name or ARN
Returns:IAM role ARN
get_credentials(region_name=None)[source]

Get the underlying botocore.Credentials object.

This contains the following authentication attributes: access_key, secret_key and token.

get_session(region_name=None)[source]

Get the underlying boto3.session.

class airflow.contrib.hooks.aws_lambda_hook.AwsLambdaHook(function_name, region_name=None, log_type='None', qualifier='$LATEST', invocation_type='RequestResponse', *args, **kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.contrib.hooks.aws_hook.AwsHook

Interact with AWS Lambda

Parameters:
  • function_name (str) – AWS Lambda Function Name
  • region_name (str) – AWS Region Name (example: us-west-2)
  • log_type (str) – Tail Invocation Request
  • qualifier (str) – AWS Lambda Function Version or Alias Name
  • invocation_type (str) – AWS Lambda Invocation Type (RequestResponse, Event etc)
invoke_lambda(payload)[source]

Invoke Lambda Function

class airflow.contrib.hooks.aws_sns_hook.AwsSnsHook(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.contrib.hooks.aws_hook.AwsHook

Interact with Amazon Simple Notification Service.

get_conn()[source]

Get an SNS connection

publish_to_target(target_arn, message)[source]

Publish a message to a topic or an endpoint.

Parameters:
  • target_arn (str) – either a TopicArn or an EndpointArn
  • message – the default message you want to send
  • message – str
class airflow.contrib.hooks.bigquery_hook.BigQueryHook(bigquery_conn_id='bigquery_default', delegate_to=None, use_legacy_sql=True, location=None)[source]

Bases: airflow.contrib.hooks.gcp_api_base_hook.GoogleCloudBaseHook, airflow.hooks.dbapi_hook.DbApiHook, airflow.utils.log.logging_mixin.LoggingMixin

Interact with BigQuery. This hook uses the Google Cloud Platform connection.

get_conn()[source]

Returns a BigQuery PEP 249 connection object.

get_pandas_df(sql, parameters=None, dialect=None)[source]

Returns a Pandas DataFrame for the results produced by a BigQuery query. The DbApiHook method must be overridden because Pandas doesn’t support PEP 249 connections, except for SQLite. See:

https://github.com/pydata/pandas/blob/master/pandas/io/sql.py#L447 https://github.com/pydata/pandas/issues/6900

Parameters:
  • sql (str) – The BigQuery SQL to execute.
  • parameters (mapping or iterable) – The parameters to render the SQL query with (not used, leave to override superclass method)
  • dialect (str in {'legacy', 'standard'}) – Dialect of BigQuery SQL – legacy SQL or standard SQL defaults to use self.use_legacy_sql if not specified
get_service()[source]

Returns a BigQuery service object.

insert_rows(table, rows, target_fields=None, commit_every=1000)[source]

Insertion is currently unsupported. Theoretically, you could use BigQuery’s streaming API to insert rows into a table, but this hasn’t been implemented.

table_exists(project_id, dataset_id, table_id)[source]

Checks for the existence of a table in Google BigQuery.

Parameters:
  • project_id (str) – The Google cloud project in which to look for the table. The connection supplied to the hook must provide access to the specified project.
  • dataset_id (str) – The name of the dataset in which to look for the table.
  • table_id (str) – The name of the table to check the existence of.
class airflow.contrib.hooks.cassandra_hook.CassandraHook(cassandra_conn_id='cassandra_default')[source]

Bases: airflow.hooks.base_hook.BaseHook, airflow.utils.log.logging_mixin.LoggingMixin

Hook used to interact with Cassandra

Contact points can be specified as a comma-separated string in the ‘hosts’ field of the connection.

Port can be specified in the port field of the connection.

If SSL is enabled in Cassandra, pass in a dict in the extra field as kwargs for ssl.wrap_socket(). For example:

{
‘ssl_options’ : {
‘ca_certs’ : PATH_TO_CA_CERTS

}

}

Default load balancing policy is RoundRobinPolicy. To specify a different LB policy:
  • DCAwareRoundRobinPolicy
    {

    ‘load_balancing_policy’: ‘DCAwareRoundRobinPolicy’, ‘load_balancing_policy_args’: {

    ‘local_dc’: LOCAL_DC_NAME, // optional ‘used_hosts_per_remote_dc’: SOME_INT_VALUE, // optional

    }

    }

  • WhiteListRoundRobinPolicy
    {

    ‘load_balancing_policy’: ‘WhiteListRoundRobinPolicy’, ‘load_balancing_policy_args’: {

    ‘hosts’: [‘HOST1’, ‘HOST2’, ‘HOST3’]

    }

    }

  • TokenAwarePolicy
    {

    ‘load_balancing_policy’: ‘TokenAwarePolicy’, ‘load_balancing_policy_args’: {

    ‘child_load_balancing_policy’: CHILD_POLICY_NAME, // optional ‘child_load_balancing_policy_args’: { … } // optional

    }

    }

For details of the Cluster config, see cassandra.cluster.

get_conn()[source]

Returns a cassandra Session object

record_exists(table, keys)[source]

Checks if a record exists in Cassandra

Parameters:
  • table (str) – Target Cassandra table. Use dot notation to target a specific keyspace.
  • keys (dict) – The keys and their values to check the existence.
shutdown_cluster()[source]

Closes all sessions and connections associated with this Cluster.

table_exists(table)[source]

Checks if a table exists in Cassandra

Parameters:table (str) – Target Cassandra table. Use dot notation to target a specific keyspace.
class airflow.contrib.hooks.cloudant_hook.CloudantHook(cloudant_conn_id='cloudant_default')[source]

Bases: airflow.hooks.base_hook.BaseHook

Interact with Cloudant.

This class is a thin wrapper around the cloudant python library. See the documentation here.

db()[source]

Returns the Database object for this hook.

See the documentation for cloudant-python here https://github.com/cloudant-labs/cloudant-python.

class airflow.contrib.hooks.databricks_hook.DatabricksHook(databricks_conn_id='databricks_default', timeout_seconds=180, retry_limit=3, retry_delay=1.0)[source]

Bases: airflow.hooks.base_hook.BaseHook, airflow.utils.log.logging_mixin.LoggingMixin

Interact with Databricks.

run_now(json)[source]

Utility function to call the api/2.0/jobs/run-now endpoint.

Parameters:json (dict) – The data used in the body of the request to the run-now endpoint.
Returns:the run_id as a string
Return type:str
submit_run(json)[source]

Utility function to call the api/2.0/jobs/runs/submit endpoint.

Parameters:json (dict) – The data used in the body of the request to the submit endpoint.
Returns:the run_id as a string
Return type:str
class airflow.contrib.hooks.datastore_hook.DatastoreHook(datastore_conn_id='google_cloud_datastore_default', delegate_to=None)[source]

Bases: airflow.contrib.hooks.gcp_api_base_hook.GoogleCloudBaseHook

Interact with Google Cloud Datastore. This hook uses the Google Cloud Platform connection.

This object is not threads safe. If you want to make multiple requests simultaneously, you will need to create a hook per thread.

allocate_ids(partialKeys)[source]

Allocate IDs for incomplete keys. see https://cloud.google.com/datastore/docs/reference/rest/v1/projects/allocateIds

Parameters:partialKeys – a list of partial keys
Returns:a list of full keys.
begin_transaction()[source]

Get a new transaction handle

Returns:a transaction handle
commit(body)[source]

Commit a transaction, optionally creating, deleting or modifying some entities.

Parameters:body – the body of the commit request
Returns:the response body of the commit request
delete_operation(name)[source]

Deletes the long-running operation

Parameters:name – the name of the operation resource
export_to_storage_bucket(bucket, namespace=None, entity_filter=None, labels=None)[source]

Export entities from Cloud Datastore to Cloud Storage for backup

get_conn(version='v1')[source]

Returns a Google Cloud Datastore service object.

get_operation(name)[source]

Gets the latest state of a long-running operation

Parameters:name – the name of the operation resource
import_from_storage_bucket(bucket, file, namespace=None, entity_filter=None, labels=None)[source]

Import a backup from Cloud Storage to Cloud Datastore

lookup(keys, read_consistency=None, transaction=None)[source]

Lookup some entities by key

Parameters:
  • keys – the keys to lookup
  • read_consistency – the read consistency to use. default, strong or eventual. Cannot be used with a transaction.
  • transaction – the transaction to use, if any.
Returns:

the response body of the lookup request.

poll_operation_until_done(name, polling_interval_in_seconds)[source]

Poll backup operation state until it’s completed

rollback(transaction)[source]

Roll back a transaction

Parameters:transaction – the transaction to roll back
run_query(body)[source]

Run a query for entities.

Parameters:body – the body of the query request
Returns:the batch of query results.
class airflow.contrib.hooks.discord_webhook_hook.DiscordWebhookHook(http_conn_id=None, webhook_endpoint=None, message='', username=None, avatar_url=None, tts=False, proxy=None, *args, **kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.hooks.http_hook.HttpHook

This hook allows you to post messages to Discord using incoming webhooks. Takes a Discord connection ID with a default relative webhook endpoint. The default endpoint can be overridden using the webhook_endpoint parameter (https://discordapp.com/developers/docs/resources/webhook).

Each Discord webhook can be pre-configured to use a specific username and avatar_url. You can override these defaults in this hook.

Parameters:
  • http_conn_id (str) – Http connection ID with host as “https://discord.com/api/” and default webhook endpoint in the extra field in the form of {“webhook_endpoint”: “webhooks/{webhook.id}/{webhook.token}”}
  • webhook_endpoint (str) – Discord webhook endpoint in the form of “webhooks/{webhook.id}/{webhook.token}”
  • message (str) – The message you want to send to your Discord channel (max 2000 characters)
  • username (str) – Override the default username of the webhook
  • avatar_url (str) – Override the default avatar of the webhook
  • tts (bool) – Is a text-to-speech message
  • proxy (str) – Proxy to use to make the Discord webhook call
execute()[source]

Execute the Discord webhook call

class airflow.contrib.hooks.emr_hook.EmrHook(emr_conn_id=None, region_name=None, *args, **kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.contrib.hooks.aws_hook.AwsHook

Interact with AWS EMR. emr_conn_id is only necessary for using the create_job_flow method.

create_job_flow(job_flow_overrides)[source]

Creates a job flow using the config from the EMR connection. Keys of the json extra hash may have the arguments of the boto3 run_job_flow method. Overrides for this config may be passed as the job_flow_overrides.

class airflow.contrib.hooks.fs_hook.FSHook(conn_id='fs_default')[source]

Bases: airflow.hooks.base_hook.BaseHook

Allows for interaction with an file server.

Connection should have a name and a path specified under extra:

example: Conn Id: fs_test Conn Type: File (path) Host, Shchema, Login, Password, Port: empty Extra: {“path”: “/tmp”}

class airflow.contrib.hooks.ftp_hook.FTPHook(ftp_conn_id='ftp_default')[source]

Bases: airflow.hooks.base_hook.BaseHook, airflow.utils.log.logging_mixin.LoggingMixin

Interact with FTP.

Errors that may occur throughout but should be handled downstream.

close_conn()[source]

Closes the connection. An error will occur if the connection wasn’t ever opened.

create_directory(path)[source]

Creates a directory on the remote system.

Parameters:path (str) – full path to the remote directory to create
delete_directory(path)[source]

Deletes a directory on the remote system.

Parameters:path (str) – full path to the remote directory to delete
delete_file(path)[source]

Removes a file on the FTP Server.

Parameters:path (str) – full path to the remote file
describe_directory(path)[source]

Returns a dictionary of {filename: {attributes}} for all files on the remote system (where the MLSD command is supported).

Parameters:path (str) – full path to the remote directory
get_conn()[source]

Returns a FTP connection object

get_mod_time(path)[source]

Returns a datetime object representing the last time the file was modified

Parameters:path (string) – remote file path
get_size(path)[source]

Returns the size of a file (in bytes)

Parameters:path (string) – remote file path
list_directory(path, nlst=False)[source]

Returns a list of files on the remote system.

Parameters:path (str) – full path to the remote directory to list
rename(from_name, to_name)[source]

Rename a file.

Parameters:
  • from_name – rename file from name
  • to_name – rename file to name
retrieve_file(remote_full_path, local_full_path_or_buffer, callback=None)[source]

Transfers the remote file to a local location.

If local_full_path_or_buffer is a string path, the file will be put at that location; if it is a file-like buffer, the file will be written to the buffer but not closed.

Parameters:
  • remote_full_path (str) – full path to the remote file
  • local_full_path_or_buffer (str or file-like buffer) – full path to the local file or a file-like buffer
  • callback (callable) – callback which is called each time a block of data is read. if you do not use a callback, these blocks will be written to the file or buffer passed in. if you do pass in a callback, note that writing to a file or buffer will need to be handled inside the callback. [default: output_handle.write()]
Example::

hook = FTPHook(ftp_conn_id=’my_conn’)

remote_path = ‘/path/to/remote/file’ local_path = ‘/path/to/local/file’

# with a custom callback (in this case displaying progress on each read) def print_progress(percent_progress):

self.log.info(‘Percent Downloaded: %s%%’ % percent_progress)

total_downloaded = 0 total_file_size = hook.get_size(remote_path) output_handle = open(local_path, ‘wb’) def write_to_file_with_progress(data):

total_downloaded += len(data) output_handle.write(data) percent_progress = (total_downloaded / total_file_size) * 100 print_progress(percent_progress)

hook.retrieve_file(remote_path, None, callback=write_to_file_with_progress)

# without a custom callback data is written to the local_path hook.retrieve_file(remote_path, local_path)

store_file(remote_full_path, local_full_path_or_buffer)[source]

Transfers a local file to the remote location.

If local_full_path_or_buffer is a string path, the file will be read from that location; if it is a file-like buffer, the file will be read from the buffer but not closed.

Parameters:
  • remote_full_path (str) – full path to the remote file
  • local_full_path_or_buffer (str or file-like buffer) – full path to the local file or a file-like buffer
class airflow.contrib.hooks.ftp_hook.FTPSHook(ftp_conn_id='ftp_default')[source]

Bases: airflow.contrib.hooks.ftp_hook.FTPHook

get_conn()[source]

Returns a FTPS connection object.

class airflow.contrib.hooks.gcp_api_base_hook.GoogleCloudBaseHook(gcp_conn_id='google_cloud_default', delegate_to=None)[source]

Bases: airflow.hooks.base_hook.BaseHook, airflow.utils.log.logging_mixin.LoggingMixin

A base hook for Google cloud-related hooks. Google cloud has a shared REST API client that is built in the same way no matter which service you use. This class helps construct and authorize the credentials needed to then call googleapiclient.discovery.build() to actually discover and build a client for a Google cloud service.

The class also contains some miscellaneous helper functions.

All hook derived from this base hook use the ‘Google Cloud Platform’ connection type. Three ways of authentication are supported:

Default credentials: Only the ‘Project Id’ is required. You’ll need to have set up default credentials, such as by the GOOGLE_APPLICATION_DEFAULT environment variable or from the metadata server on Google Compute Engine.

JSON key file: Specify ‘Project Id’, ‘Keyfile Path’ and ‘Scope’.

Legacy P12 key files are not supported.

JSON data provided in the UI: Specify ‘Keyfile JSON’.

static fallback_to_default_project_id(func)[source]

Decorator that provides fallback for Google Cloud Platform project id. If the project is None it will be replaced with the project_id from the service account the Hook is authenticated with. Project id can be specified either via project_id kwarg or via first parameter in positional args.

Parameters:func – function to wrap
Returns:result of the function call
class airflow.contrib.hooks.gcp_dataflow_hook.DataFlowHook(gcp_conn_id='google_cloud_default', delegate_to=None, poll_sleep=10)[source]

Bases: airflow.contrib.hooks.gcp_api_base_hook.GoogleCloudBaseHook

get_conn()[source]

Returns a Google Cloud Dataflow service object.

class airflow.contrib.hooks.gcp_dataproc_hook.DataProcHook(gcp_conn_id='google_cloud_default', delegate_to=None, api_version='v1beta2')[source]

Bases: airflow.contrib.hooks.gcp_api_base_hook.GoogleCloudBaseHook

Hook for Google Cloud Dataproc APIs.

await(operation)

Awaits for Google Cloud Dataproc Operation to complete.

get_conn()[source]

Returns a Google Cloud Dataproc service object.

wait(operation)[source]

Awaits for Google Cloud Dataproc Operation to complete.

class airflow.contrib.hooks.gcp_mlengine_hook.MLEngineHook(gcp_conn_id='google_cloud_default', delegate_to=None)[source]

Bases: airflow.contrib.hooks.gcp_api_base_hook.GoogleCloudBaseHook

create_job(project_id, job, use_existing_job_fn=None)[source]

Launches a MLEngine job and wait for it to reach a terminal state.

Parameters:
  • project_id (str) – The Google Cloud project id within which MLEngine job will be launched.
  • job (dict) –

    MLEngine Job object that should be provided to the MLEngine API, such as:

    {
      'jobId': 'my_job_id',
      'trainingInput': {
        'scaleTier': 'STANDARD_1',
        ...
      }
    }
    
  • use_existing_job_fn (function) – In case that a MLEngine job with the same job_id already exist, this method (if provided) will decide whether we should use this existing job, continue waiting for it to finish and returning the job object. It should accepts a MLEngine job object, and returns a boolean value indicating whether it is OK to reuse the existing job. If ‘use_existing_job_fn’ is not provided, we by default reuse the existing MLEngine job.
Returns:

The MLEngine job object if the job successfully reach a terminal state (which might be FAILED or CANCELLED state).

Return type:

dict

create_model(project_id, model)[source]

Create a Model. Blocks until finished.

create_version(project_id, model_name, version_spec)[source]

Creates the Version on Google Cloud ML Engine.

Returns the operation if the version was created successfully and raises an error otherwise.

delete_version(project_id, model_name, version_name)[source]

Deletes the given version of a model. Blocks until finished.

get_conn()[source]

Returns a Google MLEngine service object.

get_model(project_id, model_name)[source]

Gets a Model. Blocks until finished.

list_versions(project_id, model_name)[source]

Lists all available versions of a model. Blocks until finished.

set_default_version(project_id, model_name, version_name)[source]

Sets a version to be the default. Blocks until finished.

class airflow.contrib.hooks.gcp_pubsub_hook.PubSubHook(gcp_conn_id='google_cloud_default', delegate_to=None)[source]

Bases: airflow.contrib.hooks.gcp_api_base_hook.GoogleCloudBaseHook

Hook for accessing Google Pub/Sub.

The GCP project against which actions are applied is determined by the project embedded in the Connection referenced by gcp_conn_id.

acknowledge(project, subscription, ack_ids)[source]

Pulls up to max_messages messages from Pub/Sub subscription.

Parameters:
  • project (str) – the GCP project name or ID in which to create the topic
  • subscription (str) – the Pub/Sub subscription name to delete; do not include the ‘projects/{project}/topics/’ prefix.
  • ack_ids (list) – List of ReceivedMessage ackIds from a previous pull response
create_subscription(topic_project, topic, subscription=None, subscription_project=None, ack_deadline_secs=10, fail_if_exists=False)[source]

Creates a Pub/Sub subscription, if it does not already exist.

Parameters:
  • topic_project (str) – the GCP project ID of the topic that the subscription will be bound to.
  • topic (str) – the Pub/Sub topic name that the subscription will be bound to create; do not include the projects/{project}/subscriptions/ prefix.
  • subscription (str) – the Pub/Sub subscription name. If empty, a random name will be generated using the uuid module
  • subscription_project (str) – the GCP project ID where the subscription will be created. If unspecified, topic_project will be used.
  • ack_deadline_secs (int) – Number of seconds that a subscriber has to acknowledge each message pulled from the subscription
  • fail_if_exists (bool) – if set, raise an exception if the topic already exists
Returns:

subscription name which will be the system-generated value if the subscription parameter is not supplied

Return type:

str

create_topic(project, topic, fail_if_exists=False)[source]

Creates a Pub/Sub topic, if it does not already exist.

Parameters:
  • project (str) – the GCP project ID in which to create the topic
  • topic (str) – the Pub/Sub topic name to create; do not include the projects/{project}/topics/ prefix.
  • fail_if_exists (bool) – if set, raise an exception if the topic already exists
delete_subscription(project, subscription, fail_if_not_exists=False)[source]

Deletes a Pub/Sub subscription, if it exists.

Parameters:
  • project (str) – the GCP project ID where the subscription exists
  • subscription (str) – the Pub/Sub subscription name to delete; do not include the projects/{project}/subscriptions/ prefix.
  • fail_if_not_exists (bool) – if set, raise an exception if the topic does not exist
delete_topic(project, topic, fail_if_not_exists=False)[source]

Deletes a Pub/Sub topic if it exists.

Parameters:
  • project (str) – the GCP project ID in which to delete the topic
  • topic (str) – the Pub/Sub topic name to delete; do not include the projects/{project}/topics/ prefix.
  • fail_if_not_exists (bool) – if set, raise an exception if the topic does not exist
get_conn()[source]

Returns a Pub/Sub service object.

Return type:googleapiclient.discovery.Resource
publish(project, topic, messages)[source]

Publishes messages to a Pub/Sub topic.

Parameters:
  • project (str) – the GCP project ID in which to publish
  • topic (str) – the Pub/Sub topic to which to publish; do not include the projects/{project}/topics/ prefix.
  • messages (list of PubSub messages; see http://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/reference/rest/v1/PubsubMessage) – messages to publish; if the data field in a message is set, it should already be base64 encoded.
pull(project, subscription, max_messages, return_immediately=False)[source]

Pulls up to max_messages messages from Pub/Sub subscription.

Parameters:
  • project (str) – the GCP project ID where the subscription exists
  • subscription (str) – the Pub/Sub subscription name to pull from; do not include the ‘projects/{project}/topics/’ prefix.
  • max_messages (int) – The maximum number of messages to return from the Pub/Sub API.
  • return_immediately (bool) – If set, the Pub/Sub API will immediately return if no messages are available. Otherwise, the request will block for an undisclosed, but bounded period of time
:return A list of Pub/Sub ReceivedMessage objects each containing
an ackId property and a message property, which includes the base64-encoded message content. See https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/reference/rest/v1/ projects.subscriptions/pull#ReceivedMessage
class airflow.contrib.hooks.gcs_hook.GoogleCloudStorageHook(google_cloud_storage_conn_id='google_cloud_default', delegate_to=None)[source]

Bases: airflow.contrib.hooks.gcp_api_base_hook.GoogleCloudBaseHook

Interact with Google Cloud Storage. This hook uses the Google Cloud Platform connection.

copy(source_bucket, source_object, destination_bucket=None, destination_object=None)[source]

Copies an object from a bucket to another, with renaming if requested.

destination_bucket or destination_object can be omitted, in which case source bucket/object is used, but not both.

Parameters:
  • source_bucket (str) – The bucket of the object to copy from.
  • source_object (str) – The object to copy.
  • destination_bucket (str) – The destination of the object to copied to. Can be omitted; then the same bucket is used.
  • destination_object (str) – The (renamed) path of the object if given. Can be omitted; then the same name is used.
create_bucket(bucket_name, storage_class='MULTI_REGIONAL', location='US', project_id=None, labels=None)[source]

Creates a new bucket. Google Cloud Storage uses a flat namespace, so you can’t create a bucket with a name that is already in use.

See also

For more information, see Bucket Naming Guidelines: https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucketnaming.html#requirements

Parameters:
  • bucket_name (str) – The name of the bucket.
  • storage_class (str) –

    This defines how objects in the bucket are stored and determines the SLA and the cost of storage. Values include

    • MULTI_REGIONAL
    • REGIONAL
    • STANDARD
    • NEARLINE
    • COLDLINE.

    If this value is not specified when the bucket is created, it will default to STANDARD.

  • location (str) –

    The location of the bucket. Object data for objects in the bucket resides in physical storage within this region. Defaults to US.

  • project_id (str) – The ID of the GCP Project.
  • labels (dict) – User-provided labels, in key/value pairs.
Returns:

If successful, it returns the id of the bucket.

delete(bucket, object, generation=None)[source]

Delete an object if versioning is not enabled for the bucket, or if generation parameter is used.

Parameters:
  • bucket (str) – name of the bucket, where the object resides
  • object (str) – name of the object to delete
  • generation (str) – if present, permanently delete the object of this generation
Returns:

True if succeeded

download(bucket, object, filename=None)[source]

Get a file from Google Cloud Storage.

Parameters:
  • bucket (str) – The bucket to fetch from.
  • object (str) – The object to fetch.
  • filename (str) – If set, a local file path where the file should be written to.
exists(bucket, object)[source]

Checks for the existence of a file in Google Cloud Storage.

Parameters:
  • bucket (str) – The Google cloud storage bucket where the object is.
  • object (str) – The name of the object to check in the Google cloud storage bucket.
get_conn()[source]

Returns a Google Cloud Storage service object.

get_crc32c(bucket, object)[source]

Gets the CRC32c checksum of an object in Google Cloud Storage.

Parameters:
  • bucket (str) – The Google cloud storage bucket where the object is.
  • object (str) – The name of the object to check in the Google cloud storage bucket.
get_md5hash(bucket, object)[source]

Gets the MD5 hash of an object in Google Cloud Storage.

Parameters:
  • bucket (str) – The Google cloud storage bucket where the object is.
  • object (str) – The name of the object to check in the Google cloud storage bucket.
get_size(bucket, object)[source]

Gets the size of a file in Google Cloud Storage.

Parameters:
  • bucket (str) – The Google cloud storage bucket where the object is.
  • object (str) – The name of the object to check in the Google cloud storage bucket.
insert_bucket_acl(bucket, entity, role, user_project)[source]

Creates a new ACL entry on the specified bucket. See: https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/json_api/v1/bucketAccessControls/insert

Parameters:
  • bucket (str) – Name of a bucket.
  • entity (str) – The entity holding the permission, in one of the following forms: user-userId, user-email, group-groupId, group-email, domain-domain, project-team-projectId, allUsers, allAuthenticatedUsers. See: https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/access-control/lists#scopes
  • role (str) – The access permission for the entity. Acceptable values are: “OWNER”, “READER”, “WRITER”.
  • user_project (str) – (Optional) The project to be billed for this request. Required for Requester Pays buckets.
insert_object_acl(bucket, object_name, entity, role, generation, user_project)[source]

Creates a new ACL entry on the specified object. See: https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/json_api/v1/objectAccessControls/insert

Parameters:
  • bucket (str) – Name of a bucket.
  • object_name (str) – Name of the object. For information about how to URL encode object names to be path safe, see: https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/json_api/#encoding
  • entity (str) – The entity holding the permission, in one of the following forms: user-userId, user-email, group-groupId, group-email, domain-domain, project-team-projectId, allUsers, allAuthenticatedUsers See: https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/access-control/lists#scopes
  • role (str) – The access permission for the entity. Acceptable values are: “OWNER”, “READER”.
  • generation (str) – (Optional) If present, selects a specific revision of this object (as opposed to the latest version, the default).
  • user_project (str) – (Optional) The project to be billed for this request. Required for Requester Pays buckets.
is_updated_after(bucket, object, ts)[source]

Checks if an object is updated in Google Cloud Storage.

Parameters:
  • bucket (str) – The Google cloud storage bucket where the object is.
  • object (str) – The name of the object to check in the Google cloud storage bucket.
  • ts (datetime) – The timestamp to check against.
list(bucket, versions=None, maxResults=None, prefix=None, delimiter=None)[source]

List all objects from the bucket with the give string prefix in name

Parameters:
  • bucket (str) – bucket name
  • versions (bool) – if true, list all versions of the objects
  • maxResults (int) – max count of items to return in a single page of responses
  • prefix (str) – prefix string which filters objects whose name begin with this prefix
  • delimiter (str) – filters objects based on the delimiter (for e.g ‘.csv’)
Returns:

a stream of object names matching the filtering criteria

rewrite(source_bucket, source_object, destination_bucket, destination_object=None)[source]

Has the same functionality as copy, except that will work on files over 5 TB, as well as when copying between locations and/or storage classes.

destination_object can be omitted, in which case source_object is used.

Parameters:
  • source_bucket (str) – The bucket of the object to copy from.
  • source_object (str) – The object to copy.
  • destination_bucket (str) – The destination of the object to copied to.
  • destination_object (str) – The (renamed) path of the object if given. Can be omitted; then the same name is used.
upload(bucket, object, filename, mime_type='application/octet-stream', gzip=False, multipart=False, num_retries=0)[source]

Uploads a local file to Google Cloud Storage.

Parameters:
  • bucket (str) – The bucket to upload to.
  • object (str) – The object name to set when uploading the local file.
  • filename (str) – The local file path to the file to be uploaded.
  • mime_type (str) – The MIME type to set when uploading the file.
  • gzip (bool) – Option to compress file for upload
  • multipart (bool or int) – If True, the upload will be split into multiple HTTP requests. The default size is 256MiB per request. Pass a number instead of True to specify the request size, which must be a multiple of 262144 (256KiB).
  • num_retries (int) – The number of times to attempt to re-upload the file (or individual chunks, in the case of multipart uploads). Retries are attempted with exponential backoff.
class airflow.contrib.hooks.gcp_transfer_hook.GCPTransferServiceHook(api_version='v1', gcp_conn_id='google_cloud_default', delegate_to=None)[source]

Bases: airflow.contrib.hooks.gcp_api_base_hook.GoogleCloudBaseHook

Hook for GCP Storage Transfer Service.

get_conn()[source]

Retrieves connection to Google Storage Transfer service.

Returns:Google Storage Transfer service object
Return type:dict
class airflow.contrib.hooks.imap_hook.ImapHook(imap_conn_id='imap_default')[source]

Bases: airflow.hooks.base_hook.BaseHook

This hook connects to a mail server by using the imap protocol.

Parameters:imap_conn_id (str) – The connection id that contains the information used to authenticate the client. The default value is ‘imap_default’.
download_mail_attachments(name, local_output_directory, mail_folder='INBOX', check_regex=False, latest_only=False)[source]

Downloads mail’s attachments in the mail folder by its name to the local directory.

Parameters:
  • name (str) – The name of the attachment that will be downloaded.
  • local_output_directory (str) – The output directory on the local machine where the files will be downloaded to.
  • mail_folder (str) – The mail folder where to look at. The default value is ‘INBOX’.
  • check_regex (bool) – Checks the name for a regular expression. The default value is False.
  • latest_only (bool) – If set to True it will only download the first matched attachment. The default value is False.
has_mail_attachment(name, mail_folder='INBOX', check_regex=False)[source]

Checks the mail folder for mails containing attachments with the given name.

Parameters:
  • name (str) – The name of the attachment that will be searched for.
  • mail_folder (str) – The mail folder where to look at. The default value is ‘INBOX’.
  • check_regex (bool) – Checks the name for a regular expression. The default value is False.
Returns:

True if there is an attachment with the given name and False if not.

Return type:

bool

retrieve_mail_attachments(name, mail_folder='INBOX', check_regex=False, latest_only=False)[source]

Retrieves mail’s attachments in the mail folder by its name.

Parameters:
  • name (str) – The name of the attachment that will be downloaded.
  • mail_folder (str) – The mail folder where to look at. The default value is ‘INBOX’.
  • check_regex (bool) – Checks the name for a regular expression. The default value is False.
  • latest_only (bool) – If set to True it will only retrieve the first matched attachment. The default value is False.
Returns:

a list of tuple each containing the attachment filename and its payload.

Return type:

a list of tuple

class airflow.contrib.hooks.mongo_hook.MongoHook(conn_id='mongo_default', *args, **kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.hooks.base_hook.BaseHook

PyMongo Wrapper to Interact With Mongo Database Mongo Connection Documentation https://docs.mongodb.com/manual/reference/connection-string/index.html You can specify connection string options in extra field of your connection https://docs.mongodb.com/manual/reference/connection-string/index.html#connection-string-options ex.

{replicaSet: test, ssl: True, connectTimeoutMS: 30000}
aggregate(mongo_collection, aggregate_query, mongo_db=None, **kwargs)[source]

Runs an aggregation pipeline and returns the results https://api.mongodb.com/python/current/api/pymongo/collection.html#pymongo.collection.Collection.aggregate https://api.mongodb.com/python/current/examples/aggregation.html

delete_many(mongo_collection, filter_doc, mongo_db=None, **kwargs)[source]

Deletes one or more documents in a mongo collection. https://api.mongodb.com/python/current/api/pymongo/collection.html#pymongo.collection.Collection.delete_many

Parameters:
  • mongo_collection (str) – The name of the collection to delete from.
  • filter_doc (dict) – A query that matches the documents to delete.
  • mongo_db (str) – The name of the database to use. Can be omitted; then the database from the connection string is used.
delete_one(mongo_collection, filter_doc, mongo_db=None, **kwargs)[source]

Deletes a single document in a mongo collection. https://api.mongodb.com/python/current/api/pymongo/collection.html#pymongo.collection.Collection.delete_one

Parameters:
  • mongo_collection (str) – The name of the collection to delete from.
  • filter_doc (dict) – A query that matches the document to delete.
  • mongo_db (str) – The name of the database to use. Can be omitted; then the database from the connection string is used.
find(mongo_collection, query, find_one=False, mongo_db=None, **kwargs)[source]

Runs a mongo find query and returns the results https://api.mongodb.com/python/current/api/pymongo/collection.html#pymongo.collection.Collection.find

get_collection(mongo_collection, mongo_db=None)[source]

Fetches a mongo collection object for querying.

Uses connection schema as DB unless specified.

get_conn()[source]

Fetches PyMongo Client

insert_many(mongo_collection, docs, mongo_db=None, **kwargs)[source]

Inserts many docs into a mongo collection. https://api.mongodb.com/python/current/api/pymongo/collection.html#pymongo.collection.Collection.insert_many

insert_one(mongo_collection, doc, mongo_db=None, **kwargs)[source]

Inserts a single document into a mongo collection https://api.mongodb.com/python/current/api/pymongo/collection.html#pymongo.collection.Collection.insert_one

replace_many(mongo_collection, docs, filter_docs=None, mongo_db=None, upsert=False, collation=None, **kwargs)[source]

Replaces many documents in a mongo collection.

Uses bulk_write with multiple ReplaceOne operations https://api.mongodb.com/python/current/api/pymongo/collection.html#pymongo.collection.Collection.bulk_write

Note

If no filter_docs``are given, it is assumed that all replacement documents contain the ``_id field which are then used as filters.

Parameters:
  • mongo_collection (str) – The name of the collection to update.
  • docs (list(dict)) – The new documents.
  • filter_docs (list(dict)) – A list of queries that match the documents to replace. Can be omitted; then the _id fields from docs will be used.
  • mongo_db (str) – The name of the database to use. Can be omitted; then the database from the connection string is used.
  • upsert (bool) – If True, perform an insert if no documents match the filters for the replace operation.
  • collation (Collation) – An instance of Collation. This option is only supported on MongoDB 3.4 and above.
replace_one(mongo_collection, doc, filter_doc=None, mongo_db=None, **kwargs)[source]

Replaces a single document in a mongo collection. https://api.mongodb.com/python/current/api/pymongo/collection.html#pymongo.collection.Collection.replace_one

Note

If no filter_doc is given, it is assumed that the replacement document contain the _id field which is then used as filters.

Parameters:
  • mongo_collection (str) – The name of the collection to update.
  • doc (dict) – The new document.
  • filter_doc (dict) – A query that matches the documents to replace. Can be omitted; then the _id field from doc will be used.
  • mongo_db (str) – The name of the database to use. Can be omitted; then the database from the connection string is used.
update_many(mongo_collection, filter_doc, update_doc, mongo_db=None, **kwargs)[source]

Updates one or more documents in a mongo collection. https://api.mongodb.com/python/current/api/pymongo/collection.html#pymongo.collection.Collection.update_many

Parameters:
  • mongo_collection (str) – The name of the collection to update.
  • filter_doc (dict) – A query that matches the documents to update.
  • update_doc (dict) – The modifications to apply.
  • mongo_db (str) – The name of the database to use. Can be omitted; then the database from the connection string is used.
update_one(mongo_collection, filter_doc, update_doc, mongo_db=None, **kwargs)[source]

Updates a single document in a mongo collection. https://api.mongodb.com/python/current/api/pymongo/collection.html#pymongo.collection.Collection.update_one

Parameters:
  • mongo_collection (str) – The name of the collection to update.
  • filter_doc (dict) – A query that matches the documents to update.
  • update_doc (dict) – The modifications to apply.
  • mongo_db (str) – The name of the database to use. Can be omitted; then the database from the connection string is used.
class airflow.contrib.hooks.openfaas_hook.OpenFaasHook(function_name=None, conn_id='open_faas_default', *args, **kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.hooks.base_hook.BaseHook

Interact with Openfaas to query, deploy, invoke and update function

Parameters:
  • function_name – Name of the function, Defaults to None
  • conn_id (str) – openfass connection to use, Defaults to open_faas_default for example host : http://openfaas.faas.com, Conn Type : Http
class airflow.contrib.hooks.pinot_hook.PinotDbApiHook(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.hooks.dbapi_hook.DbApiHook

Connect to pinot db(https://github.com/linkedin/pinot) to issue pql

get_conn()[source]

Establish a connection to pinot broker through pinot dbqpi.

get_first(sql)[source]

Executes the sql and returns the first resulting row.

Parameters:sql (str or list) – the sql statement to be executed (str) or a list of sql statements to execute
get_pandas_df(sql, parameters=None)[source]

Executes the sql and returns a pandas dataframe

Parameters:
  • sql (str or list) – the sql statement to be executed (str) or a list of sql statements to execute
  • parameters (mapping or iterable) – The parameters to render the SQL query with.
get_records(sql)[source]

Executes the sql and returns a set of records.

Parameters:sql (str) – the sql statement to be executed (str) or a list of sql statements to execute
get_uri()[source]

Get the connection uri for pinot broker.

e.g: http://localhost:9000/pql

insert_rows(table, rows, target_fields=None, commit_every=1000)[source]

A generic way to insert a set of tuples into a table, a new transaction is created every commit_every rows

Parameters:
  • table (str) – Name of the target table
  • rows (iterable of tuples) – The rows to insert into the table
  • target_fields (iterable of strings) – The names of the columns to fill in the table
  • commit_every (int) – The maximum number of rows to insert in one transaction. Set to 0 to insert all rows in one transaction.
  • replace (bool) – Whether to replace instead of insert
set_autocommit(conn, autocommit)[source]

Sets the autocommit flag on the connection

class airflow.contrib.hooks.qubole_hook.QuboleHook(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.hooks.base_hook.BaseHook

get_jobs_id(ti)[source]

Get jobs associated with a Qubole commands :param ti: Task Instance of the dag, used to determine the Quboles command id :return: Job informations assoiciated with command

get_log(ti)[source]

Get Logs of a command from Qubole :param ti: Task Instance of the dag, used to determine the Quboles command id :return: command log as text

get_results(ti=None, fp=None, inline=True, delim=None, fetch=True)[source]

Get results (or just s3 locations) of a command from Qubole and save into a file :param ti: Task Instance of the dag, used to determine the Quboles command id :param fp: Optional file pointer, will create one and return if None passed :param inline: True to download actual results, False to get s3 locations only :param delim: Replaces the CTL-A chars with the given delim, defaults to ‘,’ :param fetch: when inline is True, get results directly from s3 (if large) :return: file location containing actual results or s3 locations of results

kill(ti)[source]

Kill (cancel) a Qubole command :param ti: Task Instance of the dag, used to determine the Quboles command id :return: response from Qubole

class airflow.contrib.hooks.redshift_hook.RedshiftHook(aws_conn_id='aws_default', verify=None)[source]

Bases: airflow.contrib.hooks.aws_hook.AwsHook

Interact with AWS Redshift, using the boto3 library

cluster_status(cluster_identifier)[source]

Return status of a cluster

Parameters:cluster_identifier (str) – unique identifier of a cluster
create_cluster_snapshot(snapshot_identifier, cluster_identifier)[source]

Creates a snapshot of a cluster

Parameters:
  • snapshot_identifier (str) – unique identifier for a snapshot of a cluster
  • cluster_identifier (str) – unique identifier of a cluster
delete_cluster(cluster_identifier, skip_final_cluster_snapshot=True, final_cluster_snapshot_identifier='')[source]

Delete a cluster and optionally create a snapshot

Parameters:
  • cluster_identifier (str) – unique identifier of a cluster
  • skip_final_cluster_snapshot (bool) – determines cluster snapshot creation
  • final_cluster_snapshot_identifier (str) – name of final cluster snapshot
describe_cluster_snapshots(cluster_identifier)[source]

Gets a list of snapshots for a cluster

Parameters:cluster_identifier (str) – unique identifier of a cluster
restore_from_cluster_snapshot(cluster_identifier, snapshot_identifier)[source]

Restores a cluster from its snapshot

Parameters:
  • cluster_identifier (str) – unique identifier of a cluster
  • snapshot_identifier (str) – unique identifier for a snapshot of a cluster
class airflow.contrib.hooks.sagemaker_hook.SageMakerHook(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.contrib.hooks.aws_hook.AwsHook

Interact with Amazon SageMaker.

check_s3_url(s3url)[source]

Check if an S3 URL exists

Parameters:s3url (str) – S3 url
Return type:bool
check_status(job_name, key, describe_function, check_interval, max_ingestion_time, non_terminal_states=None)[source]

Check status of a SageMaker job

Parameters:
  • job_name (str) – name of the job to check status
  • key (str) – the key of the response dict that points to the state
  • describe_function (python callable) – the function used to retrieve the status
  • args – the arguments for the function
  • check_interval (int) – the time interval in seconds which the operator will check the status of any SageMaker job
  • max_ingestion_time (int) – the maximum ingestion time in seconds. Any SageMaker jobs that run longer than this will fail. Setting this to None implies no timeout for any SageMaker job.
  • non_terminal_states (set) – the set of nonterminal states
Returns:

response of describe call after job is done

check_training_config(training_config)[source]

Check if a training configuration is valid

Parameters:training_config (dict) – training_config
Returns:None
check_training_status_with_log(job_name, non_terminal_states, failed_states, wait_for_completion, check_interval, max_ingestion_time)[source]

Display the logs for a given training job, optionally tailing them until the job is complete.

Parameters:
  • job_name (str) – name of the training job to check status and display logs for
  • non_terminal_states (set) – the set of non_terminal states
  • failed_states (set) – the set of failed states
  • wait_for_completion (bool) – Whether to keep looking for new log entries until the job completes
  • check_interval (int) – The interval in seconds between polling for new log entries and job completion
  • max_ingestion_time (int) – the maximum ingestion time in seconds. Any SageMaker jobs that run longer than this will fail. Setting this to None implies no timeout for any SageMaker job.
Returns:

None

check_tuning_config(tuning_config)[source]

Check if a tuning configuration is valid

Parameters:tuning_config (dict) – tuning_config
Returns:None
configure_s3_resources(config)[source]

Extract the S3 operations from the configuration and execute them.

Parameters:config (dict) – config of SageMaker operation
Return type:dict
create_endpoint(config, wait_for_completion=True, check_interval=30, max_ingestion_time=None)[source]

Create an endpoint

Parameters:
  • config (dict) – the config for endpoint
  • wait_for_completion (bool) – if the program should keep running until job finishes
  • check_interval (int) – the time interval in seconds which the operator will check the status of any SageMaker job
  • max_ingestion_time (int) – the maximum ingestion time in seconds. Any SageMaker jobs that run longer than this will fail. Setting this to None implies no timeout for any SageMaker job.
Returns:

A response to endpoint creation

create_endpoint_config(config)[source]

Create an endpoint config

Parameters:config (dict) – the config for endpoint-config
Returns:A response to endpoint config creation
create_model(config)[source]

Create a model job

Parameters:config (dict) – the config for model
Returns:A response to model creation
create_training_job(config, wait_for_completion=True, print_log=True, check_interval=30, max_ingestion_time=None)[source]

Create a training job

Parameters:
  • config (dict) – the config for training
  • wait_for_completion (bool) – if the program should keep running until job finishes
  • check_interval (int) – the time interval in seconds which the operator will check the status of any SageMaker job
  • max_ingestion_time (int) – the maximum ingestion time in seconds. Any SageMaker jobs that run longer than this will fail. Setting this to None implies no timeout for any SageMaker job.
Returns:

A response to training job creation

create_transform_job(config, wait_for_completion=True, check_interval=30, max_ingestion_time=None)[source]

Create a transform job

Parameters:
  • config (dict) – the config for transform job
  • wait_for_completion (bool) – if the program should keep running until job finishes
  • check_interval (int) – the time interval in seconds which the operator will check the status of any SageMaker job
  • max_ingestion_time (int) – the maximum ingestion time in seconds. Any SageMaker jobs that run longer than this will fail. Setting this to None implies no timeout for any SageMaker job.
Returns:

A response to transform job creation

create_tuning_job(config, wait_for_completion=True, check_interval=30, max_ingestion_time=None)[source]

Create a tuning job

Parameters:
  • config (dict) – the config for tuning
  • wait_for_completion – if the program should keep running until job finishes
  • wait_for_completion – bool
  • check_interval (int) – the time interval in seconds which the operator will check the status of any SageMaker job
  • max_ingestion_time (int) – the maximum ingestion time in seconds. Any SageMaker jobs that run longer than this will fail. Setting this to None implies no timeout for any SageMaker job.
Returns:

A response to tuning job creation

describe_endpoint(name)[source]
Parameters:name (string) – the name of the endpoint
Returns:A dict contains all the endpoint info
describe_endpoint_config(name)[source]

Return the endpoint config info associated with the name

Parameters:name (string) – the name of the endpoint config
Returns:A dict contains all the endpoint config info
describe_model(name)[source]

Return the SageMaker model info associated with the name

Parameters:name (string) – the name of the SageMaker model
Returns:A dict contains all the model info
describe_training_job(name)[source]

Return the training job info associated with the name

Parameters:name (str) – the name of the training job
Returns:A dict contains all the training job info
describe_training_job_with_log(job_name, positions, stream_names, instance_count, state, last_description, last_describe_job_call)[source]

Return the training job info associated with job_name and print CloudWatch logs

describe_transform_job(name)[source]

Return the transform job info associated with the name

Parameters:name (string) – the name of the transform job
Returns:A dict contains all the transform job info
describe_tuning_job(name)[source]

Return the tuning job info associated with the name

Parameters:name (string) – the name of the tuning job
Returns:A dict contains all the tuning job info
get_conn()[source]

Establish an AWS connection for SageMaker

Return type:SageMaker.Client
get_log_conn()[source]

Establish an AWS connection for retrieving logs during training

Return type:CloudWatchLog.Client
log_stream(log_group, stream_name, start_time=0, skip=0)[source]

A generator for log items in a single stream. This will yield all the items that are available at the current moment.

Parameters:
  • log_group (str) – The name of the log group.
  • stream_name (str) – The name of the specific stream.
  • start_time (int) – The time stamp value to start reading the logs from (default: 0).
  • skip (int) – The number of log entries to skip at the start (default: 0). This is for when there are multiple entries at the same timestamp.
Return type:

dict

Returns:

A CloudWatch log event with the following key-value pairs:
’timestamp’ (int): The time in milliseconds of the event.
’message’ (str): The log event data.
’ingestionTime’ (int): The time in milliseconds the event was ingested.

multi_stream_iter(log_group, streams, positions=None)[source]

Iterate over the available events coming from a set of log streams in a single log group interleaving the events from each stream so they’re yielded in timestamp order.

Parameters:
  • log_group (str) – The name of the log group.
  • streams (list) – A list of the log stream names. The position of the stream in this list is the stream number.
  • positions (list) – A list of pairs of (timestamp, skip) which represents the last record read from each stream.
Returns:

A tuple of (stream number, cloudwatch log event).

tar_and_s3_upload(path, key, bucket)[source]

Tar the local file or directory and upload to s3

Parameters:
  • path (str) – local file or directory
  • key (str) – s3 key
  • bucket (str) – s3 bucket
Returns:

None

update_endpoint(config, wait_for_completion=True, check_interval=30, max_ingestion_time=None)[source]

Update an endpoint

Parameters:
  • config (dict) – the config for endpoint
  • wait_for_completion (bool) – if the program should keep running until job finishes
  • check_interval (int) – the time interval in seconds which the operator will check the status of any SageMaker job
  • max_ingestion_time (int) – the maximum ingestion time in seconds. Any SageMaker jobs that run longer than this will fail. Setting this to None implies no timeout for any SageMaker job.
Returns:

A response to endpoint update

class airflow.contrib.hooks.salesforce_hook.SalesforceHook(conn_id, *args, **kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.hooks.base_hook.BaseHook, airflow.utils.log.logging_mixin.LoggingMixin

describe_object(obj)[source]

Get the description of an object from Salesforce.

This description is the object’s schema and some extra metadata that Salesforce stores for each object

Parameters:obj – Name of the Salesforce object that we are getting a description of.
get_available_fields(obj)[source]

Get a list of all available fields for an object.

This only returns the names of the fields.

get_object_from_salesforce(obj, fields)[source]

Get all instances of the object from Salesforce. For each model, only get the fields specified in fields.

All we really do underneath the hood is run:
SELECT <fields> FROM <obj>;
make_query(query)[source]

Make a query to Salesforce. Returns result in dictionary

Parameters:query – The query to make to Salesforce
sign_in()[source]

Sign into Salesforce.

If we have already signed it, this will just return the original object

write_object_to_file(query_results, filename, fmt='csv', coerce_to_timestamp=False, record_time_added=False)[source]

Write query results to file.

Acceptable formats are:
  • csv:
    comma-separated-values file. This is the default format.
  • json:
    JSON array. Each element in the array is a different row.
  • ndjson:
    JSON array but each element is new-line delimited instead of comma delimited like in json

This requires a significant amount of cleanup. Pandas doesn’t handle output to CSV and json in a uniform way. This is especially painful for datetime types. Pandas wants to write them as strings in CSV, but as millisecond Unix timestamps.

By default, this function will try and leave all values as they are represented in Salesforce. You use the coerce_to_timestamp flag to force all datetimes to become Unix timestamps (UTC). This is can be greatly beneficial as it will make all of your datetime fields look the same, and makes it easier to work with in other database environments

Parameters:
  • query_results – the results from a SQL query
  • filename – the name of the file where the data should be dumped to
  • fmt – the format you want the output in. Default: csv.
  • coerce_to_timestamp – True if you want all datetime fields to be converted into Unix timestamps. False if you want them to be left in the same format as they were in Salesforce. Leaving the value as False will result in datetimes being strings. Defaults to False
  • record_time_added(optional) True if you want to add a Unix timestamp field to the resulting data that marks when the data was fetched from Salesforce. Default: False.
class airflow.contrib.hooks.sftp_hook.SFTPHook(ftp_conn_id='sftp_default', *args, **kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.contrib.hooks.ssh_hook.SSHHook

This hook is inherited from SSH hook. Please refer to SSH hook for the input arguments.

Interact with SFTP. Aims to be interchangeable with FTPHook.

Pitfalls: - In contrast with FTPHook describe_directory only returns size, type and
modify. It doesn’t return unix.owner, unix.mode, perm, unix.group and unique.
  • retrieve_file and store_file only take a local full path and not a buffer.
  • If no mode is passed to create_directory it will be created with 777 permissions.

Errors that may occur throughout but should be handled downstream.

close_conn()[source]

Closes the connection. An error will occur if the connection wasnt ever opened.

create_directory(path, mode=777)[source]

Creates a directory on the remote system. :param path: full path to the remote directory to create :type path: str :param mode: int representation of octal mode for directory

delete_directory(path)[source]

Deletes a directory on the remote system. :param path: full path to the remote directory to delete :type path: str

delete_file(path)[source]

Removes a file on the FTP Server :param path: full path to the remote file :type path: str

describe_directory(path)[source]

Returns a dictionary of {filename: {attributes}} for all files on the remote system (where the MLSD command is supported). :param path: full path to the remote directory :type path: str

get_conn()[source]

Returns an SFTP connection object

list_directory(path)[source]

Returns a list of files on the remote system. :param path: full path to the remote directory to list :type path: str

retrieve_file(remote_full_path, local_full_path)[source]

Transfers the remote file to a local location. If local_full_path is a string path, the file will be put at that location :param remote_full_path: full path to the remote file :type remote_full_path: str :param local_full_path: full path to the local file :type local_full_path: str

store_file(remote_full_path, local_full_path)[source]

Transfers a local file to the remote location. If local_full_path_or_buffer is a string path, the file will be read from that location :param remote_full_path: full path to the remote file :type remote_full_path: str :param local_full_path: full path to the local file :type local_full_path: str

class airflow.contrib.hooks.slack_webhook_hook.SlackWebhookHook(http_conn_id=None, webhook_token=None, message='', attachments=None, channel=None, username=None, icon_emoji=None, link_names=False, proxy=None, *args, **kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.hooks.http_hook.HttpHook

This hook allows you to post messages to Slack using incoming webhooks. Takes both Slack webhook token directly and connection that has Slack webhook token. If both supplied, Slack webhook token will be used.

Each Slack webhook token can be pre-configured to use a specific channel, username and icon. You can override these defaults in this hook.

Parameters:
  • http_conn_id (str) – connection that has Slack webhook token in the extra field
  • webhook_token (str) – Slack webhook token
  • message (str) – The message you want to send on Slack
  • attachments (list) – The attachments to send on Slack. Should be a list of dictionaries representing Slack attachments.
  • channel (str) – The channel the message should be posted to
  • username (str) – The username to post to slack with
  • icon_emoji (str) – The emoji to use as icon for the user posting to Slack
  • link_names (bool) – Whether or not to find and link channel and usernames in your message
  • proxy (str) – Proxy to use to make the Slack webhook call
execute()[source]

Remote Popen (actually execute the slack webhook call)

Parameters:
  • cmd – command to remotely execute
  • kwargs – extra arguments to Popen (see subprocess.Popen)
class airflow.contrib.hooks.spark_jdbc_hook.SparkJDBCHook(spark_app_name='airflow-spark-jdbc', spark_conn_id='spark-default', spark_conf=None, spark_py_files=None, spark_files=None, spark_jars=None, num_executors=None, executor_cores=None, executor_memory=None, driver_memory=None, verbose=False, principal=None, keytab=None, cmd_type='spark_to_jdbc', jdbc_table=None, jdbc_conn_id='jdbc-default', jdbc_driver=None, metastore_table=None, jdbc_truncate=False, save_mode=None, save_format=None, batch_size=None, fetch_size=None, num_partitions=None, partition_column=None, lower_bound=None, upper_bound=None, create_table_column_types=None, *args, **kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.contrib.hooks.spark_submit_hook.SparkSubmitHook

This hook extends the SparkSubmitHook specifically for performing data transfers to/from JDBC-based databases with Apache Spark.

Parameters:
  • spark_app_name (str) – Name of the job (default airflow-spark-jdbc)
  • spark_conn_id (str) – Connection id as configured in Airflow administration
  • spark_conf (dict) – Any additional Spark configuration properties
  • spark_py_files (str) – Additional python files used (.zip, .egg, or .py)
  • spark_files (str) – Additional files to upload to the container running the job
  • spark_jars (str) – Additional jars to upload and add to the driver and executor classpath
  • num_executors (int) – number of executor to run. This should be set so as to manage the number of connections made with the JDBC database
  • executor_cores (int) – Number of cores per executor
  • executor_memory (str) – Memory per executor (e.g. 1000M, 2G)
  • driver_memory (str) – Memory allocated to the driver (e.g. 1000M, 2G)
  • verbose (bool) – Whether to pass the verbose flag to spark-submit for debugging
  • keytab (str) – Full path to the file that contains the keytab
  • principal (str) – The name of the kerberos principal used for keytab
  • cmd_type (str) – Which way the data should flow. 2 possible values: spark_to_jdbc: data written by spark from metastore to jdbc jdbc_to_spark: data written by spark from jdbc to metastore
  • jdbc_table (str) – The name of the JDBC table
  • jdbc_conn_id – Connection id used for connection to JDBC database
  • jdbc_driver (str) – Name of the JDBC driver to use for the JDBC connection. This driver (usually a jar) should be passed in the ‘jars’ parameter
  • metastore_table (str) – The name of the metastore table,
  • jdbc_truncate (bool) – (spark_to_jdbc only) Whether or not Spark should truncate or drop and recreate the JDBC table. This only takes effect if ‘save_mode’ is set to Overwrite. Also, if the schema is different, Spark cannot truncate, and will drop and recreate
  • save_mode (str) – The Spark save-mode to use (e.g. overwrite, append, etc.)
  • save_format (str) – (jdbc_to_spark-only) The Spark save-format to use (e.g. parquet)
  • batch_size (int) – (spark_to_jdbc only) The size of the batch to insert per round trip to the JDBC database. Defaults to 1000
  • fetch_size (int) – (jdbc_to_spark only) The size of the batch to fetch per round trip from the JDBC database. Default depends on the JDBC driver
  • num_partitions (int) – The maximum number of partitions that can be used by Spark simultaneously, both for spark_to_jdbc and jdbc_to_spark operations. This will also cap the number of JDBC connections that can be opened
  • partition_column (str) – (jdbc_to_spark-only) A numeric column to be used to partition the metastore table by. If specified, you must also specify: num_partitions, lower_bound, upper_bound
  • lower_bound (int) – (jdbc_to_spark-only) Lower bound of the range of the numeric partition column to fetch. If specified, you must also specify: num_partitions, partition_column, upper_bound
  • upper_bound (int) – (jdbc_to_spark-only) Upper bound of the range of the numeric partition column to fetch. If specified, you must also specify: num_partitions, partition_column, lower_bound
  • create_table_column_types – (spark_to_jdbc-only) The database column data types to use instead of the defaults, when creating the table. Data type information should be specified in the same format as CREATE TABLE columns syntax (e.g: “name CHAR(64), comments VARCHAR(1024)”). The specified types should be valid spark sql data types.
Type:

jdbc_conn_id: str

class airflow.contrib.hooks.spark_sql_hook.SparkSqlHook(sql, conf=None, conn_id='spark_sql_default', total_executor_cores=None, executor_cores=None, executor_memory=None, keytab=None, principal=None, master='yarn', name='default-name', num_executors=None, verbose=True, yarn_queue='default')[source]

Bases: airflow.hooks.base_hook.BaseHook

This hook is a wrapper around the spark-sql binary. It requires that the “spark-sql” binary is in the PATH. :param sql: The SQL query to execute :type sql: str :param conf: arbitrary Spark configuration property :type conf: str (format: PROP=VALUE) :param conn_id: connection_id string :type conn_id: str :param total_executor_cores: (Standalone & Mesos only) Total cores for all executors

(Default: all the available cores on the worker)
Parameters:
  • executor_cores (int) – (Standalone & YARN only) Number of cores per executor (Default: 2)
  • executor_memory (str) – Memory per executor (e.g. 1000M, 2G) (Default: 1G)
  • keytab (str) – Full path to the file that contains the keytab
  • master (str) – spark://host:port, mesos://host:port, yarn, or local
  • name (str) – Name of the job.
  • num_executors (int) – Number of executors to launch
  • verbose (bool) – Whether to pass the verbose flag to spark-sql
  • yarn_queue (str) – The YARN queue to submit to (Default: “default”)
run_query(cmd='', **kwargs)[source]

Remote Popen (actually execute the Spark-sql query)

Parameters:
  • cmd – command to remotely execute
  • kwargs – extra arguments to Popen (see subprocess.Popen)
class airflow.contrib.hooks.spark_submit_hook.SparkSubmitHook(conf=None, conn_id='spark_default', files=None, py_files=None, driver_classpath=None, jars=None, java_class=None, packages=None, exclude_packages=None, repositories=None, total_executor_cores=None, executor_cores=None, executor_memory=None, driver_memory=None, keytab=None, principal=None, name='default-name', num_executors=None, application_args=None, env_vars=None, verbose=False)[source]

Bases: airflow.hooks.base_hook.BaseHook, airflow.utils.log.logging_mixin.LoggingMixin

This hook is a wrapper around the spark-submit binary to kick off a spark-submit job. It requires that the “spark-submit” binary is in the PATH or the spark_home to be supplied.

Parameters:
  • conf (dict) – Arbitrary Spark configuration properties
  • conn_id (str) – The connection id as configured in Airflow administration. When an invalid connection_id is supplied, it will default to yarn.
  • files (str) – Upload additional files to the executor running the job, separated by a comma. Files will be placed in the working directory of each executor. For example, serialized objects.
  • py_files (str) – Additional python files used by the job, can be .zip, .egg or .py.
  • driver_classpath (str) – Additional, driver-specific, classpath settings.
  • jars (str) – Submit additional jars to upload and place them in executor classpath.
  • java_class (str) – the main class of the Java application
  • packages (str) – Comma-separated list of maven coordinates of jars to include on the driver and executor classpaths
  • exclude_packages (str) – Comma-separated list of maven coordinates of jars to exclude while resolving the dependencies provided in ‘packages’
  • repositories (str) – Comma-separated list of additional remote repositories to search for the maven coordinates given with ‘packages’
  • total_executor_cores (int) – (Standalone & Mesos only) Total cores for all executors (Default: all the available cores on the worker)
  • executor_cores (int) – (Standalone, YARN and Kubernetes only) Number of cores per executor (Default: 2)
  • executor_memory (str) – Memory per executor (e.g. 1000M, 2G) (Default: 1G)
  • driver_memory (str) – Memory allocated to the driver (e.g. 1000M, 2G) (Default: 1G)
  • keytab (str) – Full path to the file that contains the keytab
  • principal (str) – The name of the kerberos principal used for keytab
  • name (str) – Name of the job (default airflow-spark)
  • num_executors (int) – Number of executors to launch
  • application_args (list) – Arguments for the application being submitted
  • env_vars (dict) – Environment variables for spark-submit. It supports yarn and k8s mode too.
  • verbose (bool) – Whether to pass the verbose flag to spark-submit process for debugging
submit(application='', **kwargs)[source]

Remote Popen to execute the spark-submit job

Parameters:
  • application (str) – Submitted application, jar or py file
  • kwargs – extra arguments to Popen (see subprocess.Popen)
class airflow.contrib.hooks.sqoop_hook.SqoopHook(conn_id='sqoop_default', verbose=False, num_mappers=None, hcatalog_database=None, hcatalog_table=None, properties=None)[source]

Bases: airflow.hooks.base_hook.BaseHook, airflow.utils.log.logging_mixin.LoggingMixin

This hook is a wrapper around the sqoop 1 binary. To be able to use the hook it is required that “sqoop” is in the PATH.

Additional arguments that can be passed via the ‘extra’ JSON field of the sqoop connection:

  • job_tracker: Job tracker local|jobtracker:port.
  • namenode: Namenode.
  • lib_jars: Comma separated jar files to include in the classpath.
  • files: Comma separated files to be copied to the map reduce cluster.
  • archives: Comma separated archives to be unarchived on the compute
    machines.
  • password_file: Path to file containing the password.
Parameters:
  • conn_id (str) – Reference to the sqoop connection.
  • verbose (bool) – Set sqoop to verbose.
  • num_mappers (int) – Number of map tasks to import in parallel.
  • properties (dict) – Properties to set via the -D argument
Popen(cmd, **kwargs)[source]

Remote Popen

Parameters:
  • cmd – command to remotely execute
  • kwargs – extra arguments to Popen (see subprocess.Popen)
Returns:

handle to subprocess

export_table(table, export_dir, input_null_string, input_null_non_string, staging_table, clear_staging_table, enclosed_by, escaped_by, input_fields_terminated_by, input_lines_terminated_by, input_optionally_enclosed_by, batch, relaxed_isolation, extra_export_options=None)[source]

Exports Hive table to remote location. Arguments are copies of direct sqoop command line Arguments

Parameters:
  • table – Table remote destination
  • export_dir – Hive table to export
  • input_null_string – The string to be interpreted as null for string columns
  • input_null_non_string – The string to be interpreted as null for non-string columns
  • staging_table – The table in which data will be staged before being inserted into the destination table
  • clear_staging_table – Indicate that any data present in the staging table can be deleted
  • enclosed_by – Sets a required field enclosing character
  • escaped_by – Sets the escape character
  • input_fields_terminated_by – Sets the field separator character
  • input_lines_terminated_by – Sets the end-of-line character
  • input_optionally_enclosed_by – Sets a field enclosing character
  • batch – Use batch mode for underlying statement execution
  • relaxed_isolation – Transaction isolation to read uncommitted for the mappers
  • extra_export_options – Extra export options to pass as dict. If a key doesn’t have a value, just pass an empty string to it. Don’t include prefix of – for sqoop options.
import_query(query, target_dir, append=False, file_type='text', split_by=None, direct=None, driver=None, extra_import_options=None)[source]

Imports a specific query from the rdbms to hdfs

Parameters:
  • query – Free format query to run
  • target_dir – HDFS destination dir
  • append – Append data to an existing dataset in HDFS
  • file_type – “avro”, “sequence”, “text” or “parquet” Imports data to hdfs into the specified format. Defaults to text.
  • split_by – Column of the table used to split work units
  • direct – Use direct import fast path
  • driver – Manually specify JDBC driver class to use
  • extra_import_options – Extra import options to pass as dict. If a key doesn’t have a value, just pass an empty string to it. Don’t include prefix of – for sqoop options.
import_table(table, target_dir=None, append=False, file_type='text', columns=None, split_by=None, where=None, direct=False, driver=None, extra_import_options=None)[source]

Imports table from remote location to target dir. Arguments are copies of direct sqoop command line arguments

Parameters:
  • table – Table to read
  • target_dir – HDFS destination dir
  • append – Append data to an existing dataset in HDFS
  • file_type – “avro”, “sequence”, “text” or “parquet”. Imports data to into the specified format. Defaults to text.
  • columns – <col,col,col…> Columns to import from table
  • split_by – Column of the table used to split work units
  • where – WHERE clause to use during import
  • direct – Use direct connector if exists for the database
  • driver – Manually specify JDBC driver class to use
  • extra_import_options – Extra import options to pass as dict. If a key doesn’t have a value, just pass an empty string to it. Don’t include prefix of – for sqoop options.
class airflow.contrib.hooks.ssh_hook.SSHHook(ssh_conn_id=None, remote_host=None, username=None, password=None, key_file=None, port=None, timeout=10, keepalive_interval=30)[source]

Bases: airflow.hooks.base_hook.BaseHook, airflow.utils.log.logging_mixin.LoggingMixin

Hook for ssh remote execution using Paramiko. ref: https://github.com/paramiko/paramiko This hook also lets you create ssh tunnel and serve as basis for SFTP file transfer

Parameters:
  • ssh_conn_id (str) – connection id from airflow Connections from where all the required parameters can be fetched like username, password or key_file. Thought the priority is given to the param passed during init
  • remote_host (str) – remote host to connect
  • username (str) – username to connect to the remote_host
  • password (str) – password of the username to connect to the remote_host
  • key_file (str) – key file to use to connect to the remote_host.
  • port (int) – port of remote host to connect (Default is paramiko SSH_PORT)
  • timeout (int) – timeout for the attempt to connect to the remote_host.
  • keepalive_interval (int) – send a keepalive packet to remote host every keepalive_interval seconds
get_conn()[source]

Opens a ssh connection to the remote host.

:return paramiko.SSHClient object

get_tunnel(remote_port, remote_host='localhost', local_port=None)[source]

Creates a tunnel between two hosts. Like ssh -L <LOCAL_PORT>:host:<REMOTE_PORT>.

Parameters:
  • remote_port (int) – The remote port to create a tunnel to
  • remote_host (str) – The remote host to create a tunnel to (default localhost)
  • local_port (int) – The local port to attach the tunnel to
Returns:

sshtunnel.SSHTunnelForwarder object

class airflow.contrib.hooks.vertica_hook.VerticaHook(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Bases: airflow.hooks.dbapi_hook.DbApiHook

Interact with Vertica.

get_conn()[source]

Returns verticaql connection object

Executors

Executors are the mechanism by which task instances get run.

class airflow.executors.local_executor.LocalExecutor(parallelism=32)[source]

Bases: airflow.executors.base_executor.BaseExecutor

LocalExecutor executes tasks locally in parallel. It uses the multiprocessing Python library and queues to parallelize the execution of tasks.

end()[source]

This method is called when the caller is done submitting job and wants to wait synchronously for the job submitted previously to be all done.

execute_async(key, command, queue=None, executor_config=None)[source]

This method will execute the command asynchronously.

start()[source]

Executors may need to get things started. For example LocalExecutor starts N workers.

sync()[source]

Sync will get called periodically by the heartbeat method. Executors should override this to perform gather statuses.

class airflow.executors.sequential_executor.SequentialExecutor[source]

Bases: airflow.executors.base_executor.BaseExecutor

This executor will only run one task instance at a time, can be used for debugging. It is also the only executor that can be used with sqlite since sqlite doesn’t support multiple connections.

Since we want airflow to work out of the box, it defaults to this SequentialExecutor alongside sqlite as you first install it.

end()[source]

This method is called when the caller is done submitting job and wants to wait synchronously for the job submitted previously to be all done.

execute_async(key, command, queue=None, executor_config=None)[source]

This method will execute the command asynchronously.

sync()[source]

Sync will get called periodically by the heartbeat method. Executors should override this to perform gather statuses.

Community-contributed executors